This is a modern-English version of Public Opinion, originally written by Lippmann, Walter.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
Produced by David Phillips, Charles Franks and the Online
Produced by David Phillips, Charles Franks, and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team.
Distributed Proofreading Team.
PUBLIC OPINION
BY
WALTER LIPPMANN
TO FAYE LIPPMANN
Wading River, Long Island. 1921.
Wading River, Long Island. 1921.
_"Behold! human beings living in a sort of underground den, which has a mouth open towards the light and reaching all across the den; they have been here from their childhood, and have their legs and necks chained so that they cannot move, and can only see before them; for the chains are arranged in such a manner as to prevent them from turning round their heads. At a distance above and behind them the light of a fire is blazing, and between the fire and the prisoners there is a raised way; and you will see, if you look, a low wall built along the way, like the screen which marionette players have before them, over which they show the puppets.
"Look! People are living in a sort of underground cave, which has an opening toward the light that stretches across the whole cave; they've been here since childhood, and their legs and necks are chained so they can't move and can only see straight ahead; the chains are set up in a way that prevents them from turning their heads. Above and behind them, there's a fire blazing, and between the fire and the prisoners, there's a raised path; if you look, you'll see a low wall built along the path, like the screen that puppet players have in front of them when they show their puppets."
I see, he said.
Got it, he said.
And do you see, I said, men passing along the wall carrying vessels, which appear over the wall; also figures of men and animals, made of wood and stone and various materials; and some of the prisoners, as you would expect, are talking, and some of them are silent?
And do you see, I said, men walking along the wall carrying containers that peek over the top; also, images of men and animals made from wood, stone, and different materials; and some of the prisoners, as you might expect, are talking while others are quiet?
This is a strange image, he said, and they are strange prisoners.
This is a weird image, he said, and they are weird prisoners.
Like ourselves, I replied; and they see only their own shadows, or the shadows of one another, which the fire throws on the opposite wall of the cave?
Like us, I replied; and they only see their own shadows, or the shadows of each other, cast by the fire on the opposite wall of the cave?
True, he said: how could they see anything but the shadows if they were never allowed to move their heads?
True, he said: how could they see anything other than shadows if they were never allowed to move their heads?
And of the objects which are being carried in like manner they would see only the shadows?
And for the objects being carried similarly, would they only see the shadows?
Yes, he said.
Yeah, he said.
And if they were able to talk with one another, would they not suppose that they were naming what was actually before them?"_ —The Republic of Plato, Book Seven. (Jowett Translation.)
And if they could talk to each other, wouldn’t they think they were naming what was really in front of them? —The Republic of Plato, Book Seven. (Jowett Translation.)
CONTENTS
PART I. INTRODUCTION
I. The World Outside and the Pictures in Our Heads
I. The World Outside and the Images in Our Minds
PART II. APPROACHES TO THE WORLD OUTSIDE
II. Censorship and Privacy
Censorship and Privacy
III. Contact and Opportunity
III. Contact and Opportunity
IV. Time and Attention
Time and Attention
V. Speed, Words, and Clearness
V. Speed, Language, and Clarity
PART III. STEREOTYPES
VI. Stereotypes
VI. Stereotypes
VII. Stereotypes as Defense
VII. Stereotypes as a Defense
VIII. Blind Spots and Their Value
VIII. Blind Spots and Their Value
IX. Codes and Their Enemies
IX. Codes and Their Adversaries
X. The Detection of Stereotypes
X. Detecting Stereotypes
PART IV. INTERESTS
XI. The Enlisting of Interest
XI. Capturing Attention
XII. Self-Interest Reconsidered
XII. Rethinking Self-Interest
PART V. THE MAKING OF A COMMON WILL
XIII. The Transfer of Interest
XIII. Interest Transfer
XIV. Yes or No
XIV. Yea or Nay
XV. Leaders and the Rank and File
XV. Leaders and the Regular Members
PART VI. THE IMAGE OF DEMOCRACY
XVI. The Self-Centered Man
The Selfish Man
XVII. The Self-Contained Community
Self-Sustaining Community
XVIII. The Role of Force, Patronage, and Privilege
XVIII. The Role of Force, Patronage, and Privilege
XIX. The Old Image in a New Form: Guild Socialism
XIX. The Old Image in a New Form: Guild Socialism
XX. A New Image
XX. A Fresh Look
PART VII. NEWSPAPERS
XXI. The Buying Public
XXI. The Consumer Market
XXII. The Constant Reader
XXII. The Loyal Reader
XXIII. The Nature of News
XXIII. The Nature of News
XXIV. News, Truth, and a Conclusion
XXIV. News, Truth, and a Conclusion
PART VIII. ORGANIZED INTELLIGENCE
XXV. The Entering Wedge
25. The Entering Wedge
XXVI. Intelligence Work
XXVI. Intelligence Operations
XXVII. The Appeal to the Public
XXVII. The Appeal to the Public
XXVIII. The Appeal to Reason
The Appeal to Reason
PART I
INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER I
THE WORLD OUTSIDE AND THE PICTURES IN OUR HEADS
CHAPTER I. INTRODUCTION
THE WORLD OUTSIDE AND THE PICTURES IN OUR HEADS
There is an island in the ocean where in 1914 a few Englishmen, Frenchmen, and Germans lived. No cable reaches that island, and the British mail steamer comes but once in sixty days. In September it had not yet come, and the islanders were still talking about the latest newspaper which told about the approaching trial of Madame Caillaux for the shooting of Gaston Calmette. It was, therefore, with more than usual eagerness that the whole colony assembled at the quay on a day in mid-September to hear from the captain what the verdict had been. They learned that for over six weeks now those of them who were English and those of them who were French had been fighting in behalf of the sanctity of treaties against those of them who were Germans. For six strange weeks they had acted as if they were friends, when in fact they were enemies.
There’s an island in the ocean where, in 1914, a few Englishmen, Frenchmen, and Germans lived. No cable reaches that island, and the British mail steamer comes only once every sixty days. In September, it still hadn't arrived, and the islanders were still discussing the latest newspaper that reported on the upcoming trial of Madame Caillaux for the shooting of Gaston Calmette. So, it was with extra eagerness that the whole colony gathered at the quay one day in mid-September to hear from the captain what the verdict was. They learned that for more than six weeks now, the English and the French among them had been fighting for the sanctity of treaties against the Germans. For six strange weeks, they had pretended to be friends, while in reality, they were enemies.
But their plight was not so different from that of most of the population of Europe. They had been mistaken for six weeks, on the continent the interval may have been only six days or six hours. There was an interval. There was a moment when the picture of Europe on which men were conducting their business as usual, did not in any way correspond to the Europe which was about to make a jumble of their lives. There was a time for each man when he was still adjusted to an environment that no longer existed. All over the world as late as July 25th men were making goods that they would not be able to ship, buying goods they would not be able to import, careers were being planned, enterprises contemplated, hopes and expectations entertained, all in the belief that the world as known was the world as it was. Men were writing books describing that world. They trusted the picture in their heads. And then over four years later, on a Thursday morning, came the news of an armistice, and people gave vent to their unutterable relief that the slaughter was over. Yet in the five days before the real armistice came, though the end of the war had been celebrated, several thousand young men died on the battlefields.
But their situation was not so different from that of most people in Europe. They had been misled for six weeks; on the continent, that time could have been just six days or even six hours. There was a gap. There was a moment when the image of Europe that people were using to go about their daily business didn’t match the reality of the Europe that was about to disrupt their lives. Each person had a time when they were still adapted to a world that no longer existed. All over the globe, as late as July 25th, people were producing goods they wouldn't be able to ship, purchasing items they couldn't import, planning careers, considering new ventures, and holding onto hopes and expectations, all believing that the world they knew was the actual world. People were writing books about that world. They relied on the images in their minds. And then, over four years later, on a Thursday morning, the news of an armistice came, and people expressed their indescribable relief that the killing was over. Yet in the five days before the official armistice, even though the end of the war had been celebrated, several thousand young men lost their lives on the battlefields.
Looking back we can see how indirectly we know the environment in which nevertheless we live. We can see that the news of it comes to us now fast, now slowly; but that whatever we believe to be a true picture, we treat as if it were the environment itself. It is harder to remember that about the beliefs upon which we are now acting, but in respect to other peoples and other ages we flatter ourselves that it is easy to see when they were in deadly earnest about ludicrous pictures of the world. We insist, because of our superior hindsight, that the world as they needed to know it, and the world as they did know it, were often two quite contradictory things. We can see, too, that while they governed and fought, traded and reformed in the world as they imagined it to be, they produced results, or failed to produce any, in the world as it was. They started for the Indies and found America. They diagnosed evil and hanged old women. They thought they could grow rich by always selling and never buying. A caliph, obeying what he conceived to be the Will of Allah, burned the library at Alexandria.
Looking back, we can see how indirectly we know the environment in which we live. The news about it reaches us quickly at times and slowly at others; yet, whatever we believe is a true representation, we treat as if it were the environment itself. It’s harder to remember this about the beliefs we're currently acting on, but when it comes to other people and other times, we like to think it’s easy to tell when they were seriously mistaken about ridiculous views of the world. We insist, thanks to our better perspective, that the world as they needed to understand it and the world as they actually understood it were often two completely different things. We can also see that while they governed and fought, traded and reformed in the world they imagined, they achieved results—or failed to achieve any—based on the world as it really was. They set out for the Indies and ended up in America. They identified problems and executed old women. They believed they could get rich by always selling and never buying. A caliph, following what he thought was the Will of Allah, burned the library at Alexandria.
Writing about the year 389, St. Ambrose stated the case for the prisoner in Plato's cave who resolutely declines to turn his head. "To discuss the nature and position of the earth does not help us in our hope of the life to come. It is enough to know what Scripture states. 'That He hung up the earth upon nothing' (Job xxvi. 7). Why then argue whether He hung it up in air or upon the water, and raise a controversy as to how the thin air could sustain the earth; or why, if upon the waters, the earth does not go crashing down to the bottom?… Not because the earth is in the middle, as if suspended on even balance, but because the majesty of God constrains it by the law of His will, does it endure stable upon the unstable and the void." [Footnote: Hexaemeron, i. cap 6, quoted in The Mediæval Mind, by Henry Osborn Taylor, Vol. i, p. 73.]
Writing about the year 389, St. Ambrose made the case for the prisoner in Plato's cave who stubbornly refuses to turn his head. "Discussing the nature and position of the earth doesn't help us in our hope for the life to come. It's enough to know what Scripture says. 'That He hung the earth upon nothing' (Job xxvi. 7). So why debate whether He hung it in the air or on the water, and create a controversy about how the thin air could hold up the earth; or why, if it's on the waters, the earth doesn't crash down to the bottom?… Not because the earth is in the middle, as if it's perfectly balanced, but because God's greatness upholds it by the law of His will, it remains stable upon the unstable and the void." [Footnote: Hexaemeron, i. cap 6, quoted in The Mediæval Mind, by Henry Osborn Taylor, Vol. i, p. 73.]
It does not help us in our hope of the life to come. It is enough to know what Scripture states. Why then argue? But a century and a half after St. Ambrose, opinion was still troubled, on this occasion by the problem of the antipodes. A monk named Cosmas, famous for his scientific attainments, was therefore deputed to write a Christian Topography, or "Christian Opinion concerning the World." [Footnote: Lecky, Rationalism in Europe, Vol. I, pp. 276-8.] It is clear that he knew exactly what was expected of him, for he based all his conclusions on the Scriptures as he read them. It appears, then, that the world is a flat parallelogram, twice as broad from east to west as it is long from north to south., In the center is the earth surrounded by ocean, which is in turn surrounded by another earth, where men lived before the deluge. This other earth was Noah's port of embarkation. In the north is a high conical mountain around which revolve the sun and moon. When the sun is behind the mountain it is night. The sky is glued to the edges of the outer earth. It consists of four high walls which meet in a concave roof, so that the earth is the floor of the universe. There is an ocean on the other side of the sky, constituting the "waters that are above the firmament." The space between the celestial ocean and the ultimate roof of the universe belongs to the blest. The space between the earth and sky is inhabited by the angels. Finally, since St. Paul said that all men are made to live upon the "face of the earth" how could they live on the back where the Antipodes are supposed to be? With such a passage before his eyes, a Christian, we are told, should not 'even speak of the Antipodes.'" [Footnote: Id.]
It does not help us in our hope for the afterlife. It's enough to know what Scripture says. So why argue? But a century and a half after St. Ambrose, opinions were still conflicted, this time about the issue of the antipodes. A monk named Cosmas, known for his scientific knowledge, was appointed to write a Christian Topography, or "Christian View of the World." [Footnote: Lecky, Rationalism in Europe, Vol. I, pp. 276-8.] It's clear he knew exactly what was expected of him, as he based all his conclusions on the Scriptures as he interpreted them. It seems that the world is a flat parallelogram, twice as wide from east to west as it is long from north to south. In the center is the earth, surrounded by ocean, which is encircled by another land where people lived before the flood. This other land was the point of departure for Noah. To the north stands a tall conical mountain around which the sun and moon revolve. When the sun is behind the mountain, it becomes night. The sky is attached to the edges of this outer land. It has four high walls that meet in a concave roof, making the earth the floor of the universe. There's an ocean on the other side of the sky, constituting the "waters that are above the firmament." The space between the celestial ocean and the ultimate roof of the universe is reserved for the blessed. The area between the earth and the sky is inhabited by angels. Finally, since St. Paul said that all men are made to live on the "face of the earth," how could they live on the back where the Antipodes are said to be? With such a passage in mind, a Christian, it is said, should not 'even mention the Antipodes.'" [Footnote: Id.]
Far less should he go to the Antipodes; nor should any Christian prince give him a ship to try; nor would any pious mariner wish to try. For Cosmas there was nothing in the least absurd about his map. Only by remembering his absolute conviction that this was the map of the universe can we begin to understand how he would have dreaded Magellan or Peary or the aviator who risked a collision with the angels and the vault of heaven by flying seven miles up in the air. In the same way we can best understand the furies of war and politics by remembering that almost the whole of each party believes absolutely in its picture of the opposition, that it takes as fact, not what is, but what it supposes to be the fact. And that therefore, like Hamlet, it will stab Polonius behind the rustling curtain, thinking him the king, and perhaps like Hamlet add:
He definitely shouldn’t go to the other side of the world; nor should any Christian ruler give him a ship to attempt it; nor would any devoted sailor want to try. For Cosmas, there was nothing at all ridiculous about his map. Only by remembering his complete belief that this was the map of the universe can we start to grasp how he would have feared Magellan or Peary or the pilot who risked colliding with angels and the sky by flying seven miles high. Similarly, we can best understand the madness of war and politics by recognizing that almost everyone in each party believes wholeheartedly in their view of the opposition, accepting as truth not what actually is, but what they think is true. And so, like Hamlet, they will stab Polonius behind the rustling curtain, believing him to be the king, and perhaps like Hamlet add:
"Thou wretched, rash, intruding fool, farewell!
I took thee for thy better; take thy fortune."
"You miserable, reckless, clueless fool, goodbye!
I thought you were someone better; now deal with your fate."
2
2
Great men, even during their lifetime, are usually known to the public only through a fictitious personality. Hence the modicum of truth in the old saying that no man is a hero to his valet. There is only a modicum of truth, for the valet, and the private secretary, are often immersed in the fiction themselves. Royal personages are, of course, constructed personalities. Whether they themselves believe in their public character, or whether they merely permit the chamberlain to stage-manage it, there are at least two distinct selves, the public and regal self, the private and human. The biographies of great people fall more or less readily into the histories of these two selves. The official biographer reproduces the public life, the revealing memoir the other. The Charnwood Lincoln, for example, is a noble portrait, not of an actual human being, but of an epic figure, replete with significance, who moves on much the same level of reality as Aeneas or St. George. Oliver's Hamilton is a majestic abstraction, the sculpture of an idea, "an essay" as Mr. Oliver himself calls it, "on American union." It is a formal monument to the state-craft of federalism, hardly the biography of a person. Sometimes people create their own facade when they think they are revealing the interior scene. The Repington diaries and Margot Asquith's are a species of self-portraiture in which the intimate detail is most revealing as an index of how the authors like to think about themselves.
Great men, even while they’re alive, are usually recognized by the public only through a made-up persona. There’s some truth to the old saying that no man is a hero to his servant. There’s only a little truth in it, though, because the servant and the private secretary are often caught up in the fiction themselves. Royal figures are, of course, constructed personas. Whether they genuinely believe in their public image or just let the chamberlain handle it, there are at least two different sides: the public, royal self and the private, human self. The biographies of great individuals tend to fall into the stories of these two selves. The official biographer captures the public life, while the revealing memoir represents the other side. For instance, Charnwood's Lincoln is a noble depiction, not of a real person, but of an epic figure full of meaning, standing on a similar level of reality as Aeneas or St. George. Oliver's Hamilton is a grand idea, an embodiment of a concept, “an essay” as Mr. Oliver himself describes it, “on American union.” It serves as a formal tribute to the art of federalism, rather than a true biography of an individual. Sometimes people craft their own facade when they think they are showing their inner life. The Repington diaries and Margot Asquith's writings are a type of self-portrait where the personal details are most telling as an indication of how the authors perceive themselves.
But the most interesting kind of portraiture is that which arises spontaneously in people's minds. When Victoria came to the throne, says Mr. Strachey, [Footnote: Lytton Strachey, Queen Victoria, p. 72.] "among the outside public there was a great wave of enthusiasm. Sentiment and romance were coming into fashion; and the spectacle of the little girl-queen, innocent, modest, with fair hair and pink cheeks, driving through her capital, filled the hearts of the beholders with raptures of affectionate loyalty. What, above all, struck everybody with overwhelming force was the contrast between Queen Victoria and her uncles. The nasty old men, debauched and selfish, pigheaded and ridiculous, with their perpetual burden of debts, confusions, and disreputabilities—they had vanished like the snows of winter and here at last, crowned and radiant, was the spring."
But the most fascinating type of portrait is the one that forms spontaneously in people's minds. When Victoria ascended to the throne, Mr. Strachey notes, [Footnote: Lytton Strachey, Queen Victoria, p. 72.] "there was a huge wave of enthusiasm among the public. Sentimentality and romance were becoming popular, and the sight of the young queen, innocent, modest, with her fair hair and rosy cheeks, driving through her capital, filled onlookers' hearts with waves of affectionate loyalty. What struck everyone most powerfully was the stark contrast between Queen Victoria and her uncles. The unpleasant old men, corrupt and selfish, stubborn and absurd, burdened with their constant debts, chaos, and scandals—they had disappeared like the winter snow, and here at last, crowned and radiant, was the spring."
M. Jean de Pierrefeu [Footnote: Jean de Pierrefeu, G. Q. G. Trois ans au Grand Quartier General, pp 94-95.] saw hero-worship at first hand, for he was an officer on Joffre's staff at the moment of that soldier's greatest fame:
M. Jean de Pierrefeu [Footnote: Jean de Pierrefeu, G. Q. G. Trois ans au Grand Quartier General, pp 94-95.] witnessed hero-worship firsthand, as he was an officer on Joffre's staff during that soldier's peak fame:
"For two years, the entire world paid an almost divine homage to the victor of the Marne. The baggage-master literally bent under the weight of the boxes, of the packages and letters which unknown people sent him with a frantic testimonial of their admiration. I think that outside of General Joffre, no commander in the war has been able to realize a comparable idea of what glory is. They sent him boxes of candy from all the great confectioners of the world, boxes of champagne, fine wines of every vintage, fruits, game, ornaments and utensils, clothes, smoking materials, inkstands, paperweights. Every territory sent its specialty. The painter sent his picture, the sculptor his statuette, the dear old lady a comforter or socks, the shepherd in his hut carved a pipe for his sake. All the manufacturers of the world who were hostile to Germany shipped their products, Havana its cigars, Portugal its port wine. I have known a hairdresser who had nothing better to do than to make a portrait of the General out of hair belonging to persons who were dear to him; a professional penman had the same idea, but the features were composed of thousands of little phrases in tiny characters which sang the praise of the General. As to letters, he had them in all scripts, from all countries, written in every dialect, affectionate letters, grateful, overflowing with love, filled with adoration. They called him Savior of the World, Father of his Country, Agent of God, Benefactor of Humanity, etc…. And not only Frenchmen, but Americans, Argentinians, Australians, etc. etc…. Thousands of little children, without their parents' knowledge, took pen in hand and wrote to tell him their love: most of them called him Our Father. And there was poignancy about their effusions, their adoration, these sighs of deliverance that escaped from thousands of hearts at the defeat of barbarism. To all these naif little souls, Joffre seemed like St. George crushing the dragon. Certainly he incarnated for the conscience of mankind the victory of good over evil, of light over darkness.
For two years, the whole world paid almost divine tribute to the victor of the Marne. The baggage master practically collapsed under the weight of the boxes, packages, and letters sent to him from unknown admirers. I think that aside from General Joffre, no other commander in the war truly grasped what glory is. They sent him boxes of candy from top confectioners around the world, boxes of champagne, fine wines of every vintage, fruits, game, trinkets, utensils, clothes, smoking supplies, inkstands, and paperweights. Each region sent its specialty. Painters sent their artwork, sculptors their statues, kindly old ladies knitted blankets or socks, and even a shepherd in his hut carved a pipe for him. Manufacturers from all over the globe who opposed Germany shipped their products—Havana sent its cigars, Portugal its port wine. I knew a hairdresser who created a portrait of the General using hair from people who loved him; a professional calligrapher had a similar idea but made the features from thousands of tiny phrases praising the General. As for letters, he received them in all scripts from every country, in every dialect—affectionate letters filled with gratitude and love, overflowing with adoration. They called him the Savior of the World, Father of His Country, Agent of God, Benefactor of Humanity, and more. And not just from the French, but also from Americans, Argentinians, Australians, and others. Thousands of little children, unbeknownst to their parents, picked up pens and wrote to express their love for him, many calling him Our Father. There was something moving about their expressions, their adoration, those sighs of relief escaping from countless hearts at the downfall of barbarism. To all those innocent little souls, Joffre seemed like St. George slaying the dragon. He truly embodied for the world's conscience the victory of good over evil, of light over darkness.
Lunatics, simpletons, the half-crazy and the crazy turned their darkened brains toward him as toward reason itself. I have read the letter of a person living in Sydney, who begged the General to save him from his enemies; another, a New Zealander, requested him to send some soldiers to the house of a gentleman who owed him ten pounds and would not pay.
Lunatics, idiots, the partially insane and the fully insane turned their confused minds toward him as if he were the voice of reason itself. I once read a letter from someone in Sydney who pleaded with the General to protect him from his enemies; another letter, from a New Zealander, asked him to send some soldiers to the home of a man who owed him ten pounds and refused to pay.
Finally, some hundreds of young girls, overcoming the timidity of their sex, asked for engagements, their families not to know about it; others wished only to serve him."
Finally, several hundred young girls, pushing past the shyness typical of their gender, asked for jobs without their families knowing about it; others just wanted to support him.
This ideal Joffre was compounded out of the victory won by him, his staff and his troops, the despair of the war, the personal sorrows, and the hope of future victory. But beside hero-worship there is the exorcism of devils. By the same mechanism through which heroes are incarnated, devils are made. If everything good was to come from Joffre, Foch, Wilson, or Roosevelt, everything evil originated in the Kaiser Wilhelm, Lenin and Trotsky. They were as omnipotent for evil as the heroes were omnipotent for good. To many simple and frightened minds there was no political reverse, no strike, no obstruction, no mysterious death or mysterious conflagration anywhere in the world of which the causes did not wind back to these personal sources of evil.
This ideal version of Joffre was shaped by the victory achieved by him, his staff, and his troops, the despair of the war, personal losses, and the hope for future victories. But along with hero-worship, there's also the need to exorcise devils. The same way heroes are created, devils are made. If all good things came from Joffre, Foch, Wilson, or Roosevelt, then all evil stemmed from Kaiser Wilhelm, Lenin, and Trotsky. They were just as powerful for evil as the heroes were for good. For many simple and scared minds, there was no political setback, no strike, no obstacle, no mysterious death or fire anywhere in the world that didn’t trace back to these personal sources of evil.
3
3
Worldwide concentration of this kind on a symbolic personality is rare enough to be clearly remarkable, and every author has a weakness for the striking and irrefutable example. The vivisection of war reveals such examples, but it does not make them out of nothing. In a more normal public life, symbolic pictures are no less governant of behavior, but each symbol is far less inclusive because there are so many competing ones. Not only is each symbol charged with less feeling because at most it represents only a part of the population, but even within that part there is infinitely less suppression of individual difference. The symbols of public opinion, in times of moderate security, are subject to check and comparison and argument. They come and go, coalesce and are forgotten, never organizing perfectly the emotion of the whole group. There is, after all, just one human activity left in which whole populations accomplish the union sacrée. It occurs in those middle phases of a war when fear, pugnacity, and hatred have secured complete dominion of the spirit, either to crush every other instinct or to enlist it, and before weariness is felt.
The global focus on a single symbolic figure is so rare that it stands out, and every writer tends to favor striking and undeniable examples. War exposes such examples, but it doesn’t create them from scratch. In more typical public life, symbolic images still significantly influence behavior, but each symbol is much less comprehensive due to the numerous competing ones. Each symbol carries less emotional weight because it usually represents only a segment of the population, and even within that segment, there’s much more room for individual differences. In times of relative stability, public opinion symbols are constantly checked, compared, and debated. They rise and fall, merge and fade away, never perfectly capturing the emotions of the entire group. Ultimately, there’s just one human activity left where entire populations manage to come together. This happens during those middle stages of a war when fear, aggression, and hatred completely dominate the spirit, either suppressing every other instinct or mobilizing it, and before exhaustion sets in.
At almost all other times, and even in war when it is deadlocked, a sufficiently greater range of feelings is aroused to establish conflict, choice, hesitation, and compromise. The symbolism of public opinion usually bears, as we shall see, [Footnote: Part V.] the marks of this balancing of interest. Think, for example, of how rapidly, after the armistice, the precarious and by no means successfully established symbol of Allied Unity disappeared, how it was followed almost immediately by the breakdown of each nation's symbolic picture of the other: Britain the Defender of Public Law, France watching at the Frontier of Freedom, America the Crusader. And think then of how within each nation the symbolic picture of itself frayed out, as party and class conflict and personal ambition began to stir postponed issues. And then of how the symbolic pictures of the leaders gave way, as one by one, Wilson, Clemenceau, Lloyd George, ceased to be the incarnation of human hope, and became merely the negotiators and administrators for a disillusioned world.
At almost all other times, and even in war when it’s at a standstill, a much wider range of feelings comes into play, leading to conflict, choices, uncertainty, and compromise. The symbolism of public opinion usually reflects, as we’ll see, [Footnote: Part V.] the balancing of interests. For instance, think about how quickly the fragile and far from successful symbol of Allied Unity vanished after the armistice, followed almost immediately by the collapse of each nation’s view of the others: Britain as the Defender of Public Law, France as the Guardian of Freedom, America as the Crusader. And consider how within each nation, the image of itself began to unravel as party and class conflicts and individual ambitions started to bring up issues that had been set aside. Finally, notice how the images of the leaders fell apart, as one by one, Wilson, Clemenceau, and Lloyd George stopped being seen as symbols of human hope and became just negotiators and administrators for a disillusioned world.
Whether we regret this as one of the soft evils of peace or applaud it as a return to sanity is obviously no matter here. Our first concern with fictions and symbols is to forget their value to the existing social order, and to think of them simply as an important part of the machinery of human communication. Now in any society that is not completely self-contained in its interests and so small that everyone can know all about everything that happens, ideas deal with events that are out of sight and hard to grasp. Miss Sherwin of Gopher Prairie, [Footnote: See Sinclair Lewis, Main Street.] is aware that a war is raging in France and tries to conceive it. She has never been to France, and certainly she has never been along what is now the battlefront.
Whether we regret this as one of the minor drawbacks of peace or celebrate it as a return to sanity is beside the point. Our main focus on fictions and symbols is to overlook their significance to the existing social order and to view them simply as a crucial part of human communication. In any society that isn’t completely isolated in its interests and small enough for everyone to know everything that happens, ideas relate to events that are hidden and difficult to understand. Miss Sherwin of Gopher Prairie, [Footnote: See Sinclair Lewis, Main Street.] knows there’s a war happening in France and tries to imagine it. She’s never been to France, and she definitely hasn’t been anywhere near the current battlefront.
Pictures of French and German soldiers she has seen, but it is impossible for her to imagine three million men. No one, in fact, can imagine them, and the professionals do not try. They think of them as, say, two hundred divisions. But Miss Sherwin has no access to the order of battle maps, and so if she is to think about the war, she fastens upon Joffre and the Kaiser as if they were engaged in a personal duel. Perhaps if you could see what she sees with her mind's eye, the image in its composition might be not unlike an Eighteenth Century engraving of a great soldier. He stands there boldly unruffled and more than life size, with a shadowy army of tiny little figures winding off into the landscape behind. Nor it seems are great men oblivious to these expectations. M. de Pierrefeu tells of a photographer's visit to Joffre. The General was in his "middle class office, before the worktable without papers, where he sat down to write his signature. Suddenly it was noticed that there were no maps on the walls. But since according to popular ideas it is not possible to think of a general without maps, a few were placed in position for the picture, and removed soon afterwards." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 99.]
Pictures of French and German soldiers she has seen, but it's impossible for her to imagine three million men. No one can really picture that, and the experts don’t even try. They think of them as, say, two hundred divisions. But Miss Sherwin has no access to the battle maps, so if she thinks about the war, she focuses on Joffre and the Kaiser as if they were in a personal duel. Maybe if you could see what she sees in her mind, the image might resemble an 18th Century engraving of a great soldier. He stands bold and calm, larger than life, with a shadowy army of tiny figures trailing off into the landscape behind. It seems even great men aren’t unaware of these expectations. M. de Pierrefeu recounts a visit from a photographer to Joffre. The General was in his "middle-class office, at a worktable without papers, where he sat down to write his signature. Suddenly, it was noticed that there were no maps on the walls. But since it's commonly thought that a general can’t be pictured without maps, a few were put up for the photo and then quickly taken down." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 99.]
The only feeling that anyone can have about an event he does not experience is the feeling aroused by his mental image of that event. That is why until we know what others think they know, we cannot truly understand their acts. I have seen a young girl, brought up in a Pennsylvania mining town, plunged suddenly from entire cheerfulness into a paroxysm of grief when a gust of wind cracked the kitchen window-pane. For hours she was inconsolable, and to me incomprehensible. But when she was able to talk, it transpired that if a window-pane broke it meant that a close relative had died. She was, therefore, mourning for her father, who had frightened her into running away from home. The father was, of course, quite thoroughly alive as a telegraphic inquiry soon proved. But until the telegram came, the cracked glass was an authentic message to that girl. Why it was authentic only a prolonged investigation by a skilled psychiatrist could show. But even the most casual observer could see that the girl, enormously upset by her family troubles, had hallucinated a complete fiction out of one external fact, a remembered superstition, and a turmoil of remorse, and fear and love for her father.
The only feeling someone can have about an event they don’t experience is based on their mental image of that event. That’s why until we know what others believe they know, we can’t truly understand their actions. I saw a young girl, raised in a mining town in Pennsylvania, suddenly shift from complete happiness to an intense grief when a gust of wind cracked the kitchen window. For hours, she was inconsolable and, to me, incomprehensible. But when she finally spoke, it turned out that if a window-pane broke, it meant that a close relative had died. She was mourning for her father, who had scared her into running away from home. The father was, of course, very much alive as a telegraphic inquiry quickly confirmed. But until the telegram arrived, the cracked glass was a genuine message to that girl. The reasons why it felt genuine would require a deep investigation by a skilled psychiatrist to explain. However, even the most casual observer could see that the girl, deeply troubled by her family issues, had created a complete fiction out of one external fact, a remembered superstition, and a mix of remorse, fear, and love for her father.
Abnormality in these instances is only a matter of degree. When an Attorney-General, who has been frightened by a bomb exploded on his doorstep, convinces himself by the reading of revolutionary literature that a revolution is to happen on the first of May 1920, we recognize that much the same mechanism is at work. The war, of course, furnished many examples of this pattern: the casual fact, the creative imagination, the will to believe, and out of these three elements, a counterfeit of reality to which there was a violent instinctive response. For it is clear enough that under certain conditions men respond as powerfully to fictions as they do to realities, and that in many cases they help to create the very fictions to which they respond. Let him cast the first stone who did not believe in the Russian army that passed through England in August, 1914, did not accept any tale of atrocities without direct proof, and never saw a plot, a traitor, or a spy where there was none. Let him cast a stone who never passed on as the real inside truth what he had heard someone say who knew no more than he did.
Abnormality in these situations is just a matter of degree. When an Attorney-General, shaken by a bomb that went off on his doorstep, convinces himself by reading revolutionary literature that a revolution will happen on May 1, 1920, we see that the same mechanism is in play. The war, of course, provided many examples of this pattern: the simple fact, the creative imagination, the desire to believe, and from these three elements, a fake version of reality that triggered a strong instinctive reaction. It's clear that under certain conditions, people react just as strongly to fictions as they do to realities, and in many cases, they help create the very fictions they respond to. Let the first person who didn’t believe in the Russian army that came through England in August 1914, who didn’t accept any story of atrocities without direct proof, and who never saw a plot, a traitor, or a spy when there wasn’t one, cast the first stone. Let the person who never passed on what they heard someone say as the true inside scoop, despite knowing that person knew no more than they did, also cast a stone.
In all these instances we must note particularly one common factor. It is the insertion between man and his environment of a pseudo-environment. To that pseudo-environment his behavior is a response. But because it is behavior, the consequences, if they are acts, operate not in the pseudo-environment where the behavior is stimulated, but in the real environment where action eventuates. If the behavior is not a practical act, but what we call roughly thought and emotion, it may be a long time before there is any noticeable break in the texture of the fictitious world. But when the stimulus of the pseudo-fact results in action on things or other people, contradiction soon develops. Then comes the sensation of butting one's head against a stone wall, of learning by experience, and witnessing Herbert Spencer's tragedy of the murder of a Beautiful Theory by a Gang of Brutal Facts, the discomfort in short of a maladjustment. For certainly, at the level of social life, what is called the adjustment of man to his environment takes place through the medium of fictions.
In all these cases, we should particularly note one common factor. It’s the gap between people and their environment created by a false environment. Their behavior is a response to this false environment. However, because it *is* behavior, the consequences, if they lead to actions, occur not in the false environment where the behavior is triggered, but in the real environment where actions happen. If the behavior is not a practical action, but what we roughly call thought and emotion, it may take a long time before there’s any noticeable disruption in the fabric of the made-up world. But when the false stimulus leads to actions affecting things or other people, contradictions quickly arise. Then comes the feeling of hitting a brick wall, learning from experience, and witnessing Herbert Spencer's tragedy of a Beautiful Theory being destroyed by a Gang of Brutal Facts—the discomfort of being out of sync. Because at the social level, what is referred to as the adjustment of people to their environment happens through the medium of fictions.
By fictions I do not mean lies. I mean a representation of the environment which is in lesser or greater degree made by man himself. The range of fiction extends all the way from complete hallucination to the scientists' perfectly self-conscious use of a schematic model, or his decision that for his particular problem accuracy beyond a certain number of decimal places is not important. A work of fiction may have almost any degree of fidelity, and so long as the degree of fidelity can be taken into account, fiction is not misleading. In fact, human culture is very largely the selection, the rearrangement, the tracing of patterns upon, and the stylizing of, what William James called "the random irradiations and resettlements of our ideas." [Footnote: James, Principles of Psychology, Vol. II, p. 638] The alternative to the use of fictions is direct exposure to the ebb and flow of sensation. That is not a real alternative, for however refreshing it is to see at times with a perfectly innocent eye, innocence itself is not wisdom, though a source and corrective of wisdom. For the real environment is altogether too big, too complex, and too fleeting for direct acquaintance. We are not equipped to deal with so much subtlety, so much variety, so many permutations and combinations. And although we have to act in that environment, we have to reconstruct it on a simpler model before we can manage with it. To traverse the world men must have maps of the world. Their persistent difficulty is to secure maps on which their own need, or someone else's need, has not sketched in the coast of Bohemia.
When I talk about fictions, I don’t mean lies. I mean a way of depicting the world that's partly or wholly created by humans. The scope of fiction ranges from total delusion to the scientists' clear and deliberate use of a diagram or their choice that, for their specific problem, precision beyond a certain number of decimal places isn't essential. A piece of fiction can have just about any level of accuracy, and as long as that level of accuracy is acknowledged, fiction isn't misleading. In fact, human culture is largely about selecting, rearranging, mapping out, and stylizing what William James referred to as "the random irradiations and resettlements of our ideas." [Footnote: James, Principles of Psychology, Vol. II, p. 638] The alternative to using fictions is directly dealing with the constant ebb and flow of sensation. But that’s not a real alternative; while it's sometimes refreshing to see things with a completely unfiltered perspective, innocence itself isn’t wisdom, even though it can contribute to and correct wisdom. The real world is far too vast, too complicated, and too transient for us to understand directly. We aren't equipped to handle such intricacies, such variety, and so many combinations. And even though we must act in that environment, we have to simplify it into a more manageable model before we can handle it. To navigate the world, people need maps of the world. Their ongoing challenge is to find maps that don’t include someone else’s unnecessary details.
4
4
The analyst of public opinion must begin then, by recognizing the triangular relationship between the scene of action, the human picture of that scene, and the human response to that picture working itself out upon the scene of action. It is like a play suggested to the actors by their own experience, in which the plot is transacted in the real lives of the actors, and not merely in their stage parts. The moving picture often emphasizes with great skill this double drama of interior motive and external behavior. Two men are quarreling, ostensibly about some money, but their passion is inexplicable. Then the picture fades out and what one or the other of the two men sees with his mind's eye is reënacted. Across the table they were quarreling about money. In memory they are back in their youth when the girl jilted him for the other man. The exterior drama is explained: the hero is not greedy; the hero is in love.
The public opinion analyst needs to start by understanding the three-way connection between the situation, the human aspect of that situation, and the human reaction to that aspect as it unfolds in the situation. It's like a play influenced by the actors' own experiences, where the story plays out in their real lives, not just their roles. The moving picture often highlights this dual drama of internal motives and external actions very effectively. Two men are arguing, apparently about some money, but their emotions are hard to understand. Then the scene fades out, and what one of the men envisions in his mind is recreated. They were arguing about money at the table. In his memory, they are back in their youth when the girl chose the other man over him. The external conflict is clarified: the hero isn’t greedy; he’s in love.
A scene not so different was played in the United States Senate. At breakfast on the morning of September 29, 1919, some of the Senators read a news dispatch in the Washington Post about the landing of American marines on the Dalmatian coast. The newspaper said:
A scene not so different was played in the United States Senate. At breakfast on the morning of September 29, 1919, some of the Senators read a news dispatch in the Washington Post about the landing of American marines on the Dalmatian coast. The newspaper said:
FACTS NOW ESTABLISHED
"The following important facts appear already established. The orders to Rear Admiral Andrews commanding the American naval forces in the Adriatic, came from the British Admiralty via the War Council and Rear Admiral Knapps in London. The approval or disapproval of the American Navy Department was not asked….
"The following important facts are already established. The orders to Rear Admiral Andrews, who was in charge of the American naval forces in the Adriatic, came from the British Admiralty through the War Council and Rear Admiral Knapps in London. The American Navy Department was not consulted for approval or disapproval…"
WITHOUT DANIELS' KNOWLEDGE
"Mr. Daniels was admittedly placed in a peculiar position when cables reached here stating that the forces over which he is presumed to have exclusive control were carrying on what amounted to naval warfare without his knowledge. It was fully realized that the British Admiralty might desire to issue orders to Rear Admiral Andrews to act on behalf of Great Britain and her Allies, because the situation required sacrifice on the part of some nation if D'Annunzio's followers were to be held in check.
"Mr. Daniels found himself in a strange situation when messages came in saying that the forces he was supposed to control were engaging in naval warfare without him knowing. It was clear that the British Admiralty might want to give orders to Rear Admiral Andrews to act on behalf of Great Britain and her Allies, as the situation required some nation to make sacrifices if they were to keep D'Annunzio's followers in check."
"It was further realized that under the new league of nations plan foreigners would be in a position to direct American Naval forces in emergencies with or without the consent of the American Navy Department…." etc. (Italics mine).
"It was also understood that under the new league of nations plan foreigners would be in a position to direct American Naval forces in emergencies with or without the consent of the American Navy Department…." etc. (Italics mine).
The first Senator to comment is Mr. Knox of Pennsylvania. Indignantly he demands investigation. In Mr. Brandegee of Connecticut, who spoke next, indignation has already stimulated credulity. Where Mr. Knox indignantly wishes to know if the report is true, Mr. Brandegee, a half a minute later, would like to know what would have happened if marines had been killed. Mr. Knox, interested in the question, forgets that he asked for an inquiry, and replies. If American marines had been killed, it would be war. The mood of the debate is still conditional. Debate proceeds. Mr. McCormick of Illinois reminds the Senate that the Wilson administration is prone to the waging of small unauthorized wars. He repeats Theodore Roosevelt's quip about "waging peace." More debate. Mr. Brandegee notes that the marines acted "under orders of a Supreme Council sitting somewhere," but he cannot recall who represents the United States on that body. The Supreme Council is unknown to the Constitution of the United States. Therefore Mr. New of Indiana submits a resolution calling for the facts.
The first Senator to speak is Mr. Knox from Pennsylvania. He demands an investigation with indignation. Mr. Brandegee from Connecticut, who speaks next, has already let his indignation lead to naivety. While Mr. Knox is eager to find out if the report is true, Mr. Brandegee, just half a minute later, wants to know what would’ve happened if marines had been killed. Mr. Knox, who is invested in the topic, forgets that he asked for an inquiry and responds. If American marines had been killed, it would mean war. The atmosphere of the debate is still tentative. The discussion continues. Mr. McCormick from Illinois reminds the Senate that the Wilson administration tends to engage in small, unauthorized wars. He echoes Theodore Roosevelt’s joke about "waging peace." More debate follows. Mr. Brandegee mentions that the marines acted "under orders from a Supreme Council sitting somewhere," but he can’t remember who represents the United States in that group. The Supreme Council is not part of the Constitution of the United States. Consequently, Mr. New from Indiana proposes a resolution asking for the facts.
So far the Senators still recognize vaguely that they are discussing a rumor. Being lawyers they still remember some of the forms of evidence. But as red-blooded men they already experience all the indignation which is appropriate to the fact that American marines have been ordered into war by a foreign government and without the consent of Congress. Emotionally they want to believe it, because they are Republicans fighting the League of Nations. This arouses the Democratic leader, Mr. Hitchcock of Nebraska. He defends the Supreme Council: it was acting under the war powers. Peace has not yet been concluded because the Republicans are delaying it. Therefore the action was necessary and legal. Both sides now assume that the report is true, and the conclusions they draw are the conclusions of their partisanship. Yet this extraordinary assumption is in a debate over a resolution to investigate the truth of the assumption. It reveals how difficult it is, even for trained lawyers, to suspend response until the returns are in. The response is instantaneous. The fiction is taken for truth because the fiction is badly needed.
So far, the Senators still have a vague sense that they are discussing a rumor. Being lawyers, they remember some of the types of evidence. But as passionate individuals, they already feel the outrage that comes from the fact that American marines have been sent into battle by a foreign government without Congress's approval. Emotionally, they want to believe it because they are Republicans opposing the League of Nations. This fires up the Democratic leader, Mr. Hitchcock from Nebraska. He defends the Supreme Council: it was acting under war powers. Peace hasn't been finalized yet because the Republicans are stalling it. Therefore, the action was necessary and legal. Both sides now assume that the report is true, and the conclusions they draw are based on their political biases. Yet, this unusual assumption arises in a debate over a resolution to investigate the truth behind the assumption. It highlights how challenging it is, even for trained lawyers, to hold back their reactions until the information is verified. The response is immediate. The fiction is accepted as truth because the fiction is desperately needed.
A few days later an official report showed that the marines were not landed by order of the British Government or of the Supreme Council. They had not been fighting the Italians. They had been landed at the request of the Italian Government to protect Italians, and the American commander had been officially thanked by the Italian authorities. The marines were not at war with Italy. They had acted according to an established international practice which had nothing to do with the League of Nations.
A few days later, an official report revealed that the marines were not deployed by order of the British Government or the Supreme Council. They hadn’t been fighting against the Italians. They were landed at the request of the Italian Government to protect Italians, and the American commander was officially thanked by the Italian authorities. The marines were not at war with Italy. They acted according to an established international practice that had nothing to do with the League of Nations.
The scene of action was the Adriatic. The picture of that scene in the Senators' heads at Washington was furnished, in this case probably with intent to deceive, by a man who cared nothing about the Adriatic, but much about defeating the League. To this picture the Senate responded by a strengthening of its partisan differences over the League.
The action took place in the Adriatic Sea. The image of that scene in the minds of the Senators in Washington was likely distorted by someone who didn't care about the Adriatic but was very focused on undermining the League. The Senate reacted to this image by deepening its partisan divisions over the League.
5
5
Whether in this particular case the Senate was above or below its normal standard, it is not necessary to decide. Nor whether the Senate compares favorably with the House, or with other parliaments. At the moment, I should like to think only about the world-wide spectacle of men acting upon their environment, moved by stimuli from their pseudo-environments. For when full allowance has been made for deliberate fraud, political science has still to account for such facts as two nations attacking one another, each convinced that it is acting in self-defense, or two classes at war each certain that it speaks for the common interest. They live, we are likely to say, in different worlds. More accurately, they live in the same world, but they think and feel in different ones.
Whether in this specific situation the Senate was above or below its usual standard is not something we need to determine. Nor do we need to compare the Senate to the House or to other parliaments. Right now, I'd like to focus solely on the global spectacle of people interacting with their environment, driven by influences from their constructed realities. Because even after accounting for intentional deceit, political science still has to explain things like two nations going to war against each other, each believing they are acting in self-defense, or two classes in conflict, each convinced they represent the common good. They live, we might say, in separate worlds. More accurately, they inhabit the same world, but they think and feel in different ones.
It is to these special worlds, it is to these private or group, or class, or provincial, or occupational, or national, or sectarian artifacts, that the political adjustment of mankind in the Great Society takes place. Their variety and complication are impossible to describe. Yet these fictions determine a very great part of men's political behavior. We must think of perhaps fifty sovereign parliaments consisting of at least a hundred legislative bodies. With them belong at least fifty hierarchies of provincial and municipal assemblies, which with their executive, administrative and legislative organs, constitute formal authority on earth. But that does not begin to reveal the complexity of political life. For in each of these innumerable centers of authority there are parties, and these parties are themselves hierarchies with their roots in classes, sections, cliques and clans; and within these are the individual politicians, each the personal center of a web of connection and memory and fear and hope.
In these unique worlds, whether they are private, communal, class-based, provincial, occupational, national, or sectarian artifacts, the political adjustment of humanity in the Great Society takes place. Their diversity and complexity are beyond description. Yet, these constructs play a significant role in shaping people's political behavior. We should consider maybe fifty independent parliaments made up of at least a hundred legislative bodies. Alongside them exist at least fifty hierarchies of local and regional assemblies, which, along with their executive, administrative, and legislative branches, form formal authority in the world. However, this only begins to illustrate the intricacy of political life. Within each of these countless centers of authority, there are political parties, and these parties are hierarchies rooted in classes, factions, cliques, and clans; within these groups are individual politicians, each a personal hub of connections, memories, fears, and hopes.
Somehow or other, for reasons often necessarily obscure, as the result of domination or compromise or a logroll, there emerge from these political bodies commands, which set armies in motion or make peace, conscript life, tax, exile, imprison, protect property or confiscate it, encourage one kind of enterprise and discourage another, facilitate immigration or obstruct it, improve communication or censor it, establish schools, build navies, proclaim "policies," and "destiny," raise economic barriers, make property or unmake it, bring one people under the rule of another, or favor one class as against another. For each of these decisions some view of the facts is taken to be conclusive, some view of the circumstances is accepted as the basis of inference and as the stimulus of feeling. What view of the facts, and why that one?
Somehow, for reasons that are often unclear, as a result of power struggles, compromises, or negotiations, political bodies create commands that set armies in motion or establish peace, draft citizens, impose taxes, exile or imprison people, protect property or seize it, promote some types of businesses while discouraging others, facilitate or hinder immigration, enhance communication or control it, establish schools, build navies, declare "policies" and "destiny," raise economic barriers, create and dismantle property, subject one group to another, or favor one class over another. For each of these decisions, a certain interpretation of the facts is considered definitive, and a particular perspective on the situation is accepted as the basis for conclusions and emotional responses. What interpretation of the facts, and why that one?
And yet even this does not begin to exhaust the real complexity. The formal political structure exists in a social environment, where there are innumerable large and small corporations and institutions, voluntary and semi-voluntary associations, national, provincial, urban and neighborhood groupings, which often as not make the decision that the political body registers. On what are these decisions based?
And yet even this doesn't come close to capturing the true complexity. The official political structure operates within a social environment filled with countless large and small businesses and institutions, voluntary and semi-voluntary groups, as well as national, provincial, urban, and neighborhood organizations, which often make the decisions that the political body acknowledges. What are these decisions based on?
"Modern society," says Mr. Chesterton, "is intrinsically insecure because it is based on the notion that all men will do the same thing for different reasons…. And as within the head of any convict may be the hell of a quite solitary crime, so in the house or under the hat of any suburban clerk may be the limbo of a quite separate philosophy. The first man may be a complete Materialist and feel his own body as a horrible machine manufacturing his own mind. He may listen to his thoughts as to the dull ticking of a clock. The man next door may be a Christian Scientist and regard his own body as somehow rather less substantial than his own shadow. He may come almost to regard his own arms and legs as delusions like moving serpents in the dream of delirium tremens. The third man in the street may not be a Christian Scientist but, on the contrary, a Christian. He may live in a fairy tale as his neighbors would say; a secret but solid fairy tale full of the faces and presences of unearthly friends. The fourth man may be a theosophist, and only too probably a vegetarian; and I do not see why I should not gratify myself with the fancy that the fifth man is a devil worshiper…. Now whether or not this sort of variety is valuable, this sort of unity is shaky. To expect that all men for all time will go on thinking different things, and yet doing the same things, is a doubtful speculation. It is not founding society on a communion, or even on a convention, but rather on a coincidence. Four men may meet under the same lamp post; one to paint it pea green as part of a great municipal reform; one to read his breviary in the light of it; one to embrace it with accidental ardour in a fit of alcoholic enthusiasm; and the last merely because the pea green post is a conspicuous point of rendezvous with his young lady. But to expect this to happen night after night is unwise…." [Footnote: G. K. Chesterton, "The Mad Hatter and the Sane Householder," Vanity Fair, January, 1921, p. 54]
"Modern society," says Mr. Chesterton, "is inherently insecure because it relies on the idea that everyone will act the same way for different reasons…. Just as any convict might harbor the isolation of a singular crime, so too can the home or thoughts of a suburban clerk contain a unique perspective. One person might be a strict Materialist, feeling their body as a dreadful machine producing their own mind. They might listen to their thoughts like the dull ticking of a clock. The person next door could be a Christian Scientist, viewing their body as somehow less real than their own shadow. They may almost perceive their own arms and legs as illusions, like moving snakes in the delusions of withdrawal. The third person on the street might not be a Christian Scientist but rather a Christian, living in a narrative that their neighbors would call a fairy tale; a secret yet solid story filled with the faces and spirits of otherworldly companions. The fourth person might be a theosophist, probably a vegetarian; and I can’t see why I shouldn’t indulge in the idea that the fifth person is a devil worshiper…. Whether this kind of variety is valuable or not, this sort of unity is fragile. To assume that everyone will continue to think differently yet act the same way over time is uncertain speculation. It’s not building society on shared beliefs or even on agreements, but more like relying on a happenstance. Four people might gather under the same lamp post; one to paint it pea green as part of a significant municipal reform; one to read their breviary by its light; one to embrace it passionately in a drunken fit; and the last just because the pea green post is a notable meeting spot for his girlfriend. But expecting this to happen again and again is unwise…." [Footnote: G. K. Chesterton, "The Mad Hatter and the Sane Householder," Vanity Fair, January, 1921, p. 54]
For the four men at the lamp post substitute the governments, the parties, the corporations, the societies, the social sets, the trades and professions, universities, sects, and nationalities of the world. Think of the legislator voting a statute that will affect distant peoples, a statesman coming to a decision. Think of the Peace Conference reconstituting the frontiers of Europe, an ambassador in a foreign country trying to discern the intentions of his own government and of the foreign government, a promoter working a concession in a backward country, an editor demanding a war, a clergyman calling on the police to regulate amusement, a club lounging-room making up its mind about a strike, a sewing circle preparing to regulate the schools, nine judges deciding whether a legislature in Oregon may fix the working hours of women, a cabinet meeting to decide on the recognition of a government, a party convention choosing a candidate and writing a platform, twenty-seven million voters casting their ballots, an Irishman in Cork thinking about an Irishman in Belfast, a Third International planning to reconstruct the whole of human society, a board of directors confronted with a set of their employees' demands, a boy choosing a career, a merchant estimating supply and demand for the coming season, a speculator predicting the course of the market, a banker deciding whether to put credit behind a new enterprise, the advertiser, the reader of advertisments…. Think of the different sorts of Americans thinking about their notions of "The British Empire" or "France" or "Russia" or "Mexico." It is not so different from Mr. Chesterton's four men at the pea green lamp post.
For the four men at the lamp post, think about the governments, the political parties, the corporations, the organizations, the social groups, the trades and professions, universities, religions, and nationalities around the world. Imagine the lawmaker voting on a law that will impact far-off nations, a politician making a crucial decision. Picture the Peace Conference reshaping Europe's borders, an ambassador in another country trying to figure out his own government’s intentions and those of the foreign government, a promoter negotiating a deal in a developing country, a newspaper editor calling for war, a clergyman urging the police to regulate entertainment, a club's lounge deciding on a workers' strike, a sewing circle planning to oversee the schools, nine judges deciding if a legislature in Oregon can set working hours for women, a cabinet meeting deciding whether to recognize a government, a party convention selecting a candidate and drafting a platform, twenty-seven million voters casting their votes, an Irishman in Cork thinking about an Irishman in Belfast, a Third International aiming to rebuild all of human society, a board of directors facing a set of demands from their employees, a young person choosing a career, a merchant determining supply and demand for the next season, a speculator predicting market trends, a banker deciding whether to back a new business venture, the advertiser, the reader of advertisements… Think about the various types of Americans contemplating their views on "The British Empire," "France," "Russia," or "Mexico." It's not much different from Mr. Chesterton's four men at the pea green lamp post.
6
6
And so before we involve ourselves in the jungle of obscurities about the innate differences of men, we shall do well to fix our attention upon the extraordinary differences in what men know of the world. [Footnote: Cf. Wallas, Our Social Heritage, pp. 77 et seq.] I do not doubt that there are important biological differences. Since man is an animal it would be strange if there were not. But as rational beings it is worse than shallow to generalize at all about comparative behavior until there is a measurable similarity between the environments to which behavior is a response.
So, before we get caught up in the confusing debate about the inherent differences among men, we should focus on the significant variations in what men understand about the world. [Footnote: Cf. Wallas, Our Social Heritage, pp. 77 et seq.] I’m sure there are important biological differences. Since humans are animals, it would be odd if there weren't. However, as rational beings, it’s shallow to make broad generalizations about behavior until there's a measurable similarity between the environments that provoke that behavior.
The pragmatic value of this idea is that it introduces a much needed refinement into the ancient controversy about nature and nurture, innate quality and environment. For the pseudo-environment is a hybrid compounded of "human nature" and "conditions." To my mind it shows the uselessness of pontificating about what man is and always will be from what we observe man to be doing, or about what are the necessary conditions of society. For we do not know how men would behave in response to the facts of the Great Society. All that we really know is how they behave in response to what can fairly be called a most inadequate picture of the Great Society. No conclusion about man or the Great Society can honestly be made on evidence like that.
The practical value of this idea is that it brings some much-needed clarity to the long-standing debate about nature versus nurture, innate traits versus environment. The so-called pseudo-environment is a mix of "human nature" and "conditions." In my opinion, it highlights the futility of making definitive statements about what humans are or will always be based on our observations of their current behavior, or about what the essential conditions of society are. We don’t really know how people would act in response to the realities of the Great Society. All we truly know is how they respond to what can reasonably be considered a very limited view of the Great Society. No valid conclusions about humanity or the Great Society can honestly be drawn from such evidence.
This, then, will be the clue to our inquiry. We shall assume that what each man does is based not on direct and certain knowledge, but on pictures made by himself or given to him. If his atlas tells him that the world is flat he will not sail near what he believes to be the edge of our planet for fear of falling off. If his maps include a fountain of eternal youth, a Ponce de Leon will go in quest of it. If someone digs up yellow dirt that looks like gold, he will for a time act exactly as if he had found gold. The way in which the world is imagined determines at any particular moment what men will do. It does not determine what they will achieve. It determines their effort, their feelings, their hopes, not their accomplishments and results. The very men who most loudly proclaim their "materialism" and their contempt for "ideologues," the Marxian communists, place their entire hope on what? On the formation by propaganda of a class-conscious group. But what is propaganda, if not the effort to alter the picture to which men respond, to substitute one social pattern for another? What is class consciousness but a way of realizing the world? National consciousness but another way? And Professor Giddings' consciousness of kind, but a process of believing that we recognize among the multitude certain ones marked as our kind?
This will be the key to our investigation. We will assume that what each person does is based not on direct and certain knowledge, but on images created by themselves or given to them. If their atlas tells them that the world is flat, they won’t sail near what they think is the edge of the planet for fear of falling off. If their maps include a fountain of eternal youth, someone like Ponce de Leon will go searching for it. If someone digs up yellow dirt that looks like gold, they will temporarily act as if they have found gold. The way the world is imagined at any given moment dictates what people will do. It does not determine what they will achieve. It influences their effort, their feelings, their hopes, but not their accomplishments and results. The very people who loudly declare their "materialism" and their disdain for "ideologues," like Marxian communists, place their entire hope on what? On using propaganda to form a class-conscious group. But what is propaganda, if not the attempt to change the image that people respond to, to replace one social pattern with another? What is class consciousness but a way of perceiving the world? National consciousness is just another way? And Professor Giddings' consciousness of kind is simply a process of believing that we recognize certain individuals among the many as our kind?
Try to explain social life as the pursuit of pleasure and the avoidance of pain. You will soon be saying that the hedonist begs the question, for even supposing that man does pursue these ends, the crucial problem of why he thinks one course rather than another likely to produce pleasure, is untouched. Does the guidance of man's conscience explain? How then does he happen to have the particular conscience which he has? The theory of economic self-interest? But how do men come to conceive their interest in one way rather than another? The desire for security, or prestige, or domination, or what is vaguely called self-realization? How do men conceive their security, what do they consider prestige, how do they figure out the means of domination, or what is the notion of self which they wish to realize? Pleasure, pain, conscience, acquisition, protection, enhancement, mastery, are undoubtedly names for some of the ways people act. There may be instinctive dispositions which work toward such ends. But no statement of the end, or any description of the tendencies to seek it, can explain the behavior which results. The very fact that men theorize at all is proof that their pseudo-environments, their interior representations of the world, are a determining element in thought, feeling, and action. For if the connection between reality and human response were direct and immediate, rather than indirect and inferred, indecision and failure would be unknown, and (if each of us fitted as snugly into the world as the child in the womb), Mr. Bernard Shaw would not have been able to say that except for the first nine months of its existence no human being manages its affairs as well as a plant.
Try to explain social life as the pursuit of pleasure and the avoidance of pain. You’ll soon realize that the hedonist raises more questions because even if we assume that people do chase these goals, the key issue of why they think one option will bring more pleasure than another isn’t addressed. Does conscience provide guidance? But then, how did someone develop the particular conscience they have? What about the theory of economic self-interest? How do people define their interests in one way over another? Is it the desire for security, prestige, domination, or what we vaguely call self-realization? How do people understand their security, what do they view as prestige, how do they determine the means of domination, or what version of self do they wish to realize? Pleasure, pain, conscience, acquisition, protection, enhancement, and mastery are certainly terms that describe some of the ways people behave. There might be instinctive urges that drive these ends. But no explanation of the goal, or any description of the tendencies to pursue it, can clarify the behavior that results. The very fact that people theorize at all shows that their mental frameworks, their internal representations of the world, significantly influence their thoughts, feelings, and actions. If the link between reality and human reactions were direct and immediate instead of indirect and inferred, we wouldn’t know indecision or failure; and if each of us fit into the world as perfectly as a child in the womb, Mr. Bernard Shaw wouldn’t have been able to say that outside the first nine months of existence, no human being manages life as well as a plant.
The chief difficulty in adapting the psychoanalytic scheme to political thought arises in this connection. The Freudians are concerned with the maladjustment of distinct individuals to other individuals and to concrete circumstances. They have assumed that if internal derangements could be straightened out, there would be little or no confusion about what is the obviously normal relationship. But public opinion deals with indirect, unseen, and puzzling facts, and there is nothing obvious about them. The situations to which public opinions refer are known only as opinions. The psychoanalyst, on the other hand, almost always assumes that the environment is knowable, and if not knowable then at least bearable, to any unclouded intelligence. This assumption of his is the problem of public opinion. Instead of taking for granted an environment that is readily known, the social analyst is most concerned in studying how the larger political environment is conceived, and how it can be conceived more successfully. The psychoanalyst examines the adjustment to an X, called by him the environment; the social analyst examines the X, called by him the pseudo-environment.
The main challenge in applying psychoanalytic theory to political thought is related to this issue. Freudians focus on how individuals struggle to fit in with others and their specific circumstances. They believe that if internal issues could be resolved, there would be little confusion about what a normal relationship should look like. However, public opinion often deals with indirect, unseen, and complicated factors, and there's nothing straightforward about them. The situations referenced by public opinions are only known as opinions. On the other hand, the psychoanalyst usually assumes that the environment is understandable, and if it isn't, at least it can be tolerated by clear-thinking individuals. This assumption creates the problem of public opinion. Instead of presuming an environment that is easy to understand, the social analyst focuses more on how the broader political context is perceived and how it can be understood more effectively. The psychoanalyst looks at how people adjust to an X, which he calls the environment; the social analyst examines the X, which he refers to as the pseudo-environment.
He is, of course, permanently and constantly in debt to the new psychology, not only because when rightly applied it so greatly helps people to stand on their own feet, come what may, but because the study of dreams, fantasy and rationalization has thrown light on how the pseudo-environment is put together. But he cannot assume as his criterion either what is called a "normal biological career" [Footnote: Edward J. Kempf, Psychopathology, p. 116.] within the existing social order, or a career "freed from religious suppression and dogmatic conventions" outside. [Footnote: Id., p. 151.] What for a sociologist is a normal social career? Or one freed from suppressions and conventions? Conservative critics do, to be sure, assume the first, and romantic ones the second. But in assuming them they are taking the whole world for granted. They are saying in effect either that society is the sort of thing which corresponds to their idea of what is normal, or the sort of thing which corresponds to their idea of what is free. Both ideas are merely public opinions, and while the psychoanalyst as physician may perhaps assume them, the sociologist may not take the products of existing public opinion as criteria by which to study public opinion.
He is, of course, permanently and constantly in debt to the new psychology, not only because when used correctly it greatly helps people to stand on their own feet, no matter what, but also because the study of dreams, fantasies, and rationalization has shed light on how the pseudo-environment is formed. However, he cannot use either what is called a "normal biological career" [Footnote: Edward J. Kempf, Psychopathology, p. 116.] within the current social order, or a career "freed from religious suppression and dogmatic conventions" outside of it. [Footnote: Id., p. 151.] What does a sociologist consider a normal social career? Or one liberated from suppressions and conventions? Conservative critics, of course, assume the first, while romantic critics assume the second. But by doing so, they are taking the entire world for granted. They are essentially saying that society is either the kind that matches their idea of what is normal, or the kind that matches their idea of what is free. Both of these notions are simply public opinions, and while the psychoanalyst as a physician might assume them, the sociologist cannot use the outcomes of existing public opinion as standards to study public opinion.
7
7
The world that we have to deal with politically is out of reach, out of sight, out of mind. It has to be explored, reported, and imagined. Man is no Aristotelian god contemplating all existence at one glance. He is the creature of an evolution who can just about span a sufficient portion of reality to manage his survival, and snatch what on the scale of time are but a few moments of insight and happiness. Yet this same creature has invented ways of seeing what no naked eye could see, of hearing what no ear could hear, of weighing immense masses and infinitesimal ones, of counting and separating more items than he can individually remember. He is learning to see with his mind vast portions of the world that he could never see, touch, smell, hear, or remember. Gradually he makes for himself a trustworthy picture inside his head of the world beyond his reach.
The political landscape we have to navigate is often out of reach, out of sight, and out of mind. It needs to be explored, reported, and imagined. Humans aren't like Aristotelian gods who can grasp all of existence in a single glance. Instead, we are products of evolution who can only understand a small part of reality enough to survive, grabbing just a few moments of insight and happiness along the way. Yet, this same being has created ways to see things the naked eye can't, to hear sounds the ear can't detect, to measure both enormous and tiny masses, and to count and sort more items than he can remember individually. He is learning to visualize vast areas of the world he can't see, touch, smell, hear, or retain in memory. Gradually, he constructs a reliable mental picture of the world that lies beyond his immediate grasp.
Those features of the world outside which have to do with the behavior of other human beings, in so far as that behavior crosses ours, is dependent upon us, or is interesting to us, we call roughly public affairs. The pictures inside the heads of these human beings, the pictures of themselves, of others, of their needs, purposes, and relationship, are their public opinions. Those pictures which are acted upon by groups of people, or by individuals acting in the name of groups, are Public Opinion with capital letters. And so in the chapters which follow we shall inquire first into some of the reasons why the picture inside so often misleads men in their dealings with the world outside. Under this heading we shall consider first the chief factors which limit their access to the facts. They are the artificial censorships, the limitations of social contact, the comparatively meager time available in each day for paying attention to public affairs, the distortion arising because events have to be compressed into very short messages, the difficulty of making a small vocabulary express a complicated world, and finally the fear of facing those facts which would seem to threaten the established routine of men's lives.
The aspects of the external world related to how other people behave, especially when that behavior affects us or interests us, are generally referred to as public affairs. The images that these individuals have in their minds—of themselves, others, their needs, goals, and connections—form their public opinions. When these images are acted upon by groups or by individuals representing groups, we term it Public Opinion with a capital P and O. In the following chapters, we will explore some reasons why these mental images often mislead people in their interactions with the outside world. To begin with, we will look at the main factors that limit their access to the facts. These include artificial censorship, restrictions on social interactions, the limited time available each day to focus on public affairs, the distortion that occurs when events must be summarized into very brief messages, the challenge of conveying a complex world with a small vocabulary, and finally, the fear of confronting facts that might disrupt the established patterns of people's lives.
The analysis then turns from these more or less external limitations to the question of how this trickle of messages from the outside is affected by the stored up images, the preconceptions, and prejudices which interpret, fill them out, and in their turn powerfully direct the play of our attention, and our vision itself. From this it proceeds to examine how in the individual person the limited messages from outside, formed into a pattern of stereotypes, are identified with his own interests as he feels and conceives them. In the succeeding sections it examines how opinions are crystallized into what is called Public Opinion, how a National Will, a Group Mind, a Social Purpose, or whatever you choose to call it, is formed.
The analysis then shifts from these somewhat external limitations to the question of how this trickle of messages from the outside is influenced by the stored images, preconceptions, and biases that interpret and elaborate on them, which in turn strongly guide our attention and perspective. It then looks at how, for an individual, the limited messages from the outside, shaped into a pattern of stereotypes, align with their own interests as they perceive and understand them. In the following sections, it investigates how opinions solidify into what is known as Public Opinion, how a National Will, Group Mind, Social Purpose, or whatever term you prefer, is created.
The first five parts constitute the descriptive section of the book. There follows an analysis of the traditional democratic theory of public opinion. The substance of the argument is that democracy in its original form never seriously faced the problem which arises because the pictures inside people's heads do not automatically correspond with the world outside. And then, because the democratic theory is under criticism by socialist thinkers, there follows an examination of the most advanced and coherent of these criticisms, as made by the English Guild Socialists. My purpose here is to find out whether these reformers take into account the main difficulties of public opinion. My conclusion is that they ignore the difficulties, as completely as did the original democrats, because they, too, assume, and in a much more complicated civilization, that somehow mysteriously there exists in the hearts of men a knowledge of the world beyond their reach.
The first five parts make up the descriptive section of the book. Next, there’s an analysis of the traditional democratic theory of public opinion. The main argument is that democracy, in its original form, never really dealt with the issue that arises because the images people have in their minds don’t automatically match up with the real world. Then, since democratic theory is being criticized by socialist thinkers, there’s an examination of the most developed and coherent criticisms coming from the English Guild Socialists. My goal here is to determine whether these reformers consider the main challenges of public opinion. My conclusion is that they overlook these challenges just as thoroughly as the original democrats did, because they, too, assume—despite living in a much more complex society—that there exists some kind of mysterious knowledge about the world in people's hearts that’s beyond their reach.
I argue that representative government, either in what is ordinarily called politics, or in industry, cannot be worked successfully, no matter what the basis of election, unless there is an independent, expert organization for making the unseen facts intelligible to those who have to make the decisions. I attempt, therefore, to argue that the serious acceptance of the principle that personal representation must be supplemented by representation of the unseen facts would alone permit a satisfactory decentralization, and allow us to escape from the intolerable and unworkable fiction that each of us must acquire a competent opinion about all public affairs. It is argued that the problem of the press is confused because the critics and the apologists expect the press to realize this fiction, expect it to make up for all that was not foreseen in the theory of democracy, and that the readers expect this miracle to be performed at no cost or trouble to themselves. The newspapers are regarded by democrats as a panacea for their own defects, whereas analysis of the nature of news and of the economic basis of journalism seems to show that the newspapers necessarily and inevitably reflect, and therefore, in greater or lesser measure, intensify, the defective organization of public opinion. My conclusion is that public opinions must be organized for the press if they are to be sound, not by the press as is the case today. This organization I conceive to be in the first instance the task of a political science that has won its proper place as formulator, in advance of real decision, instead of apologist, critic, or reporter after the decision has been made. I try to indicate that the perplexities of government and industry are conspiring to give political science this enormous opportunity to enrich itself and to serve the public. And, of course, I hope that these pages will help a few people to realize that opportunity more vividly, and therefore to pursue it more consciously.
I believe that representative government, whether in what we usually refer to as politics or in industry, cannot function effectively, regardless of how elections are conducted, unless there is an independent, expert organization that can make the hidden facts clear to those who need to make decisions. Therefore, I aim to argue that genuinely accepting the idea that personal representation must be complemented by representation of the unseen facts would allow for a satisfactory decentralization and help us break free from the unrealistic expectation that everyone must have an informed opinion on all public matters. The issue with the press is complicated because both critics and supporters expect it to meet this unrealistic expectation, to compensate for everything that wasn’t addressed in democratic theory, and readers want this to happen without any effort or cost on their part. Democrats view newspapers as a solution to their own shortcomings, while a closer look at the nature of news and the economic framework of journalism reveals that newspapers inevitably reflect, and often amplify, the flawed organization of public opinion. My conclusion is that public opinions should be organized for the press if they are to be meaningful, not by the press, which is the current situation. I see this organization as primarily the responsibility of a political science that has established itself as a proactive guide before actual decisions are made, rather than just being an apologist, critic, or reporter after the fact. I hope to show that the challenges facing government and industry are paving the way for political science to take advantage of this significant opportunity to grow and serve the public. And, of course, I hope these pages help some people recognize this opportunity more clearly, motivating them to pursue it more intentionally.
PART II
APPROACHES TO THE WORLD OUTSIDE
CHAPTER 2. CENSORSHIP AND PRIVACY " 3. CONTACT AND OPPORTUNITY " 4. TIME AND ATTENTION " 5. SPEED, WORDS, AND CLEARNESS
CHAPTER II
CENSORSHIP AND PRIVACY
1
1
The picture of a general presiding over an editorial conference at the most terrible hour of one of the great battles of history seems more like a scene from The Chocolate Soldier than a page from life. Yet we know at first hand from the officer who edited the French communiqués that these conferences were a regular part of the business of war; that in the worst moment of Verdun, General Joffre and his cabinet met and argued over the nouns, adjectives, and verbs that were to be printed in the newspapers the next morning.
The image of a general leading an editorial meeting during one of history's most intense battles feels more like something out of The Chocolate Soldier than real life. Yet we know from the officer who edited the French press releases that these meetings were a standard part of wartime operations; during the darkest days of Verdun, General Joffre and his team gathered to debate the nouns, adjectives, and verbs that would appear in the newspapers the next day.
"The evening communiqué of the twenty-third (February 1916)" says M. de Pierrefeu, [Footnote: G. Q. G., pp. 126-129.] "was edited in a dramatic atmosphere. M. Berthelot, of the Prime Minister's office, had just telephoned by order of the minister asking General Pellé to strengthen the report and to emphasize the proportions of the enemy's attack. It was necessary to prepare the public for the worst outcome in case the affair turned into a catastrophe. This anxiety showed clearly that neither at G. H. Q. nor at the Ministry of War had the Government found reason for confidence. As M. Berthelot spoke, General Pellé made notes. He handed me the paper on which he had written the Government's wishes, together with the order of the day issued by General von Deimling and found on some prisoners, in which it was stated that this attack was the supreme offensive to secure peace. Skilfully used, all this was to demonstrate that Germany was letting loose a gigantic effort, an effort without precedent, and that from its success she hoped for the end of the war. The logic of this was that nobody need be surprised at our withdrawal. When, a half hour later, I went down with my manuscript, I found gathered together in Colonel Claudel's office, he being away, the major-general, General Janin, Colonel Dupont, and Lieutenant-Colonel Renouard. Fearing that I would not succeed in giving the desired impression, General Pellé had himself prepared a proposed communiqué. I read what I had just done. It was found to be too moderate. General Pellé's, on the other hand, seemed too alarming. I had purposely omitted von Deimling's order of the day. To put it into the communiqué would be to break with the formula to which the public was accustomed, would be to transform it into a kind of pleading. It would seem to say: 'How do you suppose we can resist?' There was reason to fear that the public would be distracted by this change of tone and would believe that everything was lost. I explained my reasons and suggested giving Deimling's text to the newspapers in the form of a separate note.
"The evening report of the twenty-third (February 1916)" says M. de Pierrefeu, [Footnote: G. Q. G., pp. 126-129.] "was created in a tense atmosphere. M. Berthelot from the Prime Minister's office had just called on behalf of the minister to ask General Pellé to strengthen the report and highlight the scale of the enemy's attack. It was essential to prepare the public for the worst-case scenario in case things turned disastrous. This concern clearly indicated that neither G. H. Q. nor the Ministry of War had found any reason for confidence. While M. Berthelot spoke, General Pellé took notes. He handed me the document on which he had written the Government's requests, along with the order of the day issued by General von Deimling, which was found on some prisoners. It stated that this attack was the ultimate offensive to secure peace. If used skillfully, all of this was meant to show that Germany was making a colossal effort, something unprecedented, and that it hoped for the war's end through its success. The logic here was that nobody should be shocked by our withdrawal. When, half an hour later, I went down with my draft, I found the major-general, General Janin, Colonel Dupont, and Lieutenant-Colonel Renouard gathered in Colonel Claudel's office, while he was away. Concerned that I might not present the desired impression, General Pellé had prepared a suggested report. I read what I had just written. It was considered too moderate. On the other hand, General Pellé's report seemed too alarming. I had intentionally left out von Deimling's order of the day. Including it in the report would break from the tone the public was used to, turning it into something more like a plea. It would give the impression of asking: 'How can we possibly hold out?' There was concern that the public would be unsettled by this change in tone and would think that all was lost. I explained my reasoning and suggested issuing Deimling's text to the newspapers as a separate note."
"Opinion being divided, General Pellé went to ask General de Castelnau to come and decide finally. The General arrived smiling, quiet and good humored, said a few pleasant words about this new kind of literary council of war, and looked at the texts. He chose the simpler one, gave more weight to the first phrase, inserted the words 'as had been anticipated,' which supply a reassuring quality, and was flatly against inserting von Deimling's order, but was for transmitting it to the press in a special note … " General Joffre that evening read the communiqué carefully and approved it.
"With opinions mixed, General Pellé asked General de Castelnau to come and make a final decision. The General arrived with a smile, calm and good-natured, shared a few nice words about this new type of literary war council, and reviewed the texts. He chose the simpler one, emphasized the first phrase, added the words 'as had been anticipated,' which provided a reassuring tone, and was firmly against including von Deimling's order, though he supported sending it to the press in a separate note... That evening, General Joffre read the communiqué carefully and approved it."
Within a few hours those two or three hundred words would be read all over the world. They would paint a picture in men's minds of what was happening on the slopes of Verdun, and in front of that picture people would take heart or despair. The shopkeeper in Brest, the peasant in Lorraine, the deputy in the Palais Bourbon, the editor in Amsterdam or Minneapolis had to be kept in hope, and yet prepared to accept possible defeat without yielding to panic. They are told, therefore, that the loss of ground is no surprise to the French Command. They are taught to regard the affair as serious, but not strange. Now, as a matter of fact, the French General Staff was not fully prepared for the German offensive. Supporting trenches had not been dug, alternative roads had not been built, barbed wire was lacking. But to confess that would have aroused images in the heads of civilians that might well have turned a reverse into a disaster. The High Command could be disappointed, and yet pull itself together; the people at home and abroad, full of uncertainties, and with none of the professional man's singleness of purpose, might on the basis of a complete story have lost sight of the war in a melee of faction and counter-faction about the competence of the officers. Instead, therefore, of letting the public act on all the facts which the generals knew, the authorities presented only certain facts, and these only in such a way as would be most likely to steady the people.
Within a few hours, those two or three hundred words would be read all over the world. They would create a mental image of what was happening on the slopes of Verdun, and based on that image, people would feel hope or despair. The shopkeeper in Brest, the farmer in Lorraine, the deputy in the Palais Bourbon, the editor in Amsterdam or Minneapolis needed to remain hopeful but also be ready to accept possible defeat without panicking. They were told that the loss of ground was no surprise to the French Command. They were made to see the situation as serious but not unusual. In reality, the French General Staff was not completely ready for the German offensive. Supporting trenches hadn’t been dug, alternative roads hadn’t been built, and barbed wire was missing. But admitting that would have created fears in the minds of civilians that might have turned a setback into a disaster. The High Command could feel disappointed but still pull itself together; the people at home and abroad, filled with uncertainties, and lacking the focused mindset of professionals, might have lost sight of the war amid chaos and disputes about the officers’ competence if given the full story. So, instead of allowing the public to act on all the facts that the generals knew, the authorities shared only certain facts, and they did so in a way that would likely help calm the people.
In this case the men who arranged the pseudo-environment knew what the real one was. But a few days later an incident occurred about which the French Staff did not know the truth. The Germans announced [Footnote: On February 26, 1916. Pierrefeu, G. Q. G., pp. 133 et seq.] that on the previous afternoon they had taken Fort Douaumont by assault. At French headquarters in Chantilly no one could understand this news. For on the morning of the twenty-fifth, after the engagement of the XXth corps, the battle had taken a turn for the better. Reports from the front said nothing about Douaumont. But inquiry showed that the German report was true, though no one as yet knew how the fort had been taken. In the meantime, the German communiqué was being flashed around the world, and the French had to say something. So headquarters explained. "In the midst of total ignorance at Chantilly about the way the attack had taken place, we imagined, in the evening communiqué of the 26th, a plan of the attack which certainly had a thousand to one chance of being true." The communiqué of this imaginary battle read:
In this situation, the men who created the fake environment were aware of what the real one was. However, a few days later, an incident occurred about which the French Staff was not fully informed. The Germans announced [Footnote: On February 26, 1916. Pierrefeu, G. Q. G., pp. 133 et seq.] that they had assaulted and captured Fort Douaumont the previous afternoon. At French headquarters in Chantilly, no one could comprehend this news. On the morning of the twenty-fifth, following the engagement of the XXth corps, the battle had seemed to improve. Reports from the front made no mention of Douaumont. However, inquiries revealed that the German report was accurate, though no one knew how the fort had actually been taken. In the meantime, the German communiqué was being broadcast worldwide, and the French needed to respond. So, headquarters provided an explanation. "In the midst of complete uncertainty at Chantilly about the nature of the attack, we speculated, in the evening communiqué of the 26th, about a plan of the attack that definitely had a thousand-to-one chance of being correct." The communiqué of this imagined battle read:
"A bitter struggle is taking place around Fort de Douaumont which is an advanced post of the old defensive organization of Verdun. The position taken this morning by the enemy, after several unsuccessful assaults that cost him very heavy losses, has been reached again and passed by our troops whom the enemy has not been able to drive back." [Footnote: This is my own translation: the English translation from London published in the New York Times of Sunday, Feb. 27, is as follows:
"A fierce battle is going on around Fort de Douaumont, which is a key part of the old defensive system in Verdun. The position that the enemy occupied this morning, after several failed attacks that caused them significant losses, has been retaken and surpassed by our troops, who the enemy has been unable to push back." [Footnote: This is my own translation: the English translation from London published in the New York Times of Sunday, Feb. 27, is as follows:
London, Feb. 26 (1916). A furious struggle has been in progress around Fort de Douaumont which is an advance element of the old defensive organization of Verdun fortresses. The position captured this morning by the enemy after several fruitless assaults which cost him extremely heavy losses, [Footnote: The French text says "pertes tres elevees." Thus the English translation exaggerates the original text.] was reached again and gone beyond by our troops, which all the attempts of the enemy have not been able to push back."]
London, Feb. 26 (1916). A fierce battle has been ongoing around Fort de Douaumont, which is part of the old defensive system of the Verdun fortresses. The position was taken this morning by the enemy after several unsuccessful assaults that resulted in significantly high losses for them, [Footnote: The French text says "pertes tres elevees." Thus the English translation exaggerates the original text.] but our troops have recaptured and advanced beyond it, and all of the enemy’s attempts have failed to push us back.
What had actually happened differed from both the French and German accounts. While changing troops in the line, the position had somehow been forgotten in a confusion of orders. Only a battery commander and a few men remained in the fort. Some German soldiers, seeing the door open, had crawled into the fort, and taken everyone inside prisoner. A little later the French who were on the slopes of the hill were horrified at being shot at from the fort. There had been no battle at Douaumont and no losses. Nor had the French troops advanced beyond it as the communiqués seemed to say. They were beyond it on either side, to be sure, but the fort was in enemy hands.
What actually happened was different from both the French and German stories. While changing troops in the line, the position had somehow been overlooked in the confusion of orders. Only a battery commander and a few soldiers were left in the fort. Some German soldiers, seeing the door open, crawled into the fort and took everyone inside as prisoners. A little later, the French on the slopes of the hill were horrified to be shot at from the fort. There had been no battle at Douaumont and no losses. The French troops hadn't advanced beyond it, despite what the reports suggested. They were beyond it on either side, sure, but the fort was in enemy hands.
Yet from the communiqué everyone believed that the fort was half surrounded. The words did not explicitly say so, but "the press, as usual, forced the pace." Military writers concluded that the Germans would soon have to surrender. In a few days they began to ask themselves why the garrison, since it lacked food, had not yet surrendered. "It was necessary through the press bureau to request them to drop the encirclement theme." [Footnote: Pierrefeu, op. cit., pp. 134-5.]
Yet from the announcement, everyone thought the fort was half surrounded. The message didn't say it outright, but "the media, as usual, pushed the narrative." Military analysts concluded that the Germans would have to surrender soon. A few days later, they started questioning why the garrison, which was low on food, hadn't surrendered yet. "It became necessary through the press office to ask them to stop emphasizing the encirclement." [Footnote: Pierrefeu, op. cit., pp. 134-5.]
2
2
The editor of the French communiqué tells us that as the battle dragged out, his colleagues and he set out to neutralize the pertinacity of the Germans by continual insistence on their terrible losses. It is necessary to remember that at this time, and in fact until late in 1917, the orthodox view of the war for all the Allied peoples was that it would be decided by "attrition." Nobody believed in a war of movement. It was insisted that strategy did not count, or diplomacy. It was simply a matter of killing Germans. The general public more or less believed the dogma, but it had constantly to be reminded of it in face of spectacular German successes.
The editor of the French communiqué tells us that as the battle dragged on, he and his colleagues worked to undermine the Germans' determination by repeatedly highlighting their heavy losses. It's important to remember that at this time, and actually until late in 1917, the common view of the war among all the Allied nations was that it would be decided by "attrition." No one believed in a war of movement. They insisted that strategy and diplomacy didn’t matter. It was simply about killing Germans. The general public somewhat accepted this belief, but it had to be constantly reminded of it in light of the impressive German victories.
"Almost no day passed but the communiqué…. ascribed to the Germans with some appearance of justice heavy losses, extremely heavy, spoke of bloody sacrifices, heaps of corpses, hecatombs. Likewise the wireless constantly used the statistics of the intelligence bureau at Verdun, whose chief, Major Cointet, had invented a method of calculating German losses which obviously produced marvelous results. Every fortnight the figures increased a hundred thousand or so. These 300,000, 400,000, 500,000 casualties put out, divided into daily, weekly, monthly losses, repeated in all sorts of ways, produced a striking effect. Our formulae varied little: 'according to prisoners the German losses in the course of the attack have been considerable' … 'it is proved that the losses' … 'the enemy exhausted by his losses has not renewed the attack' … Certain formulae, later abandoned because they had been overworked, were used each day: 'under our artillery and machine gun fire' … 'mowed down by our artillery and machine gun fire' … Constant repetition impressed the neutrals and Germany itself, and helped to create a bloody background in spite of the denials from Nauen (the German wireless) which tried vainly to destroy the bad effect of this perpetual repetition." [Footnote: Op. cit., pp. 138-139.]
"Almost every day, the reports... attributed to the Germans with some justification mentioned heavy losses, extremely heavy, talked about bloody sacrifices and piles of corpses. The wireless constantly used the statistics from the intelligence bureau at Verdun, whose head, Major Cointet, had created a method for calculating German losses that obviously produced amazing results. Every two weeks, the numbers increased by around a hundred thousand. These reported casualties, whether 300,000, 400,000, or 500,000, broken down into daily, weekly, and monthly losses, were presented in various ways, creating a strong impact. Our phrases varied little: 'according to prisoners, the German losses during the attack have been considerable'... 'it is proven that the losses'... 'the enemy, exhausted by his losses, has not renewed the attack'... Certain phrases, later dropped because they were overused, were used daily: 'under our artillery and machine gun fire'... 'mowed down by our artillery and machine gun fire'... Constant repetition made an impression on neutrals and Germany itself, helping to create a bloody backdrop despite the denials from Nauen (the German wireless), which tried unsuccessfully to counter the negative impact of this endless repetition." [Footnote: Op. cit., pp. 138-139.]
The thesis of the French Command, which it wished to establish publicly by these reports, was formulated as follows for the guidance of the censors:
The French Command's main point, which it aimed to publicly present through these reports, was stated as follows for the guidance of the censors:
"This offensive engages the active forces of our opponent whose manpower is declining. We have learned that the class of 1916 is already at the front. There will remain the 1917 class already being called up, and the resources of the third category (men above forty-five, or convalescents). In a few weeks, the German forces exhausted by this effort, will find themselves confronted with all the forces of the coalition (ten millions against seven millions)." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 147.]
"This offensive targets the active forces of our opponent, whose manpower is shrinking. We’ve learned that the class of 1916 is already at the front. Next will be the 1917 class, which is currently being called up, along with resources from the third category (men over forty-five or recovering patients). In a few weeks, the German forces, worn out from this effort, will face the full strength of the coalition (ten million against seven million)." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 147.]
According to M. de Pierrefeu, the French command had converted itself to this belief. "By an extraordinary aberration of mind, only the attrition of the enemy was seen; it appeared that our forces were not subject to attrition. General Nivelle shared these ideas. We saw the result in 1917."
According to M. de Pierrefeu, the French command had come to this conclusion. "In a remarkable lapse of judgment, they only noticed the enemy's losses; it seemed like our forces were immune to losses. General Nivelle agreed with this perspective. We witnessed the outcome in 1917."
We have learned to call this propaganda. A group of men, who can prevent independent access to the event, arrange the news of it to suit their purpose. That the purpose was in this case patriotic does not affect the argument at all. They used their power to make the Allied publics see affairs as they desired them to be seen. The casualty figures of Major Cointet which were spread about the world are of the same order. They were intended to provoke a particular kind of inference, namely that the war of attrition was going in favor of the French. But the inference is not drawn in the form of argument. It results almost automatically from the creation of a mental picture of endless Germans slaughtered on the hills about Verdun. By putting the dead Germans in the focus of the picture, and by omitting to mention the French dead, a very special view of the battle was built up. It was a view designed to neutralize the effects of German territorial advances and the impression of power which the persistence of the offensive was making. It was also a view that tended to make the public acquiesce in the demoralizing defensive strategy imposed upon the Allied armies. For the public, accustomed to the idea that war consists of great strategic movements, flank attacks, encirclements, and dramatic surrenders, had gradually to forget that picture in favor of the terrible idea that by matching lives the war would be won. Through its control over all news from the front, the General Staff substituted a view of the facts that comported with this strategy.
We’ve come to refer to this as propaganda. A group of men, who can block independent access to the event, shape the news to fit their agenda. Whether their purpose is patriotic in this situation doesn't change the argument at all. They used their power to make the Allied publics view events the way they wanted them to be seen. The casualty figures of Major Cointet that were circulated worldwide fall into the same category. They were meant to provoke a specific inference: that the war of attrition was favoring the French. But this inference doesn't come as an argument; it almost automatically arises from the mental image of endless Germans being slaughtered on the hills around Verdun. By keeping the dead Germans as the focus of the image and failing to mention the French casualties, a very specific narrative of the battle was constructed. This narrative was designed to mitigate the impacts of German territorial gains and the sense of power that the ongoing offensive was creating. It also encouraged the public to accept the demoralizing defensive strategy imposed on the Allied armies. The public, used to the idea that war involves major strategic maneuvers, flanking attacks, encirclements, and dramatic surrenders, gradually had to forget that vision in favor of the grim notion that the war would be won by matching lives. Through its control over all news from the front, the General Staff replaced the facts with a viewpoint that aligned with this strategy.
The General Staff of an army in the field is so placed that within wide limits it can control what the public will perceive. It controls the selection of correspondents who go to the front, controls their movements at the front, reads and censors their messages from the front, and operates the wires. The Government behind the army by its command of cables and passports, mails and custom houses and blockades increases the control. It emphasizes it by legal power over publishers, over public meetings, and by its secret service. But in the case of an army the control is far from perfect. There is always the enemy's communiqué, which in these days of wireless cannot be kept away from neutrals. Above all there is the talk of the soldiers, which blows back from the front, and is spread about when they are on leave. [Footnote: For weeks prior to the American attack at St. Mihiel and in the Argonne-Meuse, everybody in France told everybody else the deep secret.] An army is an unwieldy thing. And that is why the naval and diplomatic censorship is almost always much more complete. Fewer people know what is going on, and their acts are more easily supervised.
The General Staff of an army in the field is organized in such a way that it can manage what the public understands within broad limits. It manages the selection of reporters who go to the front, controls their movements there, reads and censors their messages, and manages the communication lines. The Government backing the army enhances this control through its command of cables, passports, mail, customs, and blockades. It reinforces it with legal authority over publishers, public gatherings, and its secret service. However, with an army, the control is never perfect. There's always the enemy's announcements, which, in today’s world of wireless communication, cannot be kept from neutral parties. Most importantly, there’s the chatter of soldiers that comes back from the front and is shared when they are on leave. [Footnote: For weeks before the American attack at St. Mihiel and in the Argonne-Meuse, everyone in France was sharing the deep secret.] An army is an unwieldy beast. That's why naval and diplomatic censorship is usually much more thorough. Fewer people are aware of what’s happening, and their activities are much easier to oversee.
3
3
Without some form of censorship, propaganda in the strict sense of the word is impossible. In order to conduct a propaganda there must be some barrier between the public and the event. Access to the real environment must be limited, before anyone can create a pseudo-environment that he thinks wise or desirable. For while people who have direct access can misconceive what they see, no one else can decide how they shall misconceive it, unless he can decide where they shall look, and at what. The military censorship is the simplest form of barrier, but by no means the most important, because it is known to exist, and is therefore in certain measure agreed to and discounted.
Without some form of censorship, true propaganda is impossible. To carry out propaganda, there needs to be a barrier between the public and the event. Access to the real situation must be restricted before anyone can create a false reality that they believe is wise or desirable. While people with direct access can misunderstand what they see, no one else can dictate how they should misunderstand it, unless they can control where they look and what they see. Military censorship is the simplest type of barrier, but it’s not the most significant because people are aware of it, so they somewhat accept and adjust for it.
At different times and for different subjects some men impose and other men accept a particular standard of secrecy. The frontier between what is concealed because publication is not, as we say, "compatible with the public interest" fades gradually into what is concealed because it is believed to be none of the public's business. The notion of what constitutes a person's private affairs is elastic. Thus the amount of a man's fortune is considered a private affair, and careful provision is made in the income tax law to keep it as private as possible. The sale of a piece of land is not private, but the price may be. Salaries are generally treated as more private than wages, incomes as more private than inheritances. A person's credit rating is given only a limited circulation. The profits of big corporations are more public than those of small firms. Certain kinds of conversation, between man and wife, lawyer and client, doctor and patient, priest and communicant, are privileged. Directors' meetings are generally private. So are many political conferences. Most of what is said at a cabinet meeting, or by an ambassador to the Secretary of State, or at private interviews, or dinner tables, is private. Many people regard the contract between employer and employee as private. There was a time when the affairs of all corporations were held to be as private as a man's theology is to-day. There was a time before that when his theology was held to be as public a matter as the color of his eyes. But infectious diseases, on the other hand, were once as private as the processes of a man's digestion. The history of the notion of privacy would be an entertaining tale. Sometimes the notions violently conflict, as they did when the bolsheviks published the secret treaties, or when Mr. Hughes investigated the life insurance companies, or when somebody's scandal exudes from the pages of Town Topics to the front pages of Mr. Hearst's newspapers.
At different times and for various topics, some people set a specific standard of secrecy while others go along with it. The line between what is hidden because sharing it isn't, as we say, "good for the public interest," gradually blurs into what is kept secret simply because it’s considered none of the public's business. The definition of what counts as a person's private matters is flexible. For instance, how much money someone has is seen as private, and there are strict rules in the income tax law to keep it that way. Selling a piece of land isn’t private, but the selling price might be. Salaries tend to be regarded as more private than wages, and incomes are viewed as more private than inheritances. A person's credit rating is only shared with a limited audience. The earnings of large corporations are more public than those of smaller companies. Certain types of conversations—like those between spouses, lawyers and clients, doctors and patients, or priests and parishioners—are considered privileged. Board meetings are usually private, as are many political discussions. Most of what is discussed in a cabinet meeting, or between an ambassador and the Secretary of State, or during private interviews or at dinner parties, remains private. Many people see the relationship between employers and employees as private. There was a time when the matters of all corporations were considered as private as a person's religion is today. Before that, a person's religious beliefs were seen as public knowledge, just like the color of their eyes. Yet, infectious diseases were once regarded as private as the processes of digestion. Exploring the history of privacy would make for an interesting story. Sometimes these views conflict sharply, as happened when the Bolsheviks released secret treaties, or when Mr. Hughes investigated life insurance companies, or when a scandal leaks from the pages of Town Topics to the front pages of Mr. Hearst’s newspapers.
Whether the reasons for privacy are good or bad, the barriers exist. Privacy is insisted upon at all kinds of places in the area of what is called public affairs. It is often very illuminating, therefore, to ask yourself how you got at the facts on which you base your opinion. Who actually saw, heard, felt, counted, named the thing, about which you have an opinion? Was it the man who told you, or the man who told him, or someone still further removed? And how much was he permitted to see? When he informs you that France thinks this and that, what part of France did he watch? How was he able to watch it? Where was he when he watched it? What Frenchmen was he permitted to talk to, what newspapers did he read, and where did they learn what they say? You can ask yourself these questions, but you can rarely answer them. They will remind you, however, of the distance which often separates your public opinion from the event with which it deals. And the reminder is itself a protection.
Whether the reasons for privacy are good or bad, the barriers exist. Privacy is demanded in all kinds of public affairs. Therefore, it can be very enlightening to consider how you came to the facts on which you base your opinion. Who actually saw, heard, felt, counted, or named the thing you're forming an opinion about? Was it the person who told you, or someone they heard it from, or even someone more distant? And how much were they actually allowed to see? When they inform you that France thinks this or that, what part of France were they observing? How did they manage to observe it? Where were they when they did? Which French people were they allowed to talk to, what newspapers did they read, and where did those sources get their information? You can ask yourself these questions, but answering them is rare. They will highlight the distance that often exists between your public opinion and the event it relates to. And that realization is protective in itself.
CHAPTER III
CONTACT AND OPPORTUNITY
1
1
While censorship and privacy intercept much information at its source, a very much larger body of fact never reaches the whole public at all, or only very slowly. For there are very distinct limits upon the circulation of ideas.
While censorship and privacy block a lot of information right at the source, a much larger amount of facts never reaches the general public at all, or only does so very slowly. There are clear limits on the spread of ideas.
A rough estimate of the effort it takes to reach "everybody" can be had by considering the Government's propaganda during the war. Remembering that the war had run over two years and a half before America entered it, that millions upon millions of printed pages had been circulated and untold speeches had been delivered, let us turn to Mr. Creel's account of his fight "for the minds of men, for the conquest of their convictions" in order that "the gospel of Americanism might be carried to every corner of the globe." [Footnote: George Creel, How We Advertised America.]
A rough estimate of the effort it takes to reach "everyone" can be seen by looking at the government's propaganda during the war. Remember that the war lasted over two and a half years before America got involved, and that millions upon millions of printed pages were distributed along with countless speeches delivered. Now, let's refer to Mr. Creel's account of his struggle "for the minds of people, for the conquest of their beliefs" so that "the message of Americanism could be taken to every corner of the world." [Footnote: George Creel, How We Advertised America.]
Mr. Creel had to assemble machinery which included a Division of News that issued, he tells us, more than six thousand releases, had to enlist seventy-five thousand Four Minute Men who delivered at least seven hundred and fifty-five thousand, one hundred and ninety speeches to an aggregate of over three hundred million people. Boy scouts delivered annotated copies of President Wilson's addresses to the householders of America. Fortnightly periodicals were sent to six hundred thousand teachers. Two hundred thousand lantern slides were furnished for illustrated lectures. Fourteen hundred and thirty-eight different designs were turned out for posters, window cards, newspaper advertisements, cartoons, seals and buttons. The chambers of commerce, the churches, fraternal societies, schools, were used as channels of distribution. Yet Mr. Creel's effort, to which I have not begun to do justice, did not include Mr. McAdoo's stupendous organization for the Liberty Loans, nor Mr. Hoover's far reaching propaganda about food, nor the campaigns of the Red Cross, the Y. M. C. A., Salvation Army, Knights of Columbus, Jewish Welfare Board, not to mention the independent work of patriotic societies, like the League to Enforce Peace, the League of Free Nations Association, the National Security League, nor the activity of the publicity bureaus of the Allies and of the submerged nationalities.
Mr. Creel had to put together a team that included a Division of News, which he claimed issued more than six thousand press releases. He had to recruit seventy-five thousand Four Minute Men who delivered at least seven hundred fifty-five thousand one hundred ninety speeches to over three hundred million people. Boy Scouts handed out annotated copies of President Wilson's speeches to households across America. Bi-weekly magazines were sent to six hundred thousand teachers. Two hundred thousand lantern slides were provided for illustrated lectures. Fourteen hundred thirty-eight different designs were created for posters, window cards, newspaper ads, cartoons, seals, and buttons. Chambers of commerce, churches, fraternal societies, and schools were used as distribution channels. Still, Mr. Creel's effort, which I haven't begun to fully capture, didn't include Mr. McAdoo's massive organization for the Liberty Loans, nor Mr. Hoover's extensive food propaganda, or the campaigns run by the Red Cross, the YMCA, the Salvation Army, Knights of Columbus, Jewish Welfare Board, and certainly not the independent efforts of patriotic groups like the League to Enforce Peace, the League of Free Nations Association, the National Security League, or the activities of the publicity bureaus of the Allies and the submerged nationalities.
Probably this is the largest and the most intensive effort to carry quickly a fairly uniform set of ideas to all the people of a nation. The older proselyting worked more slowly, perhaps more surely, but never so inclusively. Now if it required such extreme measures to reach everybody in time of crisis, how open are the more normal channels to men's minds? The Administration was trying, and while the war continued it very largely succeeded, I believe, in creating something that might almost be called one public opinion all over America. But think of the dogged work, the complicated ingenuity, the money and the personnel that were required. Nothing like that exists in time of peace, and as a corollary there are whole sections, there are vast groups, ghettoes, enclaves and classes that hear only vaguely about much that is going on.
Probably this is the largest and most intensive effort to quickly spread a fairly uniform set of ideas to everyone in a nation. The older methods of persuasion worked more slowly, maybe more effectively, but never so inclusively. If it takes such extreme measures to reach everyone during a crisis, how accessible are the more regular channels to people's minds? The Administration was trying, and while the war continued, I believe it largely succeeded in creating what might almost be called a single public opinion across America. But just think of the determined work, the complex creativity, the funding, and the people that were needed. Nothing like that exists in peacetime, and as a result, there are entire sections, vast groups, ghettos, enclaves, and classes that only hear vague information about much of what is happening.
They live in grooves, are shut in among their own affairs, barred out of larger affairs, meet few people not of their own sort, read little. Travel and trade, the mails, the wires, and radio, railroads, highways, ships, motor cars, and in the coming generation aeroplanes, are, of course, of the utmost influence on the circulation of ideas. Each of these affects the supply and the quality of information and opinion in a most intricate way. Each is itself affected by technical, by economic, by political conditions. Every time a government relaxes the passport ceremonies or the customs inspection, every time a new railway or a new port is opened, a new shipping line established, every time rates go up or down, the mails move faster or more slowly, the cables are uncensored and made less expensive, highways built, or widened, or improved, the circulation of ideas is influenced. Tariff schedules and subsidies affect the direction of commercial enterprise, and therefore the nature of human contracts. And so it may well happen, as it did for example in the case of Salem, Massachusetts, that a change in the art of shipbuilding will reduce a whole city from a center where international influences converge to a genteel provincial town. All the immediate effects of more rapid transit are not necessarily good. It would be difficult to say, for example, that the railroad system of France, so highly centralized upon Paris, has been an unmixed blessing to the French people.
They live in their own little worlds, focused only on their own issues, isolated from broader concerns, interact with few people outside their circle, and read very little. Transportation and communication—like mail, telegraphs, radio, railroads, highways, ships, cars, and soon planes—play a huge role in spreading ideas. Each of these influences how information and opinions are shared in complex ways. They’re also impacted by technical, economic, and political factors. Whenever a government eases passport rules or customs checks, whenever a new railway or port opens, or a new shipping line starts, and each time rates change or mail services speed up or slow down, or when cables are uncensored and cheaper, or when highways are built or improved, the flow of ideas is affected. Tariff rules and subsidies shape the direction of business efforts, and thus the nature of human agreements. As happened, for instance, in Salem, Massachusetts, a shift in shipbuilding techniques can reduce an entire city from a hub of international activity to a quaint provincial town. The effects of faster transportation aren't all positive. It’s hard to argue that France's highly centered railroad system around Paris has been an unqualified benefit for its people.
It is certainly true that problems arising out of the means of communication are of the utmost importance, and one of the most constructive features of the program of the League of Nations has been the study given to railroad transit and access to the sea. The monopolizing of cables, [Footnote: Hence the wisdom of taking Yap seriously.] of ports, fuel stations, mountain passes, canals, straits, river courses, terminals, market places means a good deal more than the enrichment of a group of business men, or the prestige of a government. It means a barrier upon the exchange of news and opinion. But monopoly is not the only barrier. Cost and available supply are even greater ones, for if the cost of travelling or trading is prohibitive, if the demand for facilities exceeds the supply, the barriers exist even without monopoly.
It’s definitely true that issues related to communication are extremely important, and one of the most positive aspects of the League of Nations' agenda has been its focus on studying railroad transit and access to the sea. The control over cables, [Footnote: Hence the wisdom of taking Yap seriously.] ports, fuel stations, mountain passes, canals, straits, rivers, terminals, and marketplaces means a lot more than just benefiting a group of businesspeople or boosting a government's image. It creates a barrier to the exchange of news and opinions. But monopoly isn’t the only barrier. Costs and availability are even bigger obstacles because if the cost of traveling or trading is too high, or if the demand for facilities surpasses the supply, those barriers exist even without a monopoly.
2
2
The size of a man's income has considerable effect on his access to the world beyond his neighborhood. With money he can overcome almost every tangible obstacle of communication, he can travel, buy books and periodicals, and bring within the range of his attention almost any known fact of the world. The income of the individual, and the income of the community determine the amount of communication that is possible. But men's ideas determine how that income shall be spent, and that in turn affects in the long run the amount of income they will have. Thus also there are limitations, none the less real, because they are often self-imposed and self-indulgent.
The size of a man's income significantly impacts his ability to access the world beyond his neighborhood. With money, he can overcome nearly every physical barrier to communication, travel, purchase books and magazines, and access almost any known information about the world. An individual's income, along with the community's income, decides the level of communication that can happen. However, it's men's ideas that influence how that income is spent, which in turn affects the amount of income they will eventually have. Therefore, there are also limitations, just as real, even if they are often self-imposed and indulgent.
There are portions of the sovereign people who spend most of their spare time and spare money on motoring and comparing motor cars, on bridge-whist and post-mortems, on moving-pictures and potboilers, talking always to the same people with minute variations on the same old themes. They cannot really be said to suffer from censorship, or secrecy, the high cost or the difficulty of communication. They suffer from anemia, from lack of appetite and curiosity for the human scene. Theirs is no problem of access to the world outside. Worlds of interest are waiting for them to explore, and they do not enter.
There are segments of the population that spend most of their free time and extra cash on driving and comparing cars, on playing bridge and discussing trivial matters, on movies and cheap dramas, always chatting with the same people about slightly different versions of the same old topics. They can't really be said to be facing censorship, secrecy, high costs, or communication barriers. They suffer from boredom, from a lack of interest and curiosity about the world around them. Their issue isn't about accessing the outside world. There are plenty of fascinating experiences out there just waiting for them, and they don't take the chance to dive in.
They move, as if on a leash, within a fixed radius of acquaintances according to the law and the gospel of their social set. Among men the circle of talk in business and at the club and in the smoking car is wider than the set to which they belong. Among women the social set and the circle of talk are frequently almost identical. It is in the social set that ideas derived from reading and lectures and from the circle of talk converge, are sorted out, accepted, rejected, judged and sanctioned. There it is finally decided in each phase of a discussion which authorities and which sources of information are admissible, and which not.
They operate, as if on a leash, within a limited circle of acquaintances according to the rules and norms of their social group. For men, the range of conversation in business, at the club, and in the smoking lounge is broader than the group they belong to. For women, the social group and the range of conversation are often almost the same. It's within the social group that ideas from reading, lectures, and discussions come together, are sorted through, accepted, rejected, judged, and approved. It's here that, in each stage of a conversation, it's determined which authorities and sources of information are acceptable and which are not.
Our social set consists of those who figure as people in the phrase "people are saying"; they are the people whose approval matters most intimately to us. In big cities among men and women of wide interests and with the means for moving about, the social set is not so rigidly defined. But even in big cities, there are quarters and nests of villages containing self-sufficing social sets. In smaller communities there may exist a freer circulation, a more genuine fellowship from after breakfast to before dinner. But few people do not know, nevertheless, which set they really belong to, and which not.
Our social group includes those who are referred to in the phrase "people are talking"; they are the individuals whose approval matters most to us. In large cities, among people with diverse interests and the ability to travel, social groups are not as strictly defined. However, even in big cities, there are areas and pockets of communities that have self-sufficient social groups. In smaller communities, there may be a more open interaction and a more genuine sense of friendship from after breakfast to before dinner. Still, almost everyone knows which group they truly belong to and which they do not.
Usually the distinguishing mark of a social set is the presumption that the children may intermarry. To marry outside the set involves, at the very least, a moment of doubt before the engagement can be approved. Each social set has a fairly clear picture of its relative position in the hierarchy of social sets. Between sets at the same level, association is easy, individuals are quickly accepted, hospitality is normal and unembarrassed. But in contact between sets that are "higher" or "lower," there is always reciprocal hesitation, a faint malaise, and a consciousness of difference. To be sure in a society like that of the United States, individuals move somewhat freely out of one set into another, especially where there is no racial barrier and where economic position changes so rapidly.
Usually, the defining characteristic of a social group is the assumption that the children can marry within it. Marrying outside the group creates at least a moment of uncertainty before the engagement can be accepted. Each social group has a clear understanding of its rank in the hierarchy of groups. When groups are at the same level, interaction is easy, members are quickly welcomed, and hospitality is effortless and relaxed. However, in interactions between groups that are seen as "higher" or "lower," there is always an element of mutual hesitation, a slight discomfort, and an awareness of differences. In a society like the United States, individuals tend to move relatively freely between groups, especially where there are no racial barriers and where economic status can change rapidly.
Economic position, however, is not measured by the amount of income. For in the first generation, at least, it is not income that determines social standing, but the character of a man's work, and it may take a generation or two before this fades out of the family tradition. Thus banking, law, medicine, public utilities, newspapers, the church, large retailing, brokerage, manufacture, are rated at a different social value from salesmanship, superintendence, expert technical work, nursing, school teaching, shop keeping; and those, in turn, are rated as differently from plumbing, being a chauffeur, dressmaking, subcontracting, or stenography, as these are from being a butler, lady's maid, a moving picture operator, or a locomotive engineer. And yet the financial return does not necessarily coincide with these gradations.
Economic status, however, isn't determined by how much money someone makes. In the first generation, at least, it's not income that shapes social rank, but the type of work a person does, and it might take a generation or two for that influence to fade from family traditions. Jobs in banking, law, medicine, public utilities, newspapers, the church, large retail, brokerage, and manufacturing are seen as having a different social value than those in sales, supervision, technical expertise, nursing, teaching, and retail. Likewise, those are viewed differently compared to jobs like plumbing, chauffeuring, dressmaking, subcontracting, or stenography, which are in turn seen differently from positions like butler, lady's maid, film operator, or locomotive engineer. Yet, the financial rewards don't always match up with these social rankings.
3
3
Whatever the tests of admission, the social set when formed is not a mere economic class, but something which more nearly resembles a biological clan. Membership is intimately connected with love, marriage and children, or, to speak more exactly, with the attitudes and desires that are involved. In the social set, therefore, opinions encounter the canons of Family Tradition, Respectability, Propriety, Dignity, Taste and Form, which make up the social set's picture of itself, a picture assiduously implanted in the children. In this picture a large space is tacitly given to an authorized version of what each set is called upon inwardly to accept as the social standing of the others. The more vulgar press for an outward expression of the deference due, the others are decently and sensitively silent about their own knowledge that such deference invisibly exists. But that knowledge, becoming overt when there is a marriage, a war, or a social upheaval, is the nexus of a large bundle of dispositions classified by Trotter [Footnote: W. Trotter, Instincts of the Herd in War and Peace.] under the general term instinct of the herd.
Regardless of the admission requirements, when a social group forms, it’s not just an economic class; it’s more like a biological family. Being part of this group is closely linked to love, marriage, and children, or more accurately, to the feelings and desires that go along with them. In this social circle, opinions clash with the standards of Family Tradition, Respectability, Propriety, Dignity, Taste, and Form, which shape the group’s self-image, an image that is carefully instilled in the children. This image leaves a significant space for an accepted understanding of what each group is expected to recognize as the social rank of others. The less refined groups push for visible expressions of the respect owed, while the others remain appropriately and sensitively quiet about their awareness that such respect is there beneath the surface. However, this awareness becomes clear during key events like a wedding, a war, or a social crisis, forming the core of a complex set of attitudes categorized by Trotter [Footnote: W. Trotter, Instincts of the Herd in War and Peace.] under the broad term instinct of the herd.
Within each social set there are augurs like the van der Luydens and Mrs. Manson Mingott in "The Age of Innocence," [Footnote: Edith Wharton, The Age of Innocence.] who are recognized as the custodians and the interpreters of its social pattern. You are made, they say, if the van der Luydens take you up. The invitations to their functions are the high sign of arrival and status. The elections to college societies, carefully graded and the gradations universally accepted, determine who is who in college. The social leaders, weighted with the ultimate eugenic responsibility, are peculiarly sensitive. Not only must they be watchfully aware of what makes for the integrity of their set, but they have to cultivate a special gift for knowing what other social sets are doing. They act as a kind of ministry of foreign affairs. Where most of the members of a set live complacently within the set, regarding it for all practical purposes as the world, the social leaders must combine an intimate knowledge of the anatomy of their own set with a persistent sense of its place in the hierarchy of sets.
Within each social group, there are key figures like the van der Luydens and Mrs. Manson Mingott in "The Age of Innocence," [Footnote: Edith Wharton, The Age of Innocence.] who are seen as the guardians and interpreters of its social structure. They say you’ve made it if the van der Luydens take you in. Getting invited to their events is the ultimate sign of success and status. Membership in college societies, which are carefully ranked and universally recognized, determines who stands where in school. The social leaders, bearing the ultimate responsibility for maintaining social order, are especially perceptive. They must be keenly aware of what preserves the integrity of their group, while also developing an acute awareness of what other social groups are doing. They serve as a kind of diplomatic service. While most members of a group are complacently immersed in it, viewing it as their entire world, the social leaders need to blend a deep understanding of their own group's dynamics with a continuous awareness of its position in the broader social hierarchy.
The hierarchy, in fact, is bound together by the social leaders. At any one level there is something which might almost be called a social set of the social leaders. But vertically the actual binding together of society, in so far as it is bound together at all by social contact, is accomplished by those exceptional people, frequently suspect, who like Julius Beaufort and Ellen Olenska in "The Age of Innocence" move in and out. Thus there come to be established personal channels from one set to another, through which Tarde's laws of imitation operate. But for large sections of the population there are no such channels. For them the patented accounts of society and the moving pictures of high life have to serve. They may develop a social hierarchy of their own, almost unnoticed, as have the Negroes and the "foreign element," but among that assimilated mass which always considers itself the "nation," there is in spite of the great separateness of sets, a variety of personal contacts through which a circulation of standards takes place.
The hierarchy is actually held together by social leaders. At any given level, there's something that could be called a social group of these leaders. However, the real connection within society, to the extent that it’s connected at all through social interaction, is made by those exceptional individuals, often viewed with suspicion, who, like Julius Beaufort and Ellen Olenska in "The Age of Innocence," move between different groups. This creates personal channels linking one social group to another, allowing Tarde's principles of imitation to take effect. For many people, though, these channels don’t exist. They rely on the official portrayals of society and the depictions of high life. They may develop their own unnoticed social hierarchy, like the Black community and the "foreign element," but within the assimilated majority, which always sees itself as the "nation," there are varied personal connections that facilitate the exchange of standards, despite the clear divisions between groups.
Some of the sets are so placed that they become what Professor Ross has called "radiant points of conventionality." [Footnote: Ross, Social Psychology, Ch. IX, X, XI.] Thus the social superior is likely to be imitated by the social inferior, the holder of power is imitated by subordinates, the more successful by the less successful, the rich by the poor, the city by the country. But imitation does not stop at frontiers. The powerful, socially superior, successful, rich, urban social set is fundamentally international throughout the western hemisphere, and in many ways London is its center. It counts among its membership the most influential people in the world, containing as it does the diplomatic set, high finance, the upper circles of the army and the navy, some princes of the church, a few great newspaper proprietors, their wives and mothers and daughters who wield the scepter of invitation. It is at once a great circle of talk and a real social set. But its importance comes from the fact that here at last the distinction between public and private affairs practically disappears. The private affairs of this set are public matters, and public matters are its private, often its family affairs. The confinements of Margot Asquith like the confinements of royalty are, as the philosophers say, in much the same universe of discourse as a tariff bill or a parliamentary debate.
Some of the groups are set up in such a way that they become what Professor Ross has called "radiant points of conventionality." [Footnote: Ross, Social Psychology, Ch. IX, X, XI.] This means that those who are socially superior tend to be imitated by those who are socially inferior, those in power are mimicked by their subordinates, the more successful are looked up to by the less successful, the wealthy by the poor, and urban trends by rural ones. But imitation doesn't stop at borders. The powerful, socially elite, successful, wealthy, urban social group is fundamentally international across the Western Hemisphere, and in many ways, London serves as its hub. It includes some of the most influential people in the world, such as diplomats, high finance leaders, top military officials, certain church leaders, and a few major newspaper owners, along with their wives, mothers, and daughters who control invitations. It functions as both a large circle for discussions and a real social network. Its significance lies in the fact that the line between public and private matters essentially disappears here. The private affairs of this group are public issues, and public issues often intertwine with their private and even family matters. The confinements of Margot Asquith, like those of royalty, are, as philosophers would say, in the same realm of discussion as a tariff bill or a parliamentary debate.
There are large areas of governments in which this social set is not interested, and in America, at least, it has exercised only a fluctuating control over the national government. But its power in foreign affairs is always very great, and in war time its prestige is enormously enhanced. That is natural enough because these cosmopolitans have a contact with the outer world that most people do not possess. They have dined with each other in the capitals, and their sense of national honor is no mere abstraction; it is a concrete experience of being snubbed or approved by their friends. To Dr. Kennicott of Gopher Prairie it matters mighty little what Winston thinks and a great deal what Ezra Stowbody thinks, but to Mrs. Mingott with a daughter married to the Earl of Swithin it matters a lot when she visits her daughter, or entertains Winston himself. Dr. Kennicott and Mrs. Mingott are both socially sensitive, but Mrs. Mingott is sensitive to a social set that governs the world, while Dr. Kennicott's social set governs only in Gopher Prairie. But in matters that effect the larger relationships of the Great Society, Dr. Kennicott will often be found holding what he thinks is purely his own opinion, though, as a matter of fact, it has trickled down to Gopher Prairie from High Society, transmuted on its passage through the provincial social sets.
There are large parts of the government that this social group isn't interested in, and in America, at least, it has only had inconsistent control over the national government. However, its influence in foreign affairs is always very strong, and during wartime, its prestige skyrockets. That makes sense because these cosmopolitans have connections to the outside world that most people lack. They've socialized with one another in capital cities, and their sense of national honor is not just an idea; it's based on real experiences of being snubbed or praised by their peers. For Dr. Kennicott of Gopher Prairie, it matters very little what Winston thinks and a lot what Ezra Stowbody thinks, but for Mrs. Mingott, who has a daughter married to the Earl of Swithin, it’s very important when she visits her daughter or hosts Winston himself. Dr. Kennicott and Mrs. Mingott are both socially aware, but Mrs. Mingott is attuned to a social group that shapes global dynamics, while Dr. Kennicott's social circle only influences Gopher Prairie. Yet in matters affecting the broader relationships of the Great Society, Dr. Kennicott often holds what he believes is solely his own opinion, even though, in reality, it has filtered down to Gopher Prairie from High Society, altered on its journey through local social circles.
4
4
It is no part of our inquiry to attempt an account of the social tissue. We need only fix in mind how big is the part played by the social set in our spiritual contact with the world, how it tends to fix what is admissible, and to determine how it shall be judged. Affairs within its immediate competence each set more or less determines for itself. Above all it determines the detailed administration of the judgment. But the judgment itself is formed on patterns [Footnote: Cf. Part III] that may be inherited from the past, transmitted or imitated from other social sets. The highest social set consists of those who embody the leadership of the Great Society. As against almost every other social set where the bulk of the opinions are first hand only about local affairs, in this Highest Society the big decisions of war and peace, of social strategy and the ultimate distribution of political power, are intimate experiences within a circle of what, potentially at least, are personal acquaintances.
It’s not our goal to give an overview of the social structure. We just need to recognize how significant the role of social groups is in our connection with the world, how they influence what is acceptable, and how things are judged. Each group generally governs its own matters. Most importantly, it regulates how judgments are made. However, the judgments themselves are based on patterns [Footnote: Cf. Part III] that may come from the past or be passed down or copied from other social groups. The top social group consists of those who provide leadership in the larger society. Unlike most other social groups, where most opinions are directly related to local issues, in this highest society, the major decisions regarding war and peace, social strategy, and the ultimate distribution of political power are personal experiences shared among acquaintances, at least potentially.
Since position and contact play so big a part in determining what can be seen, heard, read, and experienced, as well as what it is permissible to see, hear, read, and know, it is no wonder that moral judgment is so much more common than constructive thought. Yet in truly effective thinking the prime necessity is to liquidate judgments, regain an innocent eye, disentangle feelings, be curious and open-hearted. Man's history being what it is, political opinion on the scale of the Great Society requires an amount of selfless equanimity rarely attainable by any one for any length of time. We are concerned in public affairs, but immersed in our private ones. The time and attention are limited that we can spare for the labor of not taking opinions for granted, and we are subject to constant interruption.
Since our position and the connections we have significantly affect what we can see, hear, read, and experience, as well as what we are allowed to see, hear, read, and know, it’s not surprising that moral judgment is often more prevalent than constructive thinking. However, effective thinking requires us to let go of judgments, see things with fresh eyes, sort out our emotions, and approach ideas with curiosity and an open heart. Given the state of human history, having a political viewpoint on the scale of the Great Society demands a level of selfless calm that most people find hard to maintain for long. We care about public issues but are often caught up in our personal affairs. The time and focus we can devote to consciously avoiding assumptions about opinions are limited, and we face constant distractions.
CHAPTER IV
TIME AND ATTENTION
NATURALLY it is possible to make a rough estimate only of the amount of attention people give each day to informing themselves about public affairs. Yet it is interesting that three estimates that I have examined agree tolerably well, though they were made at different times, in different places, and by different methods. [Footnote: July, 1900. D. F. Wilcox, The American Newspaper: A Study in Social Psychology, Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, vol. xvi, p. 56. (The statistical tables are reproduced in James Edward Rogers, The American Newspaper.)
NATURALLY, it’s only possible to make a rough estimate of how much attention people give each day to staying informed about public affairs. However, it's interesting that three estimates I've looked at agree quite well, even though they were made at different times, in different places, and using different methods. [Footnote: July, 1900. D. F. Wilcox, The American Newspaper: A Study in Social Psychology, Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, vol. xvi, p. 56. (The statistical tables are reproduced in James Edward Rogers, The American Newspaper.)
1916 (?) W. D. Scott, The Psychology of Advertising, pp. 226-248. See also Henry Foster Adams, Advertising and its Mental Laws, Ch. IV.
1916 (?) W. D. Scott, The Psychology of Advertising, pp. 226-248. See also Henry Foster Adams, Advertising and its Mental Laws, Ch. IV.
1920 Newspaper Reading Habits of College Students, by Prof.
George Burton Hotchkiss and Richard B. Franken, published by the
Association of National Advertisers, Inc., 15 East 26th Street, New
York City.]
1920 Newspaper Reading Habits of College Students, by Prof.
George Burton Hotchkiss and Richard B. Franken, published by the
Association of National Advertisers, Inc., 15 East 26th Street, New
York City.]
A questionnaire was sent by Hotchkiss and Franken to 1761 men and women college students in New York City, and answers came from all but a few. Scott used a questionnaire on four thousand prominent business and professional men in Chicago and received replies from twenty-three hundred. Between seventy and seventy-five percent of all those who replied to either inquiry thought they spent a quarter of an hour a day reading newspapers. Only four percent of the Chicago group guessed at less than this and twenty-five percent guessed at more. Among the New Yorkers a little over eight percent figured their newspaper reading at less than fifteen minutes, and seventeen and a half at more.
A questionnaire was sent by Hotchkiss and Franken to 1,761 college men and women in New York City, and responses came back from almost everyone. Scott used a questionnaire on four thousand well-known business and professional men in Chicago and got replies from 2,300. Between seventy and seventy-five percent of all those who responded to either survey believed they spent about fifteen minutes a day reading newspapers. Only four percent of the Chicago group estimated less than that, and twenty-five percent estimated more. Among the New Yorkers, just over eight percent thought their newspaper reading was under fifteen minutes, and seventeen and a half percent thought it was more.
Very few people have an accurate idea of fifteen minutes, so the figures are not to be taken literally. Moreover, business men, professional people, and college students are most of them liable to a curious little bias against appearing to spend too much time over the newspapers, and perhaps also to a faint suspicion of a desire to be known as rapid readers. All that the figures can justly be taken to mean is that over three quarters of those in the selected groups rate rather low the attention they give to printed news of the outer world.
Very few people accurately understand what fifteen minutes really means, so the numbers shouldn't be taken literally. Additionally, business people, professionals, and college students often have a strange bias against appearing to spend too much time on the news, and they might also have a slight suspicion about wanting to be seen as fast readers. What the figures can reasonably indicate is that more than three quarters of those in the chosen groups consider their attention to printed news about the outside world to be quite low.
These time estimates are fairly well confirmed by a test which is less subjective. Scott asked his Chicagoans how many papers they read each day, and was told that
These time estimates are pretty well backed up by a test that's less subjective. Scott asked people in Chicago how many newspapers they read each day, and they said that
14 percent read but one paper
46 " " two papers
21 " " three papers
10 " " four papers
3 " " five papers
2 " " six papers
3 " " all the papers (eight
at the time of this inquiry).
14 percent read just one paper
46 " " two papers
21 " " three papers
10 " " four papers
3 " " five papers
2 " " six papers
3 " " all the papers (eight
at the time of this inquiry).
The two- and three-paper readers are sixty-seven percent, which comes fairly close to the seventy-one percent in Scott's group who rate themselves at fifteen minutes a day. The omnivorous readers of from four to eight papers coincide roughly with the twenty-five percent who rated themselves at more than fifteen minutes.
The two- and three-paper readers make up sixty-seven percent, which is pretty close to the seventy-one percent in Scott's group who say they read for fifteen minutes a day. The avid readers of four to eight papers are about the same as the twenty-five percent who rated themselves at more than fifteen minutes.
2
2
It is still more difficult to guess how the time is distributed. The college students were asked to name "the five features which interest you most." Just under twenty percent voted for "general news," just under fifteen for editorials, just under twelve for "politics," a little over eight for finance, not two years after the armistice a little over six for foreign news, three and a half for local, nearly three for business, and a quarter of one percent for news about "labor." A scattering said they were most interested in sports, special articles, the theatre, advertisements, cartoons, book reviews, "accuracy," music, "ethical tone," society, brevity, art, stories, shipping, school news, "current news," print. Disregarding these, about sixty-seven and a half percent picked as the most interesting features news and opinion that dealt with public affairs.
It's even harder to figure out how time is allocated. College students were asked to name "the five features that interest you the most." Just under twenty percent chose "general news," just under fifteen percent picked editorials, just under twelve percent went for "politics," a little over eight percent opted for finance, slightly more than six percent selected foreign news just two years after the armistice, three and a half percent were interested in local news, nearly three percent chose business, and a quarter of one percent went for news about "labor." A few expressed interest in sports, special articles, the theater, advertisements, cartoons, book reviews, "accuracy," music, "ethical tone," society, brevity, art, stories, shipping, school news, "current news," and print. Excluding those, about sixty-seven and a half percent identified news and opinion related to public affairs as the most interesting features.
This was a mixed college group. The girls professed greater interest than the boys in general news, foreign news, local news, politics, editorials, the theatre, music, art, stories, cartoons, advertisements, and "ethical tone." The boys on the other hand were more absorbed in finance, sports, business page, "accuracy" and "brevity." These discriminations correspond a little too closely with the ideals of what is cultured and moral, manly and decisive, not to make one suspect the utter objectivity of the replies.
This was a mixed college group. The girls showed more interest than the boys in general news, foreign news, local news, politics, editorials, theater, music, art, stories, cartoons, advertisements, and "ethical tone." The boys, on the other hand, were more focused on finance, sports, the business section, "accuracy," and "brevity." These differences align a bit too closely with the ideals of what is considered cultured and moral, manly, and decisive, raising doubts about the complete objectivity of their responses.
Yet they agree fairly well with the replies of Scott's Chicago business and professional men. They were asked, not what features interested them most, but why they preferred one newspaper to another. Nearly seventy-one percent based their conscious preference on local news (17.8%), or political (15.8%) or financial (11.3%), or foreign (9.5%), or general (7.2%), or editorials (9%). The other thirty percent decided on grounds not connected with public affairs. They ranged from not quite seven who decided for ethical tone, down to one twentieth of one percent who cared most about humor.
Yet they align quite well with the responses of Scott's business and professional people in Chicago. They were asked not about which features they liked most, but why they chose one newspaper over another. Nearly seventy-one percent based their conscious preference on local news (17.8%), political (15.8%), financial (11.3%), foreign (9.5%), general (7.2%), or editorials (9%). The remaining thirty percent made their choice based on factors unrelated to public affairs. This ranged from just under seven who chose based on ethical tone, down to one-twentieth of one percent who prioritized humor the most.
How do these preferences correspond with the space given by newspapers to various subjects? Unfortunately there are no data collected on this point for the newspapers read by the Chicago and New York groups at the time the questionnaires were made. But there is an interesting analysis made over twenty years ago by Wilcox. He studied one hundred and ten newspapers in fourteen large cities, and classified the subject matter of over nine thousand columns.
How do these preferences match up with the space newspapers allocate to different topics? Unfortunately, there’s no data collected on this for the newspapers read by the Chicago and New York groups when the questionnaires were conducted. However, there’s an interesting analysis done over twenty years ago by Wilcox. He examined one hundred and ten newspapers in fourteen major cities and categorized the content of over nine thousand columns.
Averaged for the whole country the various newspaper matter was found to fill:
Averaged across the entire country, different newspaper content was found to fill:
{ (a) War News 17.9
{ { Foreign 1.2
{ (b) General " 21.8 { Politics 6.4
I. News 55.3 { { Crime 3.1
{ { Misc. 11.1
{
{ { Business 8.2
{ (c) Special " 15.6 { Sport 5.1
{ Society 2.3
{ (a) War News 17.9
{ { Foreign 1.2
{ (b) General " 21.8 { Politics 6.4
I. News 55.3 { { Crime 3.1
{ { Misc. 11.1
{
{ { Business 8.2
{ (c) Special " 15.6 { Sport 5.1
{ Society 2.3
II. Illustrations 3.1
II. Images 3.1
III. Literature 2.4 { (a) Editorials 3.9 IV. Opinion 7.1 { (b) Letters & Exchange 3.2
III. Literature 2.4 { (a) Editorials 3.9 IV. Opinion 7.1 { (b) Letters & Exchange 3.2
V. Advertisements 32.1
V. Ads 32.1
In order to bring this table into a fair comparison, it is necessary to exclude the space given to advertisements, and recompute the percentages. For the advertisements occupied only an infinitesimal part of the conscious preference of the Chicago group or the college group. I think this is justifiable for our purposes because the press prints what advertisements it can get, [Footnote: Except those which it regards as objectionable, and those which, in rare instances, are crowded out.] whereas the rest of the paper is designed to the taste of its readers. The table would then read:
To create a fair comparison with this table, we need to remove the space allocated for advertisements and recalculate the percentages. The ads only took up a tiny fraction of what the Chicago group or the college group actually preferred. I believe this is reasonable for our purposes since the press publishes whatever ads it can, [Footnote: Except those it finds objectionable, and those that, in rare cases, are pushed out.] while the rest of the publication is tailored to its readers' tastes. The table would then look like this:
{War News 26.4-
{ {Foreign 1.8-
I. News 81.4+{General News 32.0+ {Political 9.4+
{ {Crime 4.6-
{ {Misc. 16.3+
{
{ {Business 12.1-
{Special " 23.0- {Sporting 7.5+
{Society 3.3-
II. Illustrations 4.6-
III. Literature 3.5+
IV. Opinion 10.5- {Editorials 5.8-
{Letters 4.7+
{War News 26.4-
{ {Foreign 1.8-
I. News 81.4+{General News 32.0+ {Political 9.4+
{ {Crime 4.6-
{ {Misc. 16.3+
{
{ {Business 12.1-
{Special " 23.0- {Sporting 7.5+
{Society 3.3-
II. Illustrations 4.6-
III. Literature 3.5+
IV. Opinion 10.5- {Editorials 5.8-
{Letters 4.7+
In this revised table if you add up the items which may be supposed to deal with public affairs, that is to say war, foreign, political, miscellaneous, business news, and opinion, you find a total of 76.5% of the edited space devoted in 1900 to the 70.6% of reasons given by Chicago business men in 1916 for preferring a particular newspaper, and to the five features which most interested 67.5% of the New York College students in 1920.
In this updated table, if you total the items that pertain to public affairs—such as war, foreign issues, politics, various news, business news, and opinions—you find that 76.5% of the edited space in 1900 was dedicated to the 70.6% of reasons provided by Chicago business people in 1916 for choosing a specific newspaper, along with the five features that most interested 67.5% of New York College students in 1920.
This would seem to show that the tastes of business men and college students in big cities to-day still correspond more or less to the averaged judgments of newspaper editors in big cities twenty years ago. Since that time the proportion of features to news has undoubtedly increased, and so has the circulation and the size of newspapers. Therefore, if to-day you could secure accurate replies from more typical groups than college students or business and professional men, you would expect to find a smaller percentage of time devoted to public affairs, as well as a smaller percentage of space. On the other hand you would expect to find that the average man spends more than the quarter of an hour on his newspaper, and that while the percentage of space given to public affairs is less than twenty years ago the net amount is greater.
This seems to indicate that the preferences of business people and college students in large cities today still align quite a bit with the average opinions of newspaper editors from twenty years ago. Since then, the amount of features compared to news has definitely gone up, along with the circulation and size of newspapers. So, if you could get accurate responses from more typical groups than just college students or business and professional people today, you would likely find a smaller percentage of time spent on public affairs, as well as a smaller percentage of space dedicated to them. On the flip side, you would expect the average person to spend more than fifteen minutes with their newspaper, and even though the percentage of space allocated to public affairs is lower than it was twenty years ago, the actual amount is greater.
No elaborate deductions are to be drawn from these figures. They help merely to make somewhat more concrete our notions of the effort that goes day by day into acquiring the data of our opinions. The newspapers are, of course, not the only means, but they are certainly the principal ones. Magazines, the public forum, the chautauqua, the church, political gatherings, trade union meetings, women's clubs, and news serials in the moving picture houses supplement the press. But taking it all at the most favorable estimate, the time each day is small when any of us is directly exposed to information from our unseen environment.
No complicated conclusions should be drawn from these numbers. They simply help make our understanding of the daily effort involved in gathering the information that shapes our opinions a bit clearer. Newspapers aren't the only source, but they are definitely the main ones. Magazines, public forums, chautauquas, churches, political meetings, trade union gatherings, women's clubs, and news serials in movie theaters all add to the information provided by the press. However, even under the best circumstances, the time each day that any of us is directly exposed to information from our unseen environment is limited.
CHAPTER V
SPEED, WORDS, AND CLEARNESS
1
1
The unseen environment is reported to us chiefly by words. These words are transmitted by wire or radio from the reporters to the editors who fit them into print. Telegraphy is expensive, and the facilities are often limited. Press service news is, therefore, usually coded. Thus a dispatch which reads,—
The unseen environment is mainly communicated to us through words. These words are sent via wire or radio from reporters to editors who then put them into print. Telegraphy is costly, and the resources are often limited. Therefore, press service news is usually in code. So, a dispatch that reads,—
"Washington, D. C. June I.—The United States regards the question of German shipping seized in this country at the outbreak of hostilities as a closed incident,"
"Washington, D.C. June 1.—The United States considers the issue of German shipping that was seized in this country at the start of hostilities to be a closed matter."
may pass over the wires in the following form:
may pass over the wires in the following form:
"Washn i. The Uni Stas rgds tq of Ger spg seized in ts cou at t outbk o hox as a clod incident." [Footnote: Phillip's Code.]
"Washn i. The United States regards the taking of Germany's spring seized in its country at the outbreak of the hoax as a cold incident." [Footnote: Phillip's Code.]
A news item saying:
A news article stating:
"Berlin, June 1, Chancellor Wirth told the Reichstag to-day in outlining the Government's program that 'restoration and reconciliation would be the keynote of the new Government's policy.' He added that the Cabinet was determined disarmament should be carried out loyally and that disarmament would not be the occasion of the imposition of further penalties by the Allies."
"Berlin, June 1, Chancellor Wirth told the Reichstag today while outlining the Government's program that 'restoration and reconciliation will be the focus of the new Government's policy.' He added that the Cabinet was committed to ensuring disarmament was implemented faithfully and that disarmament would not lead to additional penalties imposed by the Allies."
may be cabled in this form:
may be sent in this format:
"Berlin 1. Chancellor Wirth told t Reichstag tdy in outlining the gvts pgn tt qn restoration & reconciliation wd b the keynote f new gvts policy. qj He added ttt cabinet ws dtmd disarmament sd b carried out loyally & tt disarmament wd n b. the ocan f imposition of further penalties bi t alis."
"Berlin 1. Chancellor Wirth told the Reichstag today while outlining the government's plan that restoration and reconciliation would be the key focus of new government policy. He added that the cabinet was determined that disarmament should be carried out faithfully and that disarmament would not be the occasion for imposing further penalties by the Allies."
In this second item the substance has been culled from a long speech in a foreign tongue, translated, coded, and then decoded. The operators who receive the messages transcribe them as they go along, and I am told that a good operator can write fifteen thousand or even more words per eight hour day, with a half an hour out for lunch and two ten minute periods for rest.
In this second item, the information has been taken from a lengthy speech in another language, translated, encoded, and then decoded. The operators who receive the messages write them down as they process them, and I've heard that a skilled operator can write fifteen thousand words or even more in an eight-hour shift, with half an hour for lunch and two ten-minute breaks.
2
2
A few words must often stand for a whole succession of acts, thoughts, feelings and consequences. We read:
A few words often represent a whole series of actions, thoughts, feelings, and outcomes. We read:
"Washington, Dec. 23—A statement charging Japanese military authorities with deeds more 'frightful and barbarous' than anything ever alleged to have occurred in Belgium during the war was issued here to-day by the Korean Commission, based, the Commission said, on authentic reports received by it from Manchuria."
"Washington, Dec. 23—Today, the Korean Commission released a statement accusing Japanese military officials of actions more 'terrifying and savage' than anything that was ever claimed to have happened in Belgium during the war. The Commission stated that this was based on credible reports it received from Manchuria."
Here eyewitnesses, their accuracy unknown, report to the makers of 'authentic reports'; they in turn transmit these to a commission five thousand miles away. It prepares a statement, probably much too long for publication, from which a correspondent culls an item of print three and a half inches long. The meaning has to be telescoped in such a way as to permit the reader to judge how much weight to give to the news.
Here, eyewitnesses, whose accuracy is uncertain, provide information to the creators of 'authentic reports'; they then send this to a commission located five thousand miles away. The commission prepares a statement, likely too lengthy for publication, from which a reporter selects a snippet that is three and a half inches long. The meaning has to be condensed so that the reader can determine how much importance to assign to the news.
It is doubtful whether a supreme master of style could pack all the elements of truth that complete justice would demand into a hundred word account of what had happened in Korea during the course of several months. For language is by no means a perfect vehicle of meanings. Words, like currency, are turned over and over again, to evoke one set of images to-day, another to-morrow. There is no certainty whatever that the same word will call out exactly the same idea in the reader's mind as it did in the reporter's. Theoretically, if each fact and each relation had a name that was unique, and if everyone had agreed on the names, it would be possible to communicate without misunderstanding. In the exact sciences there is an approach to this ideal, and that is part of the reason why of all forms of world-wide cooperation, scientific inquiry is the most effective.
It’s questionable whether even the best writer could fit all the details that true justice would require into a hundred-word summary of what happened in Korea over several months. That’s because language is not a perfect means of conveying meaning. Words, like money, are reused constantly, creating one set of images today and another tomorrow. There’s no guarantee that the same word will spark exactly the same idea in the reader’s mind as it did in the writer’s. In theory, if each fact and relationship had a unique name that everyone agreed upon, we could communicate without misunderstanding. In the exact sciences, we get closer to this ideal, which is part of why scientific inquiry is the most effective form of global cooperation.
Men command fewer words than they have ideas to express, and language, as Jean Paul said, is a dictionary of faded metaphors. [Footnote: Cited by White, Mechanisms of Character Formation.] The journalist addressing half a million readers of whom he has only a dim picture, the speaker whose words are flashed to remote villages and overseas, cannot hope that a few phrases will carry the whole burden of their meaning. "The words of Lloyd George, badly understood and badly transmitted," said M. Briand to the Chamber of Deputies, [Footnote: Special Cable to The New York Times, May 25, 1921, by Edwin L, James. ] "seemed to give the Pan-Germanists the idea that the time had come to start something." A British Prime Minister, speaking in English to the whole attentive world, speaks his own meaning in his own words to all kinds of people who will see their meaning in those words. No matter how rich or subtle—or rather the more rich and the more subtle that which he has to say, the more his meaning will suffer as it is sluiced into standard speech and then distributed again among alien minds. [Footnote: In May of 1921, relations between England and France were strained by the insurrection of M. Korfanty in Upper Silesia. The London Correspondence of the Manchester Guardian (May 20, 1921), contained the following item:
Men use fewer words than the ideas they want to express, and language, as Jean Paul put it, is a collection of outdated metaphors. [Footnote: Cited by White, Mechanisms of Character Formation.] The journalist reaching out to half a million readers of whom he has only a vague image, the speaker whose words are broadcast to remote villages and overseas, can't expect that a few phrases will convey the full weight of their meaning. "The words of Lloyd George, poorly understood and poorly communicated," M. Briand told the Chamber of Deputies, [Footnote: Special Cable to The New York Times, May 25, 1921, by Edwin L. James.] "seemed to give the Pan-Germanists the impression that the time had come to initiate something." A British Prime Minister, speaking in English to the entire attentive world, conveys his own meaning in his own words to diverse audiences who will interpret their meaning in those words. Regardless of how rich or nuanced—or more specifically, the richer and more nuanced the message he has to share, the more his meaning will be diluted as it's funneled into standard language and then distributed again among foreign minds. [Footnote: In May of 1921, relations between England and France were strained by the insurrection of M. Korfanty in Upper Silesia. The London Correspondence of the Manchester Guardian (May 20, 1921), contained the following item:
"The Franco-English Exchange in Words.
"The Franco-English Word Exchange."
"In quarters well acquainted with French ways and character I find a tendency to think that undue sensibility has been shown by our press and public opinion in the lively and at times intemperate language of the French press through the present crisis. The point was put to me by a well-informed neutral observer in the following manner.
"In places familiar with French customs and character, I notice a tendency to believe that our press and public opinion have overreacted to the passionate and sometimes excessive language of the French press during this ongoing crisis. An informed neutral observer expressed this point to me in the following way."
"Words, like money, are tokens of value. They represent meaning, therefore, and just as money, their representative value goes up and down. The French word 'etonnant' was used by Bossuet with a terrible weight of meaning which it has lost to-day. A similar thing can be observed with the English word 'awful.' Some nations constitutionally tend to understate, others to overstate. What the British Tommy called an unhealthy place could only be described by an Italian soldier by means of a rich vocabulary aided with an exuberant mimicry. Nations that understate keep their word-currency sound. Nations that overstate suffer from inflation in their language.
"Words, like money, are tokens of value. They represent meaning, so just like money, their value can fluctuate. The French word 'étonnant' was used by Bossuet with a heavy weight of meaning that it has lost today. A similar situation can be seen with the English word 'awful.' Some nations tend to understate, while others tend to overstate. What the British soldier called an unhealthy place could only be described by an Italian soldier using a rich vocabulary and lots of expressive gestures. Nations that understate keep their word-value stable. Nations that overstate face inflation in their language."
"Expressions such as 'a distinguished scholar,' 'a clever writer,' must be translated into French as 'a great savant,' 'an exquisite master.' It is a mere matter of exchange, just as in France one pound pays 46 francs, and yet one knows that that does not increase its value at home. Englishmen reading the French press should endeavour to work out a mental operation similar to that of the banker who puts back francs into pounds, and not forget in so doing that while in normal times the change was 25 it is now 46 on account of the war. For there is a war fluctuation on word exchanges as well as on money exchanges.
"Terms like 'a distinguished scholar' and 'a clever writer' have to be translated into French as 'a great savant' and 'an exquisite master.' It's just a simple exchange, similar to how one pound is worth 46 francs in France, but that doesn't mean its value has increased back home. English readers of the French press should try to perform a mental calculation like a banker converting francs back to pounds, while remembering that, although the normal exchange rate was 25, it's now 46 due to the war. There’s a fluctuation in word exchanges just like there is in money exchanges due to the war."
"The argument, one hopes, works both ways, and Frenchmen do not fail to realize that there is as much value behind English reticence as behind their own exuberance of expression."]
"The argument should hopefully apply both ways, and French people should recognize that there's just as much worth in English restraint as there is in their own lively way of expressing themselves."
Millions of those who are watching him can read hardly at all. Millions more can read the words but cannot understand them. Of those who can both read and understand, a good three-quarters we may assume have some part of half an hour a day to spare for the subject. To them the words so acquired are the cue for a whole train of ideas on which ultimately a vote of untold consequences may be based. Necessarily the ideas which we allow the words we read to evoke form the biggest part of the original data of our opinions. The world is vast, the situations that concern us are intricate, the messages are few, the biggest part of opinion must be constructed in the imagination.
Millions of people watching him can barely read at all. Millions more can read the words but don’t fully grasp their meaning. Among those who can read and understand, we can assume that about three-quarters have roughly half an hour each day to devote to the topic. For them, the words they read trigger a whole chain of ideas that could ultimately influence a vote with significant consequences. Naturally, the ideas that the words evoke in us make up the largest portion of the original data for our opinions. The world is vast, the situations that affect us are complex, the messages are limited, and most of our opinions have to be shaped in our imagination.
When we use the word "Mexico" what picture does it evoke in a resident of New York? Likely as not, it is some composite of sand, cactus, oil wells, greasers, rum-drinking Indians, testy old cavaliers flourishing whiskers and sovereignty, or perhaps an idyllic peasantry à la Jean Jacques, assailed by the prospect of smoky industrialism, and fighting for the Rights of Man. What does the word "Japan" evoke? Is it a vague horde of slant-eyed yellow men, surrounded by Yellow Perils, picture brides, fans, Samurai, banzais, art, and cherry blossoms? Or the word "alien"? According to a group of New England college students, writing in the year 1920, an alien was the following: [Footnote: The New Republic: December 29, 1920, p. 142. ]
When we say "Mexico," what image comes to mind for someone living in New York? It’s probably a mix of sand, cacti, oil fields, tough guys, Indigenous people drinking rum, cranky old gentlemen with mustaches and pride, or maybe a peaceful countryside inspired by Jean Jacques, struggling against the threat of industrialization and fighting for human rights. What about the word "Japan"? Does it evoke a vague group of slant-eyed Asian men surrounded by dangerous stereotypes, elaborate brides, fans, samurai, celebratory shouts, art, and cherry blossoms? Or the term "alien"? According to a group of New England college students writing in 1920, an alien was defined as follows: [Footnote: The New Republic: December 29, 1920, p. 142.]
"A person hostile to this country."
"A person against the government."
"A person who is on the opposite side."
"A native of an unfriendly country."
"A foreigner at war."
"A foreigner who tries to do harm to the country he is in."
"An enemy from a foreign land."
"A person against a country." etc….
"A person who is opposed to this country."
"A person who is against the government."
"A person who is on the opposing side."
"A citizen of an unfriendly nation."
"A foreigner in conflict."
"A foreigner who seeks to harm the country they are in."
"An enemy from abroad."
"A person who is against a nation." etc….
Yet the word alien is an unusually exact legal term, far more exact than words like sovereignty, independence, national honor, rights, defense, aggression, imperialism, capitalism, socialism, about which we so readily take sides "for" or "against."
Yet the term alien is an unusually precise legal term, much more precise than terms like sovereignty, independence, national honor, rights, defense, aggression, imperialism, capitalism, socialism, about which we so easily take sides "for" or "against."
3
3
The power to dissociate superficial analogies, attend to differences and appreciate variety is lucidity of mind. It is a relative faculty. Yet the differences in lucidity are extensive, say as between a newly born infant and a botanist examining a flower. To the infant there is precious little difference between his own toes, his father's watch, the lamp on the table, the moon in the sky, and a nice bright yellow edition of Guy de Maupassant. To many a member of the Union League Club there is no remarkable difference between a Democrat, a Socialist, an anarchist, and a burglar, while to a highly sophisticated anarchist there is a whole universe of difference between Bakunin, Tolstoi, and Kropotkin. These examples show how difficult it might be to secure a sound public opinion about de Maupassant among babies, or about Democrats in the Union League Club.
The ability to notice differences, appreciate variety, and see beyond superficial similarities is clarity of thought. It’s a relative skill. However, the differences in clarity can be vast, like comparing a newborn baby to a botanist studying a flower. To the baby, there’s hardly any distinction between his own toes, his dad’s watch, the lamp on the table, the moon in the sky, and a bright yellow copy of Guy de Maupassant. For many members of the Union League Club, there’s no significant difference between a Democrat, a Socialist, an anarchist, and a thief, while a highly knowledgeable anarchist can see a whole world of differences among Bakunin, Tolstoy, and Kropotkin. These examples highlight how challenging it can be to form a coherent public opinion about de Maupassant among babies or about Democrats in the Union League Club.
A man who merely rides in other people's automobiles may not rise to finer discrimination than between a Ford, a taxicab, and an automobile. But let that same man own a car and drive it, let him, as the psychoanalysts would say, project his libido upon automobiles, and he will describe a difference in carburetors by looking at the rear end of a car a city block away. That is why it is often such a relief when the talk turns from "general topics" to a man's own hobby. It is like turning from the landscape in the parlor to the ploughed field outdoors. It is a return to the three dimensional world, after a sojourn in the painter's portrayal of his own emotional response to his own inattentive memory of what he imagines he ought to have seen.
A guy who just rides in other people’s cars probably won’t tell much difference between a Ford, a taxi, and a regular car. But if that same guy owns a car and drives it himself, if he, as the psychoanalysts would say, invests his feelings into cars, he’ll be able to spot the differences in carburetors from a city block away. That’s why it’s such a relief when conversations shift from “general topics” to someone’s personal hobby. It’s like moving from a painted landscape in the living room to an actual plowed field outside. It’s a return to the real world after being lost in an artist’s emotional take on their vague memory of what they think they should have seen.
We easily identify, says Ferenczi, two only partially similar things: [Footnote: Internat. Zeitschr, f. Arztl. Psychoanalyse, 1913. Translated and republished by Dr. Ernest Jones in S. Ferenczi, Contributions to Psychoanalysis, Ch. VIII, Stages in the Development of the Sense of Reality.] the child more easily than the adult, the primitive or arrested mind more readily than the mature. As it first appears in the child, consciousness seems to be an unmanageable mixture of sensations. The child has no sense of time, and almost none of space, it reaches for the chandelier with the same confidence that it reaches for its mother's breast, and at first with almost the same expectation. Only very gradually does function define itself. To complete inexperience this is a coherent and undifferentiated world, in which, as someone has said of a school of philosophers, all facts are born free and equal. Those facts which belong together in the world have not yet been separated from those which happen to lie side by side in the stream of consciousness.
We can easily identify, says Ferenczi, two things that are only somewhat similar: the child more easily than the adult, and the primitive or arrested mind more readily than the mature one. In the child, consciousness first appears as an unmanageable mix of sensations. The child has no sense of time and almost none of space; it reaches for the chandelier with the same confidence it uses to reach for its mother's breast, and initially, it does so with almost the same expectation. Only gradually do functions start to define themselves. For the completely inexperienced, this is a coherent and undifferentiated world where, as someone once said about a group of philosophers, all facts are born free and equal. The facts that belong together in the world haven't yet been separated from those that just happen to be next to each other in the stream of consciousness.
At first, says Ferenczi, the baby gets some of the things it wants by crying for them. This is "the period of magical hallucinatory omnipotence." In its second phase the child points to the things it wants, and they are given to it. "Omnipotence by the help of magic gestures." Later, the child learns to talk, asks for what it wishes, and is partially successful. "The period of magic thoughts and magic words." Each phase may persist for certain situations, though overlaid and only visible at times, as for example, in the little harmless superstitions from which few of us are wholly free. In each phase, partial success tends to confirm that way of acting, while failure tends to stimulate the development of another. Many individuals, parties, and even nations, rarely appear to transcend the magical organization of experience. But in the more advanced sections of the most advanced peoples, trial and error after repeated failure has led to the invention of a new principle. The moon, they learn, is not moved by baying at it. Crops are not raised from the soil by spring festivals or Republican majorities, but by sunlight, moisture, seeds, fertilizer, and cultivation. [Footnote: Ferenczi, being a pathologist, does not describe this maturer period where experience is organized as equations, the phase of realism on the basis of science.]
At first, Ferenczi says, the baby gets some of the things it wants by crying. This is "the period of magical hallucinatory omnipotence." In the second phase, the child points to what it wants, and it gets it. "Omnipotence through magical gestures." Later, the child learns to talk, asks for what it wants, and is somewhat successful. "The period of magical thoughts and magical words." Each phase can linger in certain situations, though often just under the surface and only noticeable at times, like the harmless superstitions most of us still have. In each phase, partial success reinforces that behavior, while failure encourages the development of another approach. Many individuals, groups, and even nations rarely move beyond this magical way of experiencing the world. However, in the more advanced parts of the most sophisticated societies, trial and error after repeated failures has led to a new understanding. They discover that the moon isn’t influenced by howling at it. Crops don’t grow from the earth because of spring festivals or political majorities but through sunlight, moisture, seeds, fertilizers, and cultivation. [Footnote: Ferenczi, being a pathologist, does not discuss this more mature phase where experience is structured as equations, the phase of realism based on science.]
Allowing for the purely schematic value of Ferenczi's categories of response, the quality which we note as critical is the power to discriminate among crude perceptions and vague analogies. This power has been studied under laboratory conditions. [Footnote: See, for example, Diagnostische Assoziation Studien, conducted at the Psychiatric University Clinic in Zurich under the direction of Dr. C. G. Jung. These tests were carried on principally under the so-called Krapelin-Aschaffenburg classification. They show reaction time, classify response to the stimulant word as inner, outer, and clang, show separate results for the first and second hundred words, for reaction time and reaction quality when the subject is distracted by holding an idea in mind, or when he replies while beating time with a metronome. Some of the results are summarized in Jung, Analytical Psychology, Ch. II, transl. by Dr. Constance E. Long.] The Zurich Association Studies indicate clearly that slight mental fatigue, an inner disturbance of attention or an external distraction, tend to "flatten" the quality of the response. An example of the very "flat" type is the clang association (cat-hat), a reaction to the sound and not to the sense of the stimulant word. One test, for example, shows a 9% increase of clang in the second series of a hundred reactions. Now the clang is almost a repetition, a very primitive form of analogy.
Considering the basic framework of Ferenczi's response categories, the key aspect we observe is the ability to distinguish between raw perceptions and unclear analogies. This ability has been examined under controlled lab settings. [Footnote: See, for instance, Diagnostische Assoziation Studien, conducted at the Psychiatric University Clinic in Zurich under the direction of Dr. C. G. Jung. These tests were mainly conducted based on the so-called Krapelin-Aschaffenburg classification. They measure response time, categorize reactions to the stimulus word as internal, external, and clang, present separate results for the first and second hundred words, and assess reaction time and quality when the subject is distracted by maintaining a thought or responding while keeping time with a metronome. Some findings are summarized in Jung, Analytical Psychology, Ch. II, transl. by Dr. Constance E. Long.] The Zurich Association Studies clearly indicate that slight mental fatigue, an inner distraction of attention, or an external distraction tend to "flatten" the quality of the response. An example of a very "flat" type is the clang association (cat-hat), which is a reaction to the sound rather than the meaning of the stimulus word. One test, for example, shows a 9% increase in clang responses in the second set of a hundred reactions. Here, the clang is almost a repetition, a very basic form of analogy.
4
4
If the comparatively simple conditions of a laboratory can so readily flatten out discrimination, what must be the effect of city life? In the laboratory the fatigue is slight enough, the distraction rather trivial. Both are balanced in measure by the subject's interest and self-consciousness. Yet if the beat of a metronome will depress intelligence, what do eight or twelve hours of noise, odor, and heat in a factory, or day upon day among chattering typewriters and telephone bells and slamming doors, do to the political judgments formed on the basis of newspapers read in street-cars and subways? Can anything be heard in the hubbub that does not shriek, or be seen in the general glare that does not flash like an electric sign? The life of the city dweller lacks solitude, silence, ease. The nights are noisy and ablaze. The people of a big city are assaulted by incessant sound, now violent and jagged, now falling into unfinished rhythms, but endless and remorseless. Under modern industrialism thought goes on in a bath of noise. If its discriminations are often flat and foolish, here at least is some small part of the reason. The sovereign people determines life and death and happiness under conditions where experience and experiment alike show thought to be most difficult. "The intolerable burden of thought" is a burden when the conditions make it burdensome. It is no burden when the conditions are favorable. It is as exhilarating to think as it is to dance, and just as natural.
If the relatively simple environment of a lab can easily reduce discrimination, what impact does urban life have? In the lab, fatigue is minimal, and distractions are mostly minor. Both are countered by the subject's interest and self-awareness. However, if the rhythm of a metronome can hinder intelligence, what about eight to twelve hours of noise, odors, and heat in a factory, or spending days surrounded by clattering typewriters, ringing phones, and slamming doors? What happens to the political opinions formed by reading newspapers on public transport? Can anything be heard in the chaos that doesn’t scream, or seen in the bright lights that doesn’t blink like a neon sign? City life lacks solitude, silence, and comfort. Nights are loud and bright. Urban residents are bombarded by constant noise, sometimes harsh and jagged, sometimes falling into incomplete rhythms, but always relentless. In the age of modern industry, thinking happens in a sea of noise. If thoughts are often shallow and foolish, this is part of the reason. The people’s ability to decide on life, death, and happiness is challenged under circumstances where both experience and experimentation show that thinking is incredibly difficult. "The unbearable weight of thought" is truly a burden when the environment makes it feel that way. It is not a burden when conditions are supportive. Thinking is as invigorating as dancing, and just as natural.
Every man whose business it is to think knows that he must for part of the day create about himself a pool of silence. But in that helter-skelter which we flatter by the name of civilization, the citizen performs the perilous business of government under the worst possible conditions. A faint recognition of this truth inspires the movement for a shorter work day, for longer vacations, for light, air, order, sunlight and dignity in factories and offices. But if the intellectual quality of our life is to be improved that is only the merest beginning. So long as so many jobs are an endless and, for the worker, an aimless routine, a kind of automatism using one set of muscles in one monotonous pattern, his whole life will tend towards an automatism in which nothing is particularly to be distinguished from anything else unless it is announced with a thunderclap. So long as he is physically imprisoned in crowds by day and even by night his attention will flicker and relax. It will not hold fast and define clearly where he is the victim of all sorts of pother, in a home which needs to be ventilated of its welter of drudgery, shrieking children, raucous assertions, indigestible food, bad air, and suffocating ornament.
Every person whose job involves thinking knows that they need to create a quiet space for themselves part of the day. But in the chaos we call civilization, citizens manage the tricky task of governance under the worst conditions. A slight awareness of this truth drives the push for shorter workdays, longer vacations, and for light, fresh air, order, sunlight, and dignity in workplaces. However, if we want to genuinely improve the intellectual quality of our lives, that’s just the beginning. As long as so many jobs remain repetitive and, for the worker, aimless routines—where a specific set of muscles operates in one monotonous way—people's lives will also drift into a routine where nothing stands out unless it’s announced dramatically. As long as they are physically trapped in crowds day and night, their attention will waver and diminish. It won't be focused or define clearly where they are stuck amidst all kinds of chaos at home, which is suffocated by a load of drudgery, loud children, harsh arguments, unappetizing food, poor air quality, and overwhelming decorations.
Occasionally perhaps we enter a building which is composed and spacious; we go to a theatre where modern stagecraft has cut away distraction, or go to sea, or into a quiet place, and we remember how cluttered, how capricious, how superfluous and clamorous is the ordinary urban life of our time. We learn to understand why our addled minds seize so little with precision, why they are caught up and tossed about in a kind of tarantella by headlines and catch-words, why so often they cannot tell things apart or discern identity in apparent differences.
Sometimes we find ourselves in a building that’s calm and spacious; we visit a theater where modern stage design eliminates distractions, or we go out to sea, or into a peaceful place, and we recall just how chaotic, whimsical, unnecessary, and noisy everyday urban life is. We start to grasp why our confused minds struggle to focus clearly, why we get caught up and tossed around like we're in a frantic dance by headlines and buzzwords, and why so often we can’t distinguish between things or see the identity in obvious differences.
5
5
But this external disorder is complicated further by internal. Experiment shows that the speed, the accuracy, and the intellectual quality of association is deranged by what we are taught to call emotional conflicts. Measured in fifths of a second, a series of a hundred stimuli containing both neutral and hot words may show a variation as between 5 and 32 or even a total failure to respond at all. [Footnote: Jung, Clark Lectures.] Obviously our public opinion is in intermittent contact with complexes of all sorts; with ambition and economic interest, personal animosity, racial prejudice, class feeling and what not. They distort our reading, our thinking, our talking and our behavior in a great variety of ways.
But this external chaos is made even more complicated by internal issues. Experiments show that the speed, accuracy, and quality of our thought processes are disrupted by what we call emotional conflicts. Measured in fifths of a second, a series of one hundred stimuli, including both neutral and charged words, can vary from 5 to 32 seconds or may even result in a complete failure to respond. [Footnote: Jung, Clark Lectures.] Clearly, our public opinion is frequently influenced by all sorts of complex issues; such as ambition and economic interests, personal grudges, racial biases, class feelings, and more. These factors distort our understanding, thinking, speaking, and behavior in numerous ways.
And finally since opinions do not stop at the normal members of society, since for the purposes of an election, a propaganda, a following, numbers constitute power, the quality of attention is still further depressed. The mass of absolutely illiterate, of feeble-minded, grossly neurotic, undernourished and frustrated individuals, is very considerable, much more considerable there is reason to think than we generally suppose. Thus a wide popular appeal is circulated among persons who are mentally children or barbarians, people whose lives are a morass of entanglements, people whose vitality is exhausted, shut-in people, and people whose experience has comprehended no factor in the problem under discussion. The stream of public opinion is stopped by them in little eddies of misunderstanding, where it is discolored with prejudice and far fetched analogy.
And finally, since opinions don’t just belong to regular members of society, and since, for the purpose of elections, propaganda, and building a following, numbers equal power, the quality of attention drops even further. The number of completely illiterate, mentally challenged, severely neurotic, malnourished, and frustrated individuals is quite significant—likely much more than we usually think. As a result, a broad popular appeal is directed towards people who are mentally like children or savages, individuals whose lives are tangled up in confusion, those who are exhausted or isolated, and those whose experiences have not included any relevant factors in the issue at hand. The flow of public opinion gets stuck in little whirlpools of misunderstanding, where it becomes tainted with prejudice and far-fetched comparisons.
A "broad appeal" takes account of the quality of association, and is made to those susceptibilities which are widely distributed. A "narrow" or a "special" appeal is one made to those susceptibilities which are uncommon. But the same individual may respond with very different quality to different stimuli, or to the same stimuli at different times. Human susceptibilities are like an alpine country. There are isolated peaks, there are extensive but separated plateaus, and there are deeper strata which are quite continuous for nearly all mankind. Thus the individuals whose susceptibilities reach the rarefied atmosphere of those peaks where there exists an exquisitive difference between Frege and Peano, or between Sassetta's earlier and later periods, may be good stanch Republicans at another level of appeal, and when they are starving and afraid, indistinguishable from any other starving and frightened person. No wonder that the magazines with the large circulations prefer the face of a pretty girl to any other trade mark, a face, pretty enough to be alluring, but innocent enough to be acceptable. For the "psychic level" on which the stimulus acts determines whether the public is to be potentially a large or a small one.
A "broad appeal" considers the quality of connection and targets feelings that are widely shared. A "narrow" or "special" appeal is aimed at those feelings that are less common. However, the same person might respond very differently to various stimuli or to the same stimuli at different times. Human sensitivities are like a mountain range. There are isolated peaks, expansive but separate plateaus, and deeper layers that are fairly continuous across almost all humanity. Therefore, individuals whose sensitivities reach the rarefied air of those peaks, where there’s a significant difference between Frege and Peano, or between Sassetta's earlier and later works, might be strong Republicans at another level of appeal, and when they’re hungry and scared, indistinguishable from any other hungry and scared person. It's no surprise that magazines with large readerships prefer the image of a pretty girl over any other logo, a face that's attractive enough to be enticing but innocent enough to be acceptable. The "psychic level" at which the stimulus works decides whether the audience will be potentially large or small.
6
6
Thus the environment with which our public opinions deal is refracted in many ways, by censorship and privacy at the source, by physical and social barriers at the other end, by scanty attention, by the poverty of language, by distraction, by unconscious constellations of feeling, by wear and tear, violence, monotony. These limitations upon our access to that environment combine with the obscurity and complexity of the facts themselves to thwart clearness and justice of perception, to substitute misleading fictions for workable ideas, and to deprive us of adequate checks upon those who consciously strive to mislead.
The environment that shapes our public opinions is influenced in many ways: through censorship and privacy at the source, physical and social barriers on the receiving end, lack of attention, limited vocabulary, distractions, unconscious feelings, wear and tear, violence, and monotony. These limitations on our access to that environment, combined with the obscurity and complexity of the facts themselves, hinder clear and fair understanding, replace useful ideas with misleading fictions, and leave us without proper safeguards against those who intentionally try to mislead us.
PART III
STEREOTYPES
CHAPTER 6. STEREOTYPES " 7. STEREOTYPES AS DEFENSE " 8. BLIND SPOTS AND THEIR VALUE " 9. CODES AND THEIR ENEMIES " 10. THE DETECTION OF STEREOTYPES
CHAPTER VI
STEREOTYPES
1
1
Each of us lives and works on a small part of the earth's surface, moves in a small circle, and of these acquaintances knows only a few intimately. Of any public event that has wide effects we see at best only a phase and an aspect. This is as true of the eminent insiders who draft treaties, make laws, and issue orders, as it is of those who have treaties framed for them, laws promulgated to them, orders given at them. Inevitably our opinions cover a bigger space, a longer reach of time, a greater number of things, than we can directly observe. They have, therefore, to be pieced together out of what others have reported and what we can imagine.
Each of us lives and works on a small piece of the Earth's surface, moves in a limited circle, and knows only a few of those acquaintances well. Of any public event that has wide-reaching effects, we see at most just one part and one angle. This is true for both the key players who draft treaties, create laws, and issue orders, as well as for those who have treaties made for them, laws announced to them, and orders given to them. Our opinions inevitably cover a broader area, a longer timeline, and a larger number of things than we can directly observe. Therefore, they have to be pieced together from what others have reported and what we can imagine.
Yet even the eyewitness does not bring back a naéve picture of the scene. [Footnote: E. g. cf. Edmond Locard, L'Enquête Criminelle et les Méthodes Scientifiques. A great deal of interesting material has been gathered in late years on the credibility of the witness, which shows, as an able reviewer of Dr. Locard's book says in The Times (London) Literary Supplement (August 18, 1921), that credibility varies as to classes of witnesses and classes of events, and also as to type of perception. Thus, perceptions of touch, odor, and taste have low evidential value. Our hearing is defective and arbitrary when it judges the source and direction of sound, and in listening to the talk of other people "words which are not heard will be supplied by the witness in all good faith. He will have a theory of the purport of the conversation, and will arrange the sounds he heard to fit it." Even visual perceptions are liable to great error, as in identification, recognition, judgment of distance, estimates of numbers, for example, the size of a crowd. In the untrained observer, the sense of time is highly variable. All these original weaknesses are complicated by tricks of memory, and the incessant creative quality of the imagination. Cf. also Sherrington, The Integrative Action of the Nervous System, pp. 318-327.
Yet even the eyewitness doesn't return with a naive view of the scene. [Footnote: For example, see Edmond Locard, L'Enquête Criminelle et les Méthodes Scientifiques. A lot of fascinating information has been collected in recent years regarding the reliability of witnesses, which shows, as a competent reviewer of Dr. Locard's book states in The Times (London) Literary Supplement (August 18, 1921), that reliability varies depending on the types of witnesses and events, as well as the type of perception involved. Therefore, perceptions of touch, smell, and taste have low evidential value. Our hearing is flawed and subjective when it comes to judging the source and direction of sound, and when we listen to other people's conversations, "words that are not heard will be filled in by the witness in all good faith. They will have a theory about the conversation's meaning and will shape the sounds they did hear to fit it." Even visual perceptions can be significantly mistaken, affecting identification, recognition, judgment of distance, and estimates of numbers, such as crowd size. In an untrained observer, the sense of time can vary greatly. All these inherent weaknesses are made even more complicated by memory tricks and the ongoing creative nature of the imagination. See also Sherrington, The Integrative Action of the Nervous System, pp. 318-327.
The late Professor Hugo Münsterberg wrote a popular book on this subject called On the Witness Stand.] For experience seems to show that he himself brings something to the scene which later he takes away from it, that oftener than not what he imagines to be the account of an event is really a transfiguration of it. Few facts in consciousness seem to be merely given. Most facts in consciousness seem to be partly made. A report is the joint product of the knower and known, in which the role of the observer is always selective and usually creative. The facts we see depend on where we are placed, and the habits of our eyes.
The late Professor Hugo Münsterberg wrote a well-known book on this topic called On the Witness Stand. It appears that he himself contributes something to the scene that he later takes away, and often what he thinks is the account of an event is actually a transformation of it. Few facts in our consciousness seem to be purely given. Most facts in consciousness appear to be partially constructed. A report is the combined result of the observer and the observed, where the observer's role is always selective and often creative. The facts we perceive depend on our perspective and the habits of our vision.
An unfamiliar scene is like the baby's world, "one great, blooming, buzzing confusion." [Footnote: Wm. James, Principles of Psychology, Vol. I, p. 488.] This is the way, says Mr. John Dewey, [Footnote: John Dewey, How We Think, pg 121.] that any new thing strikes an adult, so far as the thing is really new and strange. "Foreign languages that we do not understand always seem jibberings, babblings, in which it is impossible to fix a definite, clear-cut, individualized group of sounds. The countryman in the crowded street, the landlubber at sea, the ignoramus in sport at a contest between experts in a complicated game, are further instances. Put an inexperienced man in a factory, and at first the work seems to him a meaningless medley. All strangers of another race proverbially look alike to the visiting stranger. Only gross differences of size or color are perceived by an outsider in a flock of sheep, each of which is perfectly individualized to the shepherd. A diffusive blur and an indiscriminately shifting suction characterize what we do not understand. The problem of the acquisition of meaning by things, or (stated in another way) of forming habits of simple apprehension, is thus the problem of introducing (1) definiteness and distinction and (2) consistency or stability of meaning into what is otherwise vague and wavering."
An unfamiliar scene is like a baby's world, "one great, blooming, buzzing confusion." [Footnote: Wm. James, Principles of Psychology, Vol. I, p. 488.] Mr. John Dewey explains that this is how any new thing strikes an adult, as long as the thing is truly new and strange. "Foreign languages that we don’t understand always sound like jibberings and babblings, making it impossible to identify a specific, clear-cut, individualized group of sounds. A country person in a crowded street, a landlubber at sea, or someone clueless at a game involving experts—all are additional examples. If you put someone inexperienced in a factory, at first the work appears to be a meaningless jumble. Strangers from another race typically all look alike to the visiting outsider. Only obvious differences in size or color are noticed by an outsider in a group of sheep, each of which is uniquely distinguishable to the shepherd. A diffuse blur and an indiscriminately shifting pull characterize what we do not understand. The challenge of gaining meaning from things, or (put another way) of developing habits of simple understanding, is really about introducing (1) definiteness and distinction and (2) consistency or stability of meaning into what otherwise remains vague and uncertain."
But the kind of definiteness and consistency introduced depends upon who introduces them. In a later passage [Footnote: op. cit., p. 133.] Dewey gives an example of how differently an experienced layman and a chemist might define the word metal. "Smoothness, hardness, glossiness, and brilliancy, heavy weight for its size … the serviceable properties of capacity for being hammered and pulled without breaking, of being softened by heat and hardened by cold, of retaining the shape and form given, of resistance to pressure and decay, would probably be included" in the layman's definition. But the chemist would likely as not ignore these esthetic and utilitarian qualities, and define a metal as "any chemical element that enters into combination with oxygen so as to form a base."
But the level of clarity and consistency that gets introduced depends on who’s doing the introducing. In a later section [Footnote: op. cit., p. 133.] Dewey provides an example of how differently an experienced layperson and a chemist might define the term metal. "Smoothness, hardness, glossiness, and brightness, heavy weight relative to its size … the useful properties like being able to be hammered and pulled without breaking, being softened by heat and hardened by cold, retaining its shape and form, and resisting pressure and decay would probably be part of the layperson's definition." However, the chemist would likely overlook these aesthetic and practical qualities and define a metal as "any chemical element that combines with oxygen to form a base."
For the most part we do not first see, and then define, we define first and then see. In the great blooming, buzzing confusion of the outer world we pick out what our culture has already defined for us, and we tend to perceive that which we have picked out in the form stereotyped for us by our culture. Of the great men who assembled at Paris to settle the affairs of mankind, how many were there who were able to see much of the Europe about them, rather than their commitments about Europe? Could anyone have penetrated the mind of M. Clemenceau, would he have found there images of the Europe of 1919, or a great sediment of stereotyped ideas accumulated and hardened in a long and pugnacious existence? Did he see the Germans of 1919, or the German type as he had learned to see it since 1871? He saw the type, and among the reports that came to him from Germany, he took to heart those reports, and, it seems, those only, which fitted the type that was in his mind. If a junker blustered, that was an authentic German; if a labor leader confessed the guilt of the empire, he was not an authentic German.
For the most part, we don’t first see and then define; we define first and then see. In the chaotic confusion of the outside world, we focus on what our culture has already defined for us, and we tend to perceive those things in the way our culture has shaped them. Among the great leaders who gathered in Paris to address the world's issues, how many were truly able to see much of Europe around them instead of just their preconceived notions about it? If anyone could have gotten into M. Clemenceau’s mind, would they have found images of Europe in 1919, or would they have discovered a collection of stereotyped ideas built up and hardened over a long, combative existence? Did he see the Germans of 1919, or just the German type he had learned to recognize since 1871? He saw the type, and among the reports he received from Germany, he seemed to pay attention only to those that matched the type in his mind. If a junker was aggressive, that was an authentic German; if a labor leader admitted the empire's guilt, he was not seen as an authentic German.
At a Congress of Psychology in Göttingen an interesting experiment was
made with a crowd of presumably trained observers. [Footnote: A. von
Gennep, La formation des légendes, pp. 158-159. Cited F. van
Langenhove, The Growth of a Legend, pp. 120-122.]
At a Psychology Congress in Göttingen, an interesting experiment was
conducted with a group of supposedly trained observers. [Footnote: A. von
Gennep, La formation des légendes, pp. 158-159. Cited F. van
Langenhove, The Growth of a Legend, pp. 120-122.]
"Not far from the hall in which the Congress was sitting there was a public fete with a masked ball. Suddenly the door of the hall was thrown open and a clown rushed in madly pursued by a negro, revolver in hand. They stopped in the middle of the room fighting; the clown fell, the negro leapt upon him, fired, and then both rushed out of the hall. The whole incident hardly lasted twenty seconds.
"Not far from the hall where Congress was meeting, there was a public festival with a masked ball. Suddenly, the door to the hall burst open and a clown rushed in, being chased by a man of African descent, holding a revolver. They stopped in the middle of the room and fought; the clown fell, the man jumped on him, fired his gun, and then they both dashed out of the hall. The entire incident hardly lasted twenty seconds."
"The President asked those present to write immediately a report since there was sure to be a judicial inquiry. Forty reports were sent in. Only one had less than 20% of mistakes in regard to the principal facts; fourteen had 20% to 40% of mistakes; twelve from 40% to 50%; thirteen more than 50%. Moreover in twenty-four accounts 10% of the details were pure inventions and this proportion was exceeded in ten accounts and diminished in six. Briefly a quarter of the accounts were false.
"The President asked everyone there to write up a report right away because a judicial inquiry was definitely going to happen. Forty reports were submitted. Only one had less than 20% errors regarding the main facts; fourteen had 20% to 40% errors; twelve had 40% to 50%; and thirteen had over 50%. Additionally, in twenty-four reports, 10% of the details were complete fabrications, and this was even higher in ten reports and lower in six. In short, a quarter of the reports were false."
"It goes without saying that the whole scene had been arranged and even photographed in advance. The ten false reports may then be relegated to the category of tales and legends; twenty-four accounts are half legendary, and six have a value approximating to exact evidence."
"It’s obvious that the entire scene was set up and even photographed beforehand. The ten false reports can be considered stories and myths; twenty-four accounts are somewhat legendary, and six hold a value close to actual evidence."
Thus out of forty trained observers writing a responsible account of a scene that had just happened before their eyes, more than a majority saw a scene that had not taken place. What then did they see? One would suppose it was easier to tell what had occurred, than to invent something which had not occurred. They saw their stereotype of such a brawl. All of them had in the course of their lives acquired a series of images of brawls, and these images flickered before their eyes. In one man these images displaced less than 20% of the actual scene, in thirteen men more than half. In thirty-four out of the forty observers the stereotypes preempted at least one-tenth of the scene.
So out of forty trained observers giving an account of a scene that had just played out right in front of them, more than half saw something that never actually happened. What did they see? You might think it would be easier to describe what actually occurred than to make up something that didn't happen. They saw their typical image of a brawl. Each of them had developed a series of mental pictures of fights throughout their lives, and these images flashed before their eyes. For one person, these images replaced less than 20% of the actual scene, while for thirteen others, it was more than half. In thirty-four out of the forty observers, stereotypes took over at least one-tenth of the scene.
A distinguished art critic has said [Footnote: Bernard Berenson, The Central Italian Painters of the Renaissance, pp. 60, et seq.] that "what with the almost numberless shapes assumed by an object. … What with our insensitiveness and inattention, things scarcely would have for us features and outlines so determined and clear that we could recall them at will, but for the stereotyped shapes art has lent them." The truth is even broader than that, for the stereotyped shapes lent to the world come not merely from art, in the sense of painting and sculpture and literature, but from our moral codes and our social philosophies and our political agitations as well. Substitute in the following passage of Mr. Berenson's the words 'politics,' 'business,' and 'society,' for the word 'art' and the sentences will be no less true: "… unless years devoted to the study of all schools of art have taught us also to see with our own eyes, we soon fall into the habit of moulding whatever we look at into the forms borrowed from the one art with which we are acquainted. There is our standard of artistic reality. Let anyone give us shapes and colors which we cannot instantly match in our paltry stock of hackneyed forms and tints, and we shake our heads at his failure to reproduce things as we know they certainly are, or we accuse him of insincerity."
A well-known art critic once said [Footnote: Bernard Berenson, The Central Italian Painters of the Renaissance, pp. 60, et seq.] that "with the almost countless shapes that an object can take... Because of our insensitivity and distraction, things would hardly have features and outlines so defined and clear that we could remember them at will, if it weren't for the standardized shapes that art has given them." The reality is even more expansive than that, as the standardized shapes we associate with the world come not just from art, in the sense of painting, sculpture, and literature, but also from our moral codes, social philosophies, and political movements. If we replace the word 'art' in the following passage of Mr. Berenson's with 'politics,' 'business,' and 'society,' the sentences will still hold true: "… unless years spent studying all types of art have also taught us to see with our own eyes, we quickly develop the habit of shaping whatever we look at into the forms borrowed from the one art we know. That becomes our standard of artistic reality. If someone shows us shapes and colors that we can't instantly compare to our limited collection of clichéd forms and shades, we shake our heads at their failure to depict things as we believe they truly are, or we accuse them of being insincere."
Mr. Berenson speaks of our displeasure when a painter "does not visualize objects exactly as we do," and of the difficulty of appreciating the art of the Middle Ages because since then "our manner of visualizing forms has changed in a thousand ways." [Footnote: Cf. also his comment on Dante's Visual Images, and his Early Illustrators in The Study and Criticism of Italian Art (First Series), p. 13. "We cannot help dressing Virgil as a Roman, and giving him a 'classical profile' and 'statuesque carriage,' but Dante's visual image of Virgil was probably no less mediaeval, no more based on a critical reconstruction of antiquity, than his entire conception of the Roman poet. Fourteenth Century illustrators make Virgil look like a mediaeval scholar, dressed in cap and gown, and there is no reason why Dante's visual image of him should have been other than this."] He goes on to show how in regard to the human figure we have been taught to see what we do see. "Created by Donatello and Masaccio, and sanctioned by the Humanists, the new canon of the human figure, the new cast of features … presented to the ruling classes of that time the type of human being most likely to win the day in the combat of human forces… Who had the power to break through this new standard of vision and, out of the chaos of things, to select shapes more definitely expressive of reality than those fixed by men of genius? No one had such power. People had perforce to see things in that way and in no other, and to see only the shapes depicted, to love only the ideals presented…." [Footnote: The Central Italian Painters, pp. 66-67.]
Mr. Berenson talks about our frustration when a painter "doesn't visualize objects exactly as we do," and the challenge of appreciating the art from the Middle Ages because since then "our way of seeing forms has changed in countless ways." [Footnote: See also his comment on Dante's Visual Images, and his Early Illustrators in The Study and Criticism of Italian Art (First Series), p. 13. "We can't help but dress Virgil as a Roman, giving him a 'classical profile' and 'statuesque posture,' but Dante's visual image of Virgil was likely just as medieval, not more based on a critical reconstruction of antiquity, than his whole idea of the Roman poet. Fourteenth Century illustrators depict Virgil as a medieval scholar, dressed in cap and gown, and there’s no reason why Dante’s visual image of him wouldn’t have looked like this."] He continues to show how regarding the human figure, we've been taught to see what we do see. "Created by Donatello and Masaccio, and endorsed by the Humanists, the new standard of the human figure, the new look… showed the ruling classes of that time the type of human being most likely to succeed in the battle of human forces… Who had the ability to break through this new standard of vision and, out of the chaos around, to choose shapes that were more accurately expressive of reality than those established by brilliant minds? No one had such power. People had to see things this way and no other, and to see only the shapes shown, to love only the ideals presented…." [Footnote: The Central Italian Painters, pp. 66-67.]
2
2
If we cannot fully understand the acts of other people, until we know what they think they know, then in order to do justice we have to appraise not only the information which has been at their disposal, but the minds through which they have filtered it. For the accepted types, the current patterns, the standard versions, intercept information on its way to consciousness. Americanization, for example, is superficially at least the substitution of American for European stereotypes. Thus the peasant who might see his landlord as if he were the lord of the manor, his employer as he saw the local magnate, is taught by Americanization to see the landlord and employer according to American standards. This constitutes a change of mind, which is, in effect, when the inoculation succeeds, a change of vision. His eye sees differently. One kindly gentlewoman has confessed that the stereotypes are of such overweening importance, that when hers are not indulged, she at least is unable to accept the brotherhood of man and the fatherhood of God: "we are strangely affected by the clothes we wear. Garments create a mental and social atmosphere. What can be hoped for the Americanism of a man who insists on employing a London tailor? One's very food affects his Americanism. What kind of American consciousness can grow in the atmosphere of sauerkraut and Limburger cheese? Or what can you expect of the Americanism of the man whose breath always reeks of garlic?" [Footnote: Cited by Mr. Edward Hale Bierstadt, New Republic, June 1 1921 p. 21.]
If we can't completely understand what other people do until we know what they believe they know, then to be fair, we need to evaluate not just the information they had access to but also the way they processed that information. Accepted norms, current trends, and standard narratives filter information on its way to our awareness. For instance, Americanization is often just replacing European stereotypes with American ones. So, a peasant who might see his landlord as a feudal lord or his boss as a local big shot is taught by American culture to view the landlord and employer through an American lens. This represents a shift in mindset, which, if effective, leads to a change in perception. Their perspective changes. One kind woman has admitted that stereotypes are so crucial that when hers are not acknowledged, she can't embrace the idea of human brotherhood or the concept of God's fatherhood: "We are oddly affected by what we wear. Clothing shapes a mental and social environment. What can we expect of a man’s American identity if he insists on using a London tailor? Even what we eat influences our American identity. What kind of American outlook can thrive in an environment filled with sauerkraut and Limburger cheese? Or what can you expect from the American identity of someone whose breath always smells of garlic?" [Footnote: Cited by Mr. Edward Hale Bierstadt, New Republic, June 1 1921 p. 21.]
This lady might well have been the patron of a pageant which a friend of mine once attended. It was called the Melting Pot, and it was given on the Fourth of July in an automobile town where many foreign-born workers are employed. In the center of the baseball park at second base stood a huge wooden and canvas pot. There were flights of steps up to the rim on two sides. After the audience had settled itself, and the band had played, a procession came through an opening at one side of the field. It was made up of men of all the foreign nationalities employed in the factories. They wore their native costumes, they were singing their national songs; they danced their folk dances, and carried the banners of all Europe. The master of ceremonies was the principal of the grade school dressed as Uncle Sam. He led them to the pot. He directed them up the steps to the rim, and inside. He called them out again on the other side. They came, dressed in derby hats, coats, pants, vest, stiff collar and polka-dot tie, undoubtedly, said my friend, each with an Eversharp pencil in his pocket, and all singing the Star-Spangled Banner.
This woman could have been the sponsor of a show that a friend of mine once went to. It was called the Melting Pot, and it took place on the Fourth of July in a town known for its automobile industry, where many foreign-born workers were employed. In the middle of the baseball park, at second base, stood a large wooden and canvas pot. There were staircases leading up to the rim on two sides. Once the audience was settled and the band had played, a parade came through an opening on one side of the field. It consisted of men from all the different nationalities working in the factories. They wore their traditional outfits, sang their national anthems, performed their folk dances, and carried banners representing all of Europe. The master of ceremonies was the principal of the grade school, dressed as Uncle Sam. He led them to the pot, guided them up the steps to the rim, and then inside. He called them out again on the other side. They emerged dressed in derby hats, coats, pants, vests, stiff collars, and polka-dot ties, and my friend said they all likely had an Eversharp pencil in their pockets, singing the Star-Spangled Banner.
To the promoters of this pageant, and probably to most of the actors, it seemed as if they had managed to express the most intimate difficulty to friendly association between the older peoples of America and the newer. The contradiction of their stereotypes interfered with the full recognition of their common humanity. The people who change their names know this. They mean to change themselves, and the attitude of strangers toward them.
To the organizers of this event, and likely to most of the performers, it felt like they had successfully captured the deep struggles of friendly relationships between older and newer generations in America. The clash of their stereotypes got in the way of fully acknowledging their shared humanity. Those who change their names are aware of this. They intend to transform themselves and the way strangers perceive them.
There is, of course, some connection between the scene outside and the mind through which we watch it, just as there are some long-haired men and short-haired women in radical gatherings. But to the hurried observer a slight connection is enough. If there are two bobbed heads and four beards in the audience, it will be a bobbed and bearded audience to the reporter who knows beforehand that such gatherings are composed of people with these tastes in the management of their hair. There is a connection between our vision and the facts, but it is often a strange connection. A man has rarely looked at a landscape, let us say, except to examine its possibilities for division into building lots, but he has seen a number of landscapes hanging in the parlor. And from them he has learned to think of a landscape as a rosy sunset, or as a country road with a church steeple and a silver moon. One day he goes to the country, and for hours he does not see a single landscape. Then the sun goes down looking rosy. At once he recognizes a landscape and exclaims that it is beautiful. But two days later, when he tries to recall what he saw, the odds are that he will remember chiefly some landscape in a parlor.
There’s definitely a link between what we see outside and the way we perceive it, much like how there are some long-haired guys and short-haired women at progressive events. But for someone who’s in a rush, even a small connection is enough. If there are two people with bobbed hair and four guys with beards in the crowd, it’ll be a bobbed and bearded audience for the reporter who knows in advance that these types of gatherings attract people with certain hairstyles. There’s a relationship between what we see and reality, but it’s often a bizarre one. A guy usually looks at a landscape, let’s say, only to consider how it could be divided into building plots, but he’s seen plenty of landscapes framed on the wall. From those, he starts to think of a landscape as a beautiful sunset or a country road with a church steeple and a bright moon. One day he heads to the countryside, and for hours he doesn’t notice a single landscape. Then the sun sets in that rosy way. Suddenly, he recognizes it as a landscape and declares it beautiful. But two days later, when he tries to remember what he saw, it’s likely that the landscape he recalls will mostly be the one hanging in his living room.
Unless he has been drunk or dreaming or insane he did see a sunset, but he saw in it, and above all remembers from it, more of what the oil painting taught him to observe, than what an impressionist painter, for example, or a cultivated Japanese would have seen and taken away with him. And the Japanese and the painter in turn will have seen and remembered more of the form they had learned, unless they happen to be the very rare people who find fresh sight for mankind. In untrained observation we pick recognizable signs out of the environment. The signs stand for ideas, and these ideas we fill out with our stock of images. We do not so much see this man and that sunset; rather we notice that the thing is man or sunset, and then see chiefly what our mind is already full of on those subjects.
Unless he was drunk, dreaming, or insane, he definitely saw a sunset. However, what he remembers from it is influenced more by what the oil painting taught him to notice than what an impressionist painter or a cultured Japanese person would have seen and taken away. The Japanese and the painter, in turn, would have noticed and remembered more about the forms they had learned, unless they happen to be the rare individuals who discover new perspectives for humanity. In untrained observation, we pick out recognizable signs from our surroundings. These signs represent ideas, which we fill in with our existing mental images. We don't really see this person or that sunset; instead, we recognize that it’s a person or a sunset and mainly see what our minds are already filled with regarding those topics.
3
3
There is economy in this. For the attempt to see all things freshly and in detail, rather than as types and generalities, is exhausting, and among busy affairs practically out of the question. In a circle of friends, and in relation to close associates or competitors, there is no shortcut through, and no substitute for, an individualized understanding. Those whom we love and admire most are the men and women whose consciousness is peopled thickly with persons rather than with types, who know us rather than the classification into which we might fit. For even without phrasing it to ourselves, we feel intuitively that all classification is in relation to some purpose not necessarily our own; that between two human beings no association has final dignity in which each does not take the other as an end in himself. There is a taint on any contact between two people which does not affirm as an axiom the personal inviolability of both.
There's a lot of efficiency in this. Trying to see everything with a fresh and detailed perspective, instead of just as categories or general ideas, is tiring and, in the midst of our busy lives, almost impossible. When it comes to our circle of friends or our close associates and competitors, there's no shortcut or substitute for a personal understanding. The people we love and admire the most are those whose minds are filled with individuals rather than just types—those who truly know us instead of just fitting us into a category. Even if we don't put it into words, we instinctively understand that all classifications relate to a purpose that isn’t necessarily our own; that between two people, no relationship holds true worth unless both see each other as an end in themselves. There’s something off about any interaction between two people that doesn’t affirm the personal dignity of both.
But modern life is hurried and multifarious, above all physical distance separates men who are often in vital contact with each other, such as employer and employee, official and voter. There is neither time nor opportunity for intimate acquaintance. Instead we notice a trait which marks a well known type, and fill in the rest of the picture by means of the stereotypes we carry about in our heads. He is an agitator. That much we notice, or are told. Well, an agitator is this sort of person, and so he is this sort of person. He is an intellectual. He is a plutocrat. He is a foreigner. He is a "South European." He is from Back Bay. He is a Harvard Man. How different from the statement: he is a Yale Man. He is a regular fellow. He is a West Pointer. He is an old army sergeant. He is a Greenwich Villager: what don't we know about him then, and about her? He is an international banker. He is from Main Street.
But modern life is fast-paced and diverse, and above all, physical distance separates people who often need to interact closely, like employers and employees, officials and voters. There’s neither time nor chance for deep connections. Instead, we notice a characteristic that represents a familiar type and fill in the gaps using the stereotypes we have in our minds. He’s an agitator. That much we see or are told. Well, an agitator fits this type, so he fits this type. He’s an intellectual. He’s a wealthy businessman. He’s a foreigner. He’s a "South European." He’s from Back Bay. He’s a Harvard grad. How different from saying: he’s a Yale grad. He’s an everyman. He’s a West Pointer. He’s a former army sergeant. He’s a Greenwich Villager: what don’t we know about him then, and about her? He’s an international banker. He’s from Main Street.
The subtlest and most pervasive of all influences ere those which create and maintain the repertory of stereotypes. We are told about the world before we see it. We imagine most things before we experience them. And those preconceptions, unless education has made us acutely aware, govern deeply the whole process of perception. They mark out certain objects as familiar or strange, emphasizing the difference, so that the slightly familiar is seen as very familiar, and the somewhat strange as sharply alien. They are aroused by small signs, which may vary from a true index to a vague analogy. Aroused, they flood fresh vision with older images, and project into the world what has been resurrected in memory. Were there no practical uniformities in the environment, there would be no economy and only error in the human habit of accepting foresight for sight. But there are uniformities sufficiently accurate, and the need of economizing attention is so inevitable, that the abandonment of all stereotypes for a wholly innocent approach to experience would impoverish human life.
The subtlest and most widespread influences are those that create and maintain a set of stereotypes. We're informed about the world before we actually see it. We picture most things before we experience them. And unless education has made us really aware, those preconceptions strongly influence the entire process of perception. They categorize certain objects as familiar or strange, highlighting the differences, so that something slightly familiar feels very familiar, and something somewhat strange seems completely alien. They are triggered by small signs, which can range from a clear indicator to a vague resemblance. When triggered, they flood new experiences with old images and project what has been brought back to memory into the world. If there weren't practical consistencies in our environment, there would be chaos, and humans would mistakenly confuse predictions with real observations. However, there are accurate consistencies, and the need to streamline our attention is so essential that completely abandoning all stereotypes for a completely fresh approach to experience would undermine human life.
What matters is the character of the stereotypes, and the gullibility with which we employ them. And these in the end depend upon those inclusive patterns which constitute our philosophy of life. If in that philosophy we assume that the world is codified according to a code which we possess, we are likely to make our reports of what is going on describe a world run by our code. But if our philosophy tells us that each man is only a small part of the world, that his intelligence catches at best only phases and aspects in a coarse net of ideas, then, when we use our stereotypes, we tend to know that they are only stereotypes, to hold them lightly, to modify them gladly. We tend, also, to realize more and more clearly when our ideas started, where they started, how they came to us, why we accepted them. All useful history is antiseptic in this fashion. It enables us to know what fairy tale, what school book, what tradition, what novel, play, picture, phrase, planted one preconception in this mind, another in that mind.
What really matters is the nature of the stereotypes and how easily we believe in them. Ultimately, these depend on the broader patterns that shape our worldview. If we believe that the world operates according to a code that we understand, we’re more likely to interpret what’s happening through that lens. However, if our worldview suggests that each person is just a tiny piece of the larger picture, and that our understanding can only capture bits and pieces of reality through a rough web of ideas, then we tend to recognize our stereotypes for what they are. We hold them lightly and are willing to adjust them. We also start to see more clearly where our ideas originated, how they came to us, and why we accepted them. Good history helps us in this way. It allows us to identify which fairy tale, textbook, tradition, novel, play, image, or phrase influenced a particular belief in one person versus another.
4
4
Those who wish to censor art do not at least underestimate this influence. They generally misunderstand it, and almost always they are absurdly bent on preventing other people from discovering anything not sanctioned by them. But at any rate, like Plato in his argument about the poets, they feel vaguely that the types acquired through fiction tend to be imposed on reality. Thus there can be little doubt that the moving picture is steadily building up imagery which is then evoked by the words people read in their newspapers. In the whole experience of the race there has been no aid to visualization comparable to the cinema. If a Florentine wished to visualize the saints, he could go to the frescoes in his church, where he might see a vision of saints standardized for his time by Giotto. If an Athenian wished to visualize the gods he went to the temples. But the number of objects which were pictured was not great. And in the East, where the spirit of the second commandment was widely accepted, the portraiture of concrete things was even more meager, and for that reason perhaps the faculty of practical decision was by so much reduced. In the western world, however, during the last few centuries there has been an enormous increase in the volume and scope of secular description, the word picture, the narrative, the illustrated narrative, and finally the moving picture and, perhaps, the talking picture.
Those who want to censor art don't underestimate its impact. They often misunderstand it and are usually overly eager to stop others from finding anything that isn't approved by them. But, like Plato in his arguments about poets, they seem to intuitively feel that the characters and scenarios created in fiction tend to influence reality. There's no doubt that movies are increasingly shaping the imagery that is then brought to mind by the words people read in their newspapers. Throughout history, no other medium has aided visualization as much as cinema. If someone in Florence wanted to imagine the saints, they could visit the frescoes in their church and see a version of the saints that Giotto had standardized for their era. If someone in Athens wanted to envision the gods, they'd go to the temples. However, there weren't many objects depicted. In the East, where the spirit of the second commandment was widely embraced, concrete representations were even scarcer, which might have limited practical decision-making. In the Western world, though, over the last few centuries, there has been a huge increase in the amount and variety of secular descriptions, including word pictures, narratives, illustrated narratives, and ultimately moving pictures, and maybe even talking pictures.
Photographs have the kind of authority over imagination to-day, which the printed word had yesterday, and the spoken word before that. They seem utterly real. They come, we imagine, directly to us without human meddling, and they are the most effortless food for the mind conceivable. Any description in words, or even any inert picture, requires an effort of memory before a picture exists in the mind. But on the screen the whole process of observing, describing, reporting, and then imagining, has been accomplished for you. Without more trouble than is needed to stay awake the result which your imagination is always aiming at is reeled off on the screen. The shadowy idea becomes vivid; your hazy notion, let us say, of the Ku Klux Klan, thanks to Mr. Griffiths, takes vivid shape when you see the Birth of a Nation. Historically it may be the wrong shape, morally it may be a pernicious shape, but it is a shape, and I doubt whether anyone who has seen the film and does not know more about the Ku Klux Klan than Mr. Griffiths, will ever hear the name again without seeing those white horsemen.
Photographs have the same impact on our imagination today that the printed word had in the past, and the spoken word had even earlier. They seem completely real. We believe they come to us directly without any human involvement, and they are the easiest mental stimulation possible. Any description in words, or even a static image, requires us to use our memory to create a picture in our minds. But on the screen, the entire process of observing, describing, reporting, and then imagining has already been done for you. With no more effort than staying awake, the outcome that your imagination seeks is presented right in front of you. The vague idea becomes clear; your unclear concept of the Ku Klux Klan, for example, takes a striking form when you watch Birth of a Nation. Historically, it might be an inaccurate portrayal, and morally, it could be harmful, but it's still an image. I doubt anyone who has seen the film and knows less about the Ku Klux Klan than Mr. Griffiths will ever hear the name again without picturing those white horsemen.
5
5
And so when we speak of the mind of a group of people, of the French mind, the militarist mind, the bolshevik mind, we are liable to serious confusion unless we agree to separate the instinctive equipment from the stereotypes, the patterns, and the formulae which play so decisive a part in building up the mental world to which the native character is adapted and responds. Failure to make this distinction accounts for oceans of loose talk about collective minds, national souls, and race psychology. To be sure a stereotype may be so consistently and authoritatively transmitted in each generation from parent to child that it seems almost like a biological fact. In some respects, we may indeed have become, as Mr. Wallas says, [Footnote: Graham Wallas, Our Social Heritage, p. 17.] biologically parasitic upon our social heritage. But certainly there is not the least scientific evidence which would enable anyone to argue that men are born with the political habits of the country in which they are born. In so far as political habits are alike in a nation, the first places to look for an explanation are the nursery, the school, the church, not in that limbo inhabited by Group Minds and National Souls. Until you have thoroughly failed to see tradition being handed on from parents, teachers, priests, and uncles, it is a solecism of the worst order to ascribe political differences to the germ plasm.
So when we talk about the mindset of a group of people, like the French mindset, the militaristic mindset, or the Bolshevik mindset, we can easily get confused unless we agree to separate instinctive traits from stereotypes, patterns, and formulas that play a crucial role in shaping the mental world that aligns with and responds to the native character. Not making this distinction leads to a lot of loose talk about collective minds, national spirits, and racial psychology. Of course, a stereotype can be passed down consistently and authoritatively from one generation to the next, making it seem almost like a biological truth. In some ways, we might have become, as Mr. Wallas says, [Footnote: Graham Wallas, Our Social Heritage, p. 17.] biologically dependent on our social heritage. However, there is absolutely no scientific evidence to support the idea that people are born with the political behaviors of the country they come from. When political behaviors are similar within a nation, the first places to look for explanations are the home, the school, and the church, not in some vague concept of Group Minds or National Souls. Unless you completely overlook how tradition is passed down from parents, teachers, priests, and uncles, it’s a serious mistake to attribute political differences to genetic factors.
It is possible to generalize tentatively and with a decent humility about comparative differences within the same category of education and experience. Yet even this is a tricky enterprise. For almost no two experiences are exactly alike, not even of two children in the same household. The older son never does have the experience of being the younger. And therefore, until we are able to discount the difference in nurture, we must withhold judgment about differences of nature. As well judge the productivity of two soils by comparing their yield before you know which is in Labrador and which in Iowa, whether they have been cultivated and enriched, exhausted, or allowed to run wild.
It’s possible to make tentative and humble generalizations about the differences in education and experience within the same group. But even this is a tricky task. Almost no two experiences are exactly the same, not even for two children raised in the same home. The older son never gets to experience being the younger one. So, until we can take into account the differences in upbringing, we should hold off on making judgments about the differences in their nature. It’s like trying to compare the productivity of two types of soil based on their yield before knowing which one is from Labrador and which one is from Iowa, whether they’ve been cultivated and enriched, depleted, or left to grow wild.
CHAPTER VII
STEREOTYPES AS DEFENSE
1
1
THERE is another reason, besides economy of effort, why we so often hold to our stereotypes when we might pursue a more disinterested vision. The systems of stereotypes may be the core of our personal tradition, the defenses of our position in society.
THERE is another reason, besides saving effort, why we often stick to our stereotypes when we could be striving for a more unbiased perspective. The systems of stereotypes may form the foundation of our personal traditions, protecting our status in society.
They are an ordered, more or less consistent picture of the world, to which our habits, our tastes, our capacities, our comforts and our hopes have adjusted themselves. They may not be a complete picture of the world, but they are a picture of a possible world to which we are adapted. In that world people and things have their well-known places, and do certain expected things. We feel at home there. We fit in. We are members. We know the way around. There we find the charm of the familiar, the normal, the dependable; its grooves and shapes are where we are accustomed to find them. And though we have abandoned much that might have tempted us before we creased ourselves into that mould, once we are firmly in, it fits as snugly as an old shoe.
They are a structured, fairly consistent view of the world, which our habits, tastes, abilities, comforts, and hopes have adapted to. They may not be a complete representation of the world, but they reflect a possible world we are suited for. In that world, people and things have their known places and do expected things. We feel at home there. We belong. We know our way around. There, we enjoy the charm of the familiar, the normal, the reliable; its patterns and forms are where we expect to find them. And even though we've given up much that might have tempted us before we settled into that mold, once we are firmly in, it fits as comfortably as an old shoe.
No wonder, then, that any disturbance of the stereotypes seems like an attack upon the foundations of the universe. It is an attack upon the foundations of our universe, and, where big things are at stake, we do not readily admit that there is any distinction between our universe and the universe. A world which turns out to be one in which those we honor are unworthy, and those we despise are noble, is nerve-racking. There is anarchy if our order of precedence is not the only possible one. For if the meek should indeed inherit the earth, if the first should be last, if those who are without sin alone may cast a stone, if to Caesar you render only the things that are Caesar's, then the foundations of self-respect would be shaken for those who have arranged their lives as if these maxims were not true. A pattern of stereotypes is not neutral. It is not merely a way of substituting order for the great blooming, buzzing confusion of reality. It is not merely a short cut. It is all these things and something more. It is the guarantee of our self-respect; it is the projection upon the world of our own sense of our own value, our own position and our own rights. The stereotypes are, therefore, highly charged with the feelings that are attached to them. They are the fortress of our tradition, and behind its defenses we can continue to feel ourselves safe in the position we occupy.
No wonder that any challenge to stereotypes feels like an attack on the very foundations of our universe. It feels like an attack on the foundations of our universe, and when it comes to big issues, we don’t easily see a difference between our universe and the universe itself. A world where those we admire turn out to be unworthy, and those we dislike are actually noble, is unsettling. There is chaos if our idea of hierarchy isn’t the only possible one. Because if the meek really do inherit the earth, if the first become last, if only those without sin can throw the first stone, if you give Caesar only what’s his, then the foundations of self-respect would wobble for those who have structured their lives as if these truths aren’t real. A set of stereotypes isn't neutral. It’s not just a way to bring order to the overwhelming chaos of reality. It’s not just a quick fix. It’s all these things and more. It’s what guarantees our self-respect; it’s how we project our sense of value, our position, and our rights onto the world. Stereotypes, therefore, are loaded with the emotions tied to them. They form the fortress of our tradition, and behind its walls, we can still feel secure in our place.
2
2
When, for example, in the fourth century B. C., Aristotle wrote his defense of slavery in the face of increasing skepticism, [Footnote: Zimmern: Greek Commonwealth. See his footnote, p. 383.] the Athenian slaves were in great part indistinguishable from free citizens Mr. Zimmern quotes an amusing passage from the Old Oligarch explaining the good treatment of the slaves. "Suppose it were legal for a slave to be beaten by a citizen, it would frequently happen that an Athenian might be mistaken for a slave or an alien and receive a beating;—since the Athenian people is not better clothed than the slave or alien, nor in personal appearance is there any superiority." This absence of distinction would naturally tend to dissolve the institution. If free men and slaves looked alike, what basis was there for treating them so differently? It was this confusion which Aristotle set himself to clear away in the first book of his Politics. With unerring instinct he understood that to justify slavery he must teach the Greeks a way of seeing their slaves that comported with the continuance of slavery.
When Aristotle wrote his defense of slavery in the fourth century B.C. amid growing skepticism, [Footnote: Zimmern: Greek Commonwealth. See his footnote, p. 383.] Athenian slaves were often hard to tell apart from free citizens. Mr. Zimmern quotes a humorous excerpt from the Old Oligarch that illustrates how well slaves were treated: "Imagine if it were legal for a citizen to beat a slave; it could often happen that an Athenian might be mistaken for a slave or an outsider and get beaten—since the Athenian people are not better dressed than the slave or outsider, nor is there any difference in their appearance." This lack of distinction would inevitably weaken the institution. If free men and slaves looked the same, what justification was there for treating them so differently? This confusion was what Aristotle aimed to clarify in the first book of his Politics. With sharp insight, he recognized that to justify slavery, he needed to teach the Greeks a way of seeing their slaves that supported the continuation of slavery.
So, said Aristotle, there are beings who are slaves by nature. [Footnote: Politics, Bk. 1, Ch. 5.] "He then is by nature formed a slave, who is fitted to become the chattel of another person, and on that account is so." All this really says is that whoever happens to be a slave is by nature intended to be one. Logically the statement is worthless, but in fact it is not a proposition at all, and logic has nothing to do with it. It is a stereotype, or rather it is part of a stereotype. The rest follows almost immediately. After asserting that slaves perceive reason, but are not endowed with the use of it, Aristotle insists that "it is the intention of nature to make the bodies of slaves and free men different from each other, that the one should be robust for their necessary purposes, but the other erect; useless indeed for such servile labours, but fit for civil life… It is clear then that some men are free by nature, and others are slaves. …"
So, Aristotle said, there are people who are naturally meant to be slaves. [Footnote: Politics, Bk. 1, Ch. 5.] "A person is naturally formed as a slave if they are suited to become the property of someone else, and that's why they are." This really means that anyone who happens to be a slave is naturally meant to be one. Logically, this statement doesn't hold any value, but in reality, it's not a true proposition at all, and logic has nothing to do with it. It's a stereotype, or more accurately, part of a stereotype. The rest follows almost immediately. After claiming that slaves can understand reason but lack the ability to use it, Aristotle argues that "nature intends to make the bodies of slaves and free people different from each other, so that one should be strong for their necessary tasks, while the other should be upright; indeed, not fit for such servile work, but suitable for civic life… It is clear then that some people are free by nature, and others are slaves. …"
If we ask ourselves what is the matter with Aristotle's argument, we find that he has begun by erecting a great barrier between himself and the facts. When he had said that those who are slaves are by nature intended to be slaves, he at one stroke excluded the fatal question whether those particular men who happened to be slaves were the particular men intended by nature to be slaves. For that question would have tainted each case of slavery with doubt. And since the fact of being a slave was not evidence that a man was destined to be one, no certain test would have remained. Aristotle, therefore, excluded entirely that destructive doubt. Those who are slaves are intended to be slaves. Each slave holder was to look upon his chattels as natural slaves. When his eye had been trained to see them that way, he was to note as confirmation of their servile character the fact that they performed servile work, that they were competent to do servile work, and that they had the muscles to do servile work.
If we ask ourselves what’s wrong with Aristotle's argument, we see that he has set up a big barrier between himself and the facts. When he claimed that those who are slaves are naturally meant to be slaves, he immediately excluded the critical question of whether the specific individuals who happened to be slaves were actually the ones nature intended to be slaves. That question would have cast doubt on every instance of slavery. And since being a slave didn't prove that a person was meant to be one, there would have been no clear test. Therefore, Aristotle completely dismissed that damaging doubt. Those who are slaves are meant to be slaves. Each slaveholder was supposed to view their slaves as natural slaves. Once they were conditioned to see them that way, they were to consider the fact that the slaves did servile work, were capable of doing servile work, and had the physical strength to do servile work as confirmation of their subservient nature.
This is the perfect stereotype. Its hallmark is that it precedes the use of reason; is a form of perception, imposes a certain character on the data of our senses before the data reach the intelligence. The stereotype is like the lavender window-panes on Beacon Street, like the door-keeper at a costume ball who judges whether the guest has an appropriate masquerade. There is nothing so obdurate to education or to criticism as the stereotype. It stamps itself upon the evidence in the very act of securing the evidence. That is why the accounts of returning travellers are often an interesting tale of what the traveller carried abroad with him on his trip. If he carried chiefly his appetite, a zeal for tiled bathrooms, a conviction that the Pullman car is the acme of human comfort, and a belief that it is proper to tip waiters, taxicab drivers, and barbers, but under no circumstances station agents and ushers, then his Odyssey will be replete with good meals and bad meals, bathing adventures, compartment-train escapades, and voracious demands for money. Or if he is a more serious soul he may while on tour have found himself at celebrated spots. Having touched base, and cast one furtive glance at the monument, he buried his head in Baedeker, read every word through, and moved on to the next celebrated spot; and thus returned with a compact and orderly impression of Europe, rated one star, or two.
This is the perfect stereotype. It defines itself by coming before the use of reasoning; it’s a way of perceiving that shapes how we interpret sensory information before it reaches our understanding. The stereotype is like the lavender glass panes on Beacon Street, or like the doorman at a costume party who decides if a guest’s outfit is suitable. Nothing is more resistant to education or criticism than the stereotype. It leaves a mark on the evidence while it's busy securing it. That’s why stories from returning travelers often reflect more about what the traveler took with them on their journey. If they mostly brought with them a hunger for good food, an obsession with stylish bathrooms, a belief that the Pullman car is the peak of comfort, and the idea that it’s acceptable to tip waiters, cab drivers, and barbers, but never station agents and ushers, then their adventure will be filled with tales of good and bad meals, swimming escapades, train compartment adventures, and constant demands for cash. Or if they are more serious, they might find themselves visiting famous landmarks. After stopping briefly to glance at the monument, they would dive into their travel guide, read every word, and then move on to the next famous place; thus, they return with a neat and tidy impression of Europe, rated one star or two.
In some measure, stimuli from the outside, especially when they are printed or spoken words, evoke some part of a system of stereotypes, so that the actual sensation and the preconception occupy consciousness at the same time. The two are blended, much as if we looked at red through blue glasses and saw green. If what we are looking at corresponds successfully with what we anticipated, the stereotype is reinforced for the future, as it is in a man who knows in advance that the Japanese are cunning and has the bad luck to run across two dishonest Japanese.
In some way, external stimuli, particularly printed or spoken words, trigger part of a system of stereotypes, causing both the actual sensation and the preconceived notions to fill our awareness simultaneously. The two mix together, much like seeing red through blue glasses and perceiving green. If what we observe matches our expectations, the stereotype becomes stronger for the future, similar to someone who believes that Japanese people are cunning and unfortunately encounters two dishonest individuals.
If the experience contradicts the stereotype, one of two things happens. If the man is no longer plastic, or if some powerful interest makes it highly inconvenient to rearrange his stereotypes, he pooh- poohs the contradiction as an exception that proves the rule, discredits the witness, finds a flaw somewhere, and manages to forget it. But if he is still curious and open-minded, the novelty is taken into the picture, and allowed to modify it. Sometimes, if the incident is striking enough, and if he has felt a general discomfort with his established scheme, he may be shaken to such an extent as to distrust all accepted ways of looking at life, and to expect that normally a thing will not be what it is generally supposed to be. In the extreme case, especially if he is literary, he may develop a passion for inverting the moral canon by making Judas, Benedict Arnold, or Caesar Borgia the hero of his tale.
If the experience goes against the stereotype, one of two things happens. If the guy is no longer rigid in his thinking, or if some strong force makes it very inconvenient to change his stereotypes, he dismisses the contradiction as just an exception that proves the rule, discredits the person who witnessed it, finds some flaw in their argument, and manages to forget it. But if he remains curious and open-minded, he incorporates the new information and lets it change his perspective. Sometimes, if the incident is striking enough, and if he's already felt uneasy about his established beliefs, he may be shaken enough to distrust all the accepted ways of viewing life, and to start expecting that usually things are not what they seem. In extreme cases, especially if he has a literary mindset, he may develop a fascination with flipping the moral script by turning figures like Judas, Benedict Arnold, or Caesar Borgia into the heroes of his story.
3
3
The role played by the stereotype can be seen in the German tales about Belgian snipers. Those tales curiously enough were first refuted by an organization of German Catholic priests known as Pax. [Footnote: Fernand van Langenhove, The Growth of a Legend. The author is a Belgian sociologist.] The existence of atrocity stories is itself not remarkable, nor that the German people gladly believed them. But it is remarkable that a great conservative body of patriotic Germans should have set out as early as August 16, 1914, to contradict a collection of slanders on the enemy, even though such slanders were of the utmost value in soothing the troubled conscience of their fellow countrymen. Why should the Jesuit order in particular have set out to destroy a fiction so important to the fighting morale of Germany?
The role of stereotypes can be seen in the German stories about Belgian snipers. Interestingly, these stories were first challenged by a group of German Catholic priests known as Pax. [Footnote: Fernand van Langenhove, The Growth of a Legend. The author is a Belgian sociologist.] The existence of atrocity stories isn't unusual, nor is it surprising that the German people readily believed them. What's noteworthy is that a large conservative group of patriotic Germans decided as early as August 16, 1914, to refute a series of lies about the enemy, even though these lies were crucial for easing the troubled conscience of their fellow citizens. Why would the Jesuit order in particular want to dismantle a narrative so vital to the fighting spirit of Germany?
I quote from M. van Langenhove's account:
I’ll quote from M. van Langenhove's account:
"Hardly had the German armies entered Belgium when strange rumors began to circulate. They spread from place to place, they were reproduced by the press, and they soon permeated the whole of Germany. It was said that the Belgian people, instigated by the clergy, had intervened perfidiously in the hostilities; had attacked by surprise isolated detachments; had indicated to the enemy the positions occupied by the troops; that old men, and even children, had been guilty of horrible atrocities upon wounded and defenseless German soldiers, tearing out their eyes and cutting off fingers, nose or ears; that the priests from their pulpits had exhorted the people to commit these crimes, promising them as a reward the kingdom of heaven, and had even taken the lead in this barbarity.
"Hardly had the German armies entered Belgium when strange rumors started to spread. They traveled from one place to another, were reported by the media, and quickly infiltrated all of Germany. It was said that the Belgian people, encouraged by the clergy, had sneakily intervened in the conflict; had ambushed isolated units; had informed the enemy about the locations of the troops; that old men, and even children, had committed horrific acts against wounded and defenseless German soldiers, gouging out their eyes and cutting off fingers, noses, or ears; that the priests from their pulpits had urged the people to carry out these atrocities, promising them the kingdom of heaven in return, and had even led the charge in this savagery.
"Public credulity accepted these stories. The highest powers in the state welcomed them without hesitation and endorsed them with their authority…
"Public gullibility accepted these stories. The highest authorities in the state embraced them without hesitation and backed them with their power…
"In this way public opinion in Germany was disturbed and a lively indignation manifested itself, directed especially against the priests who were held responsible for the barbarities attributed to the Belgians… By a natural diversion the anger to which they were a prey was directed by the Germans against the Catholic clergy generally. Protestants allowed the old religious hatred to be relighted in their minds and delivered themselves to attacks against Catholics. A new Kulturkampf was let loose.
In this way, public opinion in Germany was shaken, and a strong outrage surfaced, especially aimed at the priests who were blamed for the atrocities attributed to the Belgians… Naturally, the anger they felt was redirected by the Germans toward the Catholic clergy as a whole. Protestants reignited the old religious hatred in their minds and launched attacks against Catholics. A new Kulturkampf was unleashed.
"The Catholics did not delay in taking action against this hostile attitude." (Italics mine) [Footnote: Op. cit., pp. 5-7]
"The Catholics quickly responded to this hostile attitude." (Italics mine) [Footnote: Op. cit., pp. 5-7]
There may have been some sniping. It would be extraordinary if every angry Belgian had rushed to the library, opened a manual of international law, and had informed himself whether he had a right to take potshot at the infernal nuisance tramping through his streets. It would be no less extraordinary if an army that had never been under fire, did not regard every bullet that came its way as unauthorized, because it was inconvenient, and indeed as somehow a violation of the rules of the Kriegspiel, which then constituted its only experience of war. One can imagine the more sensitive bent on convincing themselves that the people to whom they were doing such terrible things must be terrible people. And so the legend may have been spun until it reached the censors and propagandists, who, whether they believed it or not, saw its value, and let it loose on the German civilians. They too were not altogether sorry to find that the people they were outraging were sub-human. And, above all, since the legend came from their heroes, they were not only entitled to believe it, they were unpatriotic if they did not.
There might have been some negativity. It would be surprising if every upset Belgian raced to the library, grabbed a book on international law, and figured out whether they had the right to take shots at the annoying presence marching through their streets. It would be no less surprising if an army that had never faced actual combat saw every bullet that came its way as unauthorized, simply because it was a hassle, and even regarded it as a sort of breach of the rules of war games, which was their only experience of fighting. One can imagine the more sensitive individuals trying to convince themselves that the people they were harming must be horrible people. This might have created a story that reached the censors and propagandists, who, whether they believed it or not, recognized its value and spread it among the German civilians. They too were somewhat relieved to find that the people they were angering were seen as less than human. And, most importantly, since the story came from their heroes, they felt not only justified in believing it, but also unpatriotic if they didn't.
But where so much is left to the imagination because the scene of action is lost in the fog of war, there is no check and no control. The legend of the ferocious Belgian priests soon tapped an old hatred. For in the minds of most patriotic protestant Germans, especially of the upper classes, the picture of Bismarck's victories included a long quarrel with the Roman Catholics. By a process of association, Belgian priests became priests, and hatred of Belgians a vent for all their hatreds. These German protestants did what some Americans did when under the stress of war they created a compound object of hatred out of the enemy abroad and all their opponents at home. Against this synthetic enemy, the Hun in Germany and the Hun within the Gate, they launched all the animosity that was in them.
But when so much is left to the imagination because the setting is lost in the chaos of war, there’s no oversight and no control. The story of the brutal Belgian priests quickly stirred up old resentments. In the minds of many patriotic Protestant Germans, especially among the upper classes, the image of Bismarck's victories included a long-standing conflict with Roman Catholics. Through this association, Belgian priests became a symbol for all priests, and hatred of Belgians became a way to express all their grievances. These German Protestants did what some Americans did during wartime, creating a combined target of hatred that included the enemy overseas and all their rivals at home. Against this made-up enemy, the Hun in Germany and the Hun at the Gate, they unleashed all the animosity they had.
The Catholic resistance to the atrocity tales was, of course, defensive. It was aimed at those particular fictions which aroused animosity against all Catholics, rather than against Belgian Catholics alone. The Informations Pax, says M. van Langenhove, had only an ecclesiastical bearing and "confined their attention almost exclusively to the reprehensible acts attributed to the priests." And yet one cannot help wondering a little about what was set in motion in the minds of German Catholics by this revelation of what Bismarck's empire meant in relation to them; and also whether there was any obscure connection between that knowledge and the fact that the prominent German politician who was willing in the armistice to sign the death warrant of the empire was Erzberger, [Footnote: Since this was written, Erzberger has been assassinated.] the leader of the Catholic Centre Party.
The Catholic response to the horror stories was really just a defense. It targeted those specific lies that stirred up hostility against all Catholics, not just Belgian Catholics. The Informations Pax, according to M. van Langenhove, had mainly a church-related focus and "mostly addressed the wrongdoings attributed to the priests." Still, one can't help but wonder what thoughts this revelation stirred up in the minds of German Catholics about what Bismarck's empire meant for them; and whether there was some hidden link between that awareness and the fact that the key German politician who was prepared to sign the empire's death sentence during the armistice was Erzberger, [Footnote: Since this was written, Erzberger has been assassinated.] the leader of the Catholic Centre Party.
CHAPTER VIII
BLIND SPOTS AND THEIR VALUE
1
1
I HAVE been speaking of stereotypes rather than ideals, because the word ideal is usually reserved for what we consider the good, the true and the beautiful. Thus it carries the hint that here is something to be copied or attained. But our repertory of fixed impressions is wider than that. It contains ideal swindlers, ideal Tammany politicians, ideal jingoes, ideal agitators, ideal enemies. Our stereotyped world is not necessarily the world we should like it to be. It is simply the kind of world we expect it to be. If events correspond there is a sense of familiarity, and we feel that we are moving with the movement of events. Our slave must be a slave by nature, if we are Athenians who wish to have no qualms. If we have told our friends that we do eighteen holes of golf in 95, we tell them after doing the course in 110, that we are not ourselves to-day. That is to say, we are not acquainted with the duffer who foozled fifteen strokes.
I HAVE been talking about stereotypes instead of ideals because the word ideal is usually used for things we see as good, true, and beautiful. This implies there's something to imitate or strive for. But our collection of fixed impressions is broader than that. It includes ideal con artists, ideal corrupt politicians, ideal militarists, ideal protesters, and ideal enemies. Our stereotypical view of the world isn't necessarily how we want it to be. It's just the kind of world we expect. When events match our expectations, there's a sense of familiarity, and we feel in tune with what's happening. Our slave must be a slave by nature if we’re Athenians who want to feel no guilt. If we’ve told our friends we play eighteen holes of golf in 95, then when we finish the course in 110, we say that we aren’t ourselves today. In other words, we aren't acquainted with the player who messed up fifteen strokes.
Most of us would deal with affairs through a rather haphazard and shifting assortment of stereotypes, if a comparatively few men in each generation were not constantly engaged in arranging, standardizing, and improving them into logical systems, known as the Laws of Political Economy, the Principles of Politics, and the like. Generally when we write about culture, tradition, and the group mind, we are thinking of these systems perfected by men of genius. Now there is no disputing the necessity of constant study and criticism of these idealized versions, but the historian of people, the politician, and the publicity man cannot stop there. For what operates in history is not the systematic idea as a genius formulated it, but shifting imitations, replicas, counterfeits, analogies, and distortions in individual minds.
Most of us would handle issues through a rather random and changing mix of stereotypes if it weren’t for a small number of men in each generation who are always busy organizing, standardizing, and refining them into coherent systems, known as the Laws of Political Economy, the Principles of Politics, and so on. Usually, when we talk about culture, tradition, and the collective mindset, we’re considering these systems perfected by brilliant individuals. While it's undeniable that constant study and critique of these idealized versions are necessary, the historian, politician, and public relations professional can’t stop there. What truly influences history isn’t the systematic idea as a genius conceived it, but rather the fluctuating imitations, replicas, counterfeits, analogies, and distortions in individual minds.
Thus Marxism is not necessarily what Karl Marx wrote in Das Kapital, but whatever it is that all the warring sects believe, who claim to be the faithful. From the gospels you cannot deduce the history of Christianity, nor from the Constitution the political history of America. It is Das Kapital as conceived, the gospels as preached and the preachment as understood, the Constitution as interpreted and administered, to which you have to go. For while there is a reciprocating influence between the standard version and the current versions, it is these current versions as distributed among men which affect their behavior. [Footnote: But unfortunately it is ever so much harder to know this actual culture than it is to summarize and to comment upon the works of genius. The actual culture exists in people far too busy to indulge in the strange trade of formulating their beliefs. They record them only incidentally, and the student rarely knows how typical are his data. Perhaps the best he can do is to follow Lord Bryce's suggestion [Modern Democracies, Vol. i, p. 156] that he move freely "among all sorts and conditions of men," to seek out the unbiassed persons in every neighborhood who have skill in sizing up. "There is a flair which long practise and 'sympathetic touch' bestow. The trained observer learns how to profit by small indications, as an old seaman discerns, sooner than the landsman, the signs of coming storm." There is, in short, a vast amount of guess work involved, and it is no wonder that scholars, who enjoy precision, so often confine their attentions to the neater formulations of other scholars.]
So, Marxism isn’t just what Karl Marx wrote in Das Kapital, but whatever all the conflicting groups who call themselves true followers believe. You can’t figure out the history of Christianity just from the gospels, nor can you understand America’s political history solely from the Constitution. It’s Das Kapital as interpreted, the gospels as preached, and how the preaching is understood, along with the Constitution as it is interpreted and applied, that really matters. While there’s a mutual influence between the standard version and the current interpretations, it’s these current interpretations, spread among people, that really shape their behavior. [Footnote: Unfortunately, it’s far more challenging to know this actual culture than to summarize and comment on the works of great thinkers. The real culture exists in people who are often too busy to engage in the strange task of articulating their beliefs. They only express them incidentally, and the researcher rarely knows how representative their information is. Perhaps the best approach is to follow Lord Bryce’s advice [Modern Democracies, Vol. i, p. 156] to move freely "among all sorts and conditions of men," seeking out unbiased individuals in every community who have a talent for understanding others. "There is a flair that comes from long practice and 'sympathetic touch.' The trained observer learns to capitalize on subtle hints, much like an experienced sailor recognizes, earlier than a landlubber, the signs of an approaching storm." In short, a lot of guesswork is involved, which is why scholars, who appreciate precision, often choose to focus on the more polished formulations of other scholars.]
"The theory of Relativity," says a critic whose eyelids, like the Lady Lisa's, are a little weary, "promises to develop into a principle as adequate to universal application as was the theory of Evolution. This latter theory, from being a technical biological hypothesis, became an inspiring guide to workers in practically every branch of knowledge: manners and customs, morals, religions, philosophies, arts, steam engines, electric tramways—everything had 'evolved.' 'Evolution' became a very general term; it also became imprecise until, in many cases, the original, definite meaning of the word was lost, and the theory it had been evoked to describe was misunderstood. We are hardy enough to prophesy a similar career and fate for the theory of Relativity. The technical physical theory, at present imperfectly understood, will become still more vague and dim. History repeats itself, and Relativity, like Evolution, after receiving a number of intelligible but somewhat inaccurate popular expositions in its scientific aspect, will be launched on a world-conquering career. We suggest that, by that time, it will probably be called Relativismus. Many of these larger applications will doubtless be justified; some will be absurd and a considerable number will, we imagine, reduce to truisms. And the physical theory, the mere seed of this mighty growth, will become once more the purely technical concern of scientific men." [Footnote: The Times (London), Literary Supplement, June 2, 1921, p. 352. Professor Einstein said when he was in America in 1921 that people tended to overestimate the influence of his theory, and to under-estimate its certainty.]
"The theory of Relativity," says a critic whose eyelids, like the Lady Lisa's, are a bit tired, "is set to develop into a principle that will be as universally applicable as the theory of Evolution. This latter theory, which started as a technical biological hypothesis, transformed into an inspiring guide for people in nearly every field: social habits, morals, religions, philosophies, arts, steam engines, electric trams—everything was said to have 'evolved.' 'Evolution' became a broad term; it also turned vague until, in many instances, the original, clear meaning of the word was lost, and the theory it was meant to describe was misunderstood. We boldly predict a similar path and outcome for the theory of Relativity. The technical physical theory, currently not fully understood, will become even more unclear and obscure. History tends to repeat itself, and Relativity, like Evolution, after going through various understandable but somewhat inaccurate popular explanations in its scientific context, will embark on a world-conquering journey. We propose that, by then, it will likely be referred to as Relativismus. Many of these broader applications will certainly be justified; some will be ridiculous, and we assume a significant number will boil down to common truths. And the physical theory, merely the seed of this vast expansion, will again become solely the technical domain of scientists." [Footnote: The Times (London), Literary Supplement, June 2, 1921, p. 352. Professor Einstein said when he was in America in 1921 that people tended to overestimate the influence of his theory, and to under-estimate its certainty.]
But for such a world-conquering career an idea must correspond, however imprecisely, to something. Professor Bury shows for how long a time the idea of progress remained a speculative toy. "It is not easy," he writes, [Footnote: J. B. Bury, The Idea of Progress, p. 324.] "for a new idea of the speculative order to penetrate and inform the general consciousness of a community until it has assumed some external and concrete embodiment, or is recommended by some striking material evidence. In the case of Progress both these conditions were fulfilled (in England) in the period 1820-1850." The most striking evidence was furnished by the mechanical revolution. "Men who were born at the beginning of the century had seen, before they had passed the age of thirty, the rapid development of steam navigation, the illumination of towns and houses by gas, the opening of the first railway." In the consciousness of the average householder miracles like these formed the pattern of his belief in the perfectibility of the human race.
But for a career that conquers the world, an idea must somehow relate, even if vaguely, to reality. Professor Bury describes how long the idea of progress remained just a speculative notion. "It is not easy," he writes, [Footnote: J. B. Bury, The Idea of Progress, p. 324.] "for a new speculative idea to penetrate and influence the general awareness of a community until it has taken some external, concrete form, or is backed by some impressive material evidence. In the case of Progress, both of these conditions were met (in England) during the period from 1820 to 1850." The most impressive evidence came from the mechanical revolution. "People born at the beginning of the century had seen, before they turned thirty, the rapid growth of steam navigation, the lighting of towns and homes with gas, and the launch of the first railway." For the average homeowner, miracles like these shaped his belief in the perfectibility of humanity.
Tennyson, who was in philosophical matters a fairly normal person, tells us that when he went by the first train from Liverpool to Manchester (1830) he thought that the wheels ran in grooves. Then he wrote this line:
Tennyson, who was pretty typical when it came to philosophical issues, tells us that when he took the first train from Liverpool to Manchester (1830), he thought the wheels were running in grooves. Then he wrote this line:
"Let the great world spin forever down the ringing grooves of change." [Footnote: 2 Tennyson, Memoir by his Son, Vol. I, p. 195. Cited by Bury, op. cit., p. 326.]
"Let the big world keep turning endlessly through the vibrant paths of change." [Footnote: 2 Tennyson, Memoir by his Son, Vol. I, p. 195. Cited by Bury, op. cit., p. 326.]
And so a notion more or less applicable to a journey between Liverpool and Manchester was generalized into a pattern of the universe "for ever." This pattern, taken up by others, reinforced by dazzling inventions, imposed an optimistic turn upon the theory of evolution. That theory, of course, is, as Professor Bury says, neutral between pessimism and optimism. But it promised continual change, and the changes visible in the world marked such extraordinary conquests of nature, that the popular mind made a blend of the two. Evolution first in Darwin himself, and then more elaborately in Herbert Spencer, was a "progress towards perfection."
And so a concept that could be applied to a journey from Liverpool to Manchester was expanded into a theory about the universe "forever." This theory, adopted by others and supported by incredible inventions, gave an optimistic twist to the idea of evolution. As Professor Bury points out, this theory is neutral regarding pessimism and optimism. However, it suggested ongoing change, and the impressive transformations happening in the world represented remarkable victories over nature, leading the general public to mix the two perspectives. Evolution, first articulated by Darwin and then more extensively by Herbert Spencer, was seen as a "progress towards perfection."
2
2
The stereotype represented by such words as "progress" and "perfection" was composed fundamentally of mechanical inventions. And mechanical it has remained, on the whole, to this day. In America more than anywhere else, the spectacle of mechanical progress has made so deep an impression, that it has suffused the whole moral code. An American will endure almost any insult except the charge that he is not progressive. Be he of long native ancestry, or a recent immigrant, the aspect that has always struck his eye is the immense physical growth of American civilization. That constitutes a fundamental stereotype through which he views the world: the country village will become the great metropolis, the modest building a skyscraper, what is small shall be big; what is slow shall be fast; what is poor shall be rich; what is few shall be many; whatever is shall be more so.
The stereotype reflected by terms like "progress" and "perfection" is primarily rooted in mechanical inventions. And for the most part, it still is today. In America, more than anywhere else, the display of mechanical progress has made such a strong impression that it has permeated the entire moral code. An American will tolerate almost any insult except for the suggestion that he is not progressive. Whether he's from a long-established family or a recent immigrant, the thing that has always caught his attention is the massive physical growth of American civilization. That forms a fundamental stereotype through which he sees the world: the small town will turn into a big city, the simple building will become a skyscraper, what is small will become large; what is slow will speed up; what is poor will become rich; what is few will multiply; whatever exists will become even more so.
Not every American, of course, sees the world this way. Henry Adams didn't, and William Allen White doesn't. But those men do, who in the magazines devoted to the religion of success appear as Makers of America. They mean just about that when they preach evolution, progress, prosperity, being constructive, the American way of doing things. It is easy to laugh, but, in fact, they are using a very great pattern of human endeavor. For one thing it adopts an impersonal criterion; for another it adopts an earthly criterion; for a third it is habituating men to think quantitatively. To be sure the ideal confuses excellence with size, happiness with speed, and human nature with contraption. Yet the same motives are at work which have ever actuated any moral code, or ever will. The desire for the biggest, the fastest, the highest, or if you are a maker of wristwatches or microscopes the smallest; the love in short of the superlative and the "peerless," is in essence and possibility a noble passion.
Not every American sees the world this way, of course. Henry Adams didn't, and William Allen White doesn't either. But those who appear in magazines dedicated to the religion of success are seen as the Makers of America. They mean pretty much that when they talk about evolution, progress, prosperity, being constructive, and the American way of doing things. It's easy to laugh at this, but in reality, they are tapping into a significant pattern of human effort. For one thing, it uses an impersonal standard; for another, it uses a practical standard; and third, it trains people to think in numerical terms. True, this ideal confuses excellence with size, happiness with speed, and human nature with machines. Yet, the same motivations are driving it that have always fueled any moral code, or will in the future. The desire for the biggest, the fastest, the highest, or if you're making wristwatches or microscopes, the smallest; in short, the love for the best and the "unmatched," is fundamentally a noble passion.
Certainly the American version of progress has fitted an extraordinary range of facts in the economic situation and in human nature. It turned an unusual amount of pugnacity, acquisitiveness, and lust of power into productive work. Nor has it, until more recently perhaps, seriously frustrated the active nature of the active members of the community. They have made a civilization which provides them who made it with what they feel to be ample satisfaction in work, mating and play, and the rush of their victory over mountains, wildernesses, distance, and human competition has even done duty for that part of religious feeling which is a sense of communion with the purpose of the universe. The pattern has been a success so nearly perfect in the sequence of ideals, practice, and results, that any challenge to it is called un-American.
Certainly, the American idea of progress has aligned an incredible range of facts about the economy and human nature. It transformed a significant amount of aggressiveness, greed, and desire for power into productive effort. Until more recently, it hasn't seriously hindered the active nature of the engaged members of society. They have created a civilization that offers them what they believe is plenty of satisfaction in work, relationships, and leisure, and the thrill of conquering mountains, wilderness, distance, and human competition has even acted as a substitute for that aspect of spirituality which involves a connection to the universe's purpose. The outcome has been so close to perfect in terms of ideals, actions, and results that any challenge to it is deemed un-American.
And yet, this pattern is a very partial and inadequate way of representing the world. The habit of thinking about progress as "development" has meant that many aspects of the environment were simply neglected. With the stereotype of "progress" before their eyes, Americans have in the mass seen little that did not accord with that progress. They saw the expansion of cities, but not the accretion of slums; they cheered the census statistics, but refused to consider overcrowding; they pointed with pride to their growth, but would not see the drift from the land, or the unassimilated immigration. They expanded industry furiously at reckless cost to their natural resources; they built up gigantic corporations without arranging for industrial relations. They grew to be one of the most powerful nations on earth without preparing their institutions or their minds for the ending of their isolation. They stumbled into the World War morally and physically unready, and they stumbled out again, much disillusioned, but hardly more experienced.
And yet, this pattern is a very limited and inadequate way of representing the world. The tendency to think of progress as "development" has meant that many aspects of the environment were simply overlooked. With the stereotype of "progress" in front of them, many Americans saw little that didn’t fit that idea. They noticed the expansion of cities but ignored the growth of slums; they celebrated census statistics while refusing to acknowledge overcrowding; they took pride in their growth but turned a blind eye to the migration from rural areas and unassimilated immigrants. They aggressively expanded industry at a reckless cost to their natural resources; they built massive corporations without establishing proper industrial relations. They became one of the most powerful nations on earth without preparing their institutions or their minds for the end of their isolation. They entered World War I both morally and physically unprepared, and they came out of it disillusioned, but hardly any more experienced.
In the World War the good and the evil influence of the American stereotype was plainly visible. The idea that the war could be won by recruiting unlimited armies, raising unlimited credits, building an unlimited number of ships, producing unlimited munitions, and concentrating without limit on these alone, fitted the traditional stereotype, and resulted in something like a physical miracle. [Footnote: I have in mind the transportation and supply of two million troops overseas. Prof. Wesley Mitchell points out that the total production of goods after our entrance into the war did not greatly increase in volume over that of the year 1916; but that production for war purposes did increase.] But among those most affected by the stereotype, there was no place for the consideration of what the fruits of victory were, or how they were to be attained. Therefore, aims were ignored, or regarded as automatic, and victory was conceived, because the stereotype demanded it, as nothing but an annihilating victory in the field. In peace time you did not ask what the fastest motor car was for, and in war you did not ask what the completest victory was for. Yet in Paris the pattern did not fit the facts. In peace you can go on endlessly supplanting small things with big ones, and big ones with bigger ones; in war when you have won absolute victory, you cannot go on to a more absolute victory. You have to do something on an entirely different pattern. And if you lack such a pattern, the end of the war is to you what it was to so many good people, an anticlimax in a dreary and savorless world.
In World War I, the good and bad sides of the American stereotype were clearly visible. The belief that the war could be won by recruiting endless armies, raising unlimited funds, building countless ships, producing endless munitions, and focusing solely on these tasks aligned with the traditional stereotype and resulted in what seemed like a physical miracle. [Footnote: I am referring to the transportation and supply of two million troops overseas. Prof. Wesley Mitchell notes that overall production of goods after we entered the war did not significantly increase compared to 1916; however, production for war purposes did rise.] But for those most influenced by the stereotype, there was no room to consider what the results of victory meant or how they would be achieved. As a result, goals were ignored or assumed to be automatic, and victory was viewed—because the stereotype required it—as nothing more than a decisive victory in battle. In peacetime, people didn’t question the purpose of the fastest sports car, and in wartime, they didn’t question the purpose of total victory. However, in Paris, the reality didn’t match the expectations. In peacetime, it’s possible to keep replacing smaller things with bigger ones, and bigger ones with even larger ones; but in war, once you achieve absolute victory, you can’t move toward an even more absolute victory. You need to operate on a completely different level. And without that framework, the end of the war becomes, for many good people, an anticlimax in a dull and tasteless world.
This marks the point where the stereotype and the facts, that cannot be ignored, definitely part company. There is always such a point, because our images of how things behave are simpler and more fixed than the ebb and flow of affairs. There comes a time, therefore, when the blind spots come from the edge of vision into the center. Then unless there are critics who have the courage to sound an alarm, and leaders capable of understanding the change, and a people tolerant by habit, the stereotype, instead of economizing effort, and focussing energy as it did in 1917 and 1918, may frustrate effort and waste men's energy by blinding them, as it did for those people who cried for a Carthaginian peace in 1919 and deplored the Treaty of Versailles in 1921.
This is the point where stereotypes and undeniable facts really split apart. There’s always a point like this because our perceptions of how things work are simpler and more rigid than the reality of events. Eventually, the things we overlook come into clearer view. If there aren’t critics brave enough to raise an alarm, leaders who can recognize the change, and a public that’s open-minded by nature, the stereotype, instead of saving effort and focusing energy like it did in 1917 and 1918, might actually hinder progress and waste people’s energy by blinding them, just like those who called for a harsh peace in 1919 and criticized the Treaty of Versailles in 1921.
3
3
Uncritically held, the stereotype not only censors out much that needs to be taken into account, but when the day of reckoning comes, and the stereotype is shattered, likely as not that which it did wisely take into account is ship-wrecked with it. That is the punishment assessed by Mr. Bernard Shaw against Free Trade, Free Contract, Free Competition, Natural Liberty, Laissez-faire, and Darwinism. A hundred years ago, when he would surely have been one of the tartest advocates of these doctrines, he would not have seen them as he sees them to-day, in the Infidel Half Century, [Footnote: Back to Methuselah. Preface.] to be excuses for "'doing the other fellow down' with impunity, all interference by a guiding government, all organization except police organization to protect legalized fraud against fisticuffs, all attempt to introduce human purpose and design and forethought into the industrial welter being 'contrary to the laws of political economy'" He would have seen, then, as one of the pioneers of the march to the plains of heaven [Footnote: The Quintessence of Ibsenism] that, of the kind of human purpose and design and forethought to be found in a government like that of Queen Victoria's uncles, the less the better. He would have seen, not the strong doing the weak down, but the foolish doing the strong down. He would have seen purposes, designs and forethoughts at work, obstructing invention, obstructing enterprise, obstructing what he would infallibly have recognized as the next move of Creative Evolution.
Unquestioned, the stereotype not only ignores a lot that needs attention, but when the truth finally comes out and the stereotype is broken, what was accurately considered is likely to go down with it. That’s the penalty Mr. Bernard Shaw assigned to Free Trade, Free Contract, Free Competition, Natural Liberty, Laissez-faire, and Darwinism. A hundred years ago, when he would likely have been one of the most outspoken supporters of these ideas, he wouldn’t have viewed them as he does today in the Infidel Half Century, [Footnote: Back to Methuselah. Preface.] seeing them as justifications for "'taking advantage of others' without consequences, dismissing all government intervention, and allowing all organization except police work to shield legalized fraud from conflict, while any attempt to bring human intention and planning into the chaotic industry being 'against the principles of political economy.'" He would have recognized, then, as one of the trailblazers for a better future [Footnote: The Quintessence of Ibsenism] that, regarding the kind of human intention and planning seen in a government like Queen Victoria's uncles, less would be more. He would have observed, not the strong overpowering the weak, but the foolish undermining the strong. He would have noticed intentions, plans, and foresight at play, hindering innovation, stifling initiative, and obstructing what he would clearly have seen as the next step in Creative Evolution.
Even now Mr. Shaw is none too eager for the guidance of any guiding government he knows, but in theory he has turned a full loop against laissez-faire. Most advanced thinking before the war had made the same turn against the established notion that if you unloosed everything, wisdom would bubble up, and establish harmony. Since the war, with its definite demonstration of guiding governments, assisted by censors, propagandists, and spies, Roebuck Ramsden and Natural Liberty have been readmitted to the company of serious thinkers.
Even now, Mr. Shaw isn't exactly keen on the idea of any government offering guidance that he trusts, but in theory, he has done a complete turnaround on laissez-faire. Most progressive thinkers before the war had already shifted away from the belief that if you just let everything go, wisdom would emerge and create harmony. Since the war, which clearly showed the effectiveness of guiding governments helped by censors, propagandists, and spies, Roebuck Ramsden and Natural Liberty have been welcomed back into discussions among serious thinkers.
One thing is common to these cycles. There is in each set of stereotypes a point where effort ceases and things happen of their own accord, as you would like them to. The progressive stereotype, powerful to incite work, almost completely obliterates the attempt to decide what work and why that work. Laissez-faire, a blessed release from stupid officialdom, assumes that men will move by spontaneous combustion towards a pre-established harmony. Collectivism, an antidote to ruthless selfishness, seems, in the Marxian mind, to suppose an economic determinism towards efficiency and wisdom on the part of socialist officials. Strong government, imperialism at home and abroad, at its best deeply conscious of the price of disorder, relies at last on the notion that all that matters to the governed will be known by the governors. In each theory there is a spot of blind automatism.
One thing is common to these cycles. In each set of stereotypes, there comes a point where effort stops, and things happen on their own, just as you'd want them to. The progressive stereotype, which is great at motivating work, almost completely overrides any attempt to decide what work should be done and why. Laissez-faire, a welcome escape from pointless bureaucracy, assumes that people will naturally gravitate toward a pre-existing harmony. Collectivism, seen as a solution to ruthless selfishness, seems, in the Marxist view, to believe in some economic determinism that will lead to efficiency and wisdom from socialist officials. Strong government, meaning imperialism both at home and abroad, at its best is very aware of the cost of chaos, ultimately relies on the idea that everything important to the governed will be understood by the leaders. In each theory, there’s a part of blind automatism.
That spot covers up some fact, which if it were taken into account, would check the vital movement that the stereotype provokes. If the progressive had to ask himself, like the Chinaman in the joke, what he wanted to do with the time he saved by breaking the record, if the advocate of laissez-faire had to contemplate not only free and exuberant energies of men, but what some people call their human nature, if the collectivist let the center of his attention be occupied with the problem of how he is to secure his officials, if the imperialist dared to doubt his own inspiration, you would find more Hamlet and less Henry the Fifth. For these blind spots keep away distracting images, which with their attendant emotions, might cause hesitation and infirmity of purpose. Consequently the stereotype not only saves time in a busy life and is a defense of our position in society, but tends to preserve us from all the bewildering effect of trying to see the world steadily and see it whole.
That blind spot hides some truth that, if acknowledged, would disrupt the essential drive that the stereotype triggers. If the progressive had to reflect, like the Chinese man in the joke, on what he intended to do with the time he saved by breaking the record, if the advocate of laissez-faire had to consider not just the free and vibrant actions of people, but also what some refer to as their human nature, if the collectivist focused on how to secure his leaders, if the imperialist questioned his own inspiration, you would see more Hamlet and less Henry the Fifth. These blind spots keep away distracting images that, along with their accompanying emotions, could create uncertainty and wavering of purpose. Therefore, the stereotype not only saves time in a hectic life and protects our status in society but also helps us avoid the confusing effects of trying to see the world clearly and comprehensively.
CHAPTER IX
CODES AND THEIR ENEMIES
ANYONE who has stood at the end of a railroad platform waiting for a friend, will recall what queer people he mistook for him. The shape of a hat, a slightly characteristic gait, evoked the vivid picture in his mind's eye. In sleep a tinkle may sound like the pealing of a great bell; the distant stroke of a hammer like a thunderclap. For our constellations of imagery will vibrate to a stimulus that is perhaps but vaguely similar to some aspect of them. They may, in hallucination, flood the whole consciousness. They may enter very little into perception, though I am inclined to think that such an experience is extremely rare and highly sophisticated, as when we gaze blankly at a familiar word or object, and it gradually ceases to be familiar. Certainly for the most part, the way we see things is a combination of what is there and of what we expected to find. The heavens are not the same to an astronomer as to a pair of lovers; a page of Kant will start a different train of thought in a Kantian and in a radical empiricist; the Tahitian belle is a better looking person to her Tahitian suitor than to the readers of the National Geographic Magazine.
ANYONE who has stood at the end of a train platform waiting for a friend will remember all the strange people he mistook for him. The shape of a hat, a slightly distinctive walk, brought up a vivid image in his mind's eye. In sleep, a bell may sound like a big chime; the distant sound of a hammer may feel like a thunderclap. Our mental images respond to stimuli that are perhaps only vaguely similar to some aspect of them. They can, in hallucination, overwhelm our entire consciousness. They might hardly affect our perception, though I think such an experience is extremely rare and quite complex, like when we stare blankly at a familiar word or object and it gradually stops being familiar. For the most part, the way we see things is a mix of what’s actually there and what we expected to see. The night sky looks different to an astronomer than it does to a couple in love; a page of Kant will spark different thoughts in a Kantian than in a radical empiricist; the Tahitian beauty looks better to her Tahitian admirer than to the readers of the National Geographic Magazine.
Expertness in any subject is, in fact, a multiplication of the number of aspects we are prepared to discover, plus the habit of discounting our expectations. Where to the ignoramus all things look alike, and life is just one thing after another, to the specialist things are highly individual. For a chauffeur, an epicure, a connoisseur, a member of the President's cabinet, or a professor's wife, there are evident distinctions and qualities, not at all evident to the casual person who discusses automobiles, wines, old masters, Republicans, and college faculties.
Expertise in any subject is really about the variety of aspects we're ready to explore, plus the habit of adjusting our expectations. While a novice sees everything as the same and life as a series of events, a specialist recognizes the unique characteristics of each thing. For a driver, a foodie, an art lover, a member of the President's cabinet, or a professor's wife, there are clear distinctions and qualities that are completely invisible to the average person who talks about cars, wines, famous artists, Republicans, and college departments.
But in our public opinions few can be expert, while life is, as Mr. Bernard Shaw has made plain, so short. Those who are expert are so on only a few topics. Even among the expert soldiers, as we learned during the war, expert cavalrymen were not necessarily brilliant with trench-warfare and tanks. Indeed, sometimes a little expertness on a small topic may simply exaggerate our normal human habit of trying to squeeze into our stereotypes all that can be squeezed, and of casting into outer darkness that which does not fit.
But when it comes to public opinions, few of us can be true experts, and life, as Mr. Bernard Shaw pointed out, is quite short. Those who are experts typically know a lot about only a few subjects. Even among experienced soldiers, as we found out during the war, skilled cavalrymen weren't necessarily great with trench warfare and tanks. In fact, having a bit of expertise in a narrow area can often just amplify our natural tendency to force everything into stereotypes and ignore anything that doesn't fit.
Whatever we recognize as familiar we tend, if we are not very careful, to visualize with the aid of images already in our mind. Thus in the American view of Progress and Success there is a definite picture of human nature and of society. It is the kind of human nature and the kind of society which logically produce the kind of progress that is regarded as ideal. And then, when we seek to describe or explain actually successful men, and events that have really happened, we read back into them the qualities that are presupposed in the stereotypes.
Whatever we see as familiar, we often visualize using images already in our minds if we're not careful. In the American perspective on Progress and Success, there's a clear image of human nature and society. It's the type of human nature and society that logically creates the kind of progress seen as ideal. Then, when we try to describe or explain truly successful individuals and real events, we project onto them the qualities assumed in those stereotypes.
These qualities were standardized rather innocently by the older economists. They set out to describe the social system under which they lived, and found it too complicated for words. So they constructed what they sincerely hoped was a simplified diagram, not so different in principle and in veracity from the parallelogram with legs and head in a child's drawing of a complicated cow. The scheme consisted of a capitalist who had diligently saved capital from his labor, an entrepreneur who conceived a socially useful demand and organized a factory, a collection of workmen who freely contracted, take it or leave it, for their labor, a landlord, and a group of consumers who bought in the cheapest market those goods which by the ready use of the pleasure-pain calculus they knew would give them the most pleasure. The model worked. The kind of people, which the model assumed, living in the sort of world the model assumed, invariably coöperated harmoniously in the books where the model was described.
These traits were pretty innocently standardized by the older economists. They aimed to describe the social system they lived in but found it too complex for words. So, they created what they genuinely believed was a simplified diagram, not much different in principle and accuracy from a child's drawing of a complicated cow, complete with legs and a head. The model included a capitalist who had worked hard to save money from his labor, an entrepreneur who identified a socially beneficial demand and set up a factory, a group of workers who freely agreed to their labor terms, a landlord, and a set of consumers who shopped in the cheapest market for goods that, based on their pleasure-pain calculations, they knew would provide them with the most enjoyment. The model functioned well. The type of people the model assumed interacted harmoniously in the world it envisioned, consistently cooperating in the texts where the model was illustrated.
With modification and embroidery, this pure fiction, used by economists to simplify their thinking, was retailed and popularized until for large sections of the population it prevailed as the economic mythology of the day. It supplied a standard version of capitalist, promoter, worker and consumer in a society that was naturally more bent on achieving success than on explaining it. The buildings which rose, and the bank accounts which accumulated, were evidence that the stereotype of how the thing had been done was accurate. And those who benefited most by success came to believe they were the kind of men they were supposed to be. No wonder that the candid friends of successful men, when they read the official biography and the obituary, have to restrain themselves from asking whether this is indeed their friend.
Through tweaks and embellishments, this made-up story, used by economists to make their ideas easier to grasp, was spread widely and became the common economic myth of the time. It provided a typical portrayal of capitalists, promoters, workers, and consumers in a society that was more focused on achieving success than understanding it. The buildings that were built and the bank accounts that grew were proof that the stereotype of how it all happened was correct. Those who gained the most from their success began to believe they were exactly the kind of people they were expected to be. No wonder that honest friends of successful individuals, upon reading the official biography and the obituary, find it hard not to question whether this is really their friend.
2
2
To the vanquished and the victims, the official portraiture was, of course, unrecognizable. For while those who exemplified progress did not often pause to inquire whether they had arrived according to the route laid down by the economists, or by some other just as creditable, the unsuccessful people did inquire. "No one," says William James, [Footnote: The Letters of William James, Vol. I, p.65] "sees further into a generalization than his own knowledge of detail extends." The captains of industry saw in the great trusts monuments of (their) success; their defeated competitors saw the monuments of (their) failure. So the captains expounded the economies and virtues of big business, asked to be let alone, said they were the agents of prosperity, and the developers of trade. The vanquished insisted upon the wastes and brutalities of the trusts, and called loudly upon the Department of Justice to free business from conspiracies. In the same situation one side saw progress, economy, and a splendid development; the other, reaction, extravagance, and a restraint of trade. Volumes of statistics, anecdotes about the real truth and the inside truth, the deeper and the larger truth, were published to prove both sides of the argument.
To those who were defeated and victimized, the official portraits were, of course, unrecognizable. While those who represented progress rarely paused to consider whether they had achieved it through the path suggested by economists or some equally valid route, the unsuccessful ones did question it. "No one," says William James, [Footnote: The Letters of William James, Vol. I, p.65] "sees further into a generalization than his own knowledge of detail extends." The industry leaders viewed the large trusts as symbols of their success; their defeated rivals saw them as signs of their failure. So, the leaders promoted the benefits and efficiencies of big business, asked to be left alone, claimed they were the drivers of prosperity, and the builders of trade. The defeated insisted on highlighting the waste and brutality of the trusts and loudly called on the Department of Justice to liberate business from conspiracies. In the same situation, one side saw progress, efficiency, and impressive development; the other saw backlash, excess, and trade restrictions. Many volumes of statistics, anecdotes about the actual truth and the inner truth, the deeper and broader truth, were published to support both sides of the debate.
For when a system of stereotypes is well fixed, our attention is called to those facts which support it, and diverted from those which contradict. So perhaps it is because they are attuned to find it, that kindly people discover so much reason for kindness, malicious people so much malice. We speak quite accurately of seeing through rose-colored spectacles, or with a jaundiced eye. If, as Philip Littell once wrote of a distinguished professor, we see life as through a class darkly, our stereotypes of what the best people and the lower classes are like will not be contaminated by understanding. What is alien will be rejected, what is different will fall upon unseeing eyes. We do not see what our eyes are not accustomed to take into account. Sometimes consciously, more often without knowing it, we are impressed by those facts which fit our philosophy.
When a system of stereotypes is firmly established, we tend to focus on the facts that support it and ignore those that contradict it. Maybe it's because they're predisposed to find it that kind-hearted people see so much reason for kindness, while malicious people find plenty of reasons for malice. We accurately describe this as seeing through rose-colored glasses or with a jaundiced perspective. If, as Philip Littell once described a distinguished professor, we view life as if through a dark lens, our stereotypes about the best people and the lower classes won't be influenced by understanding. What seems foreign will be dismissed, and what is different will go unnoticed. We don't see what our eyes aren't trained to notice. Sometimes consciously, but more often without realizing it, we're influenced by the facts that align with our beliefs.
3
3
This philosophy is a more or less organized series of images for describing the unseen world. But not only for describing it. For judging it as well. And, therefore, the stereotypes are loaded with preference, suffused with affection or dislike, attached to fears, lusts, strong wishes, pride, hope. Whatever invokes the stereotype is judged with the appropriate sentiment. Except where we deliberately keep prejudice in suspense, we do not study a man and judge him to be bad. We see a bad man. We see a dewy morn, a blushing maiden, a sainted priest, a humorless Englishman, a dangerous Red, a carefree bohemian, a lazy Hindu, a wily Oriental, a dreaming Slav, a volatile Irishman, a greedy Jew, a 100% American. In the workaday world that is often the real judgment, long in advance of the evidence, and it contains within itself the conclusion which the evidence is pretty certain to confirm. Neither justice, nor mercy, nor truth, enter into such a judgment, for the judgment has preceded the evidence. Yet a people without prejudices, a people with altogether neutral vision, is so unthinkable in any civilization of which it is useful to think, that no scheme of education could be based upon that ideal. Prejudice can be detected, discounted, and refined, but so long as finite men must compress into a short schooling preparation for dealing with a vast civilization, they must carry pictures of it around with them, and have prejudices. The quality of their thinking and doing will depend on whether those prejudices are friendly, friendly to other people, to other ideas, whether they evoke love of what is felt to be positively good, rather than hatred of what is not contained in their version of the good.
This philosophy is basically an organized set of images for describing the unseen world. But it's not just for description; it's also for judgment. As such, these stereotypes are filled with preferences, colored by affection or dislike, tied to fears, desires, strong wishes, pride, and hope. Anything that triggers a stereotype is assessed with the corresponding sentiment. Unless we intentionally hold back our biases, we don’t analyze someone and conclude they’re bad; we simply see a bad person. We see a fresh morning, a blushing young woman, a holy priest, a serious Englishman, a threatening communist, a free-spirited artist, a lazy Hindu, a cunning Asian, a dreamy Slavic person, a temperamental Irishman, a greedy Jew, an all-American guy. In everyday life, that’s often the real judgment, formed well before we have the evidence, and it contains the conclusion that the evidence will likely support. Concepts like justice, mercy, or truth don’t factor into such a judgment since it comes before the evidence. However, a society without prejudices, a society with completely neutral views, is so unimaginable in any workable civilization that any educational system could never be built on that ideal. Prejudice can be noticed, challenged, and refined, but as long as finite individuals must fit a vast civilization into a short education, they will carry mental images of it and hold biases. The quality of their thinking and actions will depend on whether those biases are positive—supportive of others and open to different ideas, fostering love for what’s viewed as genuinely good, rather than hatred for anything outside their definition of the good.
Morality, good taste and good form first standardize and then emphasize certain of these underlying prejudices. As we adjust ourselves to our code, we adjust the facts we see to that code. Rationally, the facts are neutral to all our views of right and wrong. Actually, our canons determine greatly what we shall perceive and how.
Morality, good taste, and etiquette first establish and then highlight some of these basic biases. As we align ourselves with our values, we also reshape the facts we observe to fit those values. Logically, the facts are unaffected by our ideas of right and wrong. In reality, our standards significantly influence what we notice and how we interpret it.
For a moral code is a scheme of conduct applied to a number of typical instances. To behave as the code directs is to serve whatever purpose the code pursues. It may be God's will, or the king's, individual salvation in a good, solid, three dimensional paradise, success on earth, or the service of mankind. In any event the makers of the code fix upon certain typical situations, and then by some form of reasoning or intuition, deduce the kind of behavior which would produce the aim they acknowledge. The rules apply where they apply.
A moral code is a set of guidelines for behavior based on common situations. Following the code is meant to achieve whatever goal it aims for. This could be God's will, the king's desires, personal salvation in a real, tangible paradise, success in life, or serving humanity. In any case, the creators of the code focus on specific common scenarios and then use reasoning or intuition to determine the behavior that would help achieve their recognized goals. The rules are relevant in the situations for which they are intended.
But in daily living how does a man know whether his predicament is the one the law-giver had in mind? He is told not to kill. But if his children are attacked, may he kill to stop a killing? The Ten Commandments are silent on the point. Therefore, around every code there is a cloud of interpreters who deduce more specific cases. Suppose, then, that the doctors of the law decide that he may kill in self-defense. For the next man the doubt is almost as great; how does he know that he is defining self-defense correctly, or that he has not misjudged the facts, imagined the attack, and is really the aggressor? Perhaps he has provoked the attack. But what is a provocation? Exactly these confusions infected the minds of most Germans in August, 1914.
But in everyday life, how does a person know if they are in the situation the lawmaker intended? They are told not to kill. But if their children are being attacked, can they kill to prevent a murder? The Ten Commandments don’t address this issue. Therefore, there’s always a group of interpreters who figure out more specific scenarios around every law. Let’s say the legal experts conclude that it’s okay to kill in self-defense. For the next person, the uncertainty remains; how do they know if they are interpreting self-defense correctly, or if they’ve misjudged the situation, imagined the threat, and are actually the aggressor? Maybe they provoked the attack. But what does provocation really mean? These kinds of confusions clouded the minds of many Germans in August 1914.
Far more serious in the modern world than any difference of moral code is the difference in the assumptions about facts to which the code is applied. Religious, moral and political formulae are nothing like so far apart as the facts assumed by their votaries. Useful discussion, then, instead of comparing ideals, reexamines the visions of the facts. Thus the rule that you should do unto others as you would have them do unto you rests on the belief that human nature is uniform. Mr. Bernard Shaw's statement that you should not do unto others what you would have them do unto you, because their tastes may be different, rests on the belief that human nature is not uniform. The maxim that competition is the life of trade consists of a whole tome of assumptions about economic motives, industrial relations, and the working of a particular commercial system. The claim that America will never have a merchant marine, unless it is privately owned and managed, assumes a certain proved connection between a certain kind of profit-making and incentive. The justification by the bolshevik propagandist of the dictatorship, espionage, and the terror, because "every state is an apparatus of violence" [Footnote: See Two Years of Conflict on the Internal Front, published by the Russian Socialist Federated Soviet Republic, Moscow, 1920. Translated by Malcolm W. Davis for the New York Evening Post, January 15, 1921.] is an historical judgment, the truth of which is by no means self-evident to a non-communist.
Far more serious in today's world than any difference in moral codes is the difference in the underlying assumptions about the facts to which those codes are applied. Religious, moral, and political beliefs aren’t really that far apart compared to the facts believed by their supporters. So, useful discussions should focus on reexamining our perceptions of those facts instead of comparing ideals. For example, the idea that you should treat others how you want to be treated is based on the belief that human nature is the same for everyone. On the other hand, Mr. Bernard Shaw's view that you shouldn't treat others how you want them to treat you, because their preferences might differ, is based on the belief that human nature is not the same for everyone. The idea that competition is vital for trade relies on a whole set of assumptions about economic motivations, industrial relationships, and how a specific commercial system operates. The assertion that America will never have a commercial shipping fleet unless it's privately owned and managed assumes a confirmed link between certain types of profit-making and motivation. The justification by the Bolshevik propagandist for dictatorship, espionage, and terror—because "every state is an apparatus of violence" [Footnote: See Two Years of Conflict on the Internal Front, published by the Russian Socialist Federated Soviet Republic, Moscow, 1920. Translated by Malcolm W. Davis for the New York Evening Post, January 15, 1921.]—is based on a historical judgment that is by no means obvious to someone who isn't a communist.
At the core of every moral code there is a picture of human nature, a map of the universe, and a version of history. To human nature (of the sort conceived), in a universe (of the kind imagined), after a history (so understood), the rules of the code apply. So far as the facts of personality, of the environment and of memory are different, by so far the rules of the code are difficult to apply with success. Now every moral code has to conceive human psychology, the material world, and tradition some way or other. But in the codes that are under the influence of science, the conception is known to be an hypothesis, whereas in the codes that come unexamined from the past or bubble up from the caverns of the mind, the conception is not taken as an hypothesis demanding proof or contradiction, but as a fiction accepted without question. In the one case, man is humble about his beliefs, because he knows they are tentative and incomplete; in the other he is dogmatic, because his belief is a completed myth. The moralist who submits to the scientific discipline knows that though he does not know everything, he is in the way of knowing something; the dogmatist, using a myth, believes himself to share part of the insight of omniscience, though he lacks the criteria by which to tell truth from error. For the distinguishing mark of a myth is that truth and error, fact and fable, report and fantasy, are all on the same plane of credibility.
At the heart of every moral code lies a view of human nature, a representation of the universe, and a narrative of history. The rules of the code apply to human nature (as envisioned), in a universe (as imagined), after a history (as understood). To the extent that personality, environment, and memory differ, the rules of the code become harder to apply successfully. Every moral code has to interpret human psychology, the material world, and tradition in some way. In codes influenced by science, these interpretations are recognized as hypotheses, while in codes that are unexamined or emerge from deep within the mind, the interpretations are accepted without question as factual fiction. In one scenario, humans are humble regarding their beliefs, knowing they are tentative and incomplete; in the other, they are dogmatic because their beliefs represent a complete myth. The moralist who adheres to scientific discipline understands that even though they do not know everything, they are on the path to gaining knowledge; the dogmatist, relying on a myth, mistakenly believes they possess a fragment of omniscience, even though they lack the means to distinguish truth from error. The defining feature of a myth is that truth and error, fact and fable, report and fantasy, all share the same level of credibility.
The myth is, then, not necessarily false. It might happen to be wholly true. It may happen to be partly true. If it has affected human conduct a long time, it is almost certain to contain much that is profoundly and importantly true. What a myth never contains is the critical power to separate its truths from its errors. For that power comes only by realizing that no human opinion, whatever its supposed origin, is too exalted for the test of evidence, that every opinion is only somebody's opinion. And if you ask why the test of evidence is preferable to any other, there is no answer unless you are willing to use the test in order to test it.
The myth isn't necessarily false. It could be completely true or just partly true. If it has influenced human behavior over a long time, it’s almost certain to have some profound and important truths in it. However, what a myth never offers is the ability to distinguish its truths from its mistakes. That ability comes from understanding that no human opinion, no matter how prestigious its source, is above scrutiny; every opinion is just someone’s perspective. And if you wonder why the scrutiny of evidence is more reliable than any other approach, there’s no answer unless you’re willing to apply that scrutiny to assess it.
4
4
The statement is, I think, susceptible of overwhelming proof, that moral codes assume a particular view of the facts. Under the term moral codes I include all kinds: personal, family, economic, professional, legal, patriotic, international. At the center of each there is a pattern of stereotypes about psychology, sociology, and history. The same view of human nature, institutions or tradition rarely persists through all our codes. Compare, for example, the economic and the patriotic codes. There is a war supposed to affect all alike. Two men are partners in business. One enlists, the other takes a war contract. The soldier sacrifices everything, perhaps even his life. He is paid a dollar a day, and no one says, no one believes, that you could make a better soldier out of him by any form of economic incentive. That motive disappears out of his human nature. The contractor sacrifices very little, is paid a handsome profit over costs, and few say or believe that he would produce the munitions if there were no economic incentive. That may be unfair to him. The point is that the accepted patriotic code assumes one kind of human nature, the commercial code another. And the codes are probably founded on true expectations to this extent, that when a man adopts a certain code he tends to exhibit the kind of human nature which the code demands.
The statement is, I think, open to overwhelming proof that moral codes reflect a specific view of the facts. By moral codes, I mean all types: personal, family, economic, professional, legal, patriotic, international. At the core of each is a set of stereotypes about psychology, sociology, and history. The same view of human nature, institutions, or traditions rarely holds true across all our codes. For instance, compare the economic and patriotic codes. There's a war that supposedly affects everyone equally. Two men are business partners. One joins the military, while the other takes a war contract. The soldier sacrifices everything, possibly even his life. He earns a dollar a day, and no one claims, or believes, that you could make him a better soldier through economic incentives. That motivation fades away from his human nature. The contractor sacrifices very little, earns a substantial profit over costs, and few people say or believe he would produce munitions without economic incentives. That might be unfair to him. The point is that the widely accepted patriotic code assumes one type of human nature, while the commercial code assumes another. And the codes are likely based on true expectations to the extent that when a person adopts a certain code, they tend to demonstrate the type of human nature that the code requires.
That is one reason why it is so dangerous to generalize about human nature. A loving father can be a sour boss, an earnest municipal reformer, and a rapacious jingo abroad. His family life, his business career, his politics, and his foreign policy rest on totally different versions of what others are like and of how he should act. These versions differ by codes in the same person, the codes differ somewhat among persons in the same social set, differ widely as between social sets, and between two nations, or two colors, may differ to the point where there is no common assumption whatever. That is why people professing the same stock of religious beliefs can go to war. The element of their belief which determines conduct is that view of the facts which they assume.
That’s one reason why it’s so risky to make generalizations about human nature. A loving father can be a grumpy boss, a sincere city reformer, and an aggressive nationalist when he's abroad. His family life, his work life, his politics, and his foreign policy rely on completely different interpretations of what others are like and how he should behave. These interpretations vary within the same person, differ to some extent among people in the same social circle, vary widely between different social groups, and can differ so much between two nations or two races that there’s no common ground at all. That’s why people who share the same religious beliefs can go to war. The part of their belief that drives their actions is the perspective on the facts that they take for granted.
That is where codes enter so subtly and so pervasively into the making of public opinion. The orthodox theory holds that a public opinion constitutes a moral judgment on a group of facts. The theory I am suggesting is that, in the present state of education, a public opinion is primarily a moralized and codified version of the facts. I am arguing that the pattern of stereotypes at the center of our codes largely determines what group of facts we shall see, and in what light we shall see them. That is why, with the best will in the world, the news policy of a journal tends to support its editorial policy; why a capitalist sees one set of facts, and certain aspects of human nature, literally sees them; his socialist opponent another set and other aspects, and why each regards the other as unreasonable or perverse, when the real difference between them is a difference of perception. That difference is imposed by the difference between the capitalist and socialist pattern of stereotypes. "There are no classes in America," writes an American editor. "The history of all hitherto existing society is the history of class struggles," says the Communist Manifesto. If you have the editor's pattern in your mind, you will see vividly the facts that confirm it, vaguely and ineffectively those that contradict. If you have the communist pattern, you will not only look for different things, but you will see with a totally different emphasis what you and the editor happen to see in common.
That's how codes sneak into the formation of public opinion. The traditional view is that public opinion represents a moral judgment based on a set of facts. I suggest that, given today's educational climate, public opinion is mainly a moralized and structured interpretation of those facts. I'm arguing that the stereotypes embedded in our codes heavily shape which facts we notice and how we perceive them. This explains why, even with the best intentions, a news organization's policies often align with its editorial stance; why a capitalist notices one set of facts and certain traits of human nature—literally seeing them—while his socialist counterpart observes a different set and different traits. Each thinks the other is unreasonable or misguided, when the actual difference lies in their perceptions. That difference comes from the distinct stereotypes held by capitalists and socialists. An American editor might say, "There are no classes in America." Meanwhile, the Communist Manifesto claims, "The history of all hitherto existing society is the history of class struggles." If you internalize the editor's perspective, you'll vividly recognize the facts that support it and vaguely register those that contradict it. With the communist viewpoint, you'll not only seek different details but will also perceive shared observations with an entirely different emphasis compared to what the editor sees.
5
5
And since my moral system rests on my accepted version of the facts, he who denies either my moral judgments or my version of the facts, is to me perverse, alien, dangerous. How shall I account for him? The opponent has always to be explained, and the last explanation that we ever look for is that he sees a different set of facts. Such an explanation we avoid, because it saps the very foundation of our own assurance that we have seen life steadily and seen it whole. It is only when we are in the habit of recognizing our opinions as a partial experience seen through our stereotypes that we become truly tolerant of an opponent. Without that habit, we believe in the absolutism of our own vision, and consequently in the treacherous character of all opposition. For while men are willing to admit that there are two sides to a "question," they do not believe that there are two sides to what they regard as a "fact." And they never do believe it until after long critical education, they are fully conscious of how second-hand and subjective is their apprehension of their social data.
And since my moral beliefs are based on my accepted version of the facts, anyone who denies either my moral judgments or my version of the facts seems perverse, foreign, and dangerous to me. How do I explain them? An opponent always needs to be understood, and the last explanation we want to consider is that they see a different set of facts. We avoid such explanations because they undermine our confidence that we have perceived life steadily and completely. It’s only when we start acknowledging our opinions as a limited experience shaped by our biases that we truly become tolerant of an opponent. Without that awareness, we cling to the absolute correctness of our perspective and, therefore, view all opposition as treacherous. While people are willing to admit that there are two sides to a "question," they don’t believe there are two sides to what they consider a "fact." They only start believing this after extensive critical education when they fully realize how subjective and second-hand their understanding of social information really is.
So where two factions see vividly each its own aspect, and contrive their own explanations of what they see, it is almost impossible for them to credit each other with honesty. If the pattern fits their experience at a crucial point, they no longer look upon it as an interpretation. They look upon it as "reality." It may not resemble the reality, except that it culminates in a conclusion which fits a real experience. I may represent my trip from New York to Boston by a straight line on a map, just as a man may regard his triumph as the end of a straight and narrow path. The road by which I actually went to Boston may have involved many detours, much turning and twisting, just as his road may have involved much besides pure enterprise, labor and thrift. But provided I reach Boston and he succeeds, the airline and the straight path will serve as ready made charts. Only when somebody tries to follow them, and does not arrive, do we have to answer objections. If we insist on our charts, and he insists on rejecting them, we soon tend to regard him as a dangerous fool, and he to regard us as liars and hypocrites. Thus we gradually paint portraits of each other. For the opponent presents himself as the man who says, evil be thou my good. He is an annoyance who does not fit into the scheme of things. Nevertheless he interferes. And since that scheme is based in our minds on incontrovertible fact fortified by irresistible logic, some place has to be found for him in the scheme. Rarely in politics or industrial disputes is a place made for him by the simple admission that he has looked upon the same reality and seen another aspect of it. That would shake the whole scheme.
So when two groups clearly see their own version of things and come up with their own explanations for what they observe, it becomes nearly impossible for them to believe each other’s honesty. If their interpretation aligns with their crucial experiences, they no longer view it as just an interpretation. They see it as "reality." It might not actually resemble reality, except that it leads to a conclusion that matches a real experience. I might represent my journey from New York to Boston as a straight line on a map, just like someone might view their success as the result of a straightforward path. However, the actual route I took to Boston could have included many detours, twists, and turns, just as their path may have involved much more than just hard work and perseverance. But as long as I reach Boston and they succeed, those maps and straightforward paths become convenient guides. It’s only when someone tries to follow them and doesn’t arrive that we need to respond to objections. If I stand by my maps while they refuse to accept them, we quickly begin to see each other in a negative light—they see me as a dangerous fool, and I see them as liars and hypocrites. This leads us to create negative images of one another. The opponent portrays themselves as someone who says, “evil be thou my good.” They become a frustration that disrupts our perspective. Yet, since our views are based on undeniable facts backed by solid logic, we need to find a way to include them in our understanding. Rarely in politics or industrial disputes do we acknowledge their viewpoint as just another way of looking at the same reality. Doing so would challenge our entire framework.
Thus to the Italians in Paris Fiume was Italian It was not merely a city that it would be desirable to include within the Italian kingdom. It was Italian. They fixed their whole mind upon the Italian majority within the legal boundaries of the city itself. The American delegates, having seen more Italians in New York than there are in Fiume, without regarding New York as Italian, fixed their eyes on Fiume as a central European port of entry. They saw vividly the Jugoslavs in the suburbs and the non-Italian hinterland. Some of the Italians in Paris were therefore in need of a convincing explanation of the American perversity. They found it in a rumor which started, no one knows where, that an influential American diplomat was in the snares of a Jugoslav mistress. She had been seen…. He had been seen…. At Versailles just off the boulevard. … The villa with the large trees.
So for the Italians in Paris, Fiume was Italian. It wasn’t just a city that they wanted to include in the Italian kingdom. It was Italian. They focused entirely on the Italian majority within the city’s legal boundaries. The American delegates, having seen more Italians in New York than in Fiume, without considering New York to be Italian, saw Fiume as a central European port. They clearly noticed the Jugoslavs in the suburbs and the non-Italian surrounding areas. As a result, some Italians in Paris needed a convincing explanation for the Americans' strange viewpoint. They found it in a rumor that started from an unknown source, claiming that an influential American diplomat had fallen for a Jugoslav mistress. She had been seen… He had been seen… at Versailles, just off the boulevard... the villa with the large trees.
This is a rather common way of explaining away opposition. In their more libelous form such charges rarely reach the printed page, and a Roosevelt may have to wait years, or a Harding months, before he can force an issue, and end a whispering campaign that has reached into every circle of talk. Public men have to endure a fearful amount of poisonous clubroom, dinner table, boudoir slander, repeated, elaborated, chuckled over, and regarded as delicious. While this sort of thing is, I believe, less prevalent in America than in Europe, yet rare is the American official about whom somebody is not repeating a scandal.
This is a pretty common way of brushing off opposition. In their more defamatory form, such accusations rarely make it into print, and a Roosevelt might have to wait years, or a Harding just months, before he can tackle an issue and put an end to a gossip campaign that has spread through every social circle. Public figures have to put up with a lot of toxic gossip from clubs, dinner tables, and bedrooms, which is repeated, exaggerated, laughed about, and seen as entertaining. While I believe this kind of thing is less common in America than in Europe, it’s rare to find an American official about whom someone isn’t spreading a scandal.
Out of the opposition we make villains and conspiracies. If prices go up unmercifully the profiteers have conspired; if the newspapers misrepresent the news, there is a capitalist plot; if the rich are too rich, they have been stealing; if a closely fought election is lost, the electorate was corrupted; if a statesman does something of which you disapprove, he has been bought or influenced by some discreditable person. If workingmen are restless, they are the victims of agitators; if they are restless over wide areas, there is a conspiracy on foot. If you do not produce enough aeroplanes, it is the work of spies; if there is trouble in Ireland, it is German or Bolshevik "gold." And if you go stark, staring mad looking for plots, you see all strikes, the Plumb plan, Irish rebellion, Mohammedan unrest, the restoration of King Constantine, the League of Nations, Mexican disorder, the movement to reduce armaments, Sunday movies, short skirts, evasion of the liquor laws, Negro self-assertion, as sub-plots under some grandiose plot engineered either by Moscow, Rome, the Free Masons, the Japanese, or the Elders of Zion.
Out of opposition, we create villains and conspiracies. If prices rise unreasonably, the profiteers have conspired; if the newspapers misrepresent the news, there's a capitalist plot; if the rich are too wealthy, they must be stealing; if a closely contested election is lost, the voters were corrupted; if a politician does something you disagree with, they’ve been bought or influenced by someone untrustworthy. If workers are restless, they’re the victims of agitators; if they’re restless in large areas, a conspiracy is in motion. If you don’t produce enough airplanes, it’s the work of spies; if there's unrest in Ireland, it’s due to German or Bolshevik "gold." And if you go completely crazy searching for plots, you see all strikes, the Plumb plan, the Irish rebellion, Muslim unrest, the restoration of King Constantine, the League of Nations, disorder in Mexico, the movement to reduce armaments, Sunday movies, short skirts, and disregard for liquor laws, and Black self-assertion as sub-plots in some grand conspiracy orchestrated by either Moscow, Rome, the Freemasons, the Japanese, or the Elders of Zion.
CHAPTER X
THE DETECTION OF STEREOTYPES
1
1
Skilled diplomatists, compelled to talk out loud to the warring peoples, learned how to use a large repertory of stereotypes. They were dealing with a precarious alliance of powers, each of which was maintaining its war unity only by the most careful leadership. The ordinary soldier and his wife, heroic and selfless beyond anything in the chronicles of courage, were still not heroic enough to face death gladly for all the ideas which were said by the foreign offices of foreign powers to be essential to the future of civilization. There were ports, and mines, rocky mountain passes, and villages that few soldiers would willingly have crossed No Man's Land to obtain for their allies.
Skilled diplomats, forced to speak openly to the warring nations, learned to use a wide range of stereotypes. They were navigating a fragile alliance of powers, each of which was holding onto its wartime unity only through careful leadership. The average soldier and his partner, brave and selfless beyond anything recorded in tales of heroism, still weren't brave enough to face death willingly for all the ideas that foreign offices of other nations claimed were vital to the future of civilization. There were ports, mines, rocky mountain passes, and villages that few soldiers would willingly cross No Man's Land to secure for their allies.
Now it happened in one nation that the war party which was in control of the foreign office, the high command, and most of the press, had claims on the territory of several of its neighbors. These claims were called the Greater Ruritania by the cultivated classes who regarded Kipling, Treitschke, and Maurice Barres as one hundred percent Ruritanian. But the grandiose idea aroused no enthusiasm abroad. So holding this finest flower of the Ruritanian genius, as their poet laureate said, to their hearts, Ruritania's statesmen went forth to divide and conquer. They divided the claim into sectors. For each piece they invoked that stereotype which some one or more of their allies found it difficult to resist, because that ally had claims for which it hoped to find approval by the use of this same stereotype.
Now, in one country, the war party that controlled the foreign office, the military leadership, and most of the media was laying claim to territories from several neighboring countries. These claims were referred to as Greater Ruritania by the educated classes who saw Kipling, Treitschke, and Maurice Barres as quintessentially Ruritanian. However, this grand idea didn't generate much excitement outside their borders. So, holding this shining example of Ruritanian creativity, as their poet laureate put it, close to their hearts, Ruritania's politicians set out to divide and conquer. They split the claim into sections. For each section, they used stereotypes that one or more of their allies found hard to resist, since that ally had claims it wanted to validate by using the same stereotype.
The first sector happened to be a mountainous region inhabited by alien peasants. Ruritania demanded it to complete her natural geographical frontier. If you fixed your attention long enough on the ineffable value of what is natural, those alien peasants just dissolved into fog, and only the slope of the mountains was visible. The next sector was inhabited by Ruritanians, and on the principle that no people ought to live under alien rule, they were re-annexed. Then came a city of considerable commercial importance, not inhabited by Ruritanians. But until the Eighteenth Century it had been part of Ruritania, and on the principle of Historic Right it was annexed. Farther on there was a splendid mineral deposit owned by aliens and worked by aliens. On the principle of reparation for damage it was annexed. Beyond this there was a territory inhabited 97% by aliens, constituting the natural geographical frontier of another nation, never historically a part of Ruritania. But one of the provinces which had been federated into Ruritania had formerly traded in those markets, and the upper class culture was Ruritanian. On the principle of cultural superiority and the necessity of defending civilization, the lands were claimed. Finally, there was a port wholly disconnected from Ruritania geographically, ethnically, economically, historically, traditionally. It was demanded on the ground that it was needed for national defense.
The first area was a mountainous region inhabited by foreign peasants. Ruritania needed it to complete its natural geographical border. If you focused long enough on the undeniable value of what’s natural, those foreign peasants seemed to fade away, leaving only the slopes of the mountains visible. The next area was inhabited by Ruritanians, and based on the idea that no people should live under foreign rule, they were re-annexed. Then there was a city of significant commercial importance, which wasn’t inhabited by Ruritanians. However, until the Eighteenth Century, it had been part of Ruritania, so it was annexed on the basis of Historic Right. Further on, there was a rich mineral deposit owned and operated by foreigners. It was annexed as a form of reparation for past damages. Beyond that lay a territory that was 97% foreign, forming the natural geographical boundary of another nation, which had never been historically part of Ruritania. But one of the provinces that had been federated into Ruritania had previously traded in those markets, and its upper-class culture was Ruritanian. Based on the idea of cultural superiority and the need to defend civilization, those lands were claimed. Finally, there was a port that was completely disconnected from Ruritania in terms of geography, ethnicity, economy, history, and tradition. It was demanded on the grounds that it was necessary for national defense.
In the treaties that concluded the Great War you can multiply examples of this kind. Now I do not wish to imply that I think it was possible to resettle Europe consistently on any one of these principles. I am certain that it was not. The very use of these principles, so pretentious and so absolute, meant that the spirit of accommodation did not prevail and that, therefore, the substance of peace was not there. For the moment you start to discuss factories, mines, mountains, or even political authority, as perfect examples of some eternal principle or other, you are not arguing, you are fighting. That eternal principle censors out all the objections, isolates the issue from its background and its context, and sets going in you some strong emotion, appropriate enough to the principle, highly inappropriate to the docks, warehouses, and real estate. And having started in that mood you cannot stop. A real danger exists. To meet it you have to invoke more absolute principles in order to defend what is open to attack. Then you have to defend the defenses, erect buffers, and buffers for the buffers, until the whole affair is so scrambled that it seems less dangerous to fight than to keep on talking.
In the treaties that ended the Great War, you can find plenty of examples like this. I’m not suggesting that it was possible to reshape Europe based on any of these principles consistently. I’m sure it wasn’t. The very use of these principles, which seem so grand and definitive, indicated that the spirit of compromise wasn’t present, and therefore, the essence of peace was lacking. As soon as you start discussing factories, mines, mountains, or even political power as perfect examples of some eternal principle, you’re not having a discussion, you’re in a conflict. That eternal principle filters out all objections, removes the issue from its context, and stirs up feelings that may fit the principle but are highly unsuitable for the docks, warehouses, and real estate. Once you start feeling that way, you can’t just stop. A real danger arises. To confront it, you have to bring up even more absolute principles to protect what’s under threat. Then you need to defend those defenses, create buffers, and buffers for the buffers, until everything is so tangled that it seems less risky to fight than to keep talking.
There are certain clues which often help in detecting the false absolutism of a stereotype. In the case of the Ruritanian propaganda the principles blanketed each other so rapidly that one could readily see how the argument had been constructed. The series of contradictions showed that for each sector that stereotype was employed which would obliterate all the facts that interfered with the claim. Contradiction of this sort is often a good clue.
There are certain clues that often help in spotting the false absolutism of a stereotype. In the case of the Ruritanian propaganda, the principles overlapped so quickly that you could easily see how the argument was shaped. The series of contradictions revealed that for each area, the stereotype used would erase all the facts that conflicted with the claim. This kind of contradiction is often a good indicator.
2
2
Inability to take account of space is another. In the spring of 1918, for example, large numbers of people, appalled by the withdrawal of Russia, demanded the "reestablishment of an Eastern Front." The war, as they had conceived it, was on two fronts, and when one of them disappeared there was an instant demand that it be recreated. The unemployed Japanese army was to man the front, substituting for the Russian. But there was one insuperable obstacle. Between Vladivostok and the eastern battleline there were five thousand miles of country, spanned by one broken down railway. Yet those five thousand miles would not stay in the minds of the enthusiasts. So overwhelming was their conviction that an eastern front was needed, and so great their confidence in the valor of the Japanese army, that, mentally, they had projected that army from Vladivostok to Poland on a magic carpet. In vain our military authorities argued that to land troops on the rim of Siberia had as little to do with reaching the Germans, as climbing from the cellar to the roof of the Woolworth building had to do with reaching the moon.
Inability to account for space is another issue. In the spring of 1918, for instance, many people, horrified by Russia’s withdrawal, called for the "reestablishment of an Eastern Front." They envisioned the war as being fought on two fronts, and when one vanished, there was an immediate demand to recreate it. The unemployed Japanese army was meant to take over that front to replace the Russians. But there was one major obstacle. Between Vladivostok and the eastern battleline lay five thousand miles of territory, connected by a single dilapidated railway. Yet those five thousand miles didn’t register with the eager supporters. Their belief in the necessity of an eastern front was so strong, and their faith in the bravery of the Japanese army so high, that they mentally transported that army from Vladivostok to Poland as if on a magic carpet. Our military officials argued in vain that landing troops on the edge of Siberia had as little connection to reaching the Germans as climbing from the basement to the roof of the Woolworth building had to do with getting to the moon.
The stereotype in this instance was the war on two fronts. Ever since men had begun to imagine the Great War they had conceived Germany held between France and Russia. One generation of strategists, and perhaps two, had lived with that visual image as the starting point of all their calculations. For nearly four years every battle-map they saw had deepened the impression that this was the war. When affairs took a new turn, it was not easy to see them as they were then. They were seen through the stereotype, and facts which conflicted with it, such as the distance from Japan to Poland, were incapable of coming vividly into consciousness.
The stereotype here was the war on two fronts. Ever since people started imagining the Great War, they pictured Germany caught between France and Russia. One generation of strategists, maybe two, had used that mental image as the basis for all their calculations. For nearly four years, every battle map they looked at reinforced the idea that this was the war. When things changed, it was hard to see them as they really were. They were viewed through the stereotype, and facts that didn’t fit, like the distance from Japan to Poland, couldn’t become clear in people’s minds.
It is interesting to note that the American authorities dealt with the new facts more realistically than the French. In part, this was because (previous to 1914) they had no preconception of a war upon the continent; in part because the Americans, engrossed in the mobilization of their forces, had a vision of the western front which was itself a stereotype that excluded from their consciousness any very vivid sense of the other theatres of war. In the spring of 1918 this American view could not compete with the traditional French view, because while the Americans believed enormously in their own powers, the French at that time (before Cantigny and the Second Marne) had the gravest doubts. The American confidence suffused the American stereotype, gave it that power to possess consciousness, that liveliness and sensible pungency, that stimulating effect upon the will, that emotional interest as an object of desire, that congruity with the activity in hand, which James notes as characteristic of what we regard as "real." [Footnote: Principles of Psychology, Vol. II, p. 300.] The French in despair remained fixed on their accepted image. And when facts, gross geographical facts, would not fit with the preconception, they were either censored out of mind, or the facts were themselves stretched out of shape. Thus the difficulty of the Japanese reaching the Germans five thousand miles away was, in measure, overcome by bringing the Germans more than half way to meet them. Between March and June 1918, there was supposed to be a German army operating in Eastern Siberia. This phantom army consisted of some German prisoners actually seen, more German prisoners thought about, and chiefly of the delusion that those five thousand intervening miles did not really exist. [Footnote: See in this connection Mr. Charles Grasty's interview with Marshal Foch, New York Times, February 26, 1918. "Germany is walking through Russia. America and Japan, who are in a position to do so, should go to meet her in Siberia." See also the resolution by Senator King of Utah, June 10, 1918, and Mr. Taft's statement in the New York Times, June 11, 1918, and the appeal to America on May 5, 1918, by Mr. A. J. Sack, Director of the Russian Information Bureau: "If Germany were in the Allied place… she would have 3,000,000 fighting on the East front within a year."]
It's interesting to see how American authorities handled the new facts more realistically than the French. This was partly because, before 1914, they had no preconceived notion of war on the continent; also, the Americans, focused on mobilizing their forces, had a vision of the western front that was a stereotype, excluding a vivid awareness of other battlefields. In spring 1918, this American perspective couldn't measure up to the traditional French viewpoint. While Americans had strong faith in their abilities, the French at that time (before Cantigny and the Second Marne) were filled with doubt. The confidence of Americans infused their stereotype with a liveliness and compelling quality that stirred the will and sparked emotional interest, aligning with the current actions, which James highlights as typical of what we consider "real." [Footnote: Principles of Psychology, Vol. II, p. 300.] The French, in despair, clung to their established image. When concrete geographical facts clashed with their preconceived notions, they were either ignored or distorted. So, the challenge of the Japanese reaching the Germans five thousand miles away was somewhat addressed by figuratively bringing the Germans halfway to meet them. Between March and June 1918, there was said to be a German army operating in Eastern Siberia. This phantom army comprised a few German prisoners actually seen, more that were just thought about, and mainly the illusion that those five thousand miles didn’t really exist. [Footnote: See in this connection Mr. Charles Grasty's interview with Marshal Foch, New York Times, February 26, 1918. "Germany is walking through Russia. America and Japan, who are in a position to do so, should go to meet her in Siberia." See also the resolution by Senator King of Utah, June 10, 1918, and Mr. Taft's statement in the New York Times, June 11, 1918, and the appeal to America on May 5, 1918, by Mr. A. J. Sack, Director of the Russian Information Bureau: "If Germany were in the Allied place… she would have 3,000,000 fighting on the East front within a year."]
3
3
A true conception of space is not a simple matter. If I draw a straight line on a map between Bombay and Hong Kong and measure the distance, I have learned nothing whatever about the distance I should have to cover on a voyage. And even if I measure the actual distance that I must traverse, I still know very little until I know what ships are in the service, when they run, how fast they go, whether I can secure accommodation and afford to pay for it. In practical life space is a matter of available transportation, not of geometrical planes, as the old railroad magnate knew when he threatened to make grass grow in the streets of a city that had offended him. If I am motoring and ask how far it is to my destination, I curse as an unmitigated booby the man who tells me it is three miles, and does not mention a six mile detour. It does me no good to be told that it is three miles if you walk. I might as well be told it is one mile as the crow flies. I do not fly like a crow, and I am not walking either. I must know that it is nine miles for a motor car, and also, if that is the case, that six of them are ruts and puddles. I call the pedestrian a nuisance who tells me it is three miles and think evil of the aviator who told me it was one mile. Both of them are talking about the space they have to cover, not the space I must cover.
A true understanding of space isn't straightforward. If I draw a straight line on a map between Bombay and Hong Kong and measure the distance, I haven't learned anything about the distance I would actually cover on a trip. And even if I measure the actual distance I need to travel, I still know very little until I find out what ships are available, when they operate, how fast they go, and whether I can get a place and can afford it. In real life, space is about available transportation, not about geometric measurements, as the old railroad tycoon understood when he threatened to make grass grow in the streets of a city that displeased him. If I'm driving and ask how far it is to my destination, I get really frustrated with anyone who tells me it's three miles but doesn't mention a six-mile detour. It's useless to be told it's three miles if you're walking. I might as well be told it’s one mile as the crow flies. I don’t fly like a crow, and I’m not walking either. I need to know that it’s nine miles for a car, and also, if that's the case, that six of those miles are ruts and puddles. I consider the pedestrian a nuisance for saying it’s three miles, and I think poorly of the aviator who said it was one mile. Both of them are talking about the distance they have to cover, not the distance I have to cover.
In the drawing of boundary lines absurd complications have arisen through failure to conceive the practical geography of a region. Under some general formula like self-determination statesmen have at various times drawn lines on maps, which, when surveyed on the spot, ran through the middle of a factory, down the center of a village street, diagonally across the nave of a church, or between the kitchen and bedroom of a peasant's cottage. There have been frontiers in a grazing country which separated pasture from water, pasture from market, and in an industrial country, railheads from railroad. On the colored ethnic map the line was ethnically just, that is to say, just in the world of that ethnic map.
In drawing boundary lines, absurd complications have come up because people failed to understand the practical geography of a region. Using some vague idea like self-determination, politicians have at various times marked lines on maps that, when looked at in real life, ran through the middle of a factory, down a village street, diagonally across a church, or right between a kitchen and a bedroom in a peasant's cottage. There have been borders in grazing areas that separated pasture from water, pasture from markets, and in industrial regions, railheads from railroads. On the colored ethnic map, the line seemed ethnically fair, meaning it made sense within the context of that ethnic map.
4
4
But time, no less than space, fares badly. A common example is that of the man who tries by making an elaborate will to control his money long after his death. "It had been the purpose of the first William James," writes his great-grandson Henry James, [Footnote: The Letters of William James, Vol. I, p. 6.] "to provide that his children (several of whom were under age when he died) should qualify themselves by industry and experience to enjoy the large patrimony which he expected to bequeath to them, and with that in view he left a will which was a voluminous compound of restraints and instructions. He showed thereby how great were both his confidence in his own judgment and his solicitude for the moral welfare of his descendants." The courts upset the will. For the law in its objection to perpetuities recognizes that there are distinct limits to the usefulness of allowing anyone to impose his moral stencil upon an unknown future. But the desire to impose it is a very human trait, so human that the law permits it to operate for a limited time after death.
But time, like space, doesn't fare well. A common example is the man who tries to control his money long after he’s gone by creating an elaborate will. "It had been the purpose of the first William James," writes his great-grandson Henry James, [Footnote: The Letters of William James, Vol. I, p. 6.] "to ensure that his children (several of whom were underage when he died) would prepare themselves through hard work and experience to enjoy the large inheritance he expected to leave them, and with that in mind he wrote a will that was a lengthy mix of restrictions and instructions. He demonstrated both his trust in his own judgment and his concern for the moral well-being of his descendants." The courts overturned the will. Because the law, in its concerns about perpetuities, recognizes that there are definite limits to how much anyone can impose their moral standards on an unknown future. However, the desire to impose these standards is a very human trait, so much so that the law allows it to take effect for a limited time after death.
The amending clause of any constitution is a good index of the confidence the authors entertained about the reach of their opinions in the succeeding generations. There are, I believe, American state constitutions which are almost incapable of amendment. The men who made them could have had but little sense of the flux of time: to them the Here and Now was so brilliantly certain, the Hereafter so vague or so terrifying, that they had the courage to say how life should run after they were gone. And then because constitutions are difficult to amend, zealous people with a taste for mortmain have loved to write on this imperishable brass all kinds of rules and restrictions that, given any decent humility about the future, ought to be no more permanent than an ordinary statute.
The amendment clause of any constitution is a good indicator of the confidence the authors had in the relevance of their views for future generations. I believe there are American state constitutions that are nearly impossible to change. The people who created them seemed to have little understanding of how much time could change things: they viewed the present with such clarity and the future as either unclear or frightening, that they boldly dictated how things should operate long after they were gone. And because amending constitutions can be so challenging, passionate individuals with a penchant for permanence have eagerly inscribed all sorts of rules and restrictions on this enduring framework that, with any reasonable acknowledgment of the future, should be as temporary as regular laws.
A presumption about time enters widely into our opinions. To one person an institution which has existed for the whole of his conscious life is part of the permanent furniture of the universe: to another it is ephemeral. Geological time is very different from biological time. Social time is most complex. The statesman has to decide whether to calculate for the emergency or for the long run. Some decisions have to be made on the basis of what will happen in the next two hours; others on what will happen in a week, a month, a season, a decade, when the children have grown up, or their children's children. An important part of wisdom is the ability to distinguish the time-conception that properly belongs to the thing in hand. The person who uses the wrong time-conception ranges from the dreamer who ignores the present to the philistine who can see nothing else. A true scale of values has a very acute sense of relative time.
A common assumption about time influences our opinions a lot. For one person, an institution that has been around for their entire life seems like a permanent part of the universe; for someone else, it's just temporary. Geological time is quite different from biological time. Social time is the most complicated. A politician has to figure out whether to plan for an immediate crisis or for the long term. Some decisions must be made based on what will happen in the next two hours; others based on what will happen in a week, a month, a season, a decade, when the kids grow up, or even when their grandchildren are around. A key part of wisdom is knowing the right time-frame that fits the situation at hand. Someone who misapplies a time-frame ranges from a dreamer who overlooks the present to a materialist who can’t see beyond it. A true value system has a sharp awareness of the relative nature of time.
Distant time, past and future, has somehow to be conceived. But as James says, "of the longer duration we have no direct 'realizing' sense." [Footnote: Principles of Psychology, Vol. I, p. 638.] The longest duration which we immediately feel is what is called the "specious present." It endures, according to Titchener, for about six seconds. [Footnote: Cited by Warren, Human Psychology, p. 255.] "All impressions within this period of time are present to us at once. This makes it possible for us to perceive changes and events as well as stationary objects. The perceptual present is supplemented by the ideational present. Through the combination of perceptions with memory images, entire days, months, and even years of the past are brought together into the present."
Distant time, both past and future, has to be thought about somehow. But as James says, "of the longer duration we have no direct 'realizing' sense." [Footnote: Principles of Psychology, Vol. I, p. 638.] The longest duration we immediately feel is called the "specious present." It lasts, according to Titchener, for about six seconds. [Footnote: Cited by Warren, Human Psychology, p. 255.] "All impressions within this period of time are present to us at once. This allows us to perceive changes and events as well as stationary objects. The perceptual present is complemented by the ideational present. By combining perceptions with memory images, entire days, months, and even years of the past are brought together into the present."
In this ideational present, vividness, as James said, is proportionate to the number of discriminations we perceive within it. Thus a vacation in which we were bored with nothing to do passes slowly while we are in it, but seems very short in memory. Great activity kills time rapidly, but in memory its duration is long. On the relation between the amount we discriminate and our time perspective James has an interesting passage: [Footnote: Op. cit., Vol. I, p. 639.]
In this current moment, as James noted, how vivid our experience is depends on how many details we notice within it. So, a vacation where we were bored and had nothing to do feels like it lasts forever while we’re experiencing it, but it seems very brief when we look back on it. A lot of activity makes time fly, but when we remember it, it feels like it took a long time. James shares an interesting point about the connection between how much we notice and how we perceive time: [Footnote: Op. cit., Vol. I, p. 639.]
"We have every reason to think that creatures may possibly differ enormously in the amounts of duration which they intuitively feel, and in the fineness of the events that may fill it. Von Baer has indulged in some interesting computations of the effect of such differences in changing the aspect of Nature. Suppose we were able, within the length of a second, to note 10,000 events distinctly, instead of barely 10 as now; [Footnote: In the moving picture this effect is admirably produced by the ultra-rapid camera.] if our life were then destined to hold the same number of impressions, it might be 1000 times as short. We should live less than a month, and personally know nothing of the change of seasons. If born in winter, we should believe in summer as we now believe in the heats of the carboniferous era. The motions of organic beings would be so slow to our senses as to be inferred, not seen. The sun would stand still in the sky, the moon be almost free from change, and so on. But now reverse the hypothesis and suppose a being to get only one 1000th part of the sensations we get in a given time, and consequently to live 1000 times as long. Winters and summers will be to him like quarters of an hour. Mushrooms and the swifter growing plants will shoot into being so rapidly as to appear instantaneous creations; annual shrubs will rise and fall from the earth like restless boiling water springs; the motions of animals will be as invisible as are to us the movements of bullets and cannon-balls; the sun will scour through the sky like a meteor, leaving a fiery trail behind him, etc."
"We have every reason to think that creatures could vary greatly in how they experience time and in the details of events that fill it. Von Baer has done some intriguing calculations on how these differences might change our perception of Nature. Imagine if we could, within a second, perceive 10,000 distinct events instead of just 10 as we do now; [Footnote: In film, this effect is brilliantly achieved by the ultra-rapid camera.] if our lifetime held the same number of impressions, it might be 1,000 times shorter. We would live for less than a month and wouldn't personally experience the changing of the seasons. If we were born in winter, we would believe in summer just as we believe in the heat of the Carboniferous era. The movements of living beings would seem so slow to us that we would guess them rather than see them. The sun would appear to be standing still in the sky, the moon would hardly change, and so on. Now, let’s flip the scenario and suppose a being only receives one-thousandth of the sensations we do in the same amount of time and therefore lives 1,000 times longer. For them, winters and summers would feel like quarters of an hour. Mushrooms and quicker-growing plants would seem to spring up instantaneously; annual plants would rise and fall like restless boiling springs; the movements of animals would be as unseen as the movements of bullets and cannonballs are to us; the sun would race through the sky like a meteor, leaving a fiery trail behind, and so on."
5
5
In his Outline of History Mr. Wells has made a gallant effort to visualize "the true proportions of historical to geological time" [Footnote: 1 Vol. II, p. 605. See also James Harvey Robinson, The New History, p. 239.] On a scale which represents the time from Columbus to ourselves by three inches of space, the reader would have to walk 55 feet to see the date of the painters of the Altamara caves, 550 feet to see the earlier Neanderthalers, a mile or so to the last of the dinosaurs. More or less precise chronology does not begin until after 1000 B.C., and at that time "Sargon I of the Akkadian-Sumerian Empire was a remote memory,… more remote than is Constantine the Great from the world of the present day…. Hammurabi had been dead a thousand years… Stonehedge in England was already a thousand years old."
In his **Outline of History**, Mr. Wells makes a bold attempt to illustrate "the true proportions of historical to geological time" [Footnote: 1 Vol. II, p. 605. See also James Harvey Robinson, *The New History,* p. 239.] On a scale that represents the time from Columbus to now with three inches of space, the reader would need to walk 55 feet to reach the period of the Altamira cave painters, 550 feet to see the earlier Neanderthals, and about a mile to get to the last of the dinosaurs. More or less accurate timelines only start after 1000 B.C., and at that point, "Sargon I of the Akkadian-Sumerian Empire was a distant memory,… more distant than Constantine the Great is from our world today…. Hammurabi had been dead for a thousand years… Stonehenge in England was already a thousand years old."
Mr. Wells was writing with a purpose. "In the brief period of ten thousand years these units (into which men have combined) have grown from the small family tribe of the early neolithic culture to the vast united realms—vast yet still too small and partial—of the present time." Mr. Wells hoped by changing the time perspective on our present problems to change the moral perspective. Yet the astronomical measure of time, the geological, the biological, any telescopic measure which minimizes the present is not "more true" than a microscopic. Mr. Simeon Strunsky is right when he insists that "if Mr. Wells is thinking of his subtitle, The Probable Future of Mankind, he is entitled to ask for any number of centuries to work out his solution. If he is thinking of the salvaging of this western civilization, reeling under the effects of the Great War, he must think in decades and scores of years." [Footnote: In a review of The Salvaging of Civilization, The Literary Review of the N. Y. Evening Post, June 18, 1921, p. 5.] It all depends upon the practical purpose for which you adopt the measure. There are situations when the time perspective needs to be lengthened, and others when it needs to be shortened.
Mr. Wells was writing with a clear goal in mind. "In just ten thousand years, the groups people have formed have evolved from small family tribes of early neolithic cultures to the vast united realms—huge yet still too small and incomplete—of today." Mr. Wells hoped that by shifting our perspective on time regarding current issues, he could also shift our moral viewpoint. However, using large measures of time, like astronomical, geological, or biological scales that downplay the present, isn't inherently "more true" than smaller, more immediate perspectives. Mr. Simeon Strunsky is correct when he argues that "if Mr. Wells is considering his subtitle, The Probable Future of Mankind, he can ask for as many centuries as he needs to work out his solution. If he’s focused on saving this western civilization, which is struggling under the aftermath of the Great War, he should think in terms of decades and many years." [Footnote: In a review of The Salvaging of Civilization, The Literary Review of the N. Y. Evening Post, June 18, 1921, p. 5.] It all comes down to the practical purpose for which you choose a specific measure of time. There are times when you need to broaden your time perspective and others when you need to narrow it.
The man who says that it does not matter if 15,000,000 Chinese die of famine, because in two generations the birthrate will make up the loss, has used a time perspective to excuse his inertia. A person who pauperizes a healthy young man because he is sentimentally overimpressed with an immediate difficulty has lost sight of the duration of the beggar's life. The people who for the sake of an immediate peace are willing to buy off an aggressive empire by indulging its appetite have allowed a specious present to interfere with the peace of their children. The people who will not be patient with a troublesome neighbor, who want to bring everything to a "showdown" are no less the victims of a specious present.
The man who claims it doesn't matter if 15 million Chinese die of famine because the birthrate will recover in a couple of generations is using a future perspective to justify his inaction. Someone who takes away the livelihood of a healthy young man simply because they're overly focused on a current problem has forgotten how long the beggar will live. Those who are willing to appease an aggressive empire for the sake of immediate peace, by catering to its desires, are allowing a misleading present to disrupt their children's future. People who won’t be patient with a difficult neighbor and want to resolve everything in a "showdown" are just as much victims of a misleading present.
6
6
Into almost every social problem the proper calculation of time enters. Suppose, for example, it is a question of timber. Some trees grow faster than others. Then a sound forest policy is one in which the amount of each species and of each age cut in each season is made good by replanting. In so far as that calculation is correct the truest economy has been reached. To cut less is waste, and to cut more is exploitation. But there may come an emergency, say the need for aeroplane spruce in a war, when the year's allowance must be exceeded. An alert government will recognize that and regard the restoration of the balance as a charge upon the future.
Almost every social issue involves the right way to calculate time. Take timber, for example. Some trees grow faster than others. A good forest policy is one where the amount of each species and age that's cut each season is balanced by replanting. As long as that calculation is accurate, the best economy has been achieved. Cutting less is wasteful, and cutting more is exploitation. However, there might be an urgent situation, like the demand for aircraft-grade spruce during a war, when the year's quota needs to be exceeded. A responsive government will recognize this and see the need to restore balance as a future responsibility.
Coal involves a different theory of time, because coal, unlike a tree, is produced on the scale of geological time. The supply is limited. Therefore a correct social policy involves intricate computation of the available reserves of the world, the indicated possibilities, the present rate of use, the present economy of use, and the alternative fuels. But when that computation has been reached it must finally be squared with an ideal standard involving time. Suppose, for example, that engineers conclude that the present fuels are being exhausted at a certain rate; that barring new discoveries industry will have to enter a phase of contraction at some definite time in the future. We have then to determine how much thrift and self-denial we will use, after all feasible economies have been exercised, in order not to rob posterity. But what shall we consider posterity? Our grandchildren? Our great grandchildren? Perhaps we shall decide to calculate on a hundred years, believing that to be ample time for the discovery of alternative fuels if the necessity is made clear at once. The figures are, of course, hypothetical. But in calculating that way we shall be employing what reason we have. We shall be giving social time its place in public opinion. Let us now imagine a somewhat different case: a contract between a city and a trolley-car company. The company says that it will not invest its capital unless it is granted a monopoly of the main highway for ninety-nine years. In the minds of the men who make that demand ninety-nine years is so long as to mean "forever." But suppose there is reason to think that surface cars, run from a central power plant on tracks, are going out of fashion in twenty years. Then it is a most unwise contract to make, for you are virtually condemning a future generation to inferior transportation. In making such a contract the city officials lack a realizing sense of ninety-nine years. Far better to give the company a subsidy now in order to attract capital than to stimulate investment by indulging a fallacious sense of eternity. No city official and no company official has a sense of real time when he talks about ninety-nine years.
Coal involves a different understanding of time because, unlike a tree, coal is formed over a geological timescale. The supply is finite. Therefore, a proper social policy requires complex calculations of the world's available reserves, potential opportunities, current usage rates, efficient usage methods, and alternative fuels. Once those calculations are completed, they must be aligned with an ideal standard encompassing time. For instance, if engineers conclude that current fuels are being depleted at a specific rate, and without new discoveries, the industry will need to enter a contraction phase at a certain point in the future. We then need to figure out how much conservation and restraint we will practice, after all practical economies have been implemented, to avoid disadvantaging future generations. But who should we define as future generations? Our grandchildren? Our great-grandchildren? We might decide to think in terms of a hundred years, believing that to be enough time for alternative fuels to be found if the urgency is recognized immediately. The numbers are, of course, theoretical. However, by calculating in this manner, we will be using our reasoning. We will be giving public opinion its due consideration regarding social time. Now, let's consider a different scenario: a contract between a city and a trolley car company. The company states that it won't invest unless it gets a monopoly on the main street for ninety-nine years. In the minds of those making that demand, ninety-nine years feels like "forever." But what if there's reason to believe that surface cars running from a centralized power source on tracks will fall out of favor in twenty years? Then, it’s an unwise contract because it essentially locks a future generation into poor transportation options. In agreeing to such a contract, the city officials lack a proper understanding of what ninety-nine years entails. It would be much better to provide the company with a subsidy now to prompt investment than to encourage funding by giving in to a misleading sense of eternity. Neither city officials nor company representatives truly grasp the concept of time when they talk about ninety-nine years.
Popular history is a happy hunting ground of time confusions. To the average Englishman, for example, the behavior of Cromwell, the corruption of the Act of Union, the Famine of 1847 are wrongs suffered by people long dead and done by actors long dead with whom no living person, Irish or English, has any real connection. But in the mind of a patriotic Irishman these same events are almost contemporary. His memory is like one of those historical paintings, where Virgil and Dante sit side by side conversing. These perspectives and foreshortenings are a great barrier between peoples. It is ever so difficult for a person of one tradition to remember what is contemporary in the tradition of another.
Popular history is a great source of confusion about time. To the average English person, for instance, Cromwell's actions, the issues surrounding the Act of Union, and the Famine of 1847 are injustices experienced by people from the past, caused by figures who are also long gone, with no real connection to anyone alive today, whether Irish or English. However, for a patriotic Irish person, those same events feel almost present-day. Their memory resembles those historical paintings where Virgil and Dante are depicted together, deep in conversation. These differing perspectives create a significant barrier between cultures. It's really challenging for someone from one background to recognize what feels current in another’s history.
Almost nothing that goes by the name of Historic Rights or Historic Wrongs can be called a truly objective view of the past. Take, for example, the Franco-German debate about Alsace-Lorraine. It all depends on the original date you select. If you start with the Rauraci and Sequani, the lands are historically part of Ancient Gaul. If you prefer Henry I, they are historically a German territory; if you take 1273 they belong to the House of Austria; if you take 1648 and the Peace of Westphalia, most of them are French; if you take Louis XIV and the year 1688 they are almost all French. If you are using the argument from history you are fairly certain to select those dates in the past which support your view of what should be done now.
Almost nothing that’s called Historic Rights or Historic Wrongs can be seen as a truly objective view of the past. Take, for instance, the Franco-German debate about Alsace-Lorraine. It all depends on which starting date you choose. If you go with the Rauraci and Sequani, the lands are historically part of Ancient Gaul. If you choose Henry I, they’re historically a German territory; if you take 1273, they belong to the House of Austria; if you take 1648 and the Peace of Westphalia, most of them are French; if you consider Louis XIV and the year 1688, they’re almost all French. If you’re using historical arguments, you’re likely to choose those dates that support your perspective on what should be done now.
Arguments about "races" and nationalities often betray the same arbitrary view of time. During the war, under the influence of powerful feeling, the difference between "Teutons" on the one hand, and "Anglo-Saxons" and French on the other, was popularly believed to be an eternal difference. They had always been opposing races. Yet a generation ago, historians, like Freeman, were emphasizing the common Teutonic origin of the West European peoples, and ethnologists would certainly insist that the Germans, English, and the greater part of the French are branches of what was once a common stock. The general rule is: if you like a people to-day you come down the branches to the trunk; if you dislike them you insist that the separate branches are separate trunks. In one case you fix your attention on the period before they were distinguishable; in the other on the period after which they became distinct. And the view which fits the mood is taken as the "truth."
Arguments about "races" and nationalities often show the same arbitrary perspective on time. During the war, fueled by strong emotions, people believed that the divide between "Teutons" and "Anglo-Saxons" and French was a permanent one. They were seen as always being opposing groups. However, just a generation ago, historians like Freeman highlighted the shared Teutonic roots of West European peoples, and ethnologists would definitely argue that Germans, English, and most of the French are branches of a once common heritage. The general rule is: if you like a people today, you trace back down to the common roots; if you dislike them, you claim that the different branches are completely separate trunks. In one case, you focus on the time before they were distinguishable; in the other, you emphasize the time after they became distinct. And the perspective that matches the mood is taken as the "truth."
An amiable variation is the family tree. Usually one couple are appointed the original ancestors, if possible, a couple associated with an honorific event like the Norman Conquest. That couple have no ancestors. They are not descendants. Yet they were the descendants of ancestors, and the expression that So-and-So was the founder of his house means not that he is the Adam of his family, but that he is the particular ancestor from whom it is desirable to start, or perhaps the earliest ancestor of which there is a record. But genealogical tables exhibit a deeper prejudice. Unless the female line happens to be especially remarkable descent is traced down through the males. The tree is male. At various moments females accrue to it as itinerant bees light upon an ancient apple tree.
A friendly variation is the family tree. Typically, one couple is chosen as the original ancestors, ideally a couple tied to a significant event like the Norman Conquest. That couple has no ancestors. They are not descendants. However, they were the descendants of ancestors, and the term that So-and-So was the founder of his house means not that he is the Adam of his family, but that he is the specific ancestor from whom it’s ideal to start, or maybe the earliest ancestor on record. But genealogical tables show a deeper bias. Unless the female line happens to be particularly notable, descent is traced down through the males. The tree is male. At different times, females attach to it like wandering bees landing on an old apple tree.
7
7
But the future is the most illusive time of all. Our temptation here is to jump over necessary steps in the sequence; and as we are governed by hope or doubt, to exaggerate or to minimize the time required to complete various parts of a process. The discussion of the role to be exercised by wage-earners in the management of industry is riddled with this difficulty. For management is a word that covers many functions. [Footnote: Cf. Carter L. Goodrich, The Frontier of Control.] Some of these require no training; some require a little training; others can be learned only in a lifetime. And the truly discriminating program of industrial democratization would be one based on the proper time sequence, so that the assumption of responsibility would run parallel to a complementary program of industrial training. The proposal for a sudden dictatorship of the proletariat is an attempt to do away with the intervening time of preparation; the resistance to all sharing of responsibility an attempt to deny the alteration of human capacity in the course of time. Primitive notions of democracy, such as rotation in office, and contempt for the expert, are really nothing but the old myth that the Goddess of Wisdom sprang mature and fully armed from the brow of Jove. They assume that what it takes years to learn need not be learned at all.
But the future is the most elusive time of all. Our temptation here is to skip necessary steps in the process; and as we are driven by hope or doubt, to exaggerate or minimize the time needed to complete different parts of a process. The discussion about the role wage earners should play in managing industry is full of this challenge. Management is a term that encompasses many functions. [Footnote: Cf. Carter L. Goodrich, The Frontier of Control.] Some of these require no training; some need a little training; others can only be mastered over a lifetime. A truly thoughtful approach to industrial democratization would be one based on the right time sequence, so that taking on responsibility aligns with a complementary program of industrial training. The idea of an abrupt dictatorship of the proletariat tries to eliminate the necessary preparation time; the resistance to sharing responsibility tries to ignore the changes in human capability over time. Primitive concepts of democracy, like rotating office positions and disdain for experts, are really just a modern version of the old myth that the Goddess of Wisdom sprang forth fully formed and armed from the head of Jove. They assume that what takes years to learn doesn’t need to be learned at all.
Whenever the phrase "backward people" is used as the basis of a policy, the conception of time is a decisive element. The Covenant of the League of Nations says, [Footnote: Article XIX.] for example, that "the character of the mandate must differ according to the stage of the development of the people," as well as on other grounds. Certain communities, it asserts, "have reached a stage of development" where their independence can be provisionally recognized, subject to advice and assistance "until such time as they are able to stand alone." The way in which the mandatories and the mandated conceive that time will influence deeply their relations. Thus in the case of Cuba the judgment of the American government virtually coincided with that of the Cuban patriots, and though there has been trouble, there is no finer page in the history of how strong powers have dealt with the weak. Oftener in that history the estimates have not coincided. Where the imperial people, whatever its public expressions, has been deeply convinced that the backwardness of the backward was so hopeless as not to be worth remedying, or so profitable that it was not desirable to remedy it, the tie has festered and poisoned the peace of the world. There have been a few cases, very few, where backwardness has meant to the ruling power the need for a program of forwardness, a program with definite standards and definite estimates of time. Far more frequently, so frequently in fact as to seem the rule, backwardness has been conceived as an intrinsic and eternal mark of inferiority. And then every attempt to be less backward has been frowned upon as the sedition, which, under these conditions, it undoubtedly is. In our own race wars we can see some of the results of the failure to realize that time would gradually obliterate the slave morality of the Negro, and that social adjustment based on this morality would begin to break down.
Whenever the term "backward people" is used to justify a policy, the concept of time becomes a crucial factor. The Covenant of the League of Nations states, [Footnote: Article XIX.] for instance, that "the character of the mandate must differ according to the stage of development of the people," as well as on other grounds. It claims that certain communities "have reached a stage of development" where their independence can be tentatively acknowledged, pending guidance and support "until they are capable of standing on their own." The way the mandatory powers and the mandated perceive that time will profoundly shape their relationship. In the case of Cuba, the American government's judgment closely aligned with that of the Cuban patriots, and despite some conflicts, it stands out as a commendable example of how powerful nations have interacted with the weaker ones. More often than not, however, their views have not matched. When the imperial power, regardless of its public statements, genuinely believes that the backwardness of others is so desperate that it cannot be improved, or so beneficial that improvement is unwelcome, the relationship becomes toxic and disrupts global peace. There have been a handful of instances, very few, where a ruling authority saw backwardness as a reason to develop a forward-looking agenda with clear standards and timelines. More commonly, almost as a rule, backwardness has been seen as an inherent and permanent sign of inferiority. Consequently, any effort to reduce that backwardness has been viewed as sedition, which, in this context, it unfortunately is. In our own race conflicts, we can observe the outcomes of failing to acknowledge that time would eventually diminish the slave morality of Black people, and that social structures based on this morality would begin to deteriorate.
It is hard not to picture the future as if it obeyed our present purposes, to annihilate whatever delays our desire, or immortalize whatever stands between us and our fears.
It’s tough not to envision the future as if it caters to our current goals, eliminating anything that holds up our desires or preserving anything that stands in the way of our fears.
8
8
In putting together our public opinions, not only do we have to picture more space than we can see with our eyes, and more time than we can feel, but we have to describe and judge more people, more actions, more things than we can ever count, or vividly imagine. We have to summarize and generalize. We have to pick out samples, and treat them as typical.
In forming our public opinions, we not only have to envision more space than we can physically see and more time than we can personally experience, but we also need to describe and evaluate more people, actions, and things than we could ever count or clearly imagine. We have to summarize and generalize. We need to select samples and treat them as representative.
To pick fairly a good sample of a large class is not easy. The problem belongs to the science of statistics, and it is a most difficult affair for anyone whose mathematics is primitive, and mine remain azoic in spite of the half dozen manuals which I once devoutly imagined that I understood. All they have done for me is to make me a little more conscious of how hard it is to classify and to sample, how readily we spread a little butter over the whole universe.
Choosing a good sample from a large class is not easy. This issue falls under the field of statistics, and it's really challenging for anyone whose math skills are basic, like mine, which are still pretty rudimentary despite the half dozen textbooks I once sincerely believed I understood. All they've done is make me more aware of how tough it is to classify and sample things and how easily we apply a little bit of context to everything.
Some time ago a group of social workers in Sheffield, England, started out to substitute an accurate picture of the mental equipment of the workers of that city for the impressionistic one they had. [Footnote: The Equipment of the Worker.] They wished to say, with some decent grounds for saying it, how the workers of Sheffield were equipped. They found, as we all find the moment we refuse to let our first notion prevail, that they were beset with complications. Of the test they employed nothing need be said here except that it was a large questionnaire. For the sake of the illustration, assume that the questions were a fair test of mental equipment for English city life. Theoretically, then, those questions should have been put to every member of the working class. But it is not so easy to know who are the working class. However, assume again that the census knows how to classify them. Then there were roughly 104,000 men and 107,000 women who ought to have been questioned. They possessed the answers which would justify or refute the casual phrase about the "ignorant workers" or the "intelligent workers." But nobody could think of questioning the whole two hundred thousand.
Some time ago, a group of social workers in Sheffield, England, set out to replace an inaccurate picture of the mental abilities of the city's workers with a more precise one. [Footnote: The Equipment of the Worker.] They wanted to present, backed by solid evidence, how the workers in Sheffield were actually equipped. They discovered, as we all do when we challenge our initial assumptions, that they were faced with complexities. The test they used isn’t relevant here except to say it was a large questionnaire. For the sake of illustration, let’s pretend that the questions were a fair assessment of mental capabilities for urban life in England. Theoretically, those questions should have been asked of every member of the working class. But it's not easy to define who belongs to the working class. However, let's assume that the census can classify them correctly. This means there were about 104,000 men and 107,000 women who should have been surveyed. They held the answers that could confirm or challenge the casual labels of "ignorant workers" or "intelligent workers." But no one could consider surveying the entire two hundred thousand.
So the social workers consulted an eminent statistician, Professor Bowley. He advised them that not less than 408 men and 408 women would prove to be a fair sample. According to mathematical calculation this number would not show a greater deviation from the average than 1 in 22. [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 65.] They had, therefore, to question at least 816 people before they could pretend to talk about the average workingman. But which 816 people should they approach? "We might have gathered particulars concerning workers to whom one or another of us had a pre-inquiry access; we might have worked through philanthropic gentlemen and ladies who were in contact with certain sections of workers at a club, a mission, an infirmary, a place of worship, a settlement. But such a method of selection would produce entirely worthless results. The workers thus selected would not be in any sense representative of what is popularly called 'the average run of workers;' they would represent nothing but the little coteries to which they belonged.
So the social workers consulted a well-known statistician, Professor Bowley. He advised them that at least 408 men and 408 women would be a suitable sample size. According to mathematical calculations, this number wouldn’t show a greater deviation from the average than 1 in 22. [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 65.] Therefore, they needed to question at least 816 people before they could reasonably discuss the average working man. But which 816 people should they approach? "We could have gathered information from workers that one or more of us had previously contacted; we could have worked through charitable men and women who were connected with certain groups of workers at a club, a mission, a healthcare facility, a place of worship, or a community center. But such a selection method would result in completely useless outcomes. The workers chosen this way wouldn’t be representative of what is commonly referred to as 'the average group of workers;' they would only reflect the small circles to which they belonged."
"The right way of securing 'victims,' to which at immense cost of time and labour we rigidly adhered, is to get hold of your workers by some 'neutral' or 'accidental' or 'random' method of approach." This they did. And after all these precautions they came to no more definite conclusion than that on their classification and according to their questionnaire, among 200,000 Sheffield workers "about one quarter" were "well equipped," "approaching three-quarters" were "inadequately equipped" and that "about one-fifteenth" were "mal-equipped."
"The right way to secure 'victims,' which we painstakingly followed at a high cost of time and effort, is to approach your workers using some 'neutral,' 'accidental,' or 'random' method." This is what they did. Yet, despite all these precautions, they reached no clearer conclusion than that, based on their classification and questionnaire, among 200,000 Sheffield workers, "about one quarter" were "well equipped," "almost three-quarters" were "inadequately equipped," and "about one-fifteenth" were "mal-equipped."
Compare this conscientious and almost pedantic method of arriving at an opinion, with our usual judgments about masses of people, about the volatile Irish, and the logical French, and the disciplined Germans, and the ignorant Slavs, and the honest Chinese, and the untrustworthy Japanese, and so on and so on. All these are generalizations drawn from samples, but the samples are selected by a method that statistically is wholly unsound. Thus the employer will judge labor by the most troublesome employee or the most docile that he knows, and many a radical group has imagined that it was a fair sample of the working class. How many women's views on the "servant question" are little more than the reflection of their own treatment of their servants? The tendency of the casual mind is to pick out or stumble upon a sample which supports or defies its prejudices, and then to make it the representative of a whole class.
Compare this careful and almost overly meticulous way of forming an opinion with how we typically judge groups of people—like the unpredictable Irish, the logical French, the disciplined Germans, the uninformed Slavs, the honest Chinese, the unreliable Japanese, and so on. These are all generalizations based on selective examples, but the method of choosing these examples is statistically flawed. For instance, an employer might evaluate all workers based on the most difficult or the most compliant one they know, and many radical groups have mistakenly believed they represent the working class fairly. How many women's opinions on the "servant question" are just a reflection of how they treat their own servants? The casual thinker tends to pick out or accidentally find an example that either confirms or challenges their biases and then uses it to represent an entire group.
A great deal of confusion arises when people decline to classify themselves as we have classified them. Prophecy would be so much easier if only they would stay where we put them. But, as a matter of fact, a phrase like the working class will cover only some of the truth for a part of the time. When you take all the people, below a certain level of income, and call them the working class, you cannot help assuming that the people so classified will behave in accordance with your stereotype. Just who those people are you are not quite certain. Factory hands and mine workers fit in more or less, but farm hands, small farmers, peddlers, little shop keepers, clerks, servants, soldiers, policemen, firemen slip out of the net. The tendency, when you are appealing to the "working class," is to fix your attention on two or three million more or less confirmed trade unionists, and treat them as Labor; the other seventeen or eighteen million, who might qualify statistically, are tacitly endowed with the point of view ascribed to the organized nucleus. How very misleading it was to impute to the British working class in 1918-1921 the point of view expressed in the resolutions of the Trades Union Congress or in the pamphlets written by intellectuals.
A lot of confusion happens when people refuse to fit into the categories we've created for them. Predictions would be much simpler if they just stayed where we assigned them. But honestly, a term like "working class" only captures part of the reality for a short time. When you group everyone making below a certain income and label them as the working class, you can't help but expect them to act based on your stereotype. It's unclear exactly who these people are. Factory workers and miners sort of fit, but farmworkers, small farmers, peddlers, small shop owners, clerks, servants, soldiers, police officers, and firefighters slip through the gaps. When trying to appeal to the "working class," the focus tends to be on a couple of million confirmed union members and treating them as representative of Labor; the other seventeen or eighteen million, who could technically fit the category, are implicitly assumed to share the views of this organized group. It was very misleading to attribute the perspective of the British working class in 1918-1921 to the ideas expressed in the resolutions of the Trades Union Congress or in the pamphlets written by intellectuals.
The stereotype of Labor as Emancipator selects the evidence which supports itself and rejects the other. And so parallel with the real movements of working men there exists a fiction of the Labor Movement, in which an idealized mass moves towards an ideal goal. The fiction deals with the future. In the future possibilities are almost indistinguishable from probabilities and probabilities from certainties. If the future is long enough, the human will might turn what is just conceivable into what is very likely, and what is likely into what is sure to happen. James called this the faith ladder, and said that "it is a slope of goodwill on which in the larger questions of life men habitually live." [Footnote: William James, Some Problems of Philosophy, p. 224.]
The stereotype of labor as a liberator picks and chooses the evidence that supports it while dismissing the rest. Alongside the real movements of working people, there exists a fictional version of the Labor Movement, where an idealized mass progresses toward a perfect goal. This fiction is focused on the future. In the future, possibilities are nearly indistinguishable from probabilities, and probabilities are close to certainties. Given enough time, human willpower might transform what is merely conceivable into what seems very likely, and what is likely into what is certain. James referred to this as the faith ladder, noting that "it is a slope of goodwill on which in the larger questions of life men habitually live." [Footnote: William James, Some Problems of Philosophy, p. 224.]
"1. There is nothing absurd in a certain view of the world being true, nothing contradictory;
"1. There’s nothing unreasonable about a particular perspective on the world being true, nothing contradictory;
2. It might have been true under certain conditions;
2. It might have been true under certain conditions;
3. It may be true even now;
It might still be true;
4. It is fit to be true;
4. It is meant to be true;
5. It ought to be true;
It should be true;
6. It must be true;
It has to be true;
7. It shall be true, at any rate true for me."
7. It will be true, at least true for me."
And, as he added in another place, [Footnote: A Pluralistic Universe, p. 329.] "your acting thus may in certain special cases be a means of making it securely true in the end." Yet no one would have insisted more than he, that, so far as we know how, we must avoid substituting the goal for the starting point, must avoid reading back into the present what courage, effort and skill might create in the future. Yet this truism is inordinately difficult to live by, because every one of us is so little trained in the selection of our samples.
And, as he mentioned elsewhere, [Footnote: A Pluralistic Universe, p. 329.] "what you’re doing may, in certain cases, help make it undeniably true in the end." Still, no one would have emphasized more than he did that, as far as we know, we must avoid treating the goal as if it were the starting point and must not project what courage, effort, and skill might achieve in the future back onto the present. However, this obvious truth is really hard to live by, because each of us is not well-trained in choosing our examples.
If we believe that a certain thing ought to be true, we can almost always find either an instance where it is true, or someone who believes it ought to be true. It is ever so hard when a concrete fact illustrates a hope to weigh that fact properly. When the first six people we meet agree with us, it is not easy to remember that they may all have read the same newspaper at breakfast. And yet we cannot send out a questionnaire to 816 random samples every time we wish to estimate a probability. In dealing with any large mass of facts, the presumption is against our having picked true samples, if we are acting on a casual impression.
If we think something should be true, we can almost always find either a situation where it is true or someone who believes it should be true. It’s really hard to weigh a fact properly when it supports a hope. When the first six people we talk to agree with us, it’s tough to remember that they might have all read the same news article at breakfast. And yet we can’t just send out a survey to 816 random people every time we want to figure out a probability. When dealing with a large amount of information, the assumption is against us having chosen accurate samples if we’re making a casual judgment.
9
9
And when we try to go one step further in order to seek the causes and effects of unseen and complicated affairs, haphazard opinion is very tricky. There are few big issues in public life where cause and effect are obvious at once. They are not obvious to scholars who have devoted years, let us say, to studying business cycles, or price and wage movements, or the migration and the assimilation of peoples, or the diplomatic purposes of foreign powers. Yet somehow we are all supposed to have opinions on these matters, and it is not surprising that the commonest form of reasoning is the intuitive, post hoc ergo propter hoc.
And when we try to dig deeper to understand the causes and effects of complex and hidden issues, random opinions can be quite misleading. There are few major topics in public life where cause and effect are immediately clear. They aren't obvious even to scholars who have spent years studying things like business cycles, price and wage changes, the migration and integration of people, or the diplomatic goals of foreign nations. Yet somehow, we’re all expected to have opinions on these subjects, and it’s not surprising that the most common way of reasoning is the intuitive, post hoc ergo propter hoc.
The more untrained a mind, the more readily it works out a theory that two things which catch its attention at the same time are causally connected. We have already dwelt at some length on the way things reach our attention. We have seen that our access to information is obstructed and uncertain, and that our apprehension is deeply controlled by our stereotypes; that the evidence available to our reason is subject to illusions of defense, prestige, morality, space, time, and sampling. We must note now that with this initial taint, public opinions are still further beset, because in a series of events seen mostly through stereotypes, we readily accept sequence or parallelism as equivalent to cause and effect.
The less trained a mind is, the easier it is for it to come up with a theory that two things happening at the same time are connected. We’ve already discussed how things grab our attention. We’ve observed that our access to information is often blocked and uncertain, and that our understanding is heavily influenced by our stereotypes; the evidence we use to reason is affected by illusions related to defense, status, morality, space, time, and sampling. It’s important to point out that with this initial bias, public opinions face even more challenges, because when we view a series of events mostly through stereotypes, we easily accept that a sequence or similarity in timing means cause and effect.
This is most likely to happen when two ideas that come together arouse the same feeling. If they come together they are likely to arouse the same feeling; and even when they do not arrive together a powerful feeling attached to one is likely to suck out of all the corners of memory any idea that feels about the same. Thus everything painful tends to collect into one system of cause and effect, and likewise everything pleasant.
This is most likely to happen when two ideas that combine generate the same emotion. If they connect, they're likely to evoke similar feelings; and even if they don’t appear at the same time, a strong emotion linked to one idea can draw out all related thoughts from memory. So, everything painful tends to gather into one set of causes and effects, and the same goes for everything pleasant.
"IId IIm (1675) This day I hear that G[od] has shot an arrow into the midst of this Town. The small pox is in an ordinary ye sign of the Swan, the ordinary Keepers name is Windsor. His daughter is sick of the disease. It is observable that this disease begins at an alehouse, to testify God's displeasure agt the sin of drunkenness & yt of multiplying alehouses!" [Footnote: The Heart of the Puritan, p. 177, edited by Elizabeth Deering Hanscom.]
"IId IIm (1675) Today I hear that God has shot an arrow into the middle of this town. The smallpox is in an ordinary, known as the Swan, and the owner's name is Windsor. His daughter is sick with the disease. It’s noteworthy that this illness starts at a pub, to show God's disapproval of the sin of drunkenness and the proliferation of taverns!" [Footnote: The Heart of the Puritan, p. 177, edited by Elizabeth Deering Hanscom.]
Thus Increase Mather, and thus in the year 1919 a distinguished
Professor of Celestial Mechanics discussing the Einstein theory:
Thus Increase Mather, and thus in the year 1919 a distinguished
Professor of Celestial Mechanics discussing the Einstein theory:
"It may well be that…. Bolshevist uprisings are in reality the visible objects of some underlying, deep, mental disturbance, world-wide in character…. This same spirit of unrest has invaded science." [Footnote: Cited in The New Republic, Dec. 24, 1919, p. 120.]
"It’s possible that... Bolshevist uprisings are actually the visible signs of some deeper, widespread mental disturbance... This same feeling of unrest has infiltrated science." [Footnote: Cited in The New Republic, Dec. 24, 1919, p. 120.]
In hating one thing violently, we readily associate with it as cause or effect most of the other things we hate or fear violently. They may have no more connection than smallpox and alehouses, or Relativity and Bolshevism, but they are bound together in the same emotion. In a superstitious mind, like that of the Professor of Celestial Mechanics, emotion is a stream of molten lava which catches and imbeds whatever it touches. When you excavate in it you find, as in a buried city, all sorts of objects ludicrously entangled in each other. Anything can be related to anything else, provided it feels like it. Nor has a mind in such a state any way of knowing how preposterous it is. Ancient fears, reinforced by more recent fears, coagulate into a snarl of fears where anything that is dreaded is the cause of anything else that is dreaded.
In hating one thing intensely, we easily connect it as either a cause or an effect with most of the other things we also hate or fear intensely. They might be unrelated, like smallpox and pubs, or Relativity and Bolshevism, but they are tied together by the same emotion. In a superstitious mind, like that of the Professor of Celestial Mechanics, emotion is like a stream of molten lava that captures and embeds whatever it touches. When you dig into it, you find all sorts of objects absurdly tangled together, just like in a buried city. Anything can be linked to anything else if it feels that way. And a mind in this state has no way of recognizing how ridiculous it is. Old fears, reinforced by newer ones, blend into a tangle of fears where anything that is dreaded becomes the cause of anything else that is feared.
10
10
Generally it all culminates in the fabrication of a system of all evil, and of another which is the system of all good. Then our love of the absolute shows itself. For we do not like qualifying adverbs. [Footnote: Cf. Freud's discussion of absolutism in dreams, Interpretation of Dreams, Chapter VI, especially pp. 288, et seq.] They clutter up sentences, and interfere with irresistible feeling. We prefer most to more, least to less, we dislike the words rather, perhaps, if, or, but, toward, not quite, almost, temporarily, partly. Yet nearly every opinion about public affairs needs to be deflated by some word of this sort. But in our free moments everything tends to behave absolutely,—one hundred percent, everywhere, forever.
Generally, it all comes down to creating a system of total evil and another that represents total good. Our love for absolutes reveals itself here. We don't like qualifying adverbs. [Footnote: Cf. Freud's discussion of absolutism in dreams, Interpretation of Dreams, Chapter VI, especially pp. 288, et seq.] They clutter up sentences and interfere with strong feelings. We prefer most to more, least to less; we dislike words like rather, perhaps, if, or, but, toward, not quite, almost, temporarily, partially. Yet almost every opinion about public issues needs to be softened by some word like that. But in our free moments, everything tends to seem absolute—one hundred percent, everywhere, forever.
It is not enough to say that our side is more right than the enemy's, that our victory will help democracy more than his. One must insist that our victory will end war forever, and make the world safe for democracy. And when the war is over, though we have thwarted a greater evil than those which still afflict us, the relativity of the result fades out, the absoluteness of the present evil overcomes our spirit, and we feel that we are helpless because we have not been irresistible. Between omnipotence and impotence the pendulum swings.
It's not enough to claim that we're more justified than the enemy or that our win will benefit democracy more than his. We have to argue that our victory will end war for good and secure safety for democracy. And when the war ends, even though we've stopped a greater evil than the ones still affecting us, the significance of that outcome fades away. The overwhelming reality of the current evil weighs us down, making us feel powerless because we weren't invincible. It's a constant swing between power and powerlessness.
Real space, real time, real numbers, real connections, real weights are lost. The perspective and the background and the dimensions of action are clipped and frozen in the stereotype.
Real space, real time, real numbers, real connections, real weights are gone. The perspective, background, and dimensions of action are cut short and stuck in a stereotype.
PART IV
INTERESTS
CHAPTER 11. THE ENLISTING OF INTEREST " 12. SELF-INTEREST RECONSIDERED
CHAPTER XI
THE ENLISTING OF INTEREST
I
BUT the human mind is not a film which registers once and for all each impression that comes through its shutters and lenses. The human mind is endlessly and persistently creative. The pictures fade or combine, are sharpened here, condensed there, as we make them more completely our own. They do not lie inert upon the surface of the mind, but are reworked by the poetic faculty into a personal expression of ourselves. We distribute the emphasis and participate in the action.
BUT the human mind isn’t a camera that just records every impression it sees. The human mind is constantly and tirelessly creative. The images fade or blend, get clearer in some spots, and are simplified in others as we make them truly ours. They don’t just sit still in our minds; instead, they're reshaped by our creative abilities into a personal expression of who we are. We place our own emphasis and engage in the experience.
In order to do this we tend to personalize quantities, and to dramatize relations. As some sort of allegory, except in acutely sophisticated minds, the affairs of the world are represented. Social Movements, Economic Forces, National Interests, Public Opinion are treated as persons, or persons like the Pope, the President, Lenin, Morgan or the King become ideas and institutions. The deepest of all the stereotypes is the human stereotype which imputes human nature to inanimate or collective things.
To achieve this, we often personalize quantities and dramatize relationships. The events in the world are depicted as some kind of allegory, except for very sophisticated thinkers. Social Movements, Economic Forces, National Interests, and Public Opinion are treated as if they were people, or figures like the Pope, the President, Lenin, Morgan, or the King become ideas and institutions. The most profound stereotype is the human stereotype, which applies human characteristics to inanimate or collective entities.
The bewildering variety of our impressions, even after they have been censored in all kinds of ways, tends to force us to adopt the greater economy of the allegory. So great is the multitude of things that we cannot keep them vividly in mind. Usually, then, we name them, and let the name stand for the whole impression. But a name is porous. Old meanings slip out and new ones slip in, and the attempt to retain the full meaning of the name is almost as fatiguing as trying to recall the original impressions. Yet names are a poor currency for thought. They are too empty, too abstract, too inhuman. And so we begin to see the name through some personal stereotype, to read into it, finally to see in it the incarnation of some human quality.
The confusing range of our impressions, even after they've been filtered in various ways, pushes us to rely more on allegory. There are so many things that we struggle to keep them all clear in our minds. Instead, we usually just name them and let the name represent the entire impression. But a name isn't solid. Old meanings can fade away while new ones come in, making it almost as exhausting to hold onto the full meaning of a name as it is to remember the original impressions. Yet names are a poor substitute for thought. They're too vague, too abstract, too impersonal. As a result, we start to interpret the name through our own stereotypes, reading into it, and ultimately seeing it as a representation of some human quality.
Yet human qualities are themselves vague and fluctuating. They are best remembered by a physical sign. And therefore, the human qualities we tend to ascribe to the names of our impressions, themselves tend to be visualized in physical metaphors. The people of England, the history of England, condense into England, and England becomes John Bull, who is jovial and fat, not too clever, but well able to take care of himself. The migration of a people may appear to some as the meandering of a river, and to others like a devastating flood. The courage people display may be objectified as a rock; their purpose as a road, their doubts as forks of the road, their difficulties as ruts and rocks, their progress as a fertile valley. If they mobilize their dread-naughts they unsheath a sword. If their army surrenders they are thrown to earth. If they are oppressed they are on the rack or under the harrow.
Yet human qualities are themselves vague and changeable. They are best remembered through a physical sign. Therefore, the human qualities we often assign to the names of our impressions usually come to mind in physical metaphors. The people of England, the history of England, condense into England, and England becomes John Bull, who is cheerful and plump, not very bright, but capable of taking care of himself. The migration of a people may seem to some like the winding of a river, and to others like a destructive flood. The courage people show might be represented as a rock; their purpose as a road, their doubts as forks in the road, their struggles as bumps and obstacles, their progress as a fertile valley. If they mobilize their battleships, they draw a sword. If their army surrenders, they are thrown to the ground. If they are oppressed, they are on the rack or under the plow.
When public affairs are popularized in speeches, headlines, plays, moving pictures, cartoons, novels, statues or paintings, their transformation into a human interest requires first abstraction from the original, and then animation of what has been abstracted. We cannot be much interested in, or much moved by, the things we do not see. Of public affairs each of us sees very little, and therefore, they remain dull and unappetizing, until somebody, with the makings of an artist, has translated them into a moving picture. Thus the abstraction, imposed upon our knowledge of reality by all the limitations of our access and of our prejudices, is compensated. Not being omnipresent and omniscient we cannot see much of what we have to think and talk about. Being flesh and blood we will not feed on words and names and gray theory. Being artists of a sort we paint pictures, stage dramas and draw cartoons out of the abstractions.
When public issues are made interesting through speeches, headlines, plays, movies, cartoons, novels, statues, or paintings, they first need to be simplified from their original form and then brought to life. We can’t get very interested in or moved by things we don’t see. Each of us has a limited view of public matters, which makes them seem dull and uninviting until someone with artistic talent transforms them into a film. This way, the simplifications that come from our limited access and biases are balanced out. Since we’re neither everywhere nor all-knowing, we can’t see much of what we need to think and talk about. Being human, we won’t thrive on just words, labels, or dry theories. As a sort of artists, we create images, produce plays, and draw cartoons from those simplifications.
Or, if possible, we find gifted men who can visualize for us. For people are not all endowed to the same degree with the pictorial faculty. Yet one may, I imagine, assert with Bergson that the practical intelligence is most closely adapted to spatial qualities. [Footnote: Creative Evolution, Chs. III, IV.] A "clear" thinker is almost always a good visualizer. But for that same reason, because he is "cinematographic," he is often by that much external and insensitive. For the people who have intuition, which is probably another name for musical or muscular perception, often appreciate the quality of an event and the inwardness of an act far better than the visualizer. They have more understanding when the crucial element is a desire that is never crudely overt, and appears on the surface only in a veiled gesture, or in a rhythm of speech. Visualization may catch the stimulus and the result. But the intermediate and internal is often as badly caricatured by a visualizer, as is the intention of the composer by an enormous soprano in the sweet maiden's part.
Or, if possible, we look for talented people who can help us visualize things. Not everyone has the same level of visual imagination. Still, one could say, as Bergson suggests, that practical intelligence is closely linked to spatial qualities. [Footnote: Creative Evolution, Chs. III, IV.] A "clear" thinker is usually also a good visualizer. However, because they are so "cinematographic," they can be somewhat detached and insensitive. In contrast, those with intuition—likely another way to describe musical or physical perception—often have a deeper understanding of an event's quality and the essence of an action than the visualizer. They grasp the nuances better when the key element is a desire that isn't obviously expressed and only shows through subtle gestures or the rhythm of speech. Visualization might capture the initial spark and the outcome, but the nuances in between are often poorly represented by a visualizer, much like an oversized soprano misinterpreting the composer’s intention in a sweet maiden's role.
Nevertheless, though they have often a peculiar justice, intuitions remain highly private and largely incommunicable. But social intercourse depends on communication, and while a person can often steer his own life with the utmost grace by virtue of his intuitions, he usually has great difficulty in making them real to others. When he talks about them they sound like a sheaf of mist. For while intuition does give a fairer perception of human feeling, the reason with its spatial and tactile prejudice can do little with that perception. Therefore, where action depends on whether a number of people are of one mind, it is probably true that in the first instance no idea is lucid for practical decision until it has visual or tactile value. But it is also true, that no visual idea is significant to us until it has enveloped some stress of our own personality. Until it releases or resists, depresses or enhances, some craving of our own, it remains one of the objects which do not matter.
However, while they definitely have a unique sense of justice, intuitions are mostly personal and hard to express. Social interaction relies on communication, and even though a person can navigate life gracefully thanks to their intuitions, they often struggle to convey them to others. When they try to explain, it comes out like a fog. Although intuition offers a clearer understanding of human emotions, reason, with its focus on the physical and tangible, can do little to shape that understanding. So, when action depends on a group's consensus, it seems true that an idea isn't clear for making practical decisions until it can be seen or touched. But it's also true that no visual idea matters to us until it reflects some aspect of our own personality. Until it satisfies or challenges, weighs down or lifts up, a personal desire, it remains just another object that doesn't hold significance.
2
2
Pictures have always been the surest way of conveying an idea, and next in order, words that call up pictures in memory. But the idea conveyed is not fully our own until we have identified ourselves with some aspect of the picture. The identification, or what Vernon Lee has called empathy, [Footnote: Beauty and Ugliness.] may be almost infinitely subtle and symbolic. The mimicry may be performed without our being aware of it, and sometimes in a way that would horrify those sections of our personality which support our self-respect. In sophisticated people the participation may not be in the fate of the hero, but in the fate of the whole idea to which both hero and villain are essential. But these are refinements.
Pictures have always been the most reliable way to communicate an idea, followed closely by words that evoke images in our minds. However, the message isn't truly ours until we connect with some aspect of the picture. This connection, or what Vernon Lee referred to as empathy, [Footnote: Beauty and Ugliness.] can be incredibly intricate and symbolic. We might find ourselves mimicking without even realizing it, sometimes in ways that would disturb parts of our personality that uphold our self-esteem. In more sophisticated individuals, the connection might not be with the hero's fate, but rather with the overall concept that both the hero and the villain are integral to. But these are intricacies.
In popular representation the handles for identification are almost always marked. You know who the hero is at once. And no work promises to be easily popular where the marking is not definite and the choice clear. [Footnote: A fact which bears heavily on the character of news. Cf. Part VII.] But that is not enough. The audience must have something to do, and the contemplation of the true, the good and the beautiful is not something to do. In order not to sit inertly in the presence of the picture, and this applies as much to newspaper stories as to fiction and the cinema, the audience must be exercised by the image. Now there are two forms of exercise which far transcend all others, both as to ease with which they are aroused, and eagerness with which stimuli for them are sought. They are sexual passion and fighting, and the two have so many associations with each other, blend into each other so intimately, that a fight about sex outranks every other theme in the breadth of its appeal. There is none so engrossing or so careless of all distinctions of culture and frontiers.
In popular representations, the identifiers are almost always clear. You can tell who the hero is right away. No work is likely to become widely popular if the identifiers aren't clear and the choices aren't obvious. [Footnote: A fact which bears heavily on the character of news. Cf. Part VII.] But that’s not enough. The audience needs something to engage with, and just thinking about the true, the good, and the beautiful isn't enough to keep them invested. To avoid sitting passively in front of the image—whether it's in news stories, fiction, or movies—the audience must interact with it. There are two types of engagement that stand out above all the others, both for how easily they can be triggered and how eagerly people seek them out. They are sexual desire and fighting, and these two are so closely linked that a conflict about sex is more compelling than any other topic. It's the most captivating theme, disregarding all cultural distinctions and borders.
The sexual motif figures hardly at all in American political imagery. Except in certain minor ecstasies of war, in an occasional scandal, or in phases of the racial conflict with Negroes or Asiatics, to speak of it at all would seem far-fetched. Only in moving pictures, novels, and some magazine fiction are industrial relations, business competition, politics, and diplomacy tangled up with the girl and the other woman. But the fighting motif appears at every turn. Politics is interesting when there is a fight, or as we say, an issue. And in order to make politics popular, issues have to be found, even when in truth and justice, there are none,—none, in the sense that the differences of judgment, or principle, or fact, do not call for the enlistment of pugnacity. [Footnote: Cf. Frances Taylor Patterson, Cinema Craftsmanship, pp. 31-32. "III. If the plot lacks suspense: 1. Add an antagonist, 2. Add an obstacle, 3. Add a problem, 4. Emphasize one of the questions in the minds of the spectator.,.."]
The sexual theme is hardly present in American political imagery. Aside from a few minor wartime thrills, an occasional scandal, or some aspects of racial conflict with Black or Asian communities, discussing it feels like a stretch. Only in movies, novels, and some magazine stories do we see workplace relations, business competition, politics, and diplomacy mixed up with romantic interests. However, the fighting theme shows up everywhere. Politics grabs attention when there’s a fight, or what we call an issue. To make politics engaging, issues have to be created, even when, in reality, there are none—none in the sense that disagreements in judgment, principle, or fact don’t justify any kind of aggression. [Footnote: Cf. Frances Taylor Patterson, Cinema Craftsmanship, pp. 31-32. "III. If the plot lacks suspense: 1. Add an antagonist, 2. Add an obstacle, 3. Add a problem, 4. Emphasize one of the questions in the minds of the spectator.,.."]
But where pugnacity is not enlisted, those of us who are not directly involved find it hard to keep up our interest. For those who are involved the absorption may be real enough to hold them even when no issue is involved. They may be exercised by sheer joy in activity, or by subtle rivalry or invention. But for those to whom the whole problem is external and distant, these other faculties do not easily come into play. In order that the faint image of the affair shall mean something to them, they must be allowed to exercise the love of struggle, suspense, and victory.
But when there's no aggressive competition involved, those of us who aren’t directly part of it find it hard to stay interested. For those who are involved, the engagement can be strong enough to keep them invested even when there’s no clear outcome. They might be driven by pure enjoyment in the activity or by subtle rivalry and creativity. However, for those who view the situation from a distance, these other aspects don’t easily come into play. To make the faint image of the situation meaningful to them, they need the chance to experience the thrill of competition, anticipation, and triumph.
Miss Patterson [Footnote: Op. cit., pp. 6-7.] insists that "suspense… constitutes the difference between the masterpieces in the Metropolitan Museum of Art and the pictures at the Rivoli or the Rialto Theatres." Had she made it clear that the masterpieces lack either an easy mode of identification or a theme popular for this generation, she would be wholly right in saying that this "explains why the people straggle into the Metropolitan by twos and threes and struggle into the Rialto and Rivoli by hundreds. The twos and threes look at a picture in the Art Museum for less than ten minutes—unless they chance to be art students, critics, or connoisseurs. The hundreds in the Rivoli or the Rialto look at the picture for more than an hour. As far as beauty is concerned there can be no comparison of the merits of the two pictures. Yet the motion picture draws more people and holds them at attention longer than do the masterpieces, not through any intrinsic merit of its own, but because it depicts unfolding events, the outcome of which the audience is breathlessly waiting. It possesses the element of struggle, which never fails to arouse suspense."
Miss Patterson [Footnote: Op. cit., pp. 6-7.] argues that "suspense… is the difference between the masterpieces in the Metropolitan Museum of Art and the paintings at the Rivoli or the Rialto Theatres." If she had clarified that the masterpieces lack either an easily recognizable style or a theme popular with today's audience, she would be completely right in saying this "explains why people wander into the Metropolitan in pairs and trip into the Rialto and Rivoli in crowds. The pairs spend less than ten minutes looking at a piece in the Art Museum—unless they happen to be art students, critics, or connoisseurs. The crowds in the Rivoli or Rialto spend over an hour on a film. When it comes to beauty, there’s no way to compare the value of the two types of art. Yet the movies attract more viewers and keep them engaged longer than the masterpieces, not because of any inherent quality, but because they show unfolding stories, the outcomes of which the audience waits for with bated breath. They contain the element of struggle, which always stirs up suspense."
In order then that the distant situation shall not be a gray flicker on the edge of attention, it should be capable of translation into pictures in which the opportunity for identification is recognizable. Unless that happens it will interest only a few for a little while. It will belong to the sights seen but not felt, to the sensations that beat on our sense organs, and are not acknowledged. We have to take sides. We have to be able to take sides. In the recesses of our being we must step out of the audience on to the stage, and wrestle as the hero for the victory of good over evil. We must breathe into the allegory the breath of our life.
So, to make sure that something far away doesn't just blur at the edges of our attention, it needs to be something we can visualize, where we can see a chance for connection. If that doesn't happen, it will only catch the interest of a few people for a short time. It will be just one of those things we see but don’t really feel, like the sensations that hit our senses but go unnoticed. We need to choose a side. We need to be able to pick a side. Deep within us, we have to step off the sidelines and into the spotlight, fighting like heroes for good to triumph over evil. We have to infuse the allegory with the essence of our lives.
3
3
And so, in spite of the critics, a verdict is rendered in the old controversy about realism and romanticism. Our popular taste is to have the drama originate in a setting realistic enough to make identification plausible and to have it terminate in a setting romantic enough to be desirable, but not so romantic as to be inconceivable. In between the beginning and the end the canons are liberal, but the true beginning and the happy ending are landmarks. The moving picture audience rejects fantasy logically developed, because in pure fantasy there is no familiar foothold in the age of machines. It rejects realism relentlessly pursued because it does not enjoy defeat in a struggle that has become its own.
And so, despite what critics say, a conclusion is drawn in the ongoing debate about realism and romanticism. Our popular preference is for dramas to start in a setting that's realistic enough for us to relate to, and to end in a setting romantic enough to be appealing, but not so romantic that it feels impossible. In the space between the start and finish, there’s a lot of flexibility, but the clear starting point and the happy ending are essential markers. Movie audiences reject logically developed fantasy because, in pure fantasy, there’s no familiar ground in our machine-driven age. They also reject realism that’s relentlessly focused because they don’t want to experience defeat in a battle that feels personal.
What will be accepted as true, as realistic, as good, as evil, as desirable, is not eternally fixed. These are fixed by stereotypes, acquired from earlier experiences and carried over into judgment of later ones. And, therefore, if the financial investment in each film and in popular magazines were not so exorbitant as to require instant and widespread popularity, men of spirit and imagination would be able to use the screen and the periodical, as one might dream of their being used, to enlarge and to refine, to verify and criticize the repertory of images with which our imaginations work. But, given the present costs, the men who make moving pictures, like the church and the court painters of other ages, must adhere to the stereotypes that they find, or pay the price of frustrating expectation. The stereotypes can be altered, but not in time to guarantee success when the film is released six months from now.
What will be accepted as true, realistic, good, evil, or desirable isn't set in stone. These are shaped by stereotypes derived from past experiences and carried into the judgment of new ones. So, if the financial investment in each film and popular magazines weren't so high that it demands immediate and broad appeal, creative individuals could use film and print as one would hope they could—to expand, refine, verify, and critique the collection of images our imaginations rely on. However, given the current costs, filmmakers, much like the church and court artists of previous times, have to stick to the stereotypes they encounter, or they'll face disappointing outcomes. Stereotypes can be changed, but not quickly enough to ensure success by the time the film releases six months later.
The men who do alter the stereotypes, the pioneering artists and critics, are naturally depressed and angered at managers and editors who protect their investments. They are risking everything, then why not the others? That is not quite fair, for in their righteous fury they have forgotten their own rewards, which are beyond any that their employers can hope to feel. They could not, and would not if they could, change places. And they have forgotten another thing in the unceasing war with Philistia. They have forgotten that they are measuring their own success by standards that artists and wise men of the past would never have dreamed of invoking. They are asking for circulations and audiences that were never considered by any artist until the last few generations. And when they do not get them, they are disappointed.
The men who challenge the stereotypes, the groundbreaking artists and critics, are understandably frustrated and angry at the managers and editors who protect their investments. They are risking everything, so why aren’t others doing the same? That’s not entirely fair, because in their justified anger, they’ve lost sight of their own rewards, which are greater than anything their employers could ever hope to achieve. They couldn’t—and wouldn’t if they could—trade places. And they’ve forgotten something else in the ongoing battle against mediocrity. They’re measuring their own success by standards that artists and wise individuals from the past would never have considered. They are seeking circulations and audiences that no artist aspired to until the last few generations. And when they don’t achieve them, they feel let down.
Those who catch on, like Sinclair Lewis in "Main Street," are men who have succeeded in projecting definitely what great numbers of other people were obscurely trying to say inside their heads. "You have said it for me." They establish a new form which is then endlessly copied until it, too, becomes a stereotype of perception. The next pioneer finds it difficult to make the public see Main Street any other way. And he, like the forerunners of Sinclair Lewis, has a quarrel with the public.
Those who get it, like Sinclair Lewis in "Main Street," are people who have managed to express clearly what many others were vaguely thinking. "You've put it into words for me." They create a new format that gets endlessly imitated until it, too, becomes a cliché. The next trailblazer struggles to get the public to see Main Street in a different light. And he, just like Sinclair Lewis's predecessors, has a conflict with the public.
This quarrel is due not only to the conflict of stereotypes, but to the pioneering artist's reverence for his material. Whatever the plane he chooses, on that plane he remains. If he is dealing with the inwardness of an event he follows it to its conclusion regardless of the pain it causes. He will not tag his fantasy to help anyone, or cry peace where there is no peace. There is his America. But big audiences have no stomach for such severity. They are more interested in themselves than in anything else in the world. The selves in which they are interested are the selves that have been revealed by schools and by tradition. They insist that a work of art shall be a vehicle with a step where they can climb aboard, and that they shall ride, not according to the contours of the country, but to a land where for an hour there are no clocks to punch and no dishes to wash. To satisfy these demands there exists an intermediate class of artists who are able and willing to confuse the planes, to piece together a realistic-romantic compound out of the inventions of greater men, and, as Miss Patterson advises, give "what real life so rarely does-the triumphant resolution of a set of difficulties; the anguish of virtue and the triumph of sin… changed to the glorifications of virtue and the eternal punishment of its enemy." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 46. "The hero and heroine must in general possess youth, beauty, goodness, exalted self-sacrifice, and unalterable constancy."]
This argument comes not just from conflicting stereotypes, but from the pioneering artist's respect for their material. Whatever medium they choose, they fully commit to it. If they are exploring the depth of an event, they pursue it to the end, no matter how painful it may be. They won’t adjust their imagination to please anyone or pretend everything is fine when it isn’t. That’s their America. However, large audiences aren't fond of such seriousness. They care more about themselves than anything else. The version of themselves they care about is shaped by education and tradition. They expect art to be a ride where they can board and escape, not following the real landscape, but to a place where there are no responsibilities or chores for an hour. To meet these expectations, there’s a group of artists who can and will mix things up, creating a realistic-romantic blend from the works of greater artists. As Miss Patterson suggests, they offer "what real life so rarely does—the triumphant resolution of a set of difficulties; the anguish of virtue and the triumph of sin… transformed into the glorification of virtue and the eternal punishment of its enemy." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 46. "The hero and heroine must in general possess youth, beauty, goodness, exalted self-sacrifice, and unalterable constancy."]
4
4
The ideologies of politics obey these rules. The foothold of realism is always there. The picture of some real evil, such as the German threat or class conflict, is recognizable in the argument. There is a description of some aspect of the world which is convincing because it agrees with familiar ideas. But as the ideology deals with an unseen future, as well as with a tangible present, it soon crosses imperceptibly the frontier of verification. In describing the present you are more or less tied down to common experience. In describing what nobody has experienced you are bound to let go. You stand at Armageddon, more or less, but you battle for the Lord, perhaps…. A true beginning, true according to the standards prevailing, and a happy ending. Every Marxist is hard as nails about the brutalities of the present, and mostly sunshine about the day after the dictatorship. So were the war propagandists: there was not a bestial quality in human nature they did not find everywhere east of the Rhine, or west of it if they were Germans. The bestiality was there all right. But after the victory, eternal peace. Plenty of this is quite cynically deliberate. For the skilful propagandist knows that while you must start with a plausible analysis, you must not keep on analyzing, because the tedium of real political accomplishment will soon destroy interest. So the propagandist exhausts the interest in reality by a tolerably plausible beginning, and then stokes up energy for a long voyage by brandishing a passport to heaven.
The ideologies of politics follow these rules. The foundation of realism is always present. The reality of actual threats, like the German menace or class struggles, can be seen in the arguments. There’s a depiction of some facet of the world that feels genuine because it aligns with familiar concepts. But as ideology confronts an unseen future, along with the observable present, it quickly slips past the point of verification. When explaining the present, you’re somewhat grounded in shared experiences. However, when discussing what no one has ever seen, you have to let go. You find yourself at Armageddon, more or less, but you fight for a higher cause, maybe… A genuine beginning, one that fits the common standards, and a happy ending. Every Marxist is relentless regarding the harsh realities of today but overly optimistic about the time after the dictatorship. So were the war propagandists: there wasn’t a savage trait in human nature they couldn’t identify either east or west of the Rhine, depending on whether they were Germans. The savagery existed for sure. But after the victory, comes eternal peace. Much of this is quite deliberately cynical. The skilled propagandist understands that while you have to start with a believable analysis, you shouldn’t continue analyzing, as the monotony of real political work will soon kill interest. So the propagandist uses a reasonably plausible start to drain interest in reality, then ignites enthusiasm for a long journey by waving around a passport to paradise.
The formula works when the public fiction enmeshes itself with a private urgency. But once enmeshed, in the heat of battle, the original self and the original stereotype which effected the junction may be wholly lost to sight.
The formula works when public perception becomes intertwined with personal urgency. But once they are intertwined, in the heat of the moment, the original self and the initial stereotype that caused the connection may be completely overlooked.
CHAPTER XII
SELF-INTEREST RECONSIDERED
1
1
THEREFORE, the identical story is not the same story to all who hear it. Each will enter it at a slightly different point, since no two experiences are exactly alike; he will reenact it in his own way, and transfuse it with his own feelings. Sometimes an artist of compelling skill will force us to enter into lives altogether unlike our own, lives that seem at first glance dull, repulsive, or eccentric. But that is rare. In almost every story that catches our attention we become a character and act out the role with a pantomime of our own. The pantomime may be subtle or gross, may be sympathetic to the story, or only crudely analogous; but it will consist of those feelings which are aroused by our conception of the role. And so, the original theme as it circulates, is stressed, twisted, and embroidered by all the minds through which it goes. It is as if a play of Shakespeare's were rewritten each time it is performed with all the changes of emphasis and meaning that the actors and audience inspired.
THEREFORE, the same story isn’t the same for everyone who hears it. Each person will dive in at a slightly different point, since no two experiences are exactly alike; they will reinterpret it in their own way and fill it with their own emotions. Sometimes a really skilled artist will pull us into lives that are completely different from our own, lives that may initially seem boring, off-putting, or quirky. But that’s rare. In almost every story that grabs our attention, we become a character and perform the role in our own unique way. The performance can be subtle or bold, may resonate with the story, or just be vaguely related; but it will be shaped by the feelings that arise from how we perceive the role. Thus, the original theme, as it circulates, is emphasized, distorted, and elaborated upon by everyone who engages with it. It’s like a Shakespeare play being rewritten every time it’s performed, with all the shifts in emphasis and meaning inspired by the actors and the audience.
Something very like that seems to have happened to the stories in the sagas before they were definitively written down. In our time the printed record, such as it is, checks the exuberance of each individual's fancy. But against rumor there is little or no checks and the original story, true or invented, grows wings and horns, hoofs and beaks, as the artist in each gossip works upon it. The first narrator's account does not keep its shape and proportions. It is edited and revised by all who played with it as they heard it, used it for day dreams, and passed it on. [Footnote: For an interesting example, see the case described by C. J. Jung, Zentralblatt für Psychoanalyse, 1911, Vol. I, p. 81. Translated by Constance Long, in Analytical Psychology, Ch. IV.]
Something similar seems to have happened to the stories in the sagas before they were finally written down. Nowadays, the printed record, for what it’s worth, limits the wild imagination of each individual. But against rumors, there are barely any checks, and the original story, whether true or made up, gains wings, horns, hooves, and beaks as each gossip artist adds their touch. The first narrator's version loses its shape and proportions. It gets edited and revised by everyone who played with it as they heard it, used it for daydreams, and passed it along. [Footnote: For an interesting example, see the case described by C. J. Jung, Zentralblatt für Psychoanalyse, 1911, Vol. I, p. 81. Translated by Constance Long, in Analytical Psychology, Ch. IV.]
Consequently the more mixed the audience, the greater will be the variation in the response. For as the audience grows larger, the number of common words diminishes. Thus the common factors in the story become more abstract. This story, lacking precise character of its own, is heard by people of highly varied character. They give it their own character.
As a result, the more diverse the audience, the more varied the responses will be. As the audience gets larger, the number of shared words decreases. This makes the common elements in the story more abstract. This story, which doesn’t have a clear character of its own, is heard by people with very different backgrounds. They interpret it in their own way.
2
2
The character they give it varies not only with sex and age, race and religion and social position, but within these cruder classifications, according to the inherited and acquired constitution of the individual, his faculties, his career, the progress of his career, an emphasized aspect of his career, his moods and tenses, or his place on the board in any of the games of life that he is playing. What reaches him of public affairs, a few lines of print, some photographs, anecdotes, and some casual experience of his own, he conceives through his set patterns and recreates with his own emotions. He does not take his personal problems as partial samples of the greater environment. He takes his stories of the greater environment as a mimic enlargement of his private life.
The character assigned varies not only with gender, age, race, religion, and social status, but also within these broader categories, based on the individual's inherited and acquired traits, abilities, career path, the progress he's made in that career, a highlighted aspect of it, his moods and mindset, or his position in any of life's various games. What he learns about public affairs—just a few lines in print, some photos, anecdotes, and his own random experiences—he interprets through his established views and reconstructs with his own feelings. He doesn't see his personal issues as small examples of the larger world. Instead, he views his stories about the bigger picture as a reflection of his private life.
But not necessarily of that private life as he would describe it to himself. For in his private life the choices are narrow, and much of himself is squeezed down and out of sight where it cannot directly govern his outward behavior. And thus, beside the more average people who project the happiness of their own lives into a general good will, or their unhappiness into suspicion and hate, there are the outwardly happy people who are brutal everywhere but in their own circle, as well as the people who, the more they detest their families, their friends, their jobs, the more they overflow with love for mankind.
But not necessarily in the way he would think about it. In his personal life, the choices are limited, and a lot of who he is gets pushed down and hidden where it can't directly influence how he acts on the outside. So, alongside more typical people who share their happiness as a general goodwill, or their unhappiness as suspicion and hate, there are those who seem happy but are brutal everywhere except in their own circle, as well as those who, the more they loathe their families, friends, and jobs, the more love they express for humanity.
As you descend from generalities to detail, it becomes more apparent that the character in which men deal with their affairs is not fixed. Possibly their different selves have a common stem and common qualities, but the branches and the twigs have many forms. Nobody confronts every situation with the same character. His character varies in some degree through the sheer influence of time and accumulating memory, since he is not an automaton. His character varies, not only in time, but according to circumstance. The legend of the solitary Englishman in the South Seas, who invariably shaves and puts on a black tie for dinner, bears witness to his own intuitive and civilized fear of losing the character which he has acquired. So do diaries, and albums, and souvenirs, old letters, and old clothes, and the love of unchanging routine testify to our sense of how hard it is to step twice in the Heraclitan river.
As you move from broad concepts to specifics, it becomes clearer that the way people handle their affairs isn’t set in stone. They might share a common core and similar traits, but the way they express themselves can vary greatly. No one faces every situation with the same approach. A person’s character shifts over time and is shaped by accumulated memories, as they are not just machines. Their character not only changes over time but also depends on the circumstances. The story of the lone Englishman in the South Seas, who always shaves and puts on a black tie for dinner, reflects his instinctive and civilized fear of losing the character he has built. Similarly, diaries, photo albums, souvenirs, old letters, and even old clothes, along with our affection for consistent routines, all highlight how difficult it is to step into the same river twice, as Heraclitus said.
There is no one self always at work. And therefore it is of great importance in the formation of any public opinion, what self is engaged. The Japanese ask the right to settle in California. Clearly it makes a whole lot of difference whether you conceive the demand as a desire to grow fruit or to marry the white man's daughter. If two nations are disputing a piece of territory, it matters greatly whether the people regard the negotiations as a real estate deal, an attempt to humiliate them, or, in the excited and provocative language which usually enclouds these arguments, as a rape. For the self which takes charge of the instincts when we are thinking about lemons or distant acres is very different from the self which appears when we are thinking even potentially as the outraged head of a family. In one case the private feeling which enters into the opinion is tepid, in the other, red hot. And so while it is so true as to be mere tautology that "self-interest" determines opinion, the statement is not illuminating, until we know which self out of many selects and directs the interest so conceived.
There isn't just one self that is always at work. That's why it's really important to consider which self is involved in shaping public opinion. The Japanese are asking for the right to settle in California. It makes a huge difference whether this request is seen as a desire to grow fruit or as wanting to marry a white man's daughter. When two countries are arguing over a piece of land, it’s significant whether people view the talks as a real estate transaction, an effort to insult them, or, using the emotionally charged language that often clouds these discussions, as a violation. The self that engages with our instincts when we're thinking about lemons or remote land is very different from the self that comes out when we consider being the angry head of a family. In one situation, the personal feelings involved in the opinion are mild, while in the other, they are intense. So while it’s obvious that “self-interest” shapes opinions, this statement doesn’t shed light on the matter until we know which self, out of many, is the one that chooses and directs the perceived interest.
Religious teaching and popular wisdom have always distinguished several personalities in each human being. They have been called the Higher and Lower, the Spiritual and the Material, the Divine and the Carnal; and although we may not wholly accept this classification, we cannot fail to observe that distinctions exist. Instead of two antithetic selves, a modern man would probably note a good many not so sharply separated. He would say that the distinction drawn by theologians was arbitrary and external, because many different selves were grouped together as higher provided they fitted into the theologian's categories, but he would recognize nevertheless that here was an authentic clue to the variety of human nature.
Religious teachings and common wisdom have always recognized different sides to each person. They've been labeled the Higher and Lower, the Spiritual and the Material, the Divine and the Carnal; and while we might not fully agree with this classification, we can't overlook the differences that exist. Instead of two opposing selves, a modern person would likely point out many that are not so clearly defined. They would argue that the distinction made by theologians is arbitrary and superficial, since various aspects of ourselves are grouped as higher only if they fit the theologian's definitions, but they would still acknowledge that this highlights the true complexity of human nature.
We have learned to note many selves, and to be a little less ready to issue judgment upon them. We understand that we see the same body, but often a different man, depending on whether he is dealing with a social equal, a social inferior, or a social superior; on whether he is making love to a woman he is eligible to marry, or to one whom he is not; on whether he is courting a woman, or whether he considers himself her proprietor; on whether he is dealing with his children, his partners, his most trusted subordinates, the boss who can make him or break him; on whether he is struggling for the necessities of life, or successful; on whether he is dealing with a friendly alien, or a despised one; on whether he is in great danger, or in perfect security; on whether he is alone in Paris or among his family in Peoria.
We’ve learned to recognize many sides of ourselves and to be less quick to judge them. We know that we see the same person, but often a different version of him, depending on whether he’s interacting with a social equal, a social inferior, or a social superior; whether he’s romantically involved with a woman he can marry or one he can’t; whether he’s trying to win over a woman or considers himself entitled to her; whether he’s interacting with his children, his partners, his most trusted employees, or the boss who holds his future; whether he’s fighting for basic needs or experiencing success; whether he’s dealing with a friendly outsider or one he looks down upon; whether he’s facing serious danger or feels completely safe; whether he’s alone in Paris or with his family in Peoria.
People differ widely, of course, in the consistency of their characters, so widely that they may cover the whole gamut of differences between a split soul like Dr. Jekyll's and an utterly singleminded Brand, Parsifal, or Don Quixote. If the selves are too unrelated, we distrust the man; if they are too inflexibly on one track we find him arid, stubborn, or eccentric. In the repertory of characters, meager for the isolated and the self-sufficient, highly varied for the adaptable, there is a whole range of selves, from that one at the top which we should wish God to see, to those at the bottom that we ourselves do not dare to see. There may be octaves for the family,—father, Jehovah, tyrant,—husband, proprietor, male,—lover, lecher,—for the occupation,—employer, master, exploiter,—competitor, intriguer, enemy,—subordinate, courtier, snob. Some never come out into public view. Others are called out only by exceptional circumstances. But the characters take their form from a man's conception of the situation in which he finds himself. If the environment to which he is sensitive happens to be the smart set, he will imitate the character he conceives to be appropriate. That character will tend to act as modulator of his bearing, his speech, his choice of subjects, his preferences. Much of the comedy of life lies here, in the way people imagine their characters for situations that are strange to them: the professor among promoters, the deacon at a poker game, the cockney in the country, the paste diamond among real diamonds.
People vary greatly in how consistent their personalities are, to the point that they can represent the full range from a divided person like Dr. Jekyll to someone completely singular like Brand, Parsifal, or Don Quixote. If a person's identities are too disconnected, we become suspicious of them; if they're too rigidly focused, we see them as dry, stubborn, or odd. When it comes to different personalities, there's a limited selection for those who are isolated and self-sufficient, and a vast array for those who can adapt. This range includes the best version of ourselves that we hope God sees, down to the parts we’re afraid to acknowledge. Families might have their own spectrum of roles—father, God, tyrant—husband, provider, male—lover, player—within a job—employer, master, exploiter—competitor, schemer, enemy—subordinate, sycophant, snob. Some roles never show themselves publicly, while others emerge only in unique situations. However, our characters are shaped by how we view the situation we find ourselves in. If we're tuned into high society, we’ll mimic the persona we think is fitting. This persona often influences our behavior, speech, topics of conversation, and preferences. A lot of life's humor stems from how people construct their personas for situations they find unfamiliar: the professor among promoters, the deacon at a poker game, the city dweller in the countryside, the faux diamond among real ones.
3
3
Into the making of a man's characters there enters a variety of influences not easily separated. [Footnote: For an interesting sketch of the more noteworthy early attempts to explain character, see the chapter called "The Antecedents of the Study of Character and Temperament," in Joseph Jastrow's The Psychology of Conviction.] The analysis in its fundamentals is perhaps still as doubtful as it was in the fifth century B. C. when Hippocrates formulated the doctrine of the humors, distinguished the sanguine, the melancholic, the choleric, and the phlegmatic dispositions, and ascribed them to the blood, the black bile, the yellow bile, and the phlegm. The latest theories, such as one finds them in Cannon, [Footnote: Bodily Changes in Pleasure, Pain and Anger.] Adler, [Footnote: The Neurotic Constitution.] Kempf, [Footnote: The Autonomic Functions and the Personality; Psychopathology. Cf. also Louis Berman: The Glands Regulating Personality.] appear to follow much the same scent, from the outward behavior and the inner consciousness to the physiology of the body. But in spite of an immensely improved technique, no one would be likely to claim that there are settled conclusions which enable us to set apart nature from nurture, and abstract the native character from the acquired. It is only in what Joseph Jastrow has called the slums of psychology that the explanation of character is regarded as a fixed system to be applied by phrenologists, palmists, fortune-tellers, mind-readers, and a few political professors. There you will still find it asserted that "the Chinese are fond of colors, and have their eyebrows much vaulted" while "the heads of the Calmucks are depressed from above, but very large laterally, about the organ which gives the inclination to acquire; and this nation's propensity to steal, etc., is admitted." [Footnote: Jastrow, op. cit., p. 156.]
The creation of a person's character involves a mix of influences that aren't easy to untangle. [Footnote: For an interesting overview of some significant early attempts to explain character, see the chapter called "The Antecedents of the Study of Character and Temperament," in Joseph Jastrow's The Psychology of Conviction.] At its core, the analysis is perhaps still as uncertain as it was in the fifth century B.C. when Hippocrates developed the theory of the humors, identifying the sanguine, melancholic, choleric, and phlegmatic temperaments and linking them to blood, black bile, yellow bile, and phlegm. The newest theories, as seen in the work of Cannon, [Footnote: Bodily Changes in Pleasure, Pain and Anger.] Adler, [Footnote: The Neurotic Constitution.] and Kempf, [Footnote: The Autonomic Functions and the Personality; Psychopathology. Cf. also Louis Berman: The Glands Regulating Personality.] seem to follow a similar path, addressing behavior, inner thoughts, and the body’s physiology. Yet, despite major advances in techniques, no one would confidently assert there are definitive conclusions that help us separate innate characteristics from those shaped by environment. It's only in what Joseph Jastrow referred to as the "slums of psychology" that character explanations are treated as fixed systems, to be utilized by phrenologists, palm readers, fortune-tellers, mind readers, and a few political professors. There, you may still hear claims like, "the Chinese are fond of colors and have highly arched eyebrows" and "the heads of the Calmucks are flattened on top, but very wide around the area associated with the desire to acquire; and this nation's tendency to steal is acknowledged." [Footnote: Jastrow, op. cit., p. 156.]
The modern psychologists are disposed to regard the outward behavior of an adult as an equation between a number of variables, such as the resistance of the environment, repressed cravings of several maturities, and the manifest personality. [Footnote: Formulated by Kempf, Psychopathology, p. 74, as follows:
The current psychologists tend to see an adult's outward behavior as a balance of several factors, like environmental challenges, suppressed desires from different stages of development, and the visible personality. [Footnote: Formulated by Kempf, Psychopathology, p. 74, as follows:
Manifest wishes } over } Later Repressed Wishes } Over } opposed by the resistance of the Adolescent Repressed Wishes } environment=Behavior Over } Preadolescent Repressed Wishes } ] They permit us to suppose, though I have not seen the notion formulated, that the repression or control of cravings is fixed not in relation to the whole person all the time, but more or less in respect to his various selves. There are things he will not do as a patriot that he will do when he is not thinking of himself as a patriot. No doubt there are impulses, more or less incipient in childhood, that are never exercised again in the whole of a man's life, except as they enter obscurely and indirectly into combination with other impulses. But even that is not certain, since repression is not irretrievable. For just as psychoanalysis can bring to the surface a buried impulse, so can social situations. [Footnote: Cf. the very interesting book of Everett Dean Martin, The Behavior of Crowds.
Manifest wishes } over } Later Repressed Wishes } Over } opposed by the resistance of the Adolescent Repressed Wishes } environment=Behavior Over } Preadolescent Repressed Wishes } ] They suggest that the repression or control of desires isn't constant across the whole person at all times, but varies depending on his different identities. There are actions he won't take as a patriot that he might take when he's not considering himself in that role. It's likely that there are impulses, which may be barely noticeable in childhood, that never emerge again throughout a man's life, except when they combine in subtle and indirect ways with other desires. But that's not guaranteed either, since repression isn't permanent. Just as psychoanalysis can uncover a hidden impulse, so can social situations. [Footnote: Cf. the very interesting book of Everett Dean Martin, The Behavior of Crowds.
Also Hobbes, Leviathan, Part II, Ch. 25. "For the passions of men, which asunder are moderate, as the heat of one brand, in an assembly are like many brands, that inflame one another, especially when they blow one another with orations…."
Also Hobbes, Leviathan, Part II, Ch. 25. "The passions of men, which are moderate when separate, are like individual sparks; in a group, they act like many sparks that ignite each other, especially when they stir each other up with speeches…."
LeBon, The Crowd, elaborates this observation of Hobbes's.] It is only when our surroundings remain normal and placid, when what is expected of us by those we meet is consistent, that we live without knowledge of many of our dispositions. When the unexpected occurs, we learn much about ourselves that we did not know.
LeBon, The Crowd, expands on this observation from Hobbes. We only live without awareness of many of our traits when our environment is stable and calm, and the expectations from those around us are consistent. When something unexpected happens, we discover a lot about ourselves that we weren’t aware of before.
The selves, which we construct with the help of all who influence us, prescribe which impulses, how emphasized, how directed, are appropriate to certain typical situations for which we have learned prepared attitudes. For a recognizable type of experience, there is a character which controls the outward manifestations of our whole being. Murderous hate is, for example, controlled in civil life. Though you choke with rage, you must not display it as a parent, child, employer, politician. You would not wish to display a personality that exudes murderous hate. You frown upon it, and the people around you also frown. But if a war breaks out, the chances are that everybody you admire will begin to feel the justification of killing and hating. At first the vent for these feelings is very narrow. The selves which come to the front are those which are attuned to a real love of country, the kind of feeling that you find in Rupert Brooke, and in Sir Edward Grey's speech on August 3,1914, and in President Wilson's address to Congress on April 2, 1917. The reality of war is still abhorred, and what war actually means is learned but gradually. For previous wars are only transfigured memories. In that honeymoon phase, the realists of war rightly insist that the nation is not yet awake, and reassure each other by saying: "Wait for the casualty lists." Gradually the impulse to kill becomes the main business, and all those characters which might modify it, disintegrate. The impulse becomes central, is sanctified, and gradually turns unmanageable. It seeks a vent not alone on the idea of the enemy, which is all the enemy most people actually see during the war, but upon all the persons and objects and ideas that have always been hateful. Hatred of the enemy is legitimate. These other hatreds have themselves legitimized by the crudest analogy, and by what, once having cooled off, we recognize as the most far-fetched analogy. It takes a long time to subdue so powerful an impulse once it goes loose. And therefore, when the war is over in fact, it takes time and struggle to regain self-control, and to deal with the problems of peace in civilian character.
The identities we create with the help of those who influence us dictate which feelings, how intense, and how directed, are suitable for typical situations where we’ve learned certain attitudes. For a recognizable experience, there’s a character that manages the external expressions of our entire being. For example, intense hatred is restrained in everyday life. Even if you’re filled with rage, you can't show it as a parent, child, employer, or politician. You wouldn’t want to display a personality that radiates violent anger. You frown upon it, and the people around you do too. But if a war breaks out, chances are that everyone you look up to will start to feel it’s justified to kill and hate. At first, the outlet for these feelings is very limited. The selves that come to the forefront are those that resonate with a genuine love for their country, the kind of sentiment reflected in Rupert Brooke’s poetry, Sir Edward Grey's speech on August 3, 1914, and President Wilson's address to Congress on April 2, 1917. The reality of war is still detested, and what war truly means is understood only gradually. Previous wars become idealized memories. During that initial phase, war realists rightly argue that the nation isn’t fully awakened, reassuring each other by saying, "Just wait for the casualty lists." Gradually, the desire to kill becomes the primary focus, and all the influences that might temper it disappear. The impulse becomes central, is legitimized, and slowly becomes uncontrollable. It seeks an outlet not just against the enemy, which is all most people actually see during the war, but against all the people, objects, and ideas that have always been despised. Hatred for the enemy is seen as acceptable. These other hates are justified through the crudest comparisons, which, once we've calmed down, we recognize as highly exaggerated. It takes a long time to rein in such a powerful impulse once it's unleashed. Therefore, even after the war officially ends, it takes time and effort to regain self-control and address the challenges of peace in a civilian context.
Modern war, as Mr. Herbert Croly has said, is inherent in the political structure of modern society, but outlawed by its ideals. For the civilian population there exists no ideal code of conduct in war, such as the soldier still possesses and chivalry once prescribed. The civilians are without standards, except those that the best of them manage to improvise. The only standards they possess make war an accursed thing. Yet though the war may be a necessary one, no moral training has prepared them for it. Only their higher selves have a code and patterns, and when they have to act in what the higher regards as a lower character profound disturbance results.
Modern war, as Mr. Herbert Croly has pointed out, is built into the political framework of today’s society but is rejected by its ideals. For regular people, there is no ideal code of conduct in war, unlike the guidelines that soldiers still have and that chivalry once promoted. Civilians lack standards, aside from what the best among them can create on the spot. The only standards they do have make war a terrible thing. Yet even if the war is necessary, they haven’t been morally prepared for it. Only their better selves have a code and methods, and when they have to act in ways that their higher selves see as beneath them, it leads to deep turmoil.
The preparation of characters for all the situations in which men may find themselves is one function of a moral education. Clearly then, it depends for its success upon the sincerity and knowledge with which the environment has been explored. For in a world falsely conceived, our own characters are falsely conceived, and we misbehave. So the moralist must choose: either he must offer a pattern of conduct for every phase of life, however distasteful some of its phases may be, or he must guarantee that his pupils will never be confronted by the situations he disapproves. Either he must abolish war, or teach people how to wage it with the greatest psychic economy; either he must abolish the economic life of man and feed him with stardust and dew, or he must investigate all the perplexities of economic life and offer patterns of conduct which are applicable in a world where no man is self-supporting. But that is just what the prevailing moral culture so generally refuses to do. In its best aspects it is diffident at the awful complication of the modern world. In its worst, it is just cowardly. Now whether the moralists study economics and politics and psychology, or whether the social scientists educate the moralists is no great matter. Each generation will go unprepared into the modern world, unless it has been taught to conceive the kind of personality it will have to be among the issues it will most likely meet.
The preparation of individuals for all the situations they may encounter is a key part of moral education. Clearly, its success hinges on how sincerely and knowledgeably the surrounding environment has been examined. In a world based on false ideas, our own characters will also be flawed, leading to poor behavior. So, the moralist faces a choice: they can either provide a guide for how to act in every part of life, even if some parts are unpleasant, or they can ensure that their students will never face the situations they disapprove of. They must either eliminate war or teach individuals how to fight it with the least emotional toll; they must either get rid of human economic activity and sustain people on dreams and idealism, or they must delve into the complexities of economic life and offer conduct guidelines relevant to a world where no one is entirely self-sufficient. But that’s exactly what the current moral culture often avoids doing. At its best, it hesitates in the face of the modern world’s complexities. At its worst, it is simply cowardly. Whether moralists study economics, politics, and psychology, or whether social scientists teach moralists, is not the main issue. Each generation will enter the modern world unprepared unless it learns what kind of person it needs to be in the face of the challenges it is likely to encounter.
4
4
Most of this the naive view of self-interest leaves out of account. It forgets that self and interest are both conceived somehow, and that for the most part they are conventionally conceived. The ordinary doctrine of self-interest usually omits altogether the cognitive function. So insistent is it on the fact that human beings finally refer all things to themselves, that it does not stop to notice that men's ideas of all things and of themselves are not instinctive. They are acquired.
Most of this naive view of self-interest overlooks important aspects. It ignores that both self and interest are understood in certain ways, and that for the most part, these understandings are shaped by social conventions. The common belief in self-interest often completely misses the cognitive aspect. It's so focused on the idea that people ultimately relate everything to themselves that it fails to recognize that people's ideas about everything, including themselves, are not instinctual. They are learned.
Thus it may be true enough, as James Madison wrote in the tenth paper of the Federalist, that "a landed interest, a manufacturing interest, a mercantile interest, a moneyed interest, with many lesser interests, grow up of necessity in civilized nations, and divide them into different classes, actuated by different sentiments and views." But if you examine the context of Madison's paper, you discover something which I think throws light upon that view of instinctive fatalism, called sometimes the economic interpretation of history. Madison was arguing for the federal constitution, and "among the numerous advantages of the union" he set forth "its tendency to break and control the violence of faction." Faction was what worried Madison. And the causes of faction he traced to "the nature of man," where latent dispositions are "brought into different degrees of activity, according to the different circumstances of civil society. A zeal for different opinions concerning religion, concerning government and many other points, as well of speculation as of practice; an attachment to different leaders ambitiously contending for preeminence and power, or to persons of other descriptions whose fortunes have been interesting to the human passions, have, in turn, divided mankind into parties, inflamed them with mutual animosity, and rendered them much more disposed to vex and oppress each other, than to coöperate for their common good. So strong is this propensity of mankind to fall into mutual animosities, that where no substantial occasion presents itself, the most frivolous and fanciful distinctions have been sufficient to kindle their unfriendly passions and excite their most violent conflicts. But the most common and durable source of factions has been the various and unequal distribution of property."
It may be accurate, as James Madison stated in the tenth paper of the Federalist, that "land-based interests, manufacturing interests, trade interests, and financial interests, along with many smaller interests, necessarily arise in civilized nations, dividing them into different classes driven by different feelings and perspectives." However, if you look into the context of Madison's paper, you find something that sheds light on this viewpoint of instinctive fatalism, sometimes referred to as the economic interpretation of history. Madison was advocating for the federal constitution, and "among the numerous advantages of the union" he highlighted "its tendency to break and control the violence of factions." Factions were what worried Madison. He traced the causes of factions back to "the nature of man," where inherent tendencies are "activated to varying degrees, depending on the different circumstances of civil society. A passion for differing opinions about religion, government, and many other topics—whether theoretical or practical; a loyalty to various leaders competing for dominance and power, or to individuals whose fortunes have captured human interests—have, in turn, split humanity into parties, sparked mutual hostility, and made them far more inclined to irritate and oppress one another than to work together for the common good. The human tendency to fall into mutual animosities is so strong that even in the absence of significant reasons, the most trivial and imaginary distinctions have been enough to ignite unfriendly feelings and provoke their fiercest conflicts. Yet, the most common and lasting source of factions has been the unequal distribution of property."
Madison's theory, therefore, is that the propensity to faction may be kindled by religious or political opinions, by leaders, but most commonly by the distribution of property. Yet note that Madison claims only that men are divided by their relation to property. He does not say that their property and their opinions are cause and effect, but that differences of property are the causes of differences of opinion. The pivotal word in Madison's argument is "different." From the existence of differing economic situations you can tentatively infer a probable difference of opinions, but you cannot infer what those opinions will necessarily be.
Madison's theory suggests that the tendency towards factions can be sparked by religious or political beliefs, by leaders, but most often by the distribution of wealth. However, it's important to note that Madison claims only that people are divided based on their relationship to property. He doesn’t argue that their wealth directly causes their opinions, but that differences in property lead to differences in opinions. The key word in Madison's argument is "different." From the existence of varying economic conditions, you can tentatively guess that there will be differing opinions, but you cannot determine what those opinions will specifically be.
This reservation cuts radically into the claims of the theory as that theory is usually held. That the reservation is necessary, the enormous contradiction between dogma and practice among orthodox socialists bears witness. They argue that the next stage in social evolution is the inevitable result of the present stage. But in order to produce that inevitable next stage they organize and agitate to produce "class consciousness." Why, one asks, does not the economic situation produce consciousness of class in everybody? It just doesn't, that is all. And therefore the proud claim will not stand that the socialist philosophy rests on prophetic insight into destiny. It rests on an hypothesis about human nature. [Footnote: Cf. Thorstein Veblen, "The Socialist Economics of Karl Marx and His Followers," in The Place of Science in Modern Civilization, esp. pp. 413-418.]
This reservation challenges the claims of the theory as it's typically understood. The huge contradiction between the beliefs and practices of orthodox socialists proves that this reservation is necessary. They say that the next stage in social evolution is the inevitable outcome of the current stage. But to create that inevitable next stage, they organize and advocate for "class consciousness." One might ask, why doesn't the economic situation naturally lead to class consciousness in everyone? The simple answer is that it just doesn't. Therefore, the proud claim that socialist philosophy is based on prophetic insight into destiny doesn't hold up. Instead, it relies on an assumption about human nature. [Footnote: Cf. Thorstein Veblen, "The Socialist Economics of Karl Marx and His Followers," in The Place of Science in Modern Civilization, esp. pp. 413-418.]
The socialist practice is based on a belief that if men are economically situated in different ways, they can then be induced to hold certain views. Undoubtedly they often come to believe, or can be induced to believe different things, as they are, for example, landlords or tenants, employees or employers, skilled or unskilled laborers, wageworkers or salaried men, buyers or sellers, farmers or middle-men, exporters or importers, creditors or debtors. Differences of income make a profound difference in contact and opportunity. Men who work at machines will tend, as Mr. Thorstein Veblen has so brilliantly demonstrated, [Footnote: The Theory of Business Enterprise.] to interpret experience differently from handicraftsmen or traders. If this were all that the materialistic conception of politics asserted, the theory would be an immensely valuable hypothesis that every interpreter of opinion would have to use. But he would often have to abandon the theory, and he would always have to be on guard. For in trying to explain a certain public opinion, it is rarely obvious which of a man's many social relations is effecting a particular opinion. Does Smith's opinion arise from his problems as a landlord, an importer, an owner of railway shares, or an employer? Does Jones's opinion, Jones being a weaver in a textile mill, come from the attitude of his boss, the competition of new immigrants, his wife's grocery bills, or the ever present contract with the firm which is selling him a Ford car and a house and lot on the instalment plan? Without special inquiry you cannot tell. The economic determinist cannot tell.
The socialist approach is based on the idea that if people have different economic situations, they can be influenced to adopt certain beliefs. It's clear that they often come to hold, or can be swayed to hold, different views depending on whether they are landlords or tenants, employees or employers, skilled or unskilled workers, those who earn wages or those on salary, buyers or sellers, farmers or middlemen, exporters or importers, creditors or debtors. Income differences significantly impact their interactions and opportunities. People who work with machines will generally, as Mr. Thorstein Veblen has shown so effectively, [Footnote: The Theory of Business Enterprise.] interpret their experiences differently from craftsmen or merchants. If this were all that the materialistic view of politics suggested, it would be an immensely useful theory that anyone interpreting public opinion would need to consider. However, they would often have to set the theory aside, and they would always have to be cautious. This is because when trying to explain a specific public opinion, it's rarely clear which of a person’s many social connections is influencing a particular belief. Does Smith's viewpoint come from his situation as a landlord, an importer, a shareholder in a railway company, or an employer? Does Jones's opinion, being a weaver in a textile mill, stem from his boss's stance, the competition from new immigrants, his wife's grocery bills, or the ongoing contract with the firm selling him a Ford car and a house on credit? Without further investigation, it’s impossible to say. The economic determinist can't determine this either.
A man's various economic contacts limit or enlarge the range of his opinions. But which of the contacts, in what guise, on what theory, the materialistic conception of politics cannot predict. It can predict, with a high degree of probability, that if a man owns a factory, his ownership will figure in those opinions which seem to have some bearing on that factory. But how the function of being an owner will figure, no economic determinist as such, can tell you. There is no fixed set of opinions on any question that go with being the owner of a factory, no views on labor, on property, on management, let alone views on less immediate matters. The determinist can predict that in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred the owner will resist attempts to deprive him of ownership, or that he will favor legislation which he thinks will increase his profits. But since there is no magic in ownership which enables a business man to know what laws will make him prosper, there is no chain of cause and effect described in economic materialism which enables anyone to prophesy whether the owner will take a long view or a short one, a competitive or a cooperative.
A man's various economic connections can either limit or expand the range of his opinions. However, the materialistic view of politics can't predict which connections will influence him, in what way, or based on what theory. It can forecast, with a high degree of certainty, that if a man owns a factory, his ownership will shape the opinions he has that relate to that factory. But how being an owner will affect his viewpoint is something no economic determinist can specify. There isn't a fixed set of opinions attached to being a factory owner, nor are there guaranteed views on labor, property, or management, let alone perspectives on less direct issues. The determinist can expect that in ninety-nine out of a hundred cases, the owner will resist any attempts to take away his ownership or will support laws he believes will boost his profits. But because ownership doesn't magically grant a business person insight into what laws will make him successful, there isn't a clear cause-and-effect relationship in economic materialism that allows anyone to predict whether the owner will have a long-term or short-term perspective, or whether he'll choose a competitive or cooperative approach.
Did the theory have the validity which is so often claimed for it, it would enable us to prophesy. We could analyze the economic interests of a people, and deduce what the people was bound to do. Marx tried that, and after a good guess about the trusts, went wholly wrong. The first socialist experiment came, not as he predicted, out of the culmination of capitalist development in the West, but out of the collapse of a pre-capitalist system in the East. Why did he go wrong? Why did his greatest disciple, Lenin, go wrong? Because the Marxians thought that men's economic position would irresistibly produce a clear conception of their economic interests. They thought they themselves possessed that clear conception, and that what they knew the rest of mankind would learn. The event has shown, not only that a clear conception of interest does not arise automatically in everyone, but that it did not arise even in Marx and Lenin themselves. After all that Marx and Lenin have written, the social behavior of mankind is still obscure. It ought not to be, if economic position alone determined public opinion. Position ought, if their theory were correct, not only to divide mankind into classes, but to supply each class with a view of its interest and a coherent policy for obtaining it. Yet nothing is more certain than that all classes of men are in constant perplexity as to what their interests are. [Footnote: As a matter of fact, when it came to the test, Lenin completely abandoned the materialistic interpretation of politics. Had he held sincerely to the Marxian formula when he seized power in 1917, he would have said to himself: according to the teachings of Marx, socialism will develop out of a mature capitalism… here am I, in control of a nation that is only entering upon a capitalist development… it is true that I am a socialist, but I am a scientific socialist… it follows that for the present all idea of a socialist republic is out of the question… we must advance capitalism in order that the evolution which Marx predicted may take place. But Lenin did nothing of the sort. Instead of waiting for evolution to evolve, he tried by will, force, and education, to defy the historical process which his philosophy assumed.
If the theory were as valid as often claimed, it would allow us to predict outcomes. We could analyze the economic interests of a society and determine what actions they would inevitably take. Marx attempted this and, after making a decent guess about the trusts, ended up completely off-base. The first socialist experiment emerged not from the peak of capitalist development in the West, as he anticipated, but from the breakdown of a pre-capitalist system in the East. Why did he get it wrong? Why did his top follower, Lenin, also err? Because the Marxists believed that a person's economic situation would naturally lead to a clear understanding of their economic interests. They thought they themselves had that clear understanding and that others would come to learn it too. However, history has shown that a clear view of interest doesn't automatically form for everyone, and it didn’t even emerge in Marx and Lenin themselves. Despite everything Marx and Lenin wrote, human social behavior remains unclear. It shouldn’t be that way if economic status alone shaped public opinion. If their theory were accurate, economic position would not only separate people into classes but also provide each class with a sense of their interests and a solid plan to achieve them. Yet, it's undeniable that all social classes are constantly confused about what their interests truly are. [Footnote: In fact, when put to the test, Lenin totally abandoned the materialistic approach to politics. Had he genuinely adhered to the Marxist framework when he took power in 1917, he would have thought: according to Marx, socialism emerges from advanced capitalism… here I am, in charge of a nation just beginning its capitalist development… it’s true that I’m a socialist, but a scientific socialist… therefore, for now, the idea of a socialist republic is simply unrealistic… we must promote capitalism so that the evolution Marx predicted can occur. But Lenin did nothing of the kind. Instead of waiting for evolution, he tried to forcefully reshape the historical process his philosophy assumed through willpower, force, and education.]
Since this was written Lenin has abandoned communism on the ground that Russia does not possess the necessary basis in a mature capitalism. He now says that Russia must create capitalism, which will create a proletariat, which will some day create communism. This is at least consistent with Marxist dogma. But it shows how little determinism there is in the opinions of a determinist.]
Since this was written, Lenin has moved away from communism, claiming that Russia lacks the necessary foundation of a developed capitalism. He now argues that Russia needs to build capitalism, which will lead to the creation of a working class, which will eventually bring about communism. This is at least in line with Marxist theory. However, it demonstrates how little certainty there is in the views of someone who believes in determinism.
This dissolves the impact of economic determinism. For if our economic interests are made up of our variable concepts of those interests, then as the master key to social processes the theory fails. That theory assumes that men are capable of adopting only one version of their interest, and that having adopted it, they move fatally to realize it. It assumes the existence of a specific class interest. That assumption is false. A class interest can be conceived largely or narrowly, selfishly or unselfishly, in the light of no facts, some facts, many facts, truth and error. And so collapses the Marxian remedy for class conflicts. That remedy assumes that if all property could be held in common, class differences would disappear. The assumption is false. Property might well be held in common, and yet not be conceived as a whole. The moment any group of people failed to see communism in a communist manner, they would divide into classes on the basis of what they saw.
This undermines the idea of economic determinism. If our economic interests are shaped by our changing perceptions of those interests, then the theory as the main explanation for social processes doesn’t hold up. It assumes that people can only adopt one version of their interest and that once they do, they will inevitably work to achieve it. It also assumes there is a specific class interest. That assumption is incorrect. A class interest can be viewed broadly or narrowly, selfishly or selflessly, with little information, some information, a lot of information, truths, and falsehoods. This leads to the failure of the Marxist solution for class conflicts. That solution assumes that if all property were owned collectively, class differences would vanish. This assumption is false. Property could indeed be owned collectively without being viewed as a whole. The moment any group of people fails to perceive communism in a communist way, they would break into classes based on their distinct perspectives.
In respect to the existing social order Marxian socialism emphasizes property conflict as the maker of opinion, in respect to the loosely defined working class it ignores property conflict as the basis of agitation, in respect to the future it imagines a society without property conflict, and, therefore, without conflict of opinion. Now in the existing social order there may be more instances where one man must lose if another is to gain, than there would be under socialism, but for every case where one must lose for another to gain, there are endless cases where men simply imagine the conflict because they are uneducated. And under socialism, though you removed every instance of absolute conflict, the partial access of each man to the whole range of facts would nevertheless create conflict. A socialist state will not be able to dispense with education, morality, or liberal science, though on strict materialistic grounds the communal ownership of properties ought to make them superfluous. The communists in Russia would not propagate their faith with such unflagging zeal if economic determinism were alone determining the opinion of the Russian people.
In terms of the current social structure, Marxian socialism highlights the conflict over property as a source of opinion. Regarding the loosely defined working class, it overlooks the role of property conflict in driving agitation. When thinking about the future, it envisions a society without property conflicts, and therefore, without conflicting opinions. While there might be more situations in the current social order where one person has to lose for another to win than there would be in a socialist system, for every instance of this zero-sum scenario, there are countless cases where individuals simply perceive conflict due to lack of education. Even if socialism eliminated every case of absolute conflict, the different access each person has to a range of information would still lead to disagreements. A socialist state won't be able to do away with education, ethics, or liberal arts, even though based on strictly materialistic views, communal property ownership should render them unnecessary. The communists in Russia wouldn't spread their beliefs with such unwavering enthusiasm if economic determinism alone influenced the opinions of the Russian populace.
5
5
The socialist theory of human nature is, like the hedonistic calculus, an example of false determinism. Both assume that the unlearned dispositions fatally but intelligently produce a certain type of behavior. The socialist believes that the dispositions pursue the economic interest of a class; the hedonist believes that they pursue pleasure and avoid pain. Both theories rest on a naive view of instinct, a view, defined by James, [Footnote: Principles of Psychology, Vol. II, p. 383.] though radically qualified by him, as "the faculty of acting in such a way as to produce certain ends, without foresight of the ends and without previous education in the performance."
The socialist view of human nature, like the hedonistic calculus, is an example of misguided determinism. Both suggest that unlearned tendencies inevitably but smartly lead to certain types of behavior. Socialists think these tendencies promote the economic interests of a class, while hedonists believe they seek pleasure and avoid pain. Both theories are based on a simplistic understanding of instinct, which James describes, [Footnote: Principles of Psychology, Vol. II, p. 383.] albeit with some significant qualifications, as "the ability to act in ways that achieve specific outcomes, without anticipating those outcomes and without prior training in those actions."
It is doubtful whether instinctive action of this sort figures at all in the social life of mankind. For as James pointed out: [Footnote: Op. cit., Vol. II, p. 390.] "every instinctive act in an animal with memory must cease to be 'blind' after being once repeated." Whatever the equipment at birth, the innate dispositions are from earliest infancy immersed in experience which determines what shall excite them as stimulus. "They become capable," as Mr. McDougall says, [Footnote: Introduction to Social Psychology, Fourth Edition, pp. 31-32.] "of being initiated, not only by the perception of objects of the kind which directly excite the innate disposition, the natural or native excitants of the instinct, but also by ideas of such objects, and by perceptions and by ideas of objects of other kinds." [Footnote: "Most definitions of instincts and instinctive actions take account only of their conative aspects… and it is a common mistake to ignore the cognitive and affective aspects of the instinctive mental process." Footnote op. cit., p. 29.]
It's questionable whether this kind of instinctive action plays a role in human social life at all. As James pointed out: [Footnote: Op. cit., Vol. II, p. 390.] "Every instinctive act in an animal with memory must stop being 'blind' after it's been repeated once." Regardless of what we're born with, our natural tendencies are, from the earliest age, shaped by experiences that decide what will trigger them. "They become capable," as Mr. McDougall states, [Footnote: Introduction to Social Psychology, Fourth Edition, pp. 31-32.] "of being influenced, not just by the perception of objects that directly stimulate the innate tendency— the natural or native triggers of the instinct— but also by ideas of those objects and by perceptions and ideas of other types of objects." [Footnote: "Most definitions of instincts and instinctive actions only consider their conative aspects… and it's a common error to overlook the cognitive and emotional aspects of the instinctive mental process." Footnote op. cit., p. 29.]
It is only the "central part of the disposition" [Footnote: p. 34.] says Mr. McDougall further, "that retains its specific character and remains common to all individuals and all situations in which the instinct is excited." The cognitive processes, and the actual bodily movements by which the instinct achieves its end may be indefinitely complicated. In other words, man has an instinct of fear, but what he will fear and how he will try to escape, is determined not from birth, but by experience.
It’s only the "central part of the disposition" [Footnote: p. 34.] that Mr. McDougall further explains, "which keeps its specific character and is common to all individuals and all situations where the instinct is triggered." The thought processes and the actual physical actions that help the instinct achieve its goal can be incredibly complex. In other words, humans have an instinct for fear, but what they fear and how they attempt to escape is shaped by experience, not determined at birth.
If it were not for this variability, it would be difficult to conceive the inordinate variety of human nature. But when you consider that all the important tendencies of the creature, his appetites, his loves, his hates, his curiosity, his sexual cravings, his fears, and pugnacity, are freely attachable to all sorts of objects as stimulus, and to all kinds of objects as gratification, the complexity of human nature is not so inconceivable. And when you think that each new generation is the casual victim of the way a previous generation was conditioned, as well as the inheritor of the environment that resulted, the possible combinations and permutations are enormous.
If it weren't for this variability, it would be hard to understand the immense diversity of human nature. But when you realize that all the key tendencies of a person—like their desires, loves, hates, curiosity, sexual urges, fears, and aggression—can easily attach to a wide range of stimuli and different things that provide satisfaction, the complexity of human nature becomes more understandable. Plus, when you consider that each new generation is largely shaped by how the previous one was conditioned, as well as the environment they inherited, the potential combinations and variations are vast.
There is no prima facie case then for supposing that because persons crave some particular thing, or behave in some particular way, human nature is fatally constituted to crave that and act thus. The craving and the action are both learned, and in another generation might be learned differently. Analytic psychology and social history unite in supporting this conclusion. Psychology indicates how essentially casual is the nexus between the particular stimulus and the particular response. Anthropology in the widest sense reinforces the view by demonstrating that the things which have excited men's passions, and the means which they have used to realize them, differ endlessly from age to age and from place to place.
There’s no obvious reason to think that just because people want something specific or act a certain way, human nature is doomed to always want that thing and behave that way. Both the desire and the behavior are learned, and future generations could easily learn them differently. Analytic psychology and social history both support this idea. Psychology shows how random the link is between a specific stimulus and a specific response. Anthropology, broadly speaking, backs this up by showing that what has stirred people’s passions and the methods they’ve used to achieve those things vary endlessly over time and across different cultures.
Men pursue their interest. But how they shall pursue it is not fatally determined, and, therefore, within whatever limits of time this planet will continue to support human life, man can set no term upon the creative energies of men. He can issue no doom of automatism. He can say, if he must, that for his life there will be no changes which he can recognize as good. But in saying that he will be confining his life to what he can see with his eye, rejecting what he might see with his mind; he will be taking as the measure of good a measure which is only the one he happens to possess. He can find no ground for abandoning his highest hopes and relaxing his conscious effort unless he chooses to regard the unknown as the unknowable, unless he elects to believe that what no one knows no one will know, and that what someone has not yet learned no one will ever be able to teach.
Men chase their interests. But how they go about it isn't set in stone, and as long as this planet can support human life, there's no limit to the creative potential of people. No one can declare that life will be automatic. They might say that, in their life, they won’t recognize any good changes. But by saying that, they’re just focusing on what they can see in front of them, ignoring what they could envision mentally; they’re using a narrow definition of good based solely on their own perspective. They can find no reason to give up their highest hopes or to ease their conscious efforts unless they decide to view the unknown as impossible to know, unless they choose to believe that if no one knows something now, no one ever will, and that if someone hasn’t learned something yet, no one will ever be able to teach it.
PART V
THE MAKING OF A COMMON WILL
CHAPTER 13. THE TRANSFER OF INTEREST " 14. YES OR NO " 15. LEADERS AND THE RANK AND FILE
CHAPTER XIII
THE TRANSFER OF INTEREST
This goes to show that there are many variables in each man's impressions of the invisible world. The points of contact vary, the stereotyped expectations vary, the interest enlisted varies most subtly of all. The living impressions of a large number of people are to an immeasurable degree personal in each of them, and unmanageably complex in the mass. How, then, is any practical relationship established between what is in people's heads and what is out there beyond their ken in the environment? How in the language of democratic theory, do great numbers of people feeling each so privately about so abstract a picture, develop any common will? How does a simple and constant idea emerge from this complex of variables? How are those things known as the Will of the People, or the National Purpose, or Public Opinion crystallized out of such fleeting and casual imagery?
This shows that there are many factors influencing each person's impressions of the unseen world. The points of connection differ, the typical expectations change, and the interest sparked varies in the most subtle ways. The vivid impressions of many individuals are immensely personal and incredibly complex when viewed collectively. So, how can any practical connection be made between what people think and what actually exists beyond their understanding in the environment? In democratic terms, how do large groups of people, each with their own private feelings about such an abstract idea, come to share a common purpose? How does a simple and consistent idea emerge from this jumble of variables? How are concepts like the Will of the People, National Purpose, or Public Opinion formed from such fleeting and random images?
That there is a real difficulty here was shown by an angry tilt in the spring of 1921 between the American Ambassador to England and a very large number of other Americans. Mr. Harvey, speaking at a British dinner table, had assured the world without the least sign of hesitancy what were the motives of Americans in 1917. [Footnote: New York Times, May 20, 1921.] As he described them, they were not the motives which President Wilson had insisted upon when he enunciated the American mind. Now, of course, neither Mr. Harvey nor Mr. Wilson, nor the critics and friends of either, nor any one else, can know quantitatively and qualitatively what went on in thirty or forty million adult minds. But what everybody knows is that a war was fought and won by a multitude of efforts, stimulated, no one knows in what proportion, by the motives of Wilson and the motives of Harvey and all kinds of hybrids of the two. People enlisted and fought, worked, paid taxes, sacrificed to a common end, and yet no one can begin to say exactly what moved each person to do each thing that he did. It is no use, then, Mr. Harvey telling a soldier who thought this was a war to end war that the soldier did not think any such thing. The soldier who thought that thought that. And Mr. Harvey, who thought something else, thought something else.
There was a real issue here, highlighted by a conflict in the spring of 1921 between the American Ambassador to England and a large number of other Americans. Mr. Harvey, speaking at a British dinner, confidently stated what the motives of Americans were in 1917. [Footnote: New York Times, May 20, 1921.] However, the motives he described were not what President Wilson had emphasized when he expressed the American viewpoint. Of course, neither Mr. Harvey nor Mr. Wilson, nor their supporters or critics, nor anyone else can accurately gauge what was going on in the minds of thirty or forty million adults. What is clear, though, is that a war was fought and won through countless efforts, influenced—though no one can say how much—by the motives of both Wilson and Harvey, plus various combinations of the two. People enlisted and fought, worked, paid taxes, and made sacrifices for a common cause, but no one can definitively say what led each individual to act the way they did. So it's pointless for Mr. Harvey to tell a soldier who believed this was a war to end all wars that the soldier didn’t think that way. The soldier who believed that believed that. And Mr. Harvey, who believed something different, believed something different.
In the same speech Mr. Harvey formulated with equal clarity what the voters of 1920 had in their minds. That is a rash thing to do, and, if you simply assume that all who voted your ticket voted as you did, then it is a disingenuous thing to do. The count shows that sixteen millions voted Republican, and nine millions Democratic. They voted, says Mr. Harvey, for and against the League of Nations, and in support of this claim, he can point to Mr. Wilson's request for a referendum, and to the undeniable fact that the Democratic party and Mr. Cox insisted that the League was the issue. But then, saying that the League was the issue did not make the League the issue, and by counting the votes on election day you do not know the real division of opinion about the League. There were, for example, nine million Democrats. Are you entitled to believe that all of them are staunch supporters of the League? Certainly you are not. For your knowledge of American politics tells you that many of the millions voted, as they always do, to maintain the existing social system in the South, and that whatever their views on the League, they did not vote to express their views. Those who wanted the League were no doubt pleased that the Democratic party wanted it too. Those who disliked the League may have held their noses as they voted. But both groups of Southerners voted the same ticket.
In the same speech, Mr. Harvey clearly articulated what the voters of 1920 were thinking. That's a risky thing to do, and if you just assume that everyone who voted for your party shares your views, then it’s pretty misleading. The numbers show that sixteen million voted Republican, and nine million voted Democratic. They voted, according to Mr. Harvey, for and against the League of Nations, and to support this claim, he points out Mr. Wilson's request for a referendum and the undeniable fact that the Democratic Party and Mr. Cox insisted that the League was the key issue. However, just saying the League was the issue doesn’t actually make it the issue, and simply counting the votes on election day doesn’t reveal the true division of opinion about the League. For example, there were nine million Democrats. Can we honestly believe that all of them are strong supporters of the League? Absolutely not. Our understanding of American politics tells us that many of them voted, as they always do, to uphold the existing social structure in the South, and regardless of their views on the League, they didn’t vote to express those views. Those who wanted the League were likely happy that the Democratic Party supported it too. Those who opposed the League may have held their noses while voting. But both groups of Southerners cast their votes for the same party.
Were the Republicans more unanimous? Anybody can pick Republican voters enough out of his circle of friends to cover the whole gamut of opinion from the irreconcilability of Senators Johnson and Knox to the advocacy of Secretary Hoover and Chief Justice Taft. No one can say definitely how many people felt in any particular way about the League, nor how many people let their feelings on that subject determine their vote. When there are only two ways of expressing a hundred varieties of feeling, there is no certain way of knowing what the decisive combination was. Senator Borah found in the Republican ticket a reason for voting Republican, but so did President Lowell. The Republican majority was composed of men and women who thought a Republican victory would kill the League, plus those who thought it the most practical way to secure the League, plus those who thought it the surest way offered to obtain an amended League. All these voters were inextricably entangled with their own desire, or the desire of other voters to improve business, or put labor in its place, or to punish the Democrats for going to war, or to punish them for not having gone sooner, or to get rid of Mr. Burleson, or to improve the price of wheat, or to lower taxes, or to stop Mr. Daniels from outbuilding the world, or to help Mr. Harding do the same thing.
Were the Republicans more united? Anyone can pick Republican voters from their circle of friends to represent the full range of opinions, from the stubbornness of Senators Johnson and Knox to the support of Secretary Hoover and Chief Justice Taft. No one can say for sure how many people felt a certain way about the League, or how many let their feelings on that topic influence their vote. When there are only two ways to express a hundred different feelings, it’s impossible to know what the key combination was. Senator Borah found a reason to vote Republican on the ticket, but so did President Lowell. The Republican majority included men and women who believed a Republican win would end the League, along with those who saw it as the most practical way to support the League, and those who thought it was the best way to get an amended League. All these voters were deeply entwined with their own desires, or the desires of others to boost business, or to keep labor in check, or to punish the Democrats for going to war, or to blame them for not going sooner, or to get rid of Mr. Burleson, or to raise wheat prices, or to lower taxes, or to stop Mr. Daniels from outbuilding the world, or to help Mr. Harding do the same thing.
And yet a sort of decision emerged; Mr. Harding moved into the White House. For the least common denominator of all the votes was that the Democrats should go and the Republicans come in. That was the only factor remaining after all the contradictions had cancelled each other out. But that factor was enough to alter policy for four years. The precise reasons why change was desired on that November day in 1920 are not recorded, not even in the memories of the individual voters. The reasons are not fixed. They grow and change and melt into other reasons, so that the public opinions Mr. Harding has to deal with are not the opinions that elected him. That there is no inevitable connection between an assortment of opinions and a particular line of action everyone saw in 1916. Elected apparently on the cry that he kept us out of war, Mr. Wilson within five months led the country into war.
And yet a sort of decision came to light; Mr. Harding moved into the White House. The basic agreement among all the votes was that the Democrats should leave and the Republicans should take over. That was the only factor left after all the contradictions had canceled each other out. But that factor was enough to change policy for four years. The exact reasons why people wanted change on that November day in 1920 are not recorded, not even in the memories of individual voters. The reasons are not set in stone. They evolve and blend into other reasons, so the public opinions Mr. Harding has to navigate are not the same opinions that got him elected. Everyone recognized in 1916 that there isn't a guaranteed connection between a mix of opinions and a specific course of action. Mr. Wilson, who was elected apparently on the promise that he kept us out of war, led the country into war within five months.
The working of the popular will, therefore, has always called for explanation. Those who have been most impressed by its erratic working have found a prophet in M. LeBon, and have welcomed generalizations about what Sir Robert Peel called "that great compound of folly, weakness, prejudice, wrong feeling, right feeling, obstinacy and newspaper paragraphs which is called public opinion." Others have concluded that since out of drift and incoherence, settled aims do appear, there must be a mysterious contrivance at work somewhere over and above the inhabitants of a nation. They invoke a collective soul, a national mind, a spirit of the age which imposes order upon random opinion. An oversoul seems to be needed, for the emotions and ideas in the members of a group do not disclose anything so simple and so crystalline as the formula which those same individuals will accept as a true statement of their Public Opinion.
The way public opinion works has always needed explanation. Those who find its unpredictable nature most striking have found a voice in M. LeBon and have embraced generalizations about what Sir Robert Peel referred to as "that great mix of folly, weakness, prejudice, conflicting feelings, determination, and newspaper headlines that is known as public opinion." Others believe that since clear goals can emerge from chaos and confusion, there must be some mysterious force at play beyond the citizens of a nation. They suggest a collective soul, a national consciousness, or a spirit of the times that brings order to random opinions. It seems an oversoul is necessary because the emotions and thoughts of individuals in a group do not reveal anything as straightforward and clear-cut as the statement those same individuals would accept as their Public Opinion.
2
2
But the facts can, I think, be explained more convincingly without the help of the oversoul in any of its disguises. After all, the art of inducing all sorts of people who think differently to vote alike is practiced in every political campaign. In 1916, for example, the Republican candidate had to produce Republican votes out of many different kinds of Republicans. Let us look at Mr. Hughes' first speech after accepting the nomination. [Footnote: Delivered at Carnegie Hall, New York City, July 31, 1916.] The context is still clear enough in our minds to obviate much explanation; yet the issues are no longer contentious. The candidate was a man of unusually plain speech, who had been out of politics for several years and was not personally committed on the issues of the recent past. He had, moreover, none of that wizardry which popular leaders like Roosevelt, Wilson, or Lloyd George possess, none of that histrionic gift by which such men impersonate the feelings of their followers. From that aspect of politics he was by temperament and by training remote. But yet he knew by calculation what the politician's technic is. He was one of those people who know just how to do a thing, but who can not quite do it themselves. They are often better teachers than the virtuoso to whom the art is so much second nature that he himself does not know how he does it. The statement that those who can, do; those who cannot, teach, is not nearly so much of a reflection on the teacher as it sounds.
But I think the facts can be explained more convincingly without invoking the oversoul in any form. After all, the ability to get a diverse group of people who think differently to vote the same way is a tactic used in every political campaign. In 1916, for example, the Republican candidate had to rally Republican votes from many different types of Republicans. Let’s take a look at Mr. Hughes' first speech after accepting the nomination. [Footnote: Delivered at Carnegie Hall, New York City, July 31, 1916.] The context is still clear enough in our minds to need little explanation; yet the issues are no longer debated. The candidate was a man of very straightforward speech who had been out of politics for several years and had no personal stake in the issues of the recent past. He also lacked the charisma that popular leaders like Roosevelt, Wilson, or Lloyd George have, that dramatic ability to embody the feelings of their followers. From that side of politics, he was distant both by nature and by training. However, he understood politically what the techniques are. He was one of those people who know exactly how to do something but can’t quite do it themselves. They are often better teachers than the virtuoso, who has such a natural talent that they don’t even know how they do it. The saying that those who can, do; those who can’t, teach, isn’t as much of an insult to the teacher as it seems.
Mr. Hughes knew the occasion was momentous, and he had prepared his manuscript carefully. In a box sat Theodore Roosevelt just back from Missouri. All over the house sat the veterans of Armageddon in various stages of doubt and dismay. On the platform and in the other boxes the ex-whited sepulchres and ex-second-story men of 1912 were to be seen, obviously in the best of health and in a melting mood. Out beyond the hall there were powerful pro-Germans and powerful pro-Allies; a war party in the East and in the big cities; a peace party in the middle and far West. There was strong feeling about Mexico. Mr. Hughes had to form a majority against the Democrats out of people divided into all sorts of combinations on Taft vs. Roosevelt, pro-Germans vs. pro-Allies, war vs. neutrality, Mexican intervention vs. non-intervention.
Mr. Hughes knew the event was significant, and he had prepared his speech carefully. In a box sat Theodore Roosevelt, just back from Missouri. Throughout the house, the veterans of the Great War were scattered, each in different states of doubt and disillusionment. On the stage and in the other boxes, the former big shots from 1912 were visible, clearly in good health and in a sentimental mood. Outside the hall, there were strong pro-German and pro-Allied factions; a war party in the East and the big cities; a peace party in the middle and far West. There was a lot of tension surrounding Mexico. Mr. Hughes had to build a majority against the Democrats from people split into various groups over Taft vs. Roosevelt, pro-Germans vs. pro-Allies, war vs. neutrality, and intervention in Mexico vs. non-intervention.
About the morality or the wisdom of the affair we are, of course, not concerned here. Our only interest is in the method by which a leader of heterogeneous opinion goes about the business of securing a homogeneous vote.
About the morality or wisdom of the situation, we aren't focused on that here. Our only interest is in how a leader with mixed opinions works to get a unified vote.
"This representative gathering is a happy augury. It means the strength of reunion. It means that the party of Lincoln is restored…."
"This representative gathering is a positive sign. It shows the strength of reunion. It signifies that the party of Lincoln is back…."
The italicized words are binders: Lincoln in such a speech has of course, no relation to Abraham Lincoln. It is merely a stereotype by which the piety which surrounds that name can be transferred to the Republican candidate who now stands in his shoes. Lincoln reminds the Republicans, Bull Moose and Old Guard, that before the schism they had a common history. About the schism no one can afford to speak. But it is there, as yet unhealed.
The italicized words are binders: Lincoln in this speech has no connection to Abraham Lincoln. It’s just a stereotype that allows the reverence associated with that name to be passed on to the Republican candidate who is now in his place. Lincoln reminds both the Bull Moose and Old Guard Republicans that they shared a common history before the split. No one can afford to talk about the split. But it exists, still unhealed.
The speaker must heal it. Now the schism of 1912 had arisen over domestic questions; the reunion of 1916 was, as Mr. Roosevelt had declared, to be based on a common indignation against Mr. Wilson's conduct of international affairs. But international affairs were also a dangerous source of conflict. It was necessary to find an opening subject which would not only ignore 1912 but would avoid also the explosive conflicts of 1916. The speaker skilfully selected the spoils system in diplomatic appointments. "Deserving Democrats" was a discrediting phrase, and Mr. Hughes at once evokes it. The record being indefensible, there is no hesitation in the vigor of the attack. Logically it was an ideal introduction to a common mood.
The speaker needs to fix this situation. The split of 1912 happened because of domestic issues; the reunion in 1916 was, as Mr. Roosevelt pointed out, based on a shared outrage over Mr. Wilson's handling of international matters. But international issues were also a risky source of tension. It was essential to find a topic that would not only disregard 1912 but also steer clear of the heated conflicts from 1916. The speaker skillfully chose the spoils system in diplomatic appointments. The phrase "Deserving Democrats" was used to discredit, and Mr. Hughes immediately brings it up. With the record being indefensible, there's no hesitation in the strength of the attack. Logically, it was a perfect way to introduce a shared sentiment.
Mr. Hughes then turns to Mexico, beginning with an historical review. He had to consider the general sentiment that affairs were going badly in Mexico; also, a no less general sentiment that war should be avoided; and two powerful currents of opinion, one of which said President Wilson was right in not recognizing Huerta, the other which preferred Huerta to Carranza, and intervention to both. Huerta was the first sore spot in the record…
Mr. Hughes then shifts his focus to Mexico, starting with a historical overview. He needed to take into account the widespread feeling that things were going poorly in Mexico; also, a similarly widespread feeling that war should be avoided; along with two strong opinions: one that believed President Wilson was right not to recognize Huerta, and the other that favored Huerta over Carranza, with a preference for intervention over both. Huerta was the first major issue in the record…
"He was certainly in fact the head of the Government in Mexico."
"He was definitely the leader of the government in Mexico."
But the moralists who regarded Huerta as a drunken murderer had to be placated.
But the moralists who saw Huerta as a drunk killer had to be appeased.
"Whether or not he should be recognized was a question to be determined in the exercise of a sound discretion, but according to correct principles."
"Whether he should be acknowledged was a question to be decided using sound judgment, but based on the right principles."
So instead of saying that Huerta should have been recognized, the candidate says that correct principles ought to be applied. Everybody believes in correct principles, and everybody, of course, believes he possesses them. To blur the issue still further President Wilson's policy is described as "intervention." It was that in law, perhaps, but not in the sense then currently meant by the word. By stretching the word to cover what Mr. Wilson had done, as well as what the real interventionists wanted, the issue between the two factions was to be repressed.
So instead of saying that Huerta should have been acknowledged, the candidate argues that the right principles should be followed. Everyone believes in the right principles, and of course, everyone thinks they have them. To complicate matters even more, President Wilson's approach is labeled as "intervention." It may have fit the legal definition, but not in the way people understood the term at the time. By expanding the term to include what Mr. Wilson had done, along with what the true interventionists desired, the conflict between the two groups was meant to be downplayed.
Having got by the two explosive points "Huerta" and "intervention" by letting the words mean all things to all men, the speech passes for a while to safer ground. The candidate tells the story of Tampico, Vera Cruz, Villa, Santa Ysabel, Columbus and Carrizal. Mr. Hughes is specific, either because the facts as known from the newspapers are irritating, or because the true explanation is, as for example in regard to Tampico, too complicated. No contrary passions could be aroused by such a record. But at the end the candidate had to take a position. His audience expected it. The indictment was Mr. Roosevelt's. Would Mr. Hughes adopt his remedy, intervention?
After skirting around the sensitive topics of "Huerta" and "intervention", allowing the terms to mean various things to different people, the speech moves on to safer topics for a while. The candidate shares the stories of Tampico, Vera Cruz, Villa, Santa Ysabel, Columbus, and Carrizal. Mr. Hughes gets specific, either because the facts reported in the news are frustrating, or because the real explanation, particularly in the case of Tampico, is too complex. No strong emotions could be stirred up by such a narrative. But in the end, the candidate needed to take a stand. His audience anticipated it. The criticism was aimed at Mr. Roosevelt. Would Mr. Hughes endorse his solution, intervention?
"The nation has no policy of aggression toward Mexico. We have no desire for any part of her territory. We wish her to have peace, stability and prosperity. We should be ready to aid her in binding up her wounds, in relieving her from starvation and distress, in giving her in every practicable way the benefits of our disinterested friendship. The conduct of this administration has created difficulties which we shall have to surmount…. We shall have to adopt a new policy, a policy of firmness and consistency through which alone we can promote an enduring friendship."
"The nation does not have an aggressive policy towards Mexico. We have no interest in taking any of her land. We want her to have peace, stability, and prosperity. We should be ready to help her heal, relieve her suffering from hunger and hardship, and in every practical way, provide her with the benefits of our sincere friendship. The actions of this administration have created challenges that we will need to overcome…. We will need to adopt a new policy, a policy of firmness and consistency through which we can truly foster a lasting friendship."
The theme friendship is for the non-interventionists, the theme "new policy" and "firmness" is for the interventionists. On the non-contentious record, the detail is overwhelming; on the issue everything is cloudy.
The theme of friendship is for those who prefer non-intervention, while the themes of "new policy" and "firmness" are for those who support intervention. When it comes to the non-contentious record, the details are abundant; however, on the issue itself, everything is unclear.
Concerning the European war Mr. Hughes employed an ingenious formula:
Concerning the European war, Mr. Hughes used a clever formula:
"I stand for the unflinching maintenance of all American rights on land and sea."
"I support the unwavering protection of everyone's American rights on land and sea."
In order to understand the force of that statement at the time it was spoken, we must remember how each faction during the period of neutrality believed that the nations it opposed in Europe were alone violating American rights. Mr. Hughes seemed to say to the pro-Allies: I would have coerced Germany. But the pro-Germans had been insisting that British sea power was violating most of our rights. The formula covers two diametrically opposed purposes by the symbolic phrase "American rights."
To grasp the impact of that statement when it was made, we need to keep in mind how each group during the neutral period thought that only the nations they opposed in Europe were violating American rights. Mr. Hughes appeared to tell the pro-Allies: I would have forced Germany’s hand. However, the pro-Germans were arguing that British naval power was infringing on most of our rights. The formula addresses two completely opposing goals through the symbolic phrase "American rights."
But there was the Lusitania. Like the 1912 schism, it was an invincible obstacle to harmony.
But there was the Lusitania. Like the 1912 split, it was an unbeatable barrier to harmony.
"… I am confident that there would have been no destruction of
American lives by the sinking of the Lusitania."
"… I am sure that there wouldn't have been any loss of
American lives if the Lusitania hadn't sunk."
Thus, what cannot be compromised must be obliterated, when there is a question on which we cannot all hope to get together, let us pretend that it does not exist. About the future of American relations with Europe Mr. Hughes was silent. Nothing he could say would possibly please the two irreconcilable factions for whose support he was bidding.
Thus, what cannot be compromised must be eliminated; when there’s an issue we can’t all agree on, let’s act like it doesn’t exist. Mr. Hughes didn’t say anything about the future of American relations with Europe. Nothing he could say would likely satisfy the two conflicting factions he was trying to win over.
It is hardly necessary to say that Mr. Hughes did not invent this technic and did not employ it with the utmost success. But he illustrated how a public opinion constituted out of divergent opinions is clouded; how its meaning approaches the neutral tint formed out of the blending of many colors. Where superficial harmony is the aim and conflict the fact, obscurantism in a public appeal is the usual result. Almost always vagueness at a crucial point in public debate is a symptom of cross-purposes.
It’s hardly worth mentioning that Mr. Hughes didn’t come up with this technique and didn’t use it to the best effect. However, he showed how public opinion made up of differing views can be unclear; how its meaning tends to become a dull shade that comes from mixing many colors. When the goal is superficial harmony but conflict is present, confusion in a public appeal is usually the outcome. Almost always, vagueness on a key issue in public debates is a sign of conflicting intentions.
3
3
But how is it that a vague idea so often has the power to unite deeply felt opinions? These opinions, we recall, however deeply they may be felt, are not in continual and pungent contact with the facts they profess to treat. On the unseen environment, Mexico, the European war, our grip is slight though our feeling may be intense. The original pictures and words which aroused it have not anything like the force of the feeling itself. The account of what has happened out of sight and hearing in a place where we have never been, has not and never can have, except briefly as in a dream or fantasy, all the dimensions of reality. But it can arouse all, and sometimes even more emotion than the reality. For the trigger can be pulled by more than one stimulus.
But how is it that a vague idea often has the power to bring together strongly held opinions? These opinions, as we remember, no matter how strongly we feel them, are not always in constant and intense contact with the facts they claim to address. Our understanding of unseen events, like those in Mexico and the European war, is limited even though our feelings may run deep. The original images and words that sparked these feelings don't possess anywhere near the intensity of the feelings themselves. The account of what has taken place out of our sight and hearing in a place we've never been can never fully capture, except momentarily like in a dream or fantasy, all the realities involved. Yet it can evoke just as much, and sometimes even more, emotion than the actual reality. This is because a trigger can be set off by various stimuli.
The stimulus which originally pulled the trigger may have been a series of pictures in the mind aroused by printed or spoken words. These pictures fade and are hard to keep steady; their contours and their pulse fluctuate. Gradually the process sets in of knowing what you feel without being entirely certain why you feel it. The fading pictures are displaced by other pictures, and then by names or symbols. But the emotion goes on, capable now of being aroused by the substituted images and names. Even in severe thinking these substitutions take place, for if a man is trying to compare two complicated situations, he soon finds exhausting the attempt to hold both fully in mind in all their detail. He employs a shorthand of names and signs and samples. He has to do this if he is to advance at all, because he cannot carry the whole baggage in every phrase through every step he takes. But if he forgets that he has substituted and simplified, he soon lapses into verbalism, and begins to talk about names regardless of objects. And then he has no way of knowing when the name divorced from its first thing is carrying on a misalliance with some other thing. It is more difficult still to guard against changelings in casual politics.
The initial trigger might have been a series of images sparked by written or spoken words. These images fade and are hard to keep steady; their shapes and intensity fluctuate. Gradually, you start to understand what you feel without being completely sure why you feel it. The fading images are replaced by other images, and then by names or symbols. But the emotion continues, now able to be sparked by these substitute images and names. Even in deep thought, these substitutions happen, because if someone is trying to compare two complex situations, they'll soon find it exhausting to hold both fully in mind with all their details. They use a shorthand of names, signs, and examples. They need to do this to make progress since they can't carry the entire load in every phrase at every step they take. However, if they forget that they've simplified, they quickly fall into verbalism and start talking about names without considering the actual objects. Then they can't tell when a name, separated from its original meaning, is mistakenly paired with something else. It's even harder to guard against these mix-ups in casual politics.
For by what is known to psychologists as conditioned response, an emotion is not attached merely to one idea. There are no end of things which can arouse the emotion, and no end of things which can satisfy it. This is particularly true where the stimulus is only dimly and indirectly perceived, and where the objective is likewise indirect. For you can associate an emotion, say fear, first with something immediately dangerous, then with the idea of that thing, then with something similar to that idea, and so on and on. The whole structure of human culture is in one respect an elaboration of the stimuli and responses of which the original emotional capacities remain a fairly fixed center. No doubt the quality of emotion has changed in the course of history, but with nothing like the speed, or elaboration, that has characterized the conditioning of it.
Because of what psychologists call a conditioned response, an emotion isn't tied to just one idea. There are countless things that can trigger an emotion and just as many that can fulfill it. This is especially the case when the stimulus is only vaguely and indirectly recognized, and when the goal is also indirect. For example, you can link an emotion like fear to something that’s immediately threatening, then to the idea of that threat, then to something that resembles that idea, and so on. In one sense, the entire structure of human culture is a complex development of the stimuli and responses related to these original emotional capacities that remain a relatively stable core. While the nature of emotion has evolved throughout history, it hasn't changed nearly as rapidly or intricately as the conditioning process itself.
People differ widely in their susceptibility to ideas. There are some in whom the idea of a starving child in Russia is practically as vivid as a starving child within sight. There are others who are almost incapable of being excited by a distant idea. There are many gradations between. And there are people who are insensitive to facts, and aroused only by ideas. But though the emotion is aroused by the idea, we are unable to satisfy the emotion by acting ourselves upon the scene itself. The idea of the starving Russian child evokes a desire to feed the child. But the person so aroused cannot feed it. He can only give money to an impersonal organization, or to a personification which he calls Mr. Hoover. His money does not reach that child. It goes to a general pool from which a mass of children are fed. And so just as the idea is second hand, so are the effects of the action second hand. The cognition is indirect, the conation is indirect, only the effect is immediate. Of the three parts of the process, the stimulus comes from somewhere out of sight, the response reaches somewhere out of sight, only the emotion exists entirely within the person. Of the child's hunger he has only an idea, of the child's relief he has only an idea, but of his own desire to help he has a real experience. It is the central fact of the business, the emotion within himself, which is first hand.
People vary greatly in how they respond to ideas. For some, the image of a starving child in Russia feels almost as real as seeing a starving child right in front of them. Others find it hard to get emotional about something far away. There are many shades in between. Some people are insensitive to facts and can only be stirred by ideas. But even when an idea stirs an emotion, we can't act directly on that situation. The thought of the starving Russian child creates a desire to help. Yet the person who feels this urge can't directly feed the child. They can only donate money to an impersonal organization or to a figure they refer to as Mr. Hoover. That money doesn’t get to the child; it goes into a general fund that helps many children. Thus, just as the idea is secondhand, the results of the action are also secondhand. The awareness is indirect, the motivation is indirect, and only the emotional response is immediate. In this process, the trigger comes from somewhere unseen, the outcome goes to somewhere unseen, and only the emotion is fully experienced by the person. They have only an idea of the child's hunger, an idea of the child's relief, but a genuine experience of their own wish to assist. This inner emotion is the key aspect—it’s the firsthand experience.
Within limits that vary, the emotion is transferable both as regards stimulus and response. Therefore, if among a number of people, possessing various tendencies to respond, you can find a stimulus which will arouse the same emotion in many of them, you can substitute it for the original stimuli. If, for example, one man dislikes the League, another hates Mr. Wilson, and a third fears labor, you may be able to unite them if you can find some symbol which is the antithesis of what they all hate. Suppose that symbol is Americanism. The first man may read it as meaning the preservation of American isolation, or as he may call it, independence; the second as the rejection of a politician who clashes with his idea of what an American president should be, the third as a call to resist revolution. The symbol in itself signifies literally no one thing in particular, but it can be associated with almost anything. And because of that it can become the common bond of common feelings, even though those feelings were originally attached to disparate ideas.
Within varying limits, emotions can be passed along when it comes to stimulus and response. So, if you have a group of people with different reactions, and you can pinpoint a stimulus that will trigger the same emotion in many of them, you can replace the original stimuli with it. For instance, if one person dislikes the League, another hates Mr. Wilson, and a third fears labor, you might be able to bring them together if you find a symbol that represents what they all oppose. Let’s say that symbol is Americanism. The first person might see it as a way to maintain American isolation, or what he calls independence; the second might interpret it as a rejection of a politician who doesn’t fit his idea of an American president, and the third might view it as a call to resist revolution. The symbol itself doesn’t specifically signify one thing but can be connected to almost anything. Because of this, it can become a common thread of shared feelings, even if those feelings were originally linked to different ideas.
When political parties or newspapers declare for Americanism, Progressivism, Law and Order, Justice, Humanity, they hope to amalgamate the emotion of conflicting factions which would surely divide, if, instead of these symbols, they were invited to discuss a specific program. For when a coalition around the symbol has been effected, feeling flows toward conformity under the symbol rather than toward critical scrutiny of the measures. It is, I think, convenient and technically correct to call multiple phrases like these symbolic. They do not stand for specific ideas, but for a sort of truce or junction between ideas. They are like a strategic railroad center where many roads converge regardless of their ultimate origin or their ultimate destination. But he who captures the symbols by which public feeling is for the moment contained, controls by that much the approaches of public policy. And as long as a particular symbol has the power of coalition, ambitious factions will fight for possession. Think, for example, of Lincoln's name or of Roosevelt's. A leader or an interest that can make itself master of current symbols is master of the current situation. There are limits, of course. Too violent abuse of the actualities which groups of people think the symbol represents, or too great resistance in the name of that symbol to new purposes, will, so to speak, burst the symbol. In this manner, during the year 1917, the imposing symbol of Holy Russia and the Little Father burst under the impact of suffering and defeat.
When political parties or newspapers promote Americanism, Progressivism, Law and Order, Justice, or Humanity, they aim to unite the emotions of conflicting groups that would likely split apart if asked to discuss a specific program instead. Once a coalition is formed around a symbol, feelings tend to go towards agreement under that symbol rather than critical examination of the actual measures. It’s accurate and practical to call these multiple phrases symbolic. They do not represent specific ideas, but rather a kind of truce or merging of ideas. They are like a central hub where many different routes meet, regardless of where they came from or where they are headed. Whoever controls the symbols that capture public sentiment, even temporarily, has significant influence over public policy. As long as a symbol holds coalition power, motivated groups will compete to control it. Consider, for instance, the names of Lincoln or Roosevelt. A leader or interest that can dominate current symbols holds sway over the current situation. There are limits, though. If a symbol is excessively misused regarding what groups believe it represents, or if there is strong resistance to new purposes in the name of that symbol, it may, so to speak, shatter. For example, in 1917, the powerful symbol of Holy Russia and the Little Father broke apart under the weight of suffering and defeat.
4
4
The tremendous consequences of Russia's collapse were felt on all the fronts and among all the peoples. They led directly to a striking experiment in the crystallization of a common opinion out of the varieties of opinion churned up by the war. The Fourteen Points were addressed to all the governments, allied, enemy, neutral, and to all the peoples. They were an attempt to knit together the chief imponderables of a world war. Necessarily this was a new departure, because this was the first great war in which all the deciding elements of mankind could be brought to think about the same ideas, or at least about the same names for ideas, simultaneously. Without cable, radio, telegraph, and daily press, the experiment of the Fourteen Points would have been impossible. It was an attempt to exploit the modern machinery of communication to start the return to a "common consciousness" throughout the world.
The huge impact of Russia's collapse was felt everywhere and by everyone. It directly led to a remarkable attempt to create a shared opinion from the various views stirred up by the war. The Fourteen Points were directed to all governments—whether allies, enemies, or neutral—and to all people. They aimed to connect the main uncertainties of a world war. This was a new approach, as it was the first significant war where all the key players in humanity could be prompted to think about the same ideas, or at least the same terms for those ideas, at the same time. Without cable, radio, telegraph, and daily newspapers, the Fourteen Points experiment would have been impossible. It sought to utilize modern communication tools to inspire a return to a "common consciousness" around the globe.
But first we must examine some of the circumstances as they presented themselves at the end of 1917. For in the form which the document finally assumed, all these considerations are somehow represented. During the summer and autumn a series of events had occurred which profoundly affected the temper of the people and the course of the war. In July the Russians had made a last offensive, had been disastrously beaten, and the process of demoralization which led to the Bolshevik revolution of November had begun. Somewhat earlier the French had suffered a severe and almost disastrous defeat in Champagne which produced mutinies in the army and a defeatist agitation among the civilians. England was suffering from the effects of the submarine raids, from the terrible losses of the Flanders battles, and in November at Cambrai the British armies met a reverse that appalled the troops at the front and the leaders at home. Extreme war weariness pervaded the whole of western Europe.
But first, we need to look at some of the circumstances as they appeared at the end of 1917. Because in the way the document ultimately took shape, all these factors are somehow represented. During the summer and fall, a series of events took place that greatly influenced the mood of the people and the direction of the war. In July, the Russians launched a final offensive, faced a disastrous defeat, and the process of demoralization that led to the Bolshevik revolution in November began. A bit earlier, the French experienced a severe and nearly catastrophic defeat in Champagne, resulting in mutinies within the army and a defeatist sentiment among civilians. England was dealing with the fallout from submarine attacks, the heavy losses in the Flanders battles, and in November at Cambrai, the British forces encountered a setback that shocked both the troops on the front lines and the leaders back home. Extreme war fatigue spread throughout all of Western Europe.
In effect, the agony and disappointment had jarred loose men's concentration on the accepted version of the war. Their interests were no longer held by the ordinary official pronouncements, and their attention began to wander, fixing now upon their own suffering, now upon their party and class purposes, now upon general resentments against the governments. That more or less perfect organization of perception by official propaganda, of interest and attention by the stimuli of hope, fear, and hatred, which is called morale, was by way of breaking down. The minds of men everywhere began to search for new attachments that promised relief.
The pain and disappointment had shaken people's focus on the accepted narrative of the war. Their interest was no longer captured by the ordinary official statements, and their attention started to drift, sometimes toward their own suffering, sometimes toward their party and class goals, and sometimes toward general frustrations with the governments. That more or less perfect organization of perception by official propaganda, and the manipulation of interest and attention through hope, fear, and hatred—what we call morale—was starting to break down. People everywhere began to seek out new connections that offered a way to feel better.
Suddenly they beheld a tremendous drama. On the Eastern front there was a Christmas truce, an end of slaughter, an end of noise, a promise of peace. At Brest-Litovsk the dream of all simple people had come to life: it was possible to negotiate, there was some other way to end the ordeal than by matching lives with the enemy. Timidly, but with rapt attention, people began to turn to the East. Why not, they asked? What is it all for? Do the politicians know what they are doing? Are we really fighting for what they say? Is it possible, perhaps, to secure it without fighting? Under the ban of the censorship, little of this was allowed to show itself in print, but, when Lord Lansdowne spoke, there was a response from the heart. The earlier symbols of the war had become hackneyed, and had lost their power to unify. Beneath the surface a wide schism was opening up in each Allied country.
Suddenly, they witnessed an incredible scene. On the Eastern front, there was a Christmas truce, a stop to the killing, a break from the chaos, a glimpse of peace. At Brest-Litovsk, the hope of all ordinary people had come to life: it was possible to negotiate, there was another way to end the suffering without trading lives with the enemy. Hesitantly, but with rapt attention, people began to look toward the East. Why not, they wondered? What is this all for? Do the politicians really know what they’re doing? Are we truly fighting for what they claim? Is it possible to achieve it without conflict? Under censorship, very little of this was allowed to be printed, but when Lord Lansdowne spoke, it resonated deeply. The earlier symbols of the war had become stale, losing their ability to unite. Beneath the surface, a significant divide was widening in each Allied country.
Something similar was happening in Central Europe. There too the original impulse of the war was weakened; the union sacrée was broken. The vertical cleavages along the battle front were cut across by horizontal divisions running in all kinds of unforeseeable ways. The moral crisis of the war had arrived before the military decision was in sight. All this President Wilson and his advisers realized. They had not, of course, a perfect knowledge of the situation, but what I have sketched they knew.
Something similar was going on in Central Europe. There, too, the original motivation for the war was fading; the united front was breaking apart. The vertical divisions along the battle lines were intersected by horizontal divisions taking all kinds of unexpected directions. The moral crisis of the war was evident before any military decision was in sight. President Wilson and his advisers understood all of this. They didn’t have complete knowledge of the situation, but they were aware of what I’ve outlined.
They knew also that the Allied Governments were bound by a series of engagements that in letter and in spirit ran counter to the popular conception of what the war was about. The resolutions of the Paris Economic Conference were, of course, public property, and the network of secret treaties had been published by the Bolsheviks in November of 1917. [Footnote: President Wilson stated at his conference with the Senators that he had never heard of these treaties until he reached Paris. That statement is perplexing. The Fourteen Points, as the text shows, could not have been formulated without a knowledge of the secret treaties. The substance of those treaties was before the President when he and Colonel House prepared the final published text of the Fourteen Points.] Their terms were only vaguely known to the peoples, but it was definitely believed that they did not comport with the idealistic slogan of self-determination, no annexations and no indemnities. Popular questioning took the form of asking how many thousand English lives Alsace-Lorraine or Dalmatia were worth, how many French lives Poland or Mesopotamia were worth. Nor was such questioning entirely unknown in America. The whole Allied cause had been put on the defensive by the refusal to participate at Brest-Litovsk.
They also understood that the Allied Governments were committed to a series of agreements that, both in writing and intention, contradicted the general perception of what the war was about. The resolutions from the Paris Economic Conference were, of course, public information, and the network of secret treaties had been released by the Bolsheviks in November 1917. [Footnote: President Wilson stated at his meeting with the Senators that he had never heard of these treaties until he arrived in Paris. That statement is puzzling. The Fourteen Points, as the text shows, could not have been created without knowledge of the secret treaties. The essence of those treaties was known to the President when he and Colonel House drafted the final published version of the Fourteen Points.] The details of these treaties were only vaguely known to the public, but it was widely believed that they did not align with the idealistic slogans of self-determination, no annexations, and no reparations. Public inquiries often took the form of questioning how many English lives Alsace-Lorraine or Dalmatia were worth, and how many French lives Poland or Mesopotamia were worth. Such inquiries were not completely absent in America either. The entire Allied effort had been put on the defensive by their refusal to participate in Brest-Litovsk.
Here was a highly sensitive state of mind which no competent leader could fail to consider. The ideal response would have been joint action by the Allies. That was found to be impossible when it was considered at the Interallied Conference of October. But by December the pressure had become so great that Mr. George and Mr. Wilson were moved independently to make some response. The form selected by the President was a statement of peace terms under fourteen heads. The numbering of them was an artifice to secure precision, and to create at once the impression that here was a business-like document. The idea of stating "peace terms" instead of "war aims" arose from the necessity of establishing a genuine alternative to the Brest-Litovsk negotiations. They were intended to compete for attention by substituting for the spectacle of Russo-German parleys the much grander spectacle of a public world-wide debate.
Here was a highly sensitive state of mind that no capable leader could ignore. The ideal response would have been a united action by the Allies. However, that proved impossible at the Interallied Conference in October. By December, though, the pressure had increased so much that Mr. George and Mr. Wilson felt compelled to take action independently. The President's chosen approach was to outline peace terms under fourteen points. The numbering was a tactic to ensure clarity and to create the impression of a professional document. The idea of stating "peace terms" instead of "war aims" came from the need to provide a real alternative to the Brest-Litovsk negotiations. They aimed to attract attention by replacing the spectacle of Russo-German talks with a much more significant public debate worldwide.
Having enlisted the interest of the world, it was necessary to hold that interest unified and flexible for all the different possibilities which the situation contained. The terms had to be such that the majority among the Allies would regard them as worth while. They had to meet the national aspirations of each people, and yet to limit those aspirations so that no one nation would regard itself as a catspaw for another. The terms had to satisfy official interests so as not to provoke official disunion, and yet they had to meet popular conceptions so as to prevent the spread of demoralization. They had, in short, to preserve and confirm Allied unity in case the war was to go on.
To keep the world's interest engaged, it was essential to maintain that interest as unified and adaptable for all the different possibilities the situation presented. The terms needed to be such that the majority of the Allies would find them worthwhile. They had to address the national goals of each nation while also restricting those goals enough that no one country would feel like a pawn for another. The terms had to satisfy official interests to avoid causing disputes among officials, but they also needed to resonate with the public's views to prevent any decline in morale. In short, they had to uphold and reinforce Allied unity in case the war continued.
But they had also to be the terms of a possible peace, so that in case the German center and left were ripe for agitation, they would have a text with which to smite the governing class. The terms had, therefore, to push the Allied governors nearer to their people, drive the German governors away from their people, and establish a line of common understanding between the Allies, the non-official Germans, and the subject peoples of Austria-Hungary. The Fourteen Points were a daring attempt to raise a standard to which almost everyone might repair. If a sufficient number of the enemy people were ready there would be peace; if not, then the Allies would be better prepared to sustain the shock of war.
But they also needed to be terms for a potential peace, so that if the German center and left were ready for upheaval, they would have a statement to challenge the ruling class. The terms had to bring the Allied governors closer to their people, push the German governors away from their people, and create a common understanding between the Allies, the unofficial Germans, and the subject peoples of Austria-Hungary. The Fourteen Points were a bold attempt to create a standard that almost everyone could rally around. If enough of the enemy population was willing, there would be peace; if not, the Allies would be better prepared to handle the challenges of war.
All these considerations entered into the making of the Fourteen Points. No one man may have had them all in mind, but all the men concerned had some of them in mind. Against this background let us examine certain aspects of the document. The first five points and the fourteenth deal with "open diplomacy," "freedom of the seas," "equal trade opportunities," "reduction of armaments," no imperialist annexation of colonies, and the League of Nations. They might be described as a statement of the popular generalizations in which everyone at that time professed to believe. But number three is more specific. It was aimed consciously and directly at the resolutions of the Paris Economic Conference, and was meant to relieve the German people of their fear of suffocation.
All these factors played a role in creating the Fourteen Points. No single person may have considered all of them, but everyone involved had some of them in mind. With this in mind, let’s take a look at certain aspects of the document. The first five points and the fourteenth address "open diplomacy," "freedom of the seas," "equal trade opportunities," "reduction of armaments," no imperialist annexation of colonies, and the League of Nations. They could be seen as a reflection of the common beliefs everyone claimed to support at that time. However, point number three is more specific. It was intentionally directed at the resolutions of the Paris Economic Conference and aimed to alleviate the German people's fear of being choked by the terms imposed on them.
Number six is the first point dealing with a particular nation. It was intended as a reply to Russian suspicion of the Allies, and the eloquence of its promises was attuned to the drama of Brest-Litovsk. Number seven deals with Belgium, and is as unqualified in form and purpose as was the conviction of practically the whole world, including very large sections of Central Europe. Over number eight we must pause. It begins with an absolute demand for evacuation and restoration of French territory, and then passes on to the question of Alsace-Lorraine. The phrasing of this clause most perfectly illustrates the character of a public statement which must condense a vast complex of interests in a few words. "And the wrong done to France by Prussia in 1871 in the matter of Alsace-Lorraine, which has unsettled the peace of the world for nearly fifty years, should be righted. …" Every word here was chosen with meticulous care. The wrong done should be righted; why not say that Alsace-Lorraine should be restored? It was not said, because it was not certain that all of the French at that time would fight on indefinitely for reannexation if they were offered a plebiscite; and because it was even less certain whether the English and Italians would fight on. The formula had, therefore, to cover both contingencies. The word "righted" guaranteed satisfaction to France, but did not read as a commitment to simple annexation. But why speak of the wrong done by Prussia in 1871? The word Prussia was, of course, intended to remind the South Germans that Alsace-Lorraine belonged not to them but to Prussia. Why speak of peace unsettled for "fifty years," and why the use of "1871"? In the first place, what the French and the rest of the world remembered was 1871. That was the nodal point of their grievance. But the formulators of the Fourteen Points knew that French officialdom planned for more than the Alsace-Lorraine of 1871. The secret memoranda that had passed between the Czar's ministers and French officials in 1916 covered the annexation of the Saar Valley and some sort of dismemberment of the Rhineland. It was planned to include the Saar Valley under the term "Alsace-Lorraine" because it had been part of Alsace-Lorraine in 1814, though it had been detached in 1815, and was no part of the territory at the close of the Franco-Prussian war. The official French formula for annexing the Saar was to subsume it under "Alsace-Lorraine" meaning the Alsace-Lorraine of 1814-1815. By insistence on "1871" the President was really defining the ultimate boundary between Germany and France, was adverting to the secret treaty, and was casting it aside.
Number six is the first point that addresses a specific nation. It was meant as a response to Russia's mistrust of the Allies, and the persuasive nature of its promises was meant to resonate with the tensions of Brest-Litovsk. Number seven focuses on Belgium and expresses an unwavering stance, reflecting the belief held by nearly the entire world, including significant parts of Central Europe. We need to take a moment with number eight. It starts with a clear demand for the evacuation and restoration of French territory, then shifts to the issue of Alsace-Lorraine. The wording of this clause perfectly captures the essence of a public statement that needs to summarize a complex array of interests in just a few words. "And the wrong done to France by Prussia in 1871 regarding Alsace-Lorraine, which has disturbed the peace of the world for nearly fifty years, should be corrected. …" Every word here was chosen with extreme care. The wrong should be corrected; why not just say that Alsace-Lorraine should be returned? It wasn't said that way because it was uncertain that all the French at that time would continue to fight for reannexation if given a vote; and even more uncertain that the English and Italians would continue to fight as well. Therefore, the phrase needed to cover both possibilities. The word "corrected" assured France of satisfaction but didn’t commit to simple annexation. Why mention the wrong done by Prussia in 1871? The mention of Prussia was clearly meant to remind the South Germans that Alsace-Lorraine did not belong to them but to Prussia. Why refer to peace disrupted for "fifty years," and why use "1871"? First, what the French and the rest of the world remembered was 1871. That was the key moment of their grievance. But the creators of the Fourteen Points understood that French officials were aiming for more than the Alsace-Lorraine of 1871. The secret documents exchanged between the Czar's ministers and French officials in 1916 included plans for the annexation of the Saar Valley and some kind of partition of the Rhineland. They intended to include the Saar Valley under the term "Alsace-Lorraine" since it was part of Alsace-Lorraine in 1814, even though it was separated in 1815, making it part of the territory by the end of the Franco-Prussian War. The official French approach for annexing the Saar was to include it under "Alsace-Lorraine," referring to the Alsace-Lorraine of 1814-1815. By insisting on "1871," the President was essentially defining the ultimate boundaries between Germany and France, referencing the secret treaty, and deliberately setting it aside.
Number nine, a little less subtly, does the same thing in respect to Italy. "Clearly recognizable lines of nationality" are exactly what the lines of the Treaty of London were not. Those lines were partly strategic, partly economic, partly imperialistic, partly ethnic. The only part of them that could possibly procure allied sympathy was that which would recover the genuine Italia Irredenta. All the rest, as everyone who was informed knew, merely delayed the impending Jugoslav revolt.
Number nine, a little less subtly, does the same thing regarding Italy. "Clearly recognizable lines of nationality" are exactly what the lines of the Treaty of London were not. Those lines were partly strategic, partly economic, partly imperialistic, and partly ethnic. The only part that could potentially gain allied sympathy was the section that aimed to recover the genuine Italia Irredenta. Everything else, as anyone who was informed understood, only postponed the looming Jugoslav revolt.
5
5
It would be a mistake to suppose that the apparently unanimous enthusiasm which greeted the Fourteen Points represented agreement on a program. Everyone seemed to find something that he liked and stressed this aspect and that detail. But no one risked a discussion. The phrases, so pregnant with the underlying conflicts of the civilized world, were accepted. They stood for opposing ideas, but they evoked a common emotion. And to that extent they played a part in rallying the western peoples for the desperate ten months of war which they had still to endure.
It would be a mistake to think that the seemingly unanimous excitement around the Fourteen Points meant everyone agreed on a plan. Everyone found something they liked and focused on different aspects and details. But no one wanted to engage in a real discussion. The phrases, full of the unspoken tensions of the civilized world, were accepted. They represented conflicting ideas, but they stirred up a shared emotion. And in that way, they helped unite the Western people for the tough ten months of war they still had to face.
As long as the Fourteen Points dealt with that hazy and happy future when the agony was to be over, the real conflicts of interpretation were not made manifest. They were plans for the settlement of a wholly invisible environment, and because these plans inspired all groups each with its own private hope, all hopes ran together as a public hope. For harmonization, as we saw in Mr. Hughes's speech, is a hierarchy of symbols. As you ascend the hierarchy in order to include more and more factions you may for a time preserve the emotional connection though you lose the intellectual. But even the emotion becomes thinner. As you go further away from experience, you go higher into generalization or subtlety. As you go up in the balloon you throw more and more concrete objects overboard, and when you have reached the top with some phrase like the Rights of Humanity or the World Made Safe for Democracy, you see far and wide, but you see very little. Yet the people whose emotions are entrained do not remain passive. As the public appeal becomes more and more all things to all men, as the emotion is stirred while the meaning is dispersed, their very private meanings are given a universal application. Whatever you want badly is the Rights of Humanity. For the phrase, ever more vacant, capable of meaning almost anything, soon comes to mean pretty nearly everything. Mr. Wilson's phrases were understood in endlessly different ways in every corner of the earth. No document negotiated and made of public record existed to correct the confusion. [Footnote: The American interpretation of the fourteen points was explained to the allied statesmen just before the armistice.] And so, when the day of settlement came, everybody expected everything. The European authors of the treaty had a large choice, and they chose to realize those expectations which were held by those of their countrymen who wielded the most power at home.
As long as the Fourteen Points focused on that vague and optimistic future when the suffering would end, the real disagreements about their meaning didn't show up. They were plans for solving a completely unseen situation, and since these plans inspired different groups, each with its own private aspirations, all those hopes merged into a collective hope. As we observed in Mr. Hughes's speech, harmonization is a hierarchy of symbols. As you move up that hierarchy to include more and more groups, you might maintain the emotional connection for a while, even if you lose the intellectual one. But eventually, even the emotion starts to fade. The further you drift away from experience, the more you generalize or complicate things. As you rise in the balloon, you discard more concrete objects, and when you reach the top with phrases like the Rights of Humanity or the World Made Safe for Democracy, you have a broad view, but you see very little detail. However, the people whose emotions are engaged do not stay inactive. As the public message tries to cater to everyone, stirring emotions while diluting meaning, their individual meanings start to take on a universal aspect. Whatever you desire intensely becomes the Rights of Humanity. That phrase, becoming increasingly empty and able to signify almost anything, soon starts to imply almost everything. Mr. Wilson's phrases were interpreted in countless ways across the globe. There was no document negotiated and made public to clarify the confusion. [Footnote: The American interpretation of the Fourteen Points was explained to the Allied statesmen just before the armistice.] So, when the time for settlement arrived, everyone expected everything. The European authors of the treaty had a lot of options, and they decided to fulfill the expectations of those in their countries who held the most power at home.
They came down the hierarchy from the Rights of Humanity to the Rights of France, Britain and Italy. They did not abandon the use of symbols. They abandoned only those which after the war had no permanent roots in the imagination of their constituents. They preserved the unity of France by the use of symbolism, but they would not risk anything for the unity of Europe. The symbol France was deeply attached, the symbol Europe had only a recent history. Nevertheless the distinction between an omnibus like Europe and a symbol like France is not sharp. The history of states and empires reveals times when the scope of the unifying idea increases and also times when it shrinks. One cannot say that men have moved consistently from smaller loyalties to larger ones, because the facts will not bear out the claim. The Roman Empire and the Holy Roman Empire bellied out further than those national unifications in the Nineteenth Century from which believers in a World State argue by analogy. Nevertheless, it is probably true that the real integration has increased regardless of the temporary inflation and deflation of empires.
They moved down from the Rights of Humanity to the Rights of France, Britain, and Italy. They didn’t stop using symbols. They only let go of those that, after the war, didn’t stick in the minds of their people. They maintained the unity of France through symbolism, but they weren’t willing to risk anything for the unity of Europe. The symbol of France had a deep connection, while the symbol of Europe was relatively new. Still, the difference between something broad like Europe and a symbol like France isn’t clear-cut. The histories of states and empires show times when the idea of unity expands and times when it contracts. It can’t be said that people have steadily shifted from smaller loyalties to larger ones, as the evidence doesn’t support that idea. The Roman Empire and the Holy Roman Empire stretched further than the national unifications in the Nineteenth Century, from which advocates of a World State draw comparisons. However, it likely remains true that real integration has increased, regardless of the temporary ups and downs of empires.
6
6
Such a real integration has undoubtedly occurred in American history. In the decade before 1789 most men, it seems, felt that their state and their community were real, but that the confederation of states was unreal. The idea of their state, its flag, its most conspicuous leaders, or whatever it was that represented Massachusetts, or Virginia, were genuine symbols. That is to say, they were fed by actual experiences from childhood, occupation, residence, and the like. The span of men's experience had rarely traversed the imaginary boundaries of their states. The word Virginian was related to pretty nearly everything that most Virginians had ever known or felt. It was the most extensive political idea which had genuine contact with their experience.
Such a real integration has undoubtedly happened in American history. In the decade before 1789, most men seemed to feel that their state and their community were real, but that the confederation of states was not. The idea of their state, its flag, its most prominent leaders, or whatever represented Massachusetts or Virginia were genuine symbols. In other words, they were shaped by actual experiences from childhood, jobs, living there, and so on. The range of men's experiences rarely crossed the imaginary borders of their states. The term Virginian was connected to nearly everything that most Virginians had ever known or felt. It was the most extensive political concept that had real ties to their experiences.
Their experience, not their needs. For their needs arose out of their real environment, which in those days was at least as large as the thirteen colonies. They needed a common defense. They needed a financial and economic regime as extensive as the Confederation. But as long as the pseudo-environment of the state encompassed them, the state symbols exhausted their political interest. An interstate idea, like the Confederation, represented a powerless abstraction. It was an omnibus, rather than a symbol, and the harmony among divergent groups, which the omnibus creates, is transient.
Their experiences, not their needs. Because their needs came from their actual surroundings, which back then included at least the thirteen colonies. They needed a unified defense. They needed a financial and economic system as broad as the Confederation. But as long as the fake environment of the state surrounded them, the state's symbols drained their political interest. An interstate concept, like the Confederation, was just a powerless idea. It was a collection, rather than a symbol, and the unity among different groups that the collection creates is temporary.
I have said that the idea of confederation was a powerless abstraction. Yet the need of unity existed in the decade before the Constitution was adopted. The need existed, in the sense that affairs were askew unless the need of unity was taken into account. Gradually certain classes in each colony began to break through the state experience. Their personal interests led across the state lines to interstate experiences, and gradually there was constructed in their minds a picture of the American environment which was truly national in scope. For them the idea of federation became a true symbol, and ceased to be an omnibus. The most imaginative of these men was Alexander Hamilton. It happened that he had no primitive attachment to any one state, for he was born in the West Indies, and had, from the very beginning of his active life, been associated with the common interests of all the states. Thus to most men of the time the question of whether the capital should be in Virginia or in Philadelphia was of enormous importance, because they were locally minded. To Hamilton this question was of no emotional consequence; what he wanted was the assumption of the state debts because they would further nationalize the proposed union. So he gladly traded the site of the capitol for two necessary votes from men who represented the Potomac district. To Hamilton the Union was a symbol that represented all his interests and his whole experience; to White and Lee from the Potomac, the symbol of their province was the highest political entity they served, and they served it though they hated to pay the price. They agreed, says Jefferson, to change their votes, "White with a revulsion of stomach almost convulsive." [Footnote: Works, Vol. IX, p. 87. Cited by Beard, Economic Origins of Jeffersonian Democracy, p. 172.]
I’ve said that the idea of confederation was just an empty concept. But there was a real need for unity in the decade leading up to the adoption of the Constitution. This need was evident because things were out of balance unless unity was considered. Over time, certain groups in each colony started to look beyond their individual state experiences. Their personal interests crossed state lines, leading them to develop a national perspective on the American landscape. For them, the concept of federation became a genuine symbol, rather than just a collection of states. The most visionary among these individuals was Alexander Hamilton. He didn't have a deep connection to any single state since he was born in the West Indies and from the start of his career, he was involved with the common interests of all the states. So for most people at the time, the debate over whether the capital should be in Virginia or Philadelphia was incredibly significant because they were focused on local matters. But for Hamilton, this issue didn't hold emotional weight; what mattered to him was the assumption of state debts because it would help unite the proposed nation. So, he willingly traded the location of the capital for two essential votes from representatives of the Potomac region. To Hamilton, the Union was a symbol of his interests and experiences; to White and Lee from the Potomac, the symbol of their region was the ultimate political authority they served, and they served it even though they disliked the cost. They agreed, as Jefferson noted, to change their votes, "White with a revulsion of stomach almost convulsive." [Footnote: Works, Vol. IX, p. 87. Cited by Beard, Economic Origins of Jeffersonian Democracy, p. 172.]
In the crystallizing of a common will, there is always an Alexander
Hamilton at work.
In forming a shared will, there's always an Alexander
Hamilton involved.
CHAPTER XIV
YES OR NO
1
1
Symbols are often so useful and so mysteriously powerful that the word itself exhales a magical glamor. In thinking about symbols it is tempting to treat them as if they possessed independent energy. Yet no end of symbols which once provoked ecstasy have quite ceased to affect anybody. The museums and the books of folklore are full of dead emblems and incantations, since there is no power in the symbol, except that which it acquires by association in the human mind. The symbols that have lost their power, and the symbols incessantly suggested which fail to take root, remind us that if we were patient enough to study in detail the circulation of a symbol, we should behold an entirely secular history.
Symbols are often so useful and mysteriously powerful that the word itself seems to carry a magical allure. When thinking about symbols, it’s easy to treat them as if they have their own energy. Yet countless symbols that once inspired ecstasy have completely stopped affecting anyone. Museums and folklore books are filled with dead emblems and spells, as symbols hold no power other than what they gain through human association. The symbols that have lost their influence, and those that are constantly suggested but fail to take hold, remind us that if we were patient enough to study the journey of a symbol, we would see a completely secular history.
In the Hughes campaign speech, in the Fourteen Points, in Hamilton's project, symbols are employed. But they are employed by somebody at a particular moment. The words themselves do not crystallize random feeling. The words must be spoken by people who are strategically placed, and they must be spoken at the opportune moment. Otherwise they are mere wind. The symbols must be earmarked. For in themselves they mean nothing, and the choice of possible symbols is always so great that we should, like the donkey who stood equidistant between two bales of hay, perish from sheer indecision among the symbols that compete for our attention.
In the Hughes campaign speech, in the Fourteen Points, in Hamilton's project, symbols are used. But they are used by someone at a specific moment. The words themselves don’t capture random feelings. The words need to be spoken by people who are in the right position, and they must be delivered at the right time. Otherwise, they’re just empty talk. The symbols need to be designated. Because by themselves, they mean nothing, and the range of possible symbols is so vast that we could, like the donkey that stood equally between two bales of hay, end up stuck in indecision among the symbols competing for our attention.
Here, for example, are the reasons for their vote as stated by certain private citizens to a newspaper just before the election of 1920.
Here are the reasons for their vote as stated by some private citizens to a newspaper just before the 1920 election.
For Harding:
For Harding:
"The patriotic men and women of to-day, who cast their ballots for
Harding and Coolidge will be held by posterity to have signed our
Second Declaration of Independence."
"The patriotic men and women of today, who cast their votes for
Harding and Coolidge will be remembered by future generations as having signed our
Second Declaration of Independence."
Mr. Wilmot—, inventor.
Mr. Wilmot— inventor.
"He will see to it that the United States does not enter into 'entangling alliances,' Washington as a city will benefit by changing the control of the government from the Democrats to the Republicans."
"He will ensure that the United States avoids 'entangling alliances,' and Washington as a city will benefit from shifting control of the government from the Democrats to the Republicans."
Mr. Clarence—, salesman.
Mr. Clarence—, sales representative.
For Cox:
For Cox:
"The people of the United States realize that it is our duty pledged on the fields of France, to join the League of Nations. We must shoulder our share of the burden of enforcing peace throughout the world."
"The people of the United States understand that it is our commitment made on the battlefields of France to join the League of Nations. We must take on our part of the responsibility for maintaining peace all over the world."
Miss Marie—, stenographer.
Miss Marie —, secretary.
"We should lose our own respect and the respect of other nations were we to refuse to enter the League of Nations in obtaining international peace."
"We would lose our own respect and the respect of other countries if we refused to join the League of Nations to achieve international peace."
Mr. Spencer—, statistician.
Mr. Spencer—, data analyst.
The two sets of phrases are equally noble, equally true, and almost reversible. Would Clarence and Wilmot have admitted for an instant that they intended to default in our duty pledged on the fields of France; or that they did not desire international peace? Certainly not. Would Marie and Spencer have admitted that they were in favor of entangling alliances or the surrender of American independence? They would have argued with you that the League was, as President Wilson called it, a disentangling alliance, as well as a Declaration of Independence for all the world, plus a Monroe Doctrine for the planet.
The two sets of phrases are equally noble, equally true, and almost interchangeable. Would Clarence and Wilmot have admitted for a second that they intended to back out of our commitment made on the fields of France, or that they didn’t want international peace? Absolutely not. Would Marie and Spencer have said they supported complicated alliances or giving up American independence? They would have argued that the League was, as President Wilson put it, a way to untangle alliances, as well as a Declaration of Independence for the entire world, plus a Monroe Doctrine for the globe.
2
2
Since the offering of symbols is so generous, and the meaning that can be imputed is so elastic, how does any particular symbol take root in any particular person's mind? It is planted there by another human being whom we recognize as authoritative. If it is planted deeply enough, it may be that later we shall call the person authoritative who waves that symbol at us. But in the first instance symbols are made congenial and important because they are introduced to us by congenial and important people.
Since the availability of symbols is so plentiful, and the meanings we can assign to them are so flexible, how does a specific symbol settle in a particular person's mind? It gets planted there by another person we acknowledge as credible. If it takes root deeply enough, we might later come to see the person using that symbol as authoritative. However, initially, symbols are made appealing and significant because they're presented to us by people we find appealing and significant.
For we are not born out of an egg at the age of eighteen with a realistic imagination; we are still, as Mr. Shaw recalls, in the era of Burge and Lubin, where in infancy we are dependent upon older beings for our contacts. And so we make our connections with the outer world through certain beloved and authoritative persons. They are the first bridge to the invisible world. And though we may gradually master for ourselves many phases of that larger environment, there always remains a vaster one that is unknown. To that we still relate ourselves through authorities. Where all the facts are out of sight a true report and a plausible error read alike, sound alike, feel alike.
For we don't come out of an egg at eighteen with a fully developed imagination; we are still, as Mr. Shaw points out, in the age of Burge and Lubin, where in our early years we rely on older individuals for our connections. So, we connect with the outside world through certain beloved and authoritative figures. They are our initial bridge to the unseen world. And while we may gradually learn about many aspects of that larger environment, there's always a vast unknown that remains. We still engage with that unknown through authority figures. When all the facts are hidden, a true report and a plausible error look the same, sound the same, and feel the same.
Except on a few subjects where our own knowledge is great, we cannot choose between true and false accounts. So we choose between trustworthy and untrustworthy reporters. [Footnote: See an interesting, rather quaint old book: George Cornewall Lewis, An Essay on the Influence of Authority in Matters of Opinion.]
Except for a few topics where we have a lot of knowledge, we can't really distinguish between true and false accounts. So, we end up choosing between reliable and unreliable sources. [Footnote: See an interesting, somewhat old-fashioned book: George Cornewall Lewis, An Essay on the Influence of Authority in Matters of Opinion.]
Theoretically we ought to choose the most expert on each subject. But the choice of the expert, though a good deal easier than the choice of truth, is still too difficult and often impracticable. The experts themselves are not in the least certain who among them is the most expert. And at that, the expert, even when we can identify him, is, likely as not, too busy to be consulted, or impossible to get at. But there are people whom we can identify easily enough because they are the people who are at the head of affairs. Parents, teachers, and masterful friends are the first people of this sort we encounter. Into the difficult question of why children trust one parent rather than another, the history teacher rather than the Sunday school teacher, we need not try to enter. Nor how trust gradually spreads through a newspaper or an acquaintance who is interested in public affairs to public personages. The literature of psychoanalysis is rich in suggestive hypothesis.
Theoretically, we should choose the most knowledgeable person on each topic. However, picking the expert, while easier than finding the truth, is still pretty tough and often impractical. The experts themselves aren’t even sure who among them is the most knowledgeable. Plus, the expert, even if we can identify them, is likely too busy to consult or hard to reach. However, there are people we can easily identify because they are in charge. Parents, teachers, and influential friends are the first examples we come across. We don’t need to dive into the complex reasons why kids trust one parent over another or why they might trust a history teacher more than a Sunday school teacher. Nor do we need to explore how trust slowly builds through a newspaper or someone interested in public matters to well-known figures. The field of psychoanalysis has plenty of intriguing theories on this.
At any rate we do find ourselves trusting certain people, who constitute our means of junction with pretty nearly the whole realm of unknown things. Strangely enough, this fact is sometimes regarded as inherently undignified, as evidence of our sheep-like, ape-like nature. But complete independence in the universe is simply unthinkable. If we could not take practically everything for granted, we should spend our lives in utter triviality. The nearest thing to a wholly independent adult is a hermit, and the range of a hermit's action is very short. Acting entirely for himself, he can act only within a tiny radius and for simple ends. If he has time to think great thoughts we can be certain that he has accepted without question, before he went in for being a hermit, a whole repertory of painfully acquired information about how to keep warm and how to keep from being hungry, and also about what the great questions are.
At the end of the day, we find ourselves relying on certain people, who connect us to nearly everything we don’t know. Oddly enough, this is sometimes seen as lacking dignity, suggesting we are sheep-like or ape-like. But complete independence in the universe is just not realistic. If we couldn’t take almost everything for granted, our lives would be filled with complete triviality. The closest thing to a fully independent adult is a hermit, and a hermit's scope of action is very limited. Acting solely for himself, he can only operate within a small area and for basic purposes. If he has time to entertain big ideas, we can be sure he has accepted, without question, a whole set of hard-earned knowledge about how to stay warm and avoid hunger, as well as what the major questions are.
On all but a very few matters for short stretches in our lives, the utmost independence that we can exercise is to multiply the authorities to whom we give a friendly hearing. As congenital amateurs our quest for truth consists in stirring up the experts, and forcing them to answer any heresy that has the accent of conviction. In such a debate we can often judge who has won the dialectical victory, but we are virtually defenseless against a false premise that none of the debaters has challenged, or a neglected aspect that none of them has brought into the argument. We shall see later how the democratic theory proceeds on the opposite assumption and assumes for the purposes of government an unlimited supply of self-sufficient individuals.
In most areas of our lives, the most independence we can achieve is by listening to a variety of voices. As natural learners, our search for truth involves challenging the experts and pushing them to respond to any strong beliefs that arise. In these discussions, we can often see who has the upper hand in the argument, but we're nearly powerless against a false assumption that none of the speakers have questioned, or an overlooked point that hasn't been included in the conversation. We'll explore later how democratic theory operates on a different premise, assuming there’s an endless supply of self-reliant individuals for governance.
The people on whom we depend for contact with the outer world are those who seem to be running it. [Footnote: Cf. Bryce, Modern Democracies Vol. II, pp. 544-545.] They may be running only a very small part of the world. The nurse feeds the child, bathes it, and puts it to bed. That does not constitute the nurse an authority on physics, zoology, and the Higher Criticism. Mr. Smith runs, or at least hires, the man who runs the factory. That does not make him an authority on the Constitution of the United States, nor on the effects \of the Fordney tariff. Mr. Smoot runs the Republican party in the State of Utah. That in itself does not prove he is the best man to consult about taxation. But the nurse may nevertheless determine for a while what zoology the child shall learn, Mr. Smith will have much to say on what the Constitution shall mean to his wife, his secretary, and perhaps even to his parson, and who shall define the limits of Senator Smoot's authority?
The people we rely on for contact with the outside world are those who seem to be in charge of it. [Footnote: Cf. Bryce, Modern Democracies Vol. II, pp. 544-545.] They might only be in control of a very small portion of the world. The nurse feeds the child, bathes it, and puts it to bed. That doesn’t make the nurse an expert on physics, zoology, or advanced criticism. Mr. Smith manages, or at least hires, the person who runs the factory. That doesn’t make him an expert on the Constitution of the United States, nor on the impacts of the Fordney tariff. Mr. Smoot leads the Republican Party in Utah. That alone doesn’t mean he’s the best person to consult about taxation. However, the nurse may still decide for a time what zoology the child will learn, Mr. Smith will have a significant influence on what the Constitution means to his wife, his secretary, and maybe even his pastor, and who gets to set the boundaries of Senator Smoot’s authority?
The priest, the lord of the manor, the captains and the kings, the party leaders, the merchant, the boss, however these men are chosen, whether by birth, inheritance, conquest or election, they and their organized following administer human affairs. They are the officers, and although the same man may be field marshal at home, second lieutenant at the office, and scrub private in politics, although in many institutions the hierarchy of rank is vague or concealed, yet in every institution that requires the cooperation of many persons, some such hierarchy exists. [Footnote: Cf. M. Ostrogorski, Democracy and the Organization of Political Parties, passim; R. Michels, Political Parties, passim; and Bryce, Modern Democracies, particularly Chap. LXXV; also Ross, Principles of Sociology, Chaps. XXII-XXIV. ] In American politics we call it a machine, or "the organization."
The priest, the lord of the manor, the captains, the kings, the party leaders, the merchant, the boss—regardless of how these men are selected, whether through birth, inheritance, conquest, or election, they and their organized supporters manage human affairs. They are the officials, and even though the same person might be a field marshal at home, a second lieutenant at work, and a low-ranking member in politics, and although in many organizations the hierarchy of ranks can be unclear or hidden, there is always some form of hierarchy in every institution that requires collaboration among people. [Footnote: Cf. M. Ostrogorski, Democracy and the Organization of Political Parties, passim; R. Michels, Political Parties, passim; and Bryce, Modern Democracies, particularly Chap. LXXV; also Ross, Principles of Sociology, Chaps. XXII-XXIV.] In American politics, we refer to it as a machine, or "the organization."
3
3
There are a number of important distinctions between the members of the machine and the rank and file. The leaders, the steering committee and the inner circle, are in direct contact with their environment. They may, to be sure, have a very limited notion of what they ought to define as the environment, but they are not dealing almost wholly with abstractions. There are particular men they hope to see elected, particular balance sheets they wish to see improved, concrete objectives that must be attained. I do not mean that they escape the human propensity to stereotyped vision. Their stereotypes often make them absurd routineers. But whatever their limitations, the chiefs are in actual contact with some crucial part of that larger environment. They decide. They give orders. They bargain. And something definite, perhaps not at all what they imagined, actually happens.
There are several important differences between the members of the machine and the regular members. The leaders, the steering committee, and the inner circle are directly engaged with their surroundings. They might have a very narrow view of what they consider their environment, but they aren’t just dealing with vague concepts. They have specific people they want to see elected, specific financial reports they want to see improved, and concrete goals that need to be met. I don’t mean to say they are free from the human tendency to see things in stereotypes. Their stereotypes often turn them into absurd routine followers. But despite their limitations, the leaders are in actual contact with some critical part of that larger environment. They make decisions. They give orders. They negotiate. And something real happens, maybe not exactly what they expected.
Their subordinates are not tied to them by a common conviction. That is to say the lesser members of a machine do not dispose their loyalty according to independent judgment about the wisdom of the leaders. In the hierarchy each is dependent upon a superior and is in turn superior to some class of his dependents. What holds the machine together is a system of privileges. These may vary according to the opportunities and the tastes of those who seek them, from nepotism and patronage in all their aspects to clannishness, hero-worship or a fixed idea. They vary from military rank in armies, through land and services in a feudal system, to jobs and publicity in a modern democracy. That is why you can breakup a particular machine by abolishing its privileges. But the machine in every coherent group is, I believe, certain to reappear. For privilege is entirely relative, and uniformity is impossible. Imagine the most absolute communism of which your mind is capable, where no one possessed any object that everyone else did not possess, and still, if the communist group had to take any action whatever, the mere pleasure of being the friend of the man who was going to make the speech that secured the most votes, would, I am convinced, be enough to crystallize an organization of insiders around him.
Their subordinates aren’t linked to them by a shared belief. In other words, the lower-ranking members don’t base their loyalty on their own assessment of the leaders' wisdom. In the hierarchy, each person is dependent on a superior and is also in a position of authority over some group of dependents. What keeps the machine functioning is a system of privileges. These can differ based on the opportunities and preferences of those pursuing them, ranging from nepotism and patronage in all its forms to clannishness, hero-worship, or a fixed idea. They span from military ranks in armies, through land and services in a feudal system, to jobs and publicity in a modern democracy. That’s why you can dismantle a particular machine by eliminating its privileges. However, the machine in any cohesive group is, I believe, bound to emerge again. Privilege is completely relative, and uniformity is impossible. Picture the most extreme form of communism you can imagine, where no one owns anything that everyone else doesn’t also own, and still, if the communist group needed to take any action, the simple enjoyment of being friends with the person who was about to make the speech that won the most votes would, I’m convinced, be enough to create an organization of insiders around him.
It is not necessary, then, to invent a collective intelligence in order to explain why the judgments of a group are usually more coherent, and often more true to form than the remarks of the man in the street. One mind, or a few can pursue a train of thought, but a group trying to think in concert can as a group do little more than assent or dissent. The members of a hierarchy can have a corporate tradition. As apprentices they learn the trade from the masters, who in turn learned it when they were apprentices, and in any enduring society, the change of personnel within the governing hierarchies is slow enough to permit the transmission of certain great stereotypes and patterns of behavior. From father to son, from prelate to novice, from veteran to cadet, certain ways of seeing and doing are taught. These ways become familiar, and are recognized as such by the mass of outsiders.
There’s no need to create a collective intelligence to understand why a group's judgments are usually more consistent and often more accurate than the opinions of the average person. One mind, or even a few, can explore a line of thinking, but a group trying to think together can do little more than agree or disagree. Members within a hierarchy can develop a shared tradition. As apprentices, they learn the trade from the masters, who in turn learned it when they were apprentices themselves. In any lasting society, the turnover in leadership roles is slow enough to allow the passing down of significant norms and behavior patterns. From father to son, from senior to junior, from experienced personnel to newcomers, certain perspectives and practices are taught. These become familiar and are recognized as such by most outsiders.
4
4
Distance alone lends enchantment to the view that masses of human beings ever coöperate in any complex affair without a central machine managed by a very few people. "No one," says Bryce, [Footnote: Op. cit., Vol. II, p. 542.] "can have had some years' experience of the conduct of affairs in a legislature or an administration without observing how extremely small is the number of persons by whom the world is governed." He is referring, of course, to affairs of state. To be sure if you consider all the affairs of mankind the number of people who govern is considerable, but if you take any particular institution, be it a legislature, a party, a trade union, a nationalist movement, a factory, or a club, the number of those who govern is a very small percentage of those who are theoretically supposed to govern.
Distance alone makes the view seem magical that large groups of people can work together on any complex issue without a central system run by just a few individuals. "No one," says Bryce, [Footnote: Op. cit., Vol. II, p. 542.] "can have had some years' experience of the conduct of affairs in a legislature or an administration without noticing how extremely small is the number of people who govern the world." He is talking about state affairs, of course. While it's true that if you look at all human activities, the number of people who govern is significant, if you focus on any specific institution—whether it's a legislature, a political party, a trade union, a nationalist movement, a factory, or a club—the number of people in charge is a tiny percentage of those who are theoretically expected to take part in governance.
Landslides can turn one machine out and put another in; revolutions sometimes abolish a particular machine altogether. The democratic revolution set up two alternating machines, each of which in the course of a few years reaps the advantage from the mistakes of the other. But nowhere does the machine disappear. Nowhere is the idyllic theory of democracy realized. Certainly not in trades unions, nor in socialist parties, nor in communist governments. There is an inner circle, surrounded by concentric circles which fade out gradually into the disinterested or uninterested rank and file.
Landslides can replace one machine with another; revolutions sometimes completely eliminate a specific machine. The democratic revolution created two alternating machines, each of which, over a few years, benefits from the mistakes of the other. But the machine never really goes away. The ideal concept of democracy is never fully achieved. Definitely not in labor unions, socialist parties, or communist governments. There is an inner circle, surrounded by concentric circles that gradually fade into the indifferent or uninterested general membership.
Democrats have never come to terms with this commonplace of group life. They have invariably regarded it as perverse. For there are two visions of democracy: one presupposes the self-sufficient individual; the other an Oversoul regulating everything.
Democrats have never accepted this basic aspect of group life. They have always seen it as wrong. There are two views of democracy: one assumes the independent individual; the other sees a higher power overseeing everything.
Of the two the Oversoul has some advantage because it does at least recognize that the mass makes decisions that are not spontaneously born in the breast of every member. But the Oversoul as presiding genius in corporate behavior is a superfluous mystery if we fix our attention upon the machine. The machine is a quite prosaic reality. It consists of human beings who wear clothes and live in houses, who can be named and described. They perform all the duties usually assigned to the Oversoul.
Of the two, the Oversoul has some advantage because it recognizes that the group makes decisions that aren't just instinctively felt by every member. But the Oversoul as the guiding force in collective behavior is an unnecessary enigma if we focus on the machine. The machine is a very straightforward reality. It consists of human beings who wear clothes and live in houses, who can be identified and described. They carry out all the responsibilities typically assigned to the Oversoul.
5
5
The reason for the machine is not the perversity of human nature. It is that out of the private notions of any group no common idea emerges by itself. For the number of ways is limited in which a multitude of people can act directly upon a situation beyond their reach. Some of them can migrate, in one form or another, they can strike or boycott, they can applaud or hiss. They can by these means occasionally resist what they do not like, or coerce those who obstruct what they desire. But by mass action nothing can be constructed, devised, negotiated, or administered. A public as such, without an organized hierarchy around which it can gather, may refuse to buy if the prices are too high, or refuse to work if wages are too low. A trade union can by mass action in a strike break an opposition so that the union officials can negotiate an agreement. It may win, for example, the right to joint control. But it cannot exercise the right except through an organization. A nation can clamor for war, but when it goes to war it must put itself under orders from a general staff.
The reason for the machine isn’t the flaws in human nature. It’s that out of the individual beliefs of any group, no shared idea forms on its own. The number of ways a large group of people can directly impact a situation beyond their control is limited. Some can move away, protest, or boycott; they can cheer or boo. These actions can occasionally push back against what they dislike or pressure those blocking what they want. However, through mass action, nothing can be built, created, negotiated, or managed. A public, without an organized structure to bring everyone together, may refuse to buy if prices are too high or decline to work if wages are too low. A labor union can use mass action during a strike to dismantle opposition so that union leaders can negotiate an agreement. For example, it might secure the right to shared control. But it can't actually use that right without an organization. A nation can demand war, but when it goes to war, it must follow orders from a general staff.
The limit of direct action is for all practical purposes the power to say Yes or No on an issue presented to the mass. [Footnote: Cf. James, Some Problems of Philosophy, p. 227. "But for most of our emergencies, fractional solutions are impossible. Seldom can we act fractionally." Cf. Lowell, Public Opinion and Popular Government, pp. 91, 92.] For only in the very simplest cases does an issue present itself in the same form spontaneously and approximately at the same time to all the members of a public. There are unorganized strikes and boycotts, not merely industrial ones, where the grievance is so plain that virtually without leadership the same reaction takes place in many people. But even in these rudimentary cases there are persons who know what they want to do more quickly than the rest, and who become impromptu ringleaders. Where they do not appear a crowd will mill about aimlessly beset by all its private aims, or stand by fatalistically, as did a crowd of fifty persons the other day, and watch a man commit suicide.
The limit of direct action is basically the ability to say Yes or No on an issue that’s presented to the public. [Footnote: Cf. James, Some Problems of Philosophy, p. 227. "But for most of our emergencies, fractional solutions are impossible. Seldom can we act fractionally." Cf. Lowell, Public Opinion and Popular Government, pp. 91, 92.] Only in really simple situations does an issue come up in the same way and around the same time for all members of a public. There are unorganized strikes and boycotts, not just in industries, where the complaint is so obvious that practically without any leadership, many people react the same way. But even in these basic cases, there are individuals who know what they want to do faster than the others, and they become spontaneous leaders. Where such leaders are absent, a crowd will just wander aimlessly, caught up in their own individual goals, or stand by aimlessly, like the crowd of fifty people the other day who watched a man commit suicide.
For what we make out of most of the impressions that come to us from the invisible world is a kind of pantomime played out in revery. The number of times is small that we consciously decide anything about events beyond our sight, and each man's opinion of what he could accomplish if he tried, is slight. There is rarely a practical issue, and therefore no great habit of decision. This would be more evident were it not that most information when it reaches us carries with it an aura of suggestion as to how we ought to feel about the news. That suggestion we need, and if we do not find it in the news we turn to the editorials or to a trusted adviser. The revery, if we feel ourselves implicated, is uncomfortable until we know where we stand, that is, until the facts have been formulated so that we can feel Yes or No in regard to them.
Most of what we make of the impressions we get from the invisible world is like a silent play acted out in daydreams. We rarely consciously decide anything about events we can’t see, and each person's belief in what they could achieve if they tried is quite low. There’s seldom a practical issue, which leads to a lack of decisive habits. This would be clearer if it weren’t for the fact that most information we receive comes with a suggestion about how we should feel about it. We rely on that suggestion, and if we can’t find it in the news, we turn to editorials or a trusted advisor. The daydreaming, especially if we feel involved, is uncomfortable until we know where we stand—that is, until the facts are laid out so we can respond with a Yes or No to them.
When a number of people all say Yes they may have all kinds of reasons for saying it. They generally do. For the pictures in their minds are, as we have already noted, varied in subtle and intimate ways. But this subtlety remains within their minds; it becomes represented publicly by a number of symbolic phrases which carry the individual emotion after evacuating most of the intention. The hierarchy, or, if it is a contest, then the two hierarchies, associate the symbols with a definite action, a vote of Yes or No, an attitude pro or con. Then Smith who was against the League and Jones who was against Article X, and Brown who was against Mr. Wilson and all his works, each for his own reason, all in the name of more or less the same symbolic phrase, register a vote against the Democrats by voting for the Republicans. A common will has been expressed.
When a group of people all say yes, they usually have a variety of reasons for it. They often do. The images in their minds, as we've already mentioned, are nuanced in subtle and personal ways. But this nuance stays in their minds; it gets expressed publicly through a set of symbolic phrases that convey individual emotions while losing most of the original intention. The hierarchy, or in a contest, the two competing hierarchies, connect these symbols to a specific action, a vote of yes or no, a pro or con stance. So, Smith, who opposed the League, Jones, who was against Article X, and Brown, who disagreed with Mr. Wilson and everything he did, each for their own reasons but all using more or less the same symbolic phrase, cast a vote against the Democrats by voting for the Republicans. A shared will has been expressed.
A concrete choice had to be presented, the choice had to be connected, by the transfer of interest through the symbols, with individual opinion. The professional politicians learned this long before the democratic philosophers. And so they organized the caucus, the nominating convention, and the steering committee, as the means of formulating a definite choice. Everyone who wishes to accomplish anything that requires the cooperation of a large number of people follows their example. Sometimes it is done rather brutally as when the Peace Conference reduced itself to the Council of Ten, and the Council of Ten to the Big Three or Four; and wrote a treaty which the minor allies, their own constituents, and the enemy were permitted to take or leave. More consultation than that is generally possible and desirable. But the essential fact remains that a small number of heads present a choice to a large group.
A clear choice needed to be made, and that choice had to relate to individual opinions through the transfer of interest using symbols. Professional politicians figured this out long before democratic philosophers did. So, they created the caucus, the nominating convention, and the steering committee as ways to define a clear choice. Anyone looking to achieve something that requires a lot of people to work together follows their lead. Sometimes it's done quite harshly, like when the Peace Conference reduced itself to the Council of Ten, and then the Council of Ten to the Big Three or Four; they drafted a treaty that the smaller allies, their own supporters, and the enemy were simply allowed to accept or reject. Generally, more discussion than that is possible and preferable. But the key point remains that a small group of leaders presents a choice to a larger audience.
6
6
The abuses of the steering committee have led to various proposals such as the initiative, referendum and direct primary. But these merely postponed or obscured the need for a machine by complicating the elections, or as H. G. Wells once said with scrupulous accuracy, the selections. For no amount of balloting can obviate the need of creating an issue, be it a measure or a candidate, on which the voters can say Yes, or No. There is, in fact, no such thing as "direct legislation." For what happens where it is supposed to exist? The citizen goes to the polls, receives a ballot on which a number of measures are printed, almost always in abbreviated form, and, if he says anything at all, he says Yes or No. The most brilliant amendment in the world may occur to him. He votes Yes or No on that bill and no other. You have to commit violence against the English language to call that legislation. I do not argue, of course, that there are no benefits, whatever you call the process. I think that for certain kinds of issues there are distinct benefits. But the necessary simplicity of any mass decision is a very important fact in view of the inevitable complexity of the world in which those decisions operate. The most complicated form of voting that anyone proposes is, I suppose, the preferential ballot. Among a number of candidates presented the voter under that system, instead of saying yes to one candidate and no to all the others, states the order of his choice. But even here, immensely more flexible though it is, the action of the mass depends upon the quality of the choices presented. [Footnote: Cf. H. J. Laski, Foundations of Sovereignty, p. 224. "… proportional representation… by leading, as it seems to lead, to the group system… may deprive the electors of their choice of leaders." The group system undoubtedly tends, as Mr. Laski says, to make the selection of the executive more indirect, but there is no doubt also that it tends to produce legislative assemblies in which currents of opinion are more fully represented. Whether that is good or bad cannot be determined a priori. But one can say that successful cooperation and responsibility in a more accurately representative assembly require a higher organization of political intelligence and political habit, than in a rigid two-party house. It is a more complex political form and may therefore work less well.] And those choices are presented by the energetic coteries who hustle about with petitions and round up the delegates. The Many can elect after the Few have nominated.
The abuses of the steering committee have led to various proposals like the initiative, referendum, and direct primary. But these just delayed or hid the need for a machine by complicating elections, or as H. G. Wells accurately pointed out, the selections. No amount of voting can eliminate the need to create an issue, whether it's a measure or a candidate, for voters to respond to with a Yes or No. In reality, there’s no such thing as "direct legislation." What happens where it’s supposed to exist? The citizen goes to the polls, gets a ballot with several measures listed, usually in shortened form, and if they say anything at all, it’s Yes or No. The most brilliant amendment might come to mind, yet they only vote Yes or No on that bill and nothing else. It takes a stretch of the English language to call that legislation. I’m not arguing that there are no benefits, regardless of what you call the process. I believe that for some kinds of issues, there are clear advantages. However, the necessary simplicity of any mass decision is really crucial, given the inevitable complexity of the world those decisions affect. The most complicated voting method anyone suggests is probably the preferential ballot. Under this system, instead of voting yes for one candidate and no for all the others, the voter ranks their choices. Yet even here, as flexible as it is, the outcome for the mass depends on the quality of the options presented. [Footnote: Cf. H. J. Laski, Foundations of Sovereignty, p. 224. "…proportional representation… by leading, as it seems to lead, to the group system… may deprive the electors of their choice of leaders." The group system does tend, as Mr. Laski says, to make executive selection more indirect, but it also tends to create legislative assemblies that more fully represent various opinions. Whether that’s good or bad can’t be determined in advance. However, one can say that successful cooperation and accountability in a more accurately representative assembly require a higher level of political intelligence and practice than in a rigid two-party system. It’s a more complex political structure and might therefore function less effectively.] And those options are put forward by the active groups who circulate petitions and gather delegates. The Many can vote after the Few have nominated.
CHAPTER XV
LEADERS AND THE RANK AND FILE
I
BECAUSE of their transcendent practical importance, no successful leader has ever been too busy to cultivate the symbols which organize his following. What privileges do within the hierarchy, symbols do for the rank and file. They conserve unity. From the totem pole to the national flag, from the wooden idol to God the Invisible King, from the magic word to some diluted version of Adam Smith or Bentham, symbols have been cherished by leaders, many of whom were themselves unbelievers, because they were focal points where differences merged. The detached observer may scorn the "star-spangled" ritual which hedges the symbol, perhaps as much as the king who told himself that Paris was worth a few masses. But the leader knows by experience that only when symbols have done their work is there a handle he can use to move a crowd. In the symbol emotion is discharged at a common target, and the idiosyncrasy of real ideas blotted out. No wonder he hates what he calls destructive criticism, sometimes called by free spirits the elimination of buncombe. "Above all things," says Bagehot, "our royalty is to be reverenced, and if you begin to poke about it you cannot reverence it." [Footnote: The English Constitution, p. 127. D. Appleton & Company, 1914.] For poking about with clear definitions and candid statements serves all high purposes known to man, except the easy conservation of a common will. Poking about, as every responsible leader suspects, tends to break the transference of emotion from the individual mind to the institutional symbol. And the first result of that is, as he rightly says, a chaos of individualism and warring sects. The disintegration of a symbol, like Holy Russia, or the Iron Diaz, is always the beginning of a long upheaval.
BECAUSE of their significant practical importance, no successful leader has ever been too busy to nurture the symbols that rally their supporters. What privileges do within the hierarchy, symbols do for the general members. They maintain unity. From the totem pole to the national flag, from the wooden idol to God the Invisible King, from the magic word to some simplified version of Adam Smith or Bentham, symbols have been valued by leaders, many of whom were themselves skeptics, because they acted as focal points where differences merged. The outside observer may dismiss the “star-spangled” rituals surrounding these symbols, just like the king who convinced himself that Paris was worth a few masses. But the leader knows from experience that only when symbols have done their work is there something tangible they can use to sway a crowd. In the symbol, emotions are focused on a common target, and the quirks of individual ideas fade away. It’s no surprise he dislikes what he calls destructive criticism, often referred to by free thinkers as the removal of nonsense. "Above all things," says Bagehot, "our royalty is to be revered, and if you start to scrutinize it, you cannot revere it." [Footnote: The English Constitution, p. 127. D. Appleton & Company, 1914.] Because probing with clear definitions and honest statements serves all the noble purposes known to humanity, except for the easy preservation of a shared will. Probing, as every responsible leader suspects, tends to disrupt the transfer of emotion from the individual mind to the institutional symbol. The immediate result of that is, as he rightly observes, a chaos of individualism and conflicting factions. The breakdown of a symbol, like Holy Russia or the Iron Diaz, often marks the beginning of a prolonged disruption.
These great symbols possess by transference all the minute and detailed loyalties of an ancient and stereotyped society. They evoke the feeling that each individual has for the landscape, the furniture, the faces, the memories that are his first, and in a static society, his only reality. That core of images and devotions without which he is unthinkable to himself, is nationality. The great symbols take up these devotions, and can arouse them without calling forth the primitive images. The lesser symbols of public debate, the more casual chatter of politics, are always referred back to these proto-symbols, and if possible associated with them. The question of a proper fare on a municipal subway is symbolized as an issue between the People and the Interests, and then the People is inserted in the symbol American, so that finally in the heat of a campaign, an eight cent fare becomes unAmerican. The Revolutionary fathers died to prevent it. Lincoln suffered that it might not come to pass, resistance to it was implied in the death of those who sleep in France.
These powerful symbols carry all the deep and detailed loyalties of an ancient and rigid society. They evoke the feelings individuals have for their landscape, their belongings, the people they know, and the memories that are their first and, in a static society, their only reality. This core of images and attachments, without which a person cannot think of themselves, is nationality. These powerful symbols embody these attachments and can stimulate them without bringing up the basic images. The smaller symbols of public debate and the more casual talk of politics are always linked back to these primary symbols, and where possible, associated with them. The issue of the right fare on a city subway is framed as a conflict between the People and the Interests, and then the People are represented by the symbol American, so that eventually, during a heated campaign, an eight-cent fare becomes un-American. The Revolutionary fathers died to prevent it. Lincoln fought against it so that it wouldn’t happen, and resistance to it was reflected in the sacrifices of those who rest in France.
Because of its power to siphon emotion out of distinct ideas, the symbol is both a mechanism of solidarity, and a mechanism of exploitation. It enables people to work for a common end, but just because the few who are strategically placed must choose the concrete objectives, the symbol is also an instrument by which a few can fatten on many, deflect criticism, and seduce men into facing agony for objects they do not understand.
Because it has the ability to pull emotions from specific ideas, the symbol serves as both a tool for unity and a tool for manipulation. It allows people to collaborate toward a shared goal, but since the few in power get to decide the specific objectives, the symbol also becomes a means for a select few to benefit at the expense of many, divert criticism, and lure people into enduring suffering for causes they don't fully grasp.
Many aspects of our subjection to symbols are not flattering if we choose to think of ourselves as realistic, self-sufficient, and self-governing personalities. Yet it is impossible to conclude that symbols are altogether instruments of the devil. In the realm of science and contemplation they are undoubtedly the tempter himself. But in the world of action they may be beneficent, and are sometimes a necessity. The necessity is often imagined, the peril manufactured. But when quick results are imperative, the manipulation of masses through symbols may be the only quick way of having a critical thing done. It is often more important to act than to understand. It is sometimes true that the action would fail if everyone understood it. There are many affairs which cannot wait for a referendum or endure publicity, and there are times, during war for example, when a nation, an army, and even its commanders must trust strategy to a very few minds; when two conflicting opinions, though one happens to be right, are more perilous than one opinion which is wrong. The wrong opinion may have bad results, but the two opinions may entail disaster by dissolving unity. [Footnote: Captain Peter S. Wright, Assistant Secretary of the Supreme War Council, At the Supreme War Council, is well worth careful reading on secrecy and unity of command, even though in respect to the allied leaders he wages a passionate polemic.]
Many aspects of our reliance on symbols aren't exactly flattering if we see ourselves as realistic, independent, and self-governing individuals. However, it's impossible to say that symbols are purely tools of evil. In the realm of science and contemplation, they can certainly be seen as the ultimate tempter. But in the world of action, they can be helpful and even necessary at times. This necessity is often imagined, and the dangers are sometimes exaggerated. Yet when quick results are crucial, influencing large groups through symbols may be the only fast way to get something important done. Sometimes, action takes precedence over understanding. There are situations where the action might fail if everyone fully understood it. Many issues can't wait for a vote or handle public scrutiny, and there are moments—like wartime—when a nation, an army, and even its leaders must rely on just a few minds for strategy; when having two conflicting opinions, even if one is correct, is riskier than having one wrong opinion. The wrong opinion might lead to negative outcomes, but having two conflicting views could result in disaster by breaking unity. [Footnote: Captain Peter S. Wright, Assistant Secretary of the Supreme War Council, At the Supreme War Council, is well worth careful reading on secrecy and unity of command, even though regarding the allied leaders he argues passionately.]
Thus Foch and Sir Henry Wilson, who foresaw the impending disaster to Cough's army, as a consequence of the divided and scattered reserves, nevertheless kept their opinions well within a small circle, knowing that even the risk of a smashing defeat was less certainly destructive, than would have been an excited debate in the newspapers. For what matters most under the kind of tension which prevailed in March, 1918, is less the rightness of a particular move than the unbroken expectation as to the source of command. Had Foch "gone to the people" he might have won the debate, but long before he could have won it, the armies which he was to command would have dissolved. For the spectacle of a row on Olympus is diverting and destructive.
Thus Foch and Sir Henry Wilson, who anticipated the looming disaster for Cough's army due to the divided and scattered reserves, kept their opinions confined to a small group, understanding that even the risk of a crushing defeat was less damaging than a heated debate in the newspapers. What matters most under the kind of tension that existed in March 1918 is less about the correctness of a specific action than the consistent expectation of where command comes from. If Foch had "gone to the people," he might have won the argument, but long before he could have done so, the armies he was supposed to lead would have fallen apart. A public feud among top leaders is both entertaining and harmful.
But so also is a conspiracy of silence. Says Captain Wright: "It is in the High Command and not in the line, that the art of camouflage is most practiced, and reaches to highest flights. All chiefs everywhere are now kept painted, by the busy work of numberless publicists, so as to be mistaken for Napoleons—at a distance….It becomes almost impossible to displace these Napoleons, whatever their incompetence, because of the enormous public support created by hiding or glossing failure, and exaggerating or inventing success…. But the most insidious and worst effect of this so highly organized falsity is on the generals themselves: modest and patriotic as they mostly are, and as most men must be to take up and follow the noble profession of arms, they themselves are ultimately affected by these universal illusions, and reading it every morning in the paper, they also grow persuaded they are thunderbolts of war and infallible, however much they fail, and that their maintenance in command is an end so sacred that it justifies the use of any means…. These various conditions, of which this great deceit is the greatest, at last emancipate all General Staffs from all control. They no longer live for the nation: the nation lives, or rather dies, for them. Victory or defeat ceases to be the prime interest. What matters to these semi-sovereign corporations is whether dear old Willie or poor old Harry is going to be at their head, or the Chantilly party prevail over the Boulevard des Invalides party." [Footnote: Op. cit., pp. 98, 101-105.]
But so is a conspiracy of silence. Captain Wright says: "It's in the High Command and not in the ranks where the art of camouflage is most practiced and reaches its highest heights. Everywhere, leaders are made to look like Napoleons—at a distance—thanks to the hard work of countless publicists. It becomes almost impossible to replace these Napoleons, no matter how incompetent they are, because of the massive public support generated by hiding or downplaying failures and exaggerating or fabricating successes. The most insidious and damaging effect of this highly organized deception is on the generals themselves: modest and patriotic as they mostly are, and as most people need to be to enter and follow the noble profession of arms, they too are ultimately affected by these widespread illusions, and by reading it every morning in the paper, they become convinced that they are unstoppable forces of war and infallible, no matter how much they fail, and that keeping them in command is such a sacred goal that it justifies any means necessary. These various conditions, of which this great deceit is the greatest, ultimately free all General Staffs from any oversight. They no longer serve the nation; the nation exists, or rather ceases to exist, for them. Victory or defeat stops being the main concern. What matters to these semi-sovereign organizations is whether dear old Willie or poor old Harry will be in charge, or if the Chantilly faction will win over the Boulevard des Invalides faction." [Footnote: Op. cit., pp. 98, 101-105.]
Yet Captain Wright who can be so eloquent and so discerning about the dangers of silence is forced nevertheless to approve the silence of Foch in not publicly destroying the illusions. There is here a complicated paradox, arising as we shall see more fully later on, because the traditional democratic view of life is conceived, not for emergencies and dangers, but for tranquillity and harmony. And so where masses of people must coöperate in an uncertain and eruptive environment, it is usually necessary to secure unity and flexibility without real consent. The symbol does that. It obscures personal intention, neutralizes discrimination, and obfuscates individual purpose. It immobilizes personality, yet at the same time it enormously sharpens the intention of the group and welds that group, as nothing else in a crisis can weld it, to purposeful action. It renders the mass mobile though it immobilizes personality. The symbol is the instrument by which in the short run the mass escapes from its own inertia, the inertia of indecision, or the inertia of headlong movement, and is rendered capable of being led along the zigzag of a complex situation.
Yet Captain Wright, who can be so articulate and insightful about the dangers of silence, is still forced to accept Foch's choice not to publicly shatter the illusions. This presents a complex paradox, which we will explore more thoroughly later, because the traditional democratic perspective on life is designed not for emergencies and threats, but for peace and harmony. Therefore, when large groups need to work together in an uncertain and explosive environment, it’s often necessary to achieve unity and adaptability without genuine agreement. The symbol accomplishes this. It conceals personal motives, neutralizes distinctions, and obscures individual aims. It freezes personal identity, but at the same time, it greatly intensifies the group’s intention and binds that group together, as nothing else in a crisis can, to take decisive action. It makes the mass agile even while it freezes individual identity. The symbol acts as the tool through which, in the short term, the mass breaks free from its own inertia—whether that inertia is indecision or reckless movement—and becomes capable of navigating the twists and turns of a complex situation.
2
2
But in the longer run, the give and take increases between the leaders and the led. The word most often used to describe the state of mind in the rank and file about its leaders is morale. That is said to be good when the individuals do the part allotted to them with all their energy; when each man's whole strength is evoked by the command from above. It follows that every leader must plan his policy with this in mind. He must consider his decision not only on "the merits," but also in its effect on any part of his following whose continued support he requires. If he is a general planning an attack, he knows that his organized military units will scatter into mobs if the percentage of casualties rises too high.
But over time, the interaction between leaders and followers increases. The term most commonly used to describe how the rank-and-file feel about their leaders is morale. Morale is considered good when individuals perform their assigned roles with full effort; when each person’s complete strength is brought out by direction from above. This means that every leader has to plan their strategy with this in mind. They must evaluate their decisions not only based on "the merits" but also on how it will impact any portion of their supporters whose ongoing backing they need. If they are a general planning an attack, they know that their organized military units will break apart into chaos if the casualty rate becomes too high.
In the Great War previous calculations were upset to an extraordinary degree, for "out of every nine men who went to France five became casualties." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 37. Figures taken by Captain Wright from the statistical abstract of the war in the Archives of the War Office. The figures refer apparently to the English losses alone, possibly to the English and French.] The limit of endurance was far greater than anyone had supposed. But there was a limit somewhere. And so, partly because of its effect on the enemy, but also in great measure because of its effect on the troops and their families, no command in this war dared to publish a candid statement of its losses. In France the casualty lists were never published. In England, America, and Germany publication of the losses of a big battle were spread out over long periods so as to destroy a unified impression of the total. Only the insiders knew until long afterwards what the Somme had cost, or the Flanders battles; [Footnote: Op cit., p. 34, the Somme cost nearly 500,000 casualties; the Arras and Flanders offensives of 1917 cost 650,000 British casualties.] and Ludendorff undoubtedly had a very much more accurate idea of these casualties than any private person in London, Paris or Chicago. All the leaders in every camp did their best to limit the amount of actual war which any one soldier or civilian could vividly conceive. But, of course, among old veterans like the French troops of 1917, a great deal more is known about war than ever reaches the public. Such an army begins to judge its commanders in terms of its own suffering. And then, when another extravagant promise of victory turns out to be the customary bloody defeat, you may find that a mutiny breaks out over some comparatively minor blunder, [Footnote: The Allies suffered many bloodier defeats than that on the Chemin des Dames.] like Nivelle's offensive of 1917, because it is a cumulative blunder. Revolutions and mutinies generally follow a small sample of a big series of evils. [Footnote: Cf. Pierrefeu's account, op. cit., on the causes of the Soissons mutinies, and the method adopted by Pétain to deal with them. Vol. I, Part III, et seq.]
During the Great War, previous estimates were severely disrupted, as "out of every nine men who went to France, five became casualties." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 37. Figures taken by Captain Wright from the statistical abstract of the war in the Archives of the War Office. The figures seem to refer mainly to English losses, possibly including both English and French.] The limit of endurance was much higher than anyone had thought. However, there was definitely a limit somewhere. Therefore, partly due to its impact on the enemy and largely because of its effect on the troops and their families, no command during this war was willing to publish a straightforward account of its losses. In France, casualty lists were never published. In England, America, and Germany, reports of the losses from major battles were released over extended periods to obscure the overall impression of the total. Only those in the know had a clear understanding of the costs of the Somme or the Flanders battles; [Footnote: Op cit., p. 34, the Somme cost nearly 500,000 casualties; the Arras and Flanders offensives of 1917 cost 650,000 British casualties.] and Ludendorff certainly had a much more accurate idea of these casualties than any ordinary person in London, Paris, or Chicago. All the leaders in every camp tried to limit the extent of actual war that any soldier or civilian could vividly imagine. But, of course, among seasoned veterans like the French troops of 1917, a lot more is known about war than ever reaches the public. Such an army begins to evaluate its commanders based on its own suffering. And when yet another exaggerated promise of victory results in the usual bloody defeat, it can lead to a mutiny over what might seem like a relatively minor mistake, [Footnote: The Allies suffered many bloodier defeats than that on the Chemin des Dames.] like Nivelle's offensive of 1917, because it's a cumulative failure. Revolutions and mutinies typically follow a small instance of a larger pattern of suffering. [Footnote: Cf. Pierrefeu's account, op. cit., on the causes of the Soissons mutinies, and the method adopted by Pétain to deal with them. Vol. I, Part III, et seq.]
The incidence of policy determines the relation between leader and following. If those whom he needs in his plan are remote from the place where the action takes place, if the results are hidden or postponed, if the individual obligations are indirect or not yet due, above all if assent is an exercise of some pleasurable emotion, the leader is likely to have a free hand. Those programs are immediately most popular, like prohibition among teetotalers, which do not at once impinge upon the private habits of the followers. That is one great reason why governments have such a free hand in foreign affairs. Most of the frictions between two states involve a series of obscure and long-winded contentions, occasionally on the frontier, but far more often in regions about which school geographies have supplied no precise ideas. In Czechoslovakia America is regarded as the Liberator; in American newspaper paragraphs and musical comedy, in American conversation by and large, it has never been finally settled whether the country we liberated is Czechoslavia or Jugoslovakia.
The role of policy affects the relationship between a leader and their followers. If the people the leader needs for their plan are far from where the action is happening, if the outcomes are unclear or delayed, if individual responsibilities are indirect or not yet due, and especially if agreement is based on some enjoyable feeling, the leader is likely to act freely. Programs that quickly gain popularity, like prohibition among teetotalers, tend to be those that don't immediately interfere with the personal habits of the followers. This is a major reason why governments have so much leeway in foreign affairs. Most conflicts between two countries involve a series of complicated and lengthy disagreements, sometimes at the border, but more often in areas that school geography classes haven’t explained well. In Czechoslovakia, America is seen as the Liberator; however, in American news articles and musicals, as well as in general conversation, it has never been clearly settled whether the country we liberated is Czechoslovakia or Yugoslavia.
In foreign affairs the incidence of policy is for a very long time confined to an unseen environment. Nothing that happens out there is felt to be wholly real. And so, because in the ante-bellum period, nobody has to fight and nobody has to pay, governments go along according to their lights without much reference to their people. In local affairs the cost of a policy is more easily visible. And therefore, all but the most exceptional leaders prefer policies in which the costs are as far as possible indirect.
In foreign affairs, the impact of policy has been for a long time limited to an unseen environment. Nothing that occurs out there feels completely real. Thus, in the pre-war period, since there's no fighting and no one needs to pay, governments operate based on their own beliefs without much consideration for their citizens. In local matters, the costs of a policy are more obvious. As a result, almost all leaders prefer policies where the costs are as indirect as possible.
They do not like direct taxation. They do not like to pay as they go. They like long term debts. They like to have the voters believe that the foreigner will pay. They have always been compelled to calculate prosperity in terms of the producer rather than in terms of the consumer, because the incidence on the consumer is distributed over so many trivial items. Labor leaders have always preferred an increase of money wages to a decrease in prices. There has always been more popular interest in the profits of millionaires, which are visible but comparatively unimportant, than in the wastes of the industrial system, which are huge but elusive. A legislature dealing with a shortage of houses, such as exists when this is written, illustrates this rule, first by doing nothing to increase the number of houses, second by smiting the greedy landlord on the hip, third by investigating the profiteering builders and working men. For a constructive policy deals with remote and uninteresting factors, while a greedy landlord, or a profiteering plumber is visible and immediate.
They aren't fans of direct taxation. They prefer not to pay as they go. They like long-term debt and want voters to believe that foreigners will cover the costs. They've always calculated prosperity in terms of producers rather than consumers because the burden on consumers is spread across so many small expenses. Labor leaders have consistently favored higher wages over lower prices. There's always been more public interest in the visible profits of millionaires, which are relatively minor, than in the massive but hard-to-see waste of the industrial system. A legislature facing a housing shortage, like the one present when this was written, shows this trend by, first, doing nothing to increase housing availability, second, targeting greedy landlords, and third, investigating the profiteering builders and workers. A constructive policy focuses on distant and boring issues, while a greedy landlord or a profiteering plumber are obvious and immediate problems.
But while people will readily believe that in an unimagined future and in unseen places a certain policy will benefit them, the actual working out of policy follows a different logic from their opinions. A nation may be induced to believe that jacking up the freight rates will make the railroads prosperous. But that belief will not make the roads prosperous, if the impact of those rates on farmers and shippers is such as to produce a commodity price beyond what the consumer can pay. Whether the consumer will pay the price depends not upon whether he nodded his head nine months previously at the proposal to raise rates and save business, but on whether he now wants a new hat or a new automobile enough to pay for them.
But while people easily believe that a certain policy will benefit them in a future they can't imagine and in places they can't see, the actual implementation of that policy follows a different logic than their beliefs. A country may be convinced that raising freight rates will make the railroads successful. However, that belief won't lead to prosperity for the railroads if those rates cause farmers and shippers to price their goods higher than what consumers can afford. Whether consumers will pay that price doesn’t depend on whether they agreed months ago to the idea of raising rates to help businesses, but rather on whether they actually want to buy a new hat or a new car enough to spend the money on them.
3
3
Leaders often pretend that they have merely uncovered a program which existed in the minds of their public. When they believe it, they are usually deceiving themselves. Programs do not invent themselves synchronously in a multitude of minds. That is not because a multitude of minds is necessarily inferior to that of the leaders, but because thought is the function of an organism, and a mass is not an organism.
Leaders often act like they've just discovered a program that already existed in the minds of the public. When they believe this, they’re usually fooling themselves. Programs don’t just magically appear in the minds of many people at the same time. It's not that a group of minds is less capable than the leaders', but because thinking is a function of an individual organism, and a crowd is not an organism.
This fact is obscured because the mass is constantly exposed to suggestion. It reads not the news, but the news with an aura of suggestion about it, indicating the line of action to be taken. It hears reports, not objective as the facts are, but already stereotyped to a certain pattern of behavior. Thus the ostensible leader often finds that the real leader is a powerful newspaper proprietor. But if, as in a laboratory, one could remove all suggestion and leading from the experience of a multitude, one would, I think, find something like this: A mass exposed to the same stimuli would develop responses that could theoretically be charted in a polygon of error. There would be a certain group that felt sufficiently alike to be classified together. There would be variants of feeling at both ends. These classifications would tend to harden as individuals in each of the classifications made their reactions vocal. That is to say, when the vague feelings of those who felt vaguely had been put into words, they would know more definitely what they felt, and would then feel it more definitely.
This fact is hidden because people are constantly influenced by suggestions. They don't just read the news; they read it with an underlying suggestion that tells them what to do. They hear reports that aren't purely objective, but are shaped to fit a specific way of acting. As a result, the apparent leader often discovers that the true leader is a powerful newspaper owner. However, if, much like in a lab, all suggestion and influence could be removed from a group's experience, I believe you would find something like this: A group exposed to the same stimuli would develop responses that could be mapped out in a pattern of errors. There would be a certain subset that felt similar enough to be grouped together. There would be variations of feelings at both ends. These groupings would become more defined as individuals within each category expressed their reactions. In other words, once the vague feelings of those who felt uncertain were articulated, they would understand better what they felt, and then they would feel it more clearly.
Leaders in touch with popular feeling are quickly conscious of these reactions. They know that high prices are pressing upon the mass, or that certain classes of individuals are becoming unpopular, or that feeling towards another nation is friendly or hostile. But, always barring the effect of suggestion which is merely the assumption of leadership by the reporter, there would be nothing in the feeling of the mass that fatally determined the choice of any particular policy. All that the feeling of the mass demands is that policy as it is developed and exposed shall be, if not logically, then by analogy and association, connected with the original feeling.
Leaders who are aware of public sentiment quickly pick up on these reactions. They understand that high prices are weighing down the majority, that certain groups are falling out of favor, or that feelings toward another country are either friendly or hostile. However, aside from the influence of suggestion, which comes from the reporter taking on a leadership role, the emotions of the masses do not decisively dictate the selection of any specific policy. What the masses expect is that the policy, as it unfolds, should be connected—if not logically, then by analogy and association—to the original sentiment.
So when a new policy is to be launched, there is a preliminary bid for community of feeling, as in Mark Antony's speech to the followers of Brutus. [Footnote: Excellently analyzed in Martin, The Behavior of Crowds, pp. 130-132,] In the first phase, the leader vocalizes the prevalent opinion of the mass. He identifies himself with the familiar attitudes of his audience, sometimes by telling a good story, sometimes by brandishing his patriotism, often by pinching a grievance. Finding that he is trustworthy, the multitude milling hither and thither may turn in towards him. He will then be expected to set forth a plan of campaign. But he will not find that plan in the slogans which convey the feelings of the mass. It will not even always be indicated by them. Where the incidence of policy is remote, all that is essential is that the program shall be verbally and emotionally connected at the start with what has become vocal in the multitude. Trusted men in a familiar role subscribing to the accepted symbols can go a very long way on their own initiative without explaining the substance of their programs.
So when a new policy is about to be launched, there’s an initial push to create a shared sense of community, like in Mark Antony's speech to Brutus's followers. [Footnote: Excellently analyzed in Martin, The Behavior of Crowds, pp. 130-132.] In the first phase, the leader expresses the common opinion of the crowd. He connects with his audience’s familiar attitudes, sometimes by sharing a good story, sometimes by showcasing his patriotism, and often by highlighting a common grievance. Once the crowd finds him trustworthy, they may start gravitating towards him. He will then be expected to lay out a campaign plan. However, he won't find that plan in the slogans that reflect the crowd's feelings. It might not even be clearly indicated by them. When the impact of the policy is still distant, all that matters is that the program is initially linked both verbally and emotionally to the sentiments that have surfaced among the crowd. Trusted individuals in familiar roles, endorsing well-known symbols, can make significant progress on their own initiative without needing to explain the details of their programs.
But wise leaders are not content to do that. Provided they think publicity will not strengthen opposition too much, and that debate will not delay action too long, they seek a certain measure of consent. They take, if not the whole mass, then the subordinates of the hierarchy sufficiently into their confidence to prepare them for what might happen, and to make them feel that they have freely willed the result. But however sincere the leader may be, there is always, when the facts are very complicated, a certain amount of illusion in these consultations. For it is impossible that all the contingencies shall be as vivid to the whole public as they are to the more experienced and the more imaginative. A fairly large percentage are bound to agree without having taken the time, or without possessing the background, for appreciating the choices which the leader presents to them. No one, however, can ask for more. And only theorists do. If we have had our day in court, if what we had to say was heard, and then if what is done comes out well, most of us do not stop to consider how much our opinion affected the business in hand.
But wise leaders aren’t satisfied with just that. As long as they believe that publicity won’t strengthen the opposition too much and that debate won’t slow down action too long, they aim for a certain level of agreement. They engage, if not the entire group, at least the subordinates within the hierarchy, enough to prepare them for what could happen and to help them feel like they freely supported the outcome. However genuine the leader may be, when things are really complicated, these discussions often come with a bit of illusion. It’s unrealistic for the entire public to grasp all the nuances as clearly as those who are more experienced and imaginative. A significant number are likely to agree without taking the time or having the background to fully understand the options the leader presents to them. Still, no one can expect more than that. Only theorists do. If we’ve had our day to voice our opinions, if we were listened to, and if the outcome is favorable, most of us don’t pause to think about how much our opinions actually influenced the decision-making.
And therefore, if the established powers are sensitive and well-informed, if they are visibly trying to meet popular feeling, and actually removing some of the causes of dissatisfaction, no matter how slowly they proceed, provided they are seen to be proceeding, they have little to fear. It takes stupendous and persistent blundering, plus almost infinite tactlessness, to start a revolution from below. Palace revolutions, interdepartmental revolutions, are a different matter. So, too, is demagogy. That stops at relieving the tension by expressing the feeling. But the statesman knows that such relief is temporary, and if indulged too often, unsanitary. He, therefore, sees to it that he arouses no feeling which he cannot sluice into a program that deals with the facts to which the feelings refer.
Therefore, if those in power are aware and well-informed, if they are clearly trying to address public sentiment and actually removing some of the reasons for dissatisfaction, no matter how slowly they move, as long as they are perceived to be making progress, they have little to worry about. It takes massive and ongoing mistakes, along with almost endless insensitivity, to trigger a revolution from the ground up. Palace coups and interdepartmental revolutions are a different story. The same goes for demagoguery. That just relieves the pressure by voicing the emotions. However, a statesman understands that such relief is only temporary, and if overused, it can be harmful. Therefore, they ensure that they don't provoke any feelings that can't be directed into a plan that addresses the issues related to those feelings.
But all leaders are not statesmen, all leaders hate to resign, and most leaders find it hard to believe that bad as things are, the other fellow would not make them worse. They do not passively wait for the public to feel the incidence of policy, because the incidence of that discovery is generally upon their own heads. They are, therefore, intermittently engaged in mending their fences and consolidating their position.
But not all leaders are statesmen, not all leaders want to resign, and most leaders find it hard to believe that, as bad as things are, their opponents wouldn't make them worse. They don’t just sit back and wait for the public to notice the effects of their policies, since those effects usually end up directly affecting them. Because of this, they’re often busy fixing their image and strengthening their position.
The mending of fences consists in offering an occasional scapegoat, in redressing a minor grievance affecting a powerful individual or faction, rearranging certain jobs, placating a group of people who want an arsenal in their home town, or a law to stop somebody's vices. Study the daily activity of any public official who depends on election and you can enlarge this list. There are Congressmen elected year after year who never think of dissipating their energy on public affairs. They prefer to do a little service for a lot of people on a lot of little subjects, rather than to engage in trying to do a big service out there in the void. But the number of people to whom any organization can be a successful valet is limited, and shrewd politicians take care to attend either the influential, or somebody so blatantly uninfluential that to pay any attention to him is a mark of sensational magnanimity. The far greater number who cannot be held by favors, the anonymous multitude, receive propaganda.
Fixing relationships involves occasionally providing a scapegoat, addressing a minor complaint from a powerful individual or group, shifting around some job roles, calming a group that wants military resources in their town, or creating laws to curb someone's bad habits. If you observe the daily routines of any public official relying on elections, you'll find even more examples. There are Congress members who get elected time and again without ever focusing their energy on public issues. They prefer to do small favors for many people on various minor topics rather than trying to make a significant impact in a broader sense. However, the number of people an organization can effectively cater to is limited, and savvy politicians ensure they focus on either influential individuals or someone so utterly powerless that paying attention to them is seen as an act of remarkable generosity. The vast majority who can't be swayed by favors, the nameless masses, receive propaganda.
The established leaders of any organization have great natural advantages. They are believed to have better sources of information. The books and papers are in their offices. They took part in the important conferences. They met the important people. They have responsibility. It is, therefore, easier for them to secure attention and to speak in a convincing tone. But also they have a very great deal of control over the access to the facts. Every official is in some degree a censor. And since no one can suppress information, either by concealing it or forgetting to mention it, without some notion of what he wishes the public to know, every leader is in some degree a propagandist. Strategically placed, and compelled often to choose even at the best between the equally cogent though conflicting ideals of safety for the institution, and candor to his public, the official finds himself deciding more and more consciously what facts, in what setting, in what guise he shall permit the public to know.
The leaders of any organization have significant natural advantages. People think they have better access to information. The books and reports are right in their offices. They've participated in important conferences and met influential people. They carry responsibility. Because of this, it’s easier for them to grab attention and communicate convincingly. However, they also have a lot of control over what facts are accessible. Every official acts as a censor to some extent. Since no one can hide information, either by withholding it or simply forgetting to mention it, without having some idea of what they want the public to know, every leader is somewhat of a propagandist. Positioned strategically and often having to choose between the equally important but conflicting ideals of protecting the organization and being honest with the public, the official increasingly finds themselves consciously deciding which facts, in what context, and in what manner they will allow the public to see.
4
4
That the manufacture of consent is capable of great refinements no one, I think, denies. The process by which public opinions arise is certainly no less intricate than it has appeared in these pages, and the opportunities for manipulation open to anyone who understands the process are plain enough.
That the creation of consent can be highly refined isn't something anyone really disputes. The way public opinions form is definitely just as complex as it seems here, and the chances for manipulation available to anyone who gets the process are pretty clear.
The creation of consent is not a new art. It is a very old one which was supposed to have died out with the appearance of democracy. But it has not died out. It has, in fact, improved enormously in technic, because it is now based on analysis rather than on rule of thumb. And so, as a result of psychological research, coupled with the modern means of communication, the practice of democracy has turned a corner. A revolution is taking place, infinitely more significant than any shifting of economic power.
The creation of consent isn't a new art. It's actually quite old and was thought to have faded away with the rise of democracy. But it hasn't disappeared. In fact, it has significantly improved in technique, as it's now based on analysis instead of just guesswork. So, thanks to psychological research combined with modern communication methods, the practice of democracy has evolved. A revolution is happening, one that's far more important than any changes in economic power.
Within the life of the generation now in control of affairs, persuasion has become a self-conscious art and a regular organ of popular government. None of us begins to understand the consequences, but it is no daring prophecy to say that the knowledge of how to create consent will alter every political calculation and modify every political premise. Under the impact of propaganda, not necessarily in the sinister meaning of the word alone, the old constants of our thinking have become variables. It is no longer possible, for example, to believe in the original dogma of democracy; that the knowledge needed for the management of human affairs comes up spontaneously from the human heart. Where we act on that theory we expose ourselves to self-deception, and to forms of persuasion that we cannot verify. It has been demonstrated that we cannot rely upon intuition, conscience, or the accidents of casual opinion if we are to deal with the world beyond our reach.
In the lives of the current generation in power, persuasion has turned into a purposeful skill and a key part of popular government. None of us fully grasps the implications, but it's not a bold prediction to say that understanding how to gain agreement will change every political calculation and reshape every political assumption. Because of the influence of propaganda, not just in its negative sense, the old constants of our thinking have become unpredictable. For instance, it’s no longer possible to believe in the original principle of democracy; that the knowledge necessary for managing human affairs naturally arises from the human heart. Acting on that belief leads us to self-deception and to forms of persuasion we can't confirm. It has been shown that we can’t depend on intuition, conscience, or random opinions if we want to effectively engage with the world beyond our immediate experience.
PART VI
THE IMAGE OF DEMOCRACY
"I confess that in America I saw more than America;
I sought the image of democracy itself."
"I admit that in America, I saw more than just America;
I was looking for the essence of democracy itself."
Alexis de Tocqueville.
Alexis de Tocqueville.
CHAPTER 16. THE SELF-CENTERED MAN " 17. THE SELF-CONTAINED COMMUNITY " 18. THE ROLE OF FORCE, PATRONAGE AND PRIVILEGE " 19. THE OLD IMAGE IN A NEW FORM: GUILD SOCIALISM " 20. A NEW IMAGE
CHAPTER XVI
THE SELF-CENTERED MAN
I
SINCE Public Opinion is supposed to be the prime mover in democracies, one might reasonably expect to find a vast literature. One does not find it. There are excellent books on government and parties, that is, on the machinery which in theory registers public opinions after they are formed. But on the sources from which these public opinions arise, on the processes by which they are derived, there is relatively little. The existence of a force called Public Opinion is in the main taken for granted, and American political writers have been most interested either in finding out how to make government express the common will, or in how to prevent the common will from subverting the purposes for which they believe the government exists. According to their traditions they have wished either to tame opinion or to obey it. Thus the editor of a notable series of text-books writes that "the most difficult and the most momentous question of government (is) how to transmit the force of individual opinion into public action." [Footnote: Albert Bushnell Hart in the Introductory note to A. Lawrence Lowell's Public Opinion and Popular Government. ]
SINCE public opinion is seen as the main driver in democracies, one would expect to find a wealth of literature on the topic. However, that's not the case. There are great books about government and political parties, meaning the systems that theoretically capture public opinions after they are formed. But when it comes to the sources of these public opinions and the processes that shape them, there isn't much available. The existence of a force called public opinion is largely taken for granted, and American political writers have primarily focused on either figuring out how to make the government reflect the common will or how to prevent that will from undermining what they believe the government is meant to achieve. Throughout their work, they have aimed to either control public opinion or respond to it. For example, the editor of a well-known series of textbooks states that "the most difficult and the most momentous question of government (is) how to transmit the force of individual opinion into public action." [Footnote: Albert Bushnell Hart in the Introductory note to A. Lawrence Lowell's Public Opinion and Popular Government. ]
But surely there is a still more momentous question, the question of how to validate our private versions of the political scene. There is, as I shall try to indicate further on, the prospect of radical improvement by the development of principles already in operation. But this development will depend on how well we learn to use knowledge of the way opinions are put together to watch over our own opinions when they are being put together. For casual opinion, being the product of partial contact, of tradition, and personal interests, cannot in the nature of things take kindly to a method of political thought which is based on exact record, measurement, analysis and comparison. Just those qualities of the mind which determine what shall seem interesting, important, familiar, personal, and dramatic, are the qualities which in the first instance realistic opinion frustrates. Therefore, unless there is in the community at large a growing conviction that prejudice and intuition are not enough, the working out of realistic opinion, which takes time, money, labor, conscious effort, patience, and equanimity, will not find enough support. That conviction grows as self-criticism increases, and makes us conscious of buncombe, contemptuous of ourselves when we employ it, and on guard to detect it. Without an ingrained habit of analyzing opinion when we read, talk, and decide, most of us would hardly suspect the need of better ideas, nor be interested in them when they appear, nor be able to prevent the new technic of political intelligence from being manipulated.
But surely there’s an even more important question: how do we validate our personal views of the political landscape? As I’ll explain further on, there’s the possibility of significant improvement through the development of principles we already have in place. However, this progress will depend on our ability to use our understanding of how opinions are formed to keep an eye on our own opinions as they come together. Casual opinions, which result from limited exposure, tradition, and personal interests, naturally resist a method of political thought that relies on accurate records, measurements, analyses, and comparisons. The qualities of the mind that determine what seems interesting, important, familiar, personal, and dramatic are actually what realistic opinions challenge at first. Therefore, unless there is a growing belief within the community that biases and intuition aren’t enough, the development of realistic opinions—which requires time, money, hard work, conscious effort, patience, and calmness—won’t find adequate support. That belief grows as we become more self-critical, making us aware of nonsense, making us look down on ourselves when we engage in it, and making us vigilant in spotting it. Without a deep-rooted habit of analyzing opinions when we read, talk, and make decisions, most of us wouldn’t even notice the need for better ideas, wouldn’t care about them when they arise, and wouldn’t be able to stop the new methods of political intelligence from being exploited.
Yet democracies, if we are to judge by the oldest and most powerful of them, have made a mystery out of public opinion. There have been skilled organizers of opinion who understood the mystery well enough to create majorities on election day. But these organizers have been regarded by political science as low fellows or as "problems," not as possessors of the most effective knowledge there was on how to create and operate public opinion. The tendency of the people who have voiced the ideas of democracy, even when they have not managed its action, the tendency of students, orators, editors, has been to look upon Public Opinion as men in other societies looked upon the uncanny forces to which they ascribed the last word in the direction of events.
Yet democracies, judging by the oldest and strongest among them, have turned public opinion into a mystery. There have been skilled opinion organizers who understood this mystery well enough to sway majorities on election day. However, political science has viewed these organizers as lowly figures or "problems," rather than recognizing them as experts in creating and shaping public opinion. The tendency among those who have expressed democratic ideas, even when they haven’t been in charge of its execution, including students, speakers, and editors, has been to see Public Opinion as others in different societies viewed mysterious forces that they believed held ultimate control over events.
For in almost every political theory there is an inscrutable element which in the heyday of that theory goes unexamined. Behind the appearances there is a Fate, there are Guardian Spirits, or Mandates to a Chosen People, a Divine Monarchy, a Vice-Regent of Heaven, or a Class of the Better Born. The more obvious angels, demons, and kings are gone out of democratic thinking, but the need for believing that there are reserve powers of guidance persists. It persisted for those thinkers of the Eighteenth Century who designed the matrix of democracy. They had a pale god, but warm hearts, and in the doctrine of popular sovereignty they found the answer to their need of an infallible origin for the new social order. There was the mystery, and only enemies of the people touched it with profane and curious hands.
In almost every political theory, there's an elusive element that often goes unexamined during its peak. Behind the surface, there’s a Fate, Guardian Spirits, or a Mandate for a Chosen People, a Divine Monarchy, a Vice-Regent of Heaven, or a Class of the Better Born. The more obvious figures like angels, demons, and kings have disappeared from democratic thought, but the need to believe in some form of guiding power remains. This belief held true for the thinkers of the Eighteenth Century who created the foundation of democracy. They envisioned a distant god but had warm hearts, and in the idea of popular sovereignty, they found the solution to their need for an infallible source for the new social order. That was the mystery, and only the enemies of the people dared to touch it with irreverent and curious hands.
2
2
They did not remove the veil because they were practical politicians in a bitter and uncertain struggle. They had themselves felt the aspiration of democracy, which is ever so much deeper, more intimate and more important than any theory of government. They were engaged, as against the prejudice of ages, in the assertion of human dignity. What possessed them was not whether John Smith had sound views on any public question, but that John Smith, scion of a stock that had always been considered inferior, would now bend his knee to no other man. It was this spectacle that made it bliss "in that dawn to be alive." But every analyst seems to degrade that dignity, to deny that all men are reasonable all the time, or educated, or informed, to note that people are fooled, that they do not always know their own interests, and that all men are not equally fitted to govern.
They didn't remove the veil because they were practical politicians in a tough and uncertain fight. They had personally experienced the desire for democracy, which runs deeper, is more personal, and is more significant than any government theory. They were up against long-standing prejudices in the fight for human dignity. What motivated them wasn't whether John Smith had solid views on any public issue, but that John Smith, from a lineage that had always been considered inferior, would not bow down to anyone. It was this image that made it feel amazing "in that dawn to be alive." Yet, every analyst seems to undermine that dignity, claiming that not everyone is rational all the time, or educated, or informed, pointing out that people can be deceived, that they don't always understand their own interests, and that not everyone is equally capable of governing.
The critics were about as welcome as a small boy with a drum. Every one of these observations on the fallibility of man was being exploited ad nauseam. Had democrats admitted there was truth in any of the aristocratic arguments they would have opened a breach in the defenses. And so just as Aristotle had to insist that the slave was a slave by nature, the democrats had to insist that the free man was a legislator and administrator by nature. They could not stop to explain that a human soul might not yet have, or indeed might never have, this technical equipment, and that nevertheless it had an inalienable right not to be used as the unwilling instrument of other men. The superior people were still too strong and too unscrupulous to have refrained from capitalizing so candid a statement.
The critics were as unwelcome as a kid with a drum. Every one of these comments about the faults of humanity was being overused. If the democrats had admitted that there was some truth in any of the aristocratic arguments, they would have weakened their position. Just like Aristotle had to argue that a slave was a slave by nature, the democrats had to argue that a free man was a legislator and administrator by nature. They couldn’t take the time to explain that a human soul might not have, or might never have, those skills, and that it still had an undeniable right not to be used as the unwilling tool of others. The superior people were still too powerful and too ruthless to have passed up such an open statement for their own gain.
So the early democrats insisted that a reasoned righteousness welled up spontaneously out of the mass of men. All of them hoped that it would, many of them believed that it did, although the cleverest, like Thomas Jefferson, had all sorts of private reservations. But one thing was certain: if public opinion did not come forth spontaneously, nobody in that age believed it would come forth at all. For in one fundamental respect the political science on which democracy was based was the same science that Aristotle formulated. It was the same science for democrat and aristocrat, royalist and republican, in that its major premise assumed the art of government to be a natural endowment. Men differed radically when they tried to name the men so endowed; but they agreed in thinking that the greatest question of all was to find those in whom political wisdom was innate. Royalists were sure that kings were born to govern. Alexander Hamilton thought that while "there are strong minds in every walk of life… the representative body, with too few exceptions to have any influence on the spirit of the government, will be composed of landholders, merchants, and men of the learned professions." [Footnote: The Federalist, Nos. 35, 36. Cf. comment by Henry Jones Ford in his Rise and Growth of American Politics. Ch. V.] Jefferson thought the political faculties were deposited by God in farmers and planters, and sometimes spoke as if they were found in all the people. [Footnote: See below p. 268.] The main premise was the same: to govern was an instinct that appeared, according to your social preferences, in one man or a chosen few, in all males, or only in males who were white and twenty-one, perhaps even in all men and all women.
So the early democrats believed that a sense of justice naturally emerged from the general population. They all hoped this was true, and many of them really believed it, although the smartest, like Thomas Jefferson, had their doubts. But one thing was clear: if public opinion didn't show up naturally, no one back then thought it ever would. In one fundamental way, the political theory supporting democracy was the same as the one Aristotle developed. It was the same theory for democrats and aristocrats, royalists and republicans, since its main idea was that the ability to govern was a natural gift. People strongly disagreed about who had this gift, but they all agreed that the biggest question was finding those with innate political wisdom. Royalists were confident that kings were born to rule. Alexander Hamilton believed that while "there are strong minds in every walk of life… the representative body, with too few exceptions to have any influence on the spirit of the government, will be composed of landholders, merchants, and men of the learned professions." [Footnote: The Federalist, Nos. 35, 36. Cf. comment by Henry Jones Ford in his Rise and Growth of American Politics. Ch. V.] Jefferson thought that God placed political abilities in farmers and planters and sometimes suggested that they were present in all the people. [Footnote: See below p. 268.] The main idea was the same: governing was an instinct that appeared, depending on your social views, in one person or a select few, in all men, or just in men who were white and over twenty-one, maybe even in all men and women.
In deciding who was most fit to govern, knowledge of the world was taken for granted. The aristocrat believed that those who dealt with large affairs possessed the instinct, the democrats asserted that all men possessed the instinct and could therefore deal with large affairs. It was no part of political science in either case to think out how knowledge of the world could be brought to the ruler. If you were for the people you did not try to work out the question of how to keep the voter informed. By the age of twenty-one he had his political faculties. What counted was a good heart, a reasoning mind, a balanced judgment. These would ripen with age, but it was not necessary to consider how to inform the heart and feed the reason. Men took in their facts as they took in their breath.
In determining who was best suited to lead, having a grasp of the world was assumed. The aristocrats believed that those who managed significant affairs had the instinct, while the democrats claimed that everyone had this instinct and could handle big issues. In both cases, political science didn’t focus on figuring out how to provide the ruler with worldly knowledge. If you supported the people, you didn’t concern yourself with how to keep voters informed. By the time someone turned twenty-one, they had their political instincts in place. What mattered were a good heart, a rational mind, and sound judgment. These would develop with age, but there was no need to think about how to nurture emotions or sharpen reasoning. People absorbed facts as naturally as they breathed.
3
3
But the facts men could come to possess in this effortless way were limited. They could know the customs and more obvious character of the place where they lived and worked. But the outer world they had to conceive, and they did not conceive it instinctively, nor absorb trustworthy knowledge of it just by living. Therefore, the only environment in which spontaneous politics were possible was one confined within the range of the ruler's direct and certain knowledge. There is no escaping this conclusion, wherever you found government on the natural range of men's faculties. "If," as Aristotle said, [Footnote: Politics, Bk. VII, Ch. 4.] "the citizens of a state are to judge and distribute offices according to merit, then they must know each other's characters; where they do not possess this knowledge, both the election to offices and the decision of law suits will go wrong."
But the facts that people could easily access were limited. They could understand the customs and more obvious traits of the places where they lived and worked. However, they had to imagine the outside world, and they didn’t grasp it instinctively, nor did they reliably learn about it just by living. Therefore, the only environment where spontaneous politics could happen was one that stayed within the ruler's direct and certain knowledge. You can't avoid this conclusion, no matter where you find government within the natural abilities of people. “If,” as Aristotle said, [Footnote: Politics, Bk. VII, Ch. 4.] “the citizens of a state are to judge and distribute offices based on merit, then they must know each other’s characters; if they lack this knowledge, both the elections and the outcomes of lawsuits will go wrong.”
Obviously this maxim was binding upon every school of political thought. But it presented peculiar difficulties to the democrats. Those who believed in class government could fairly claim that in the court of the king, or in the country houses of the gentry, men did know each other's characters, and as long as the rest of mankind was passive, the only characters one needed to know were the characters of men in the ruling class. But the democrats, who wanted to raise the dignity of all men, were immediately involved by the immense size and confusion of their ruling class—the male electorate. Their science told them that politics was an instinct, and that the instinct worked in a limited environment. Their hopes bade them insist that all men in a very large environment could govern. In this deadly conflict between their ideals and their science, the only way out was to assume without much discussion that the voice of the people was the voice of God.
Clearly, this principle applied to every political ideology. However, it posed unique challenges for the democrats. Those who believed in class rule could argue that within the king's court or in the estates of the wealthy, people understood each other's characters, and as long as the rest of society remained passive, the only characters worth knowing were those of the ruling class. On the other hand, the democrats, who aimed to elevate the dignity of all individuals, were quickly caught up in the vast size and complexity of their ruling class—the male electorate. Their studies suggested that politics was an instinct that operated best in a confined setting. Their aspirations led them to assert that all men in a much larger setting could govern effectively. In this intense struggle between their ideals and their research, the only way forward was to accept, with little debate, that the voice of the people represented the voice of God.
The paradox was too great, the stakes too big, their ideal too precious for critical examination. They could not show how a citizen of Boston was to stay in Boston and conceive the views of a Virginian, how a Virginian in Virginia could have real opinions about the government at Washington, how Congressmen in Washington could have opinions about China or Mexico. For in that day it was not possible for many men to have an unseen environment brought into the field of their judgment. There had been some advances, to be sure, since Aristotle. There were a few newspapers, and there were books, better roads perhaps, and better ships. But there was no great advance, and the political assumptions of the Eighteenth Century had essentially to be those that had prevailed in political science for two thousand years. The pioneer democrats did not possess the material for resolving the conflict between the known range of man's attention and their illimitable faith in his dignity.
The paradox was too significant, the stakes too high, and their ideals too valuable for serious scrutiny. They couldn't explain how a Bostonian could stay in Boston and understand a Virginian's perspective, how a Virginian in Virginia could really have opinions about the government in Washington, or how Congress members in Washington could have views on China or Mexico. Back then, it was difficult for many people to have an unseen environment factored into their judgment. Sure, there had been some progress since Aristotle. There were a few newspapers, books, maybe better roads, and improved ships. But there wasn't any major advancement, and the political beliefs of the Eighteenth Century essentially had to be the same as those that had dominated political thought for two thousand years. The pioneering democrats lacked the resources to resolve the conflict between the limited scope of human focus and their boundless faith in humanity's worth.
Their assumptions antedated not only the modern newspaper, the world-wide press services, photography and moving pictures, but, what is really more significant, they antedated measurement and record, quantitative and comparative analysis, the canons of evidence, and the ability of psychological analysis to correct and discount the prejudices of the witness. I do not mean to say that our records are satisfactory, our analysis unbiased, our measurements sound. I do mean to say that the key inventions have been made for bringing the unseen world into the field of judgment. They had not been made in the time of Aristotle, and they were not yet important enough to be visible for political theory in the age of Rousseau, Montesquieu, or Thomas Jefferson. In a later chapter I think we shall see that even in the latest theory of human reconstruction, that of the English Guild Socialists, all the deeper premises have been taken over from this older system of political thought.
Their assumptions came before not just the modern newspaper, global press services, photography, and moving pictures, but what's even more important is that they came before measurement and record-keeping, quantitative and comparative analysis, standards of evidence, and the ability of psychological analysis to adjust for and counteract the biases of the witness. I’m not saying our records are perfect, our analysis is free from bias, or our measurements are reliable. What I'm saying is that the essential inventions have been made to bring the unseen world into the realm of judgment. These advancements didn’t exist in Aristotle's time, and they weren’t significant enough to be recognized in political theory during the era of Rousseau, Montesquieu, or Thomas Jefferson. In a later chapter, I believe we will see that even in the most recent theory of human reconstruction, that of the English Guild Socialists, all the foundational ideas have been adopted from this older system of political thought.
That system, whenever it was competent and honest, had to assume that no man could have more than a very partial experience of public affairs. In the sense that he can give only a little time to them, that assumption is still true, and of the utmost consequence. But ancient theory was compelled to assume, not only that men could give little attention to public questions, but that the attention available would have to be confined to matters close at hand. It would have been visionary to suppose that a time would come when distant and complicated events could conceivably be reported, analyzed, and presented in such a form that a really valuable choice could be made by an amateur. That time is now in sight. There is no longer any doubt that the continuous reporting of an unseen environment is feasible. It is often done badly, but the fact that it is done at all shows that it can be done, and the fact that we begin to know how badly it is often done, shows that it can be done better. With varying degrees of skill and honesty distant complexities are reported every day by engineers and accountants for business men, by secretaries and civil servants for officials, by intelligence officers for the General Staff, by some journalists for some readers. These are crude beginnings but radical, far more radical in the literal meaning of that word than the repetition of wars, revolutions, abdications and restorations; as radical as the change in the scale of human life which has made it possible for Mr. Lloyd George to discuss Welsh coal mining after breakfast in London, and the fate of the Arabs before dinner in Paris.
That system, whenever it was effective and honest, had to assume that no one could have more than a limited experience of public affairs. In the sense that he can only dedicate a little time to them, that assumption is still true and extremely important. However, the old theory had to assume not only that people could pay little attention to public issues, but that the attention they could give would have to focus on matters close by. It would have been unrealistic to think that a time would come when distant and complicated events could be reported, analyzed, and presented in such a way that an ordinary person could make a truly informed choice. That time is now approaching. There’s no longer any doubt that continuous reporting of an unseen environment is possible. It’s often done poorly, but the fact that it's done at all shows it can be done, and the fact that we’re beginning to understand just how poorly it’s often done means it can be improved. With varying levels of skill and honesty, distant complexities are reported every day by engineers and accountants for business people, by secretaries and civil servants for officials, by intelligence officers for the General Staff, and by some journalists for some readers. These are rough beginnings, but they are radical—far more radical in the true sense of the word than the endless cycle of wars, revolutions, abdications, and restorations; as radical as the change in the scale of human experience that allows Mr. Lloyd George to discuss Welsh coal mining after breakfast in London and the fate of the Arabs before dinner in Paris.
For the possibility of bringing any aspect of human affairs within the range of judgment breaks the spell which has lain upon political ideas. There have, of course, been plenty of men who did not realize that the range of attention was the main premise of political science. They have built on sand. They have demonstrated in their own persons the effects of a very limited and self-centered knowledge of the world. But for the political thinkers who have counted, from Plato and Aristotle through Machiavelli and Hobbes to the democratic theorists, speculation has revolved around the self-centered man who had to see the whole world by means of a few pictures in his head.
The idea that any part of human life can be subject to judgment has changed the way we think about politics. Many people haven’t realized that the scope of our attention is the foundation of political science. They've built their thoughts on shaky ground. Their limited and self-absorbed understanding of the world has shown in their actions. However, for the influential political thinkers, from Plato and Aristotle to Machiavelli and Hobbes to modern democratic theorists, speculation has centered on the self-absorbed individual who can only view the vast world through a few mental snapshots.
CHAPTER XVII
THE SELF-CONTAINED COMMUNITY
1
1
THAT groups of self-centered people would engage in a struggle for existence if they rubbed against each other has always been evident. This much truth there is at any rate in that famous passage in the Leviathan where Hobbes says that "though there had never been any time wherein particular men were in a condition of war one against another, yet at all times kings and persons of sovereign authority because of their independency, are in continual jealousies and in the state and posture of gladiators, having their weapons pointing, and their eyes fixed on one another…" [Footnote: Leviathan, Ch. XIII. Of the Natural Condition of Mankind as concerning their Felicity and Misery.]
THAT groups of self-centered people would struggle to survive when they come into contact with each other has always been clear. There is some truth in that famous passage from the Leviathan where Hobbes says that "although there has never been a time when individuals were at war with each other, kings and people of sovereign authority, due to their independence, are in constant jealousy and in a state and position like gladiators, with their weapons drawn and their eyes locked on each other…" [Footnote: Leviathan, Ch. XIII. Of the Natural Condition of Mankind as concerning their Felicity and Misery.]
2
2
To circumvent this conclusion one great branch of human thought, which had and has many schools, proceeded in this fashion: it conceived an ideally just pattern of human relations in which each person had well defined functions and rights. If he conscientiously filled the role allotted to him, it did not matter whether his opinions were right or wrong. He did his duty, the next man did his, and all the dutiful people together made a harmonious world. Every caste system illustrates this principle; you find it in Plato's Republic and in Aristotle, in the feudal ideal, in the circles of Dante's Paradise, in the bureaucratic type of socialism, and in laissez-faire, to an amazing degree in syndicalism, guild socialism, anarchism, and in the system of international law idealized by Mr. Robert Lansing. All of them assume a pre-established harmony, inspired, imposed, or innate, by which the self-opinionated person, class, or community is orchestrated with the rest of mankind. The more authoritarian imagine a conductor for the symphony who sees to it that each man plays his part; the anarchistic are inclined to think that a more divine concord would be heard if each player improvised as he went along.
To avoid this conclusion, a major branch of human thought, which has many schools, took this approach: it envisioned an ideally just model of human relationships where each person had clearly defined roles and rights. As long as he conscientiously fulfilled his assigned role, it didn't matter if his opinions were right or wrong. He did his duty, the next person did theirs, and all the dutiful individuals together created a harmonious world. Every caste system illustrates this principle; you can see it in Plato's Republic and Aristotle, in the feudal ideal, in the circles of Dante's Paradise, in the bureaucratic type of socialism, and remarkably in laissez-faire, syndicalism, guild socialism, anarchism, and the idealized international law system by Mr. Robert Lansing. All of them assume a pre-established harmony, inspired, imposed, or innate, where the self-opinionated person, class, or community aligns with the rest of humanity. The more authoritarian thinkers picture a conductor for the symphony ensuring that each person plays their part; the anarchists tend to believe that a more divine harmony would emerge if each player improvised as they went along.
But there have also been philosophers who were bored by these schemes of rights and duties, took conflict for granted, and tried to see how their side might come out on top. They have always seemed more realistic, even when they seemed alarming, because all they had to do was to generalize the experience that nobody could escape. Machiavelli is the classic of this school, a man most mercilessly maligned, because he happened to be the first naturalist who used plain language in a field hitherto preempted by supernaturalists. [Footnote: F. S. Oliver in his Alexander Hamilton, says of Machiavelli (p. 174): "Assuming the conditions which exist—the nature of man and of things—to be unchangeable, he proceeds in a calm, unmoral way, like a lecturer on frogs, to show how a valiant and sagacious ruler can best turn events to his own advantage and the security of his dynasty."] He has a worse name and more disciples than any political thinker who ever lived. He truly described the technic of existence for the self-contained state. That is why he has the disciples. He has the bad name chiefly because he cocked his eye at the Medici family, dreamed in his study at night where he wore his "noble court dress" that Machiavelli was himself the Prince, and turned a pungent description of the way things are done into an eulogy on that way of doing them.
But there have also been philosophers who found these ideas about rights and duties boring, accepted conflict as a given, and focused on finding ways for their side to come out on top. They’ve always seemed more realistic, even if they were a bit unsettling, because all they did was generalize an experience that nobody could escape. Machiavelli is the classic figure of this group, a man who was harshly criticized, simply because he was the first naturalist to use straightforward language in a field dominated by supernaturalists. [Footnote: F. S. Oliver in his Alexander Hamilton, says of Machiavelli (p. 174): "Assuming the conditions which exist—the nature of man and of things—to be unchangeable, he proceeds in a calm, unmoral way, like a lecturer on frogs, to show how a brave and wise ruler can best turn events to his advantage and ensure the safety of his dynasty."] He has a worse reputation and more followers than any political thinker who ever lived. He accurately described the mechanics of existence for a self-sufficient state. That’s why he has followers. He has a bad reputation mainly because he had his sights set on the Medici family, fantasized in his study at night while wearing his "noble court dress" that Machiavelli was himself the Prince, and turned a sharp description of how things are done into a praise of that way of doing them.
In his most infamous chapter [Footnote: The Prince, Ch. XVIII. "Concerning the way in which Princes should keep faith." Translation by W. K. Marriott.] he wrote that "a prince ought to take care that he never lets anything slip from his lips that is not replete with the above-named five qualities, that he may appear to him who hears and sees him altogether merciful, faithful, humane, upright, and religious. There is nothing more necessary to appear to have than this last quality, inasmuch as men judge generally more by the eye than by the hand, because it belongs to everybody to see you, to few to come in touch with you. Everyone sees what you appear to be, few really know what you are, and those few dare not oppose themselves to the opinion of the many, who have the majesty of the state to defend them; and in the actions of all men, and especially of princes, which it is not prudent to challenge, one judges by the result…. One prince of the present time, whom it is not well to name, never preaches anything else but peace and good faith, and to both he is most hostile, and either, if he had kept it, would have deprived him of reputation and kingdom many a time."
In his most notorious chapter [Footnote: The Prince, Ch. XVIII. "Concerning the way in which Princes should keep faith." Translation by W. K. Marriott.] he stated that "a prince should ensure that he never says anything that isn’t filled with the aforementioned five qualities, so he appears to those who observe him as completely merciful, faithful, humane, honest, and religious. It is crucial to seem to possess this last quality, since people generally judge more by what they see than by what they actually experience. Anyone can see you, but only a few get the chance to interact with you. Everyone sees your outward appearance, but only a handful truly understand who you are, and those few are often reluctant to go against the opinion of the majority, who have the authority of the state on their side. In everyone’s actions, especially those of princes, which are generally not wise to question, the judgment is made by the outcomes…. One contemporary prince, whose name is better left unsaid, only speaks of peace and good faith, but is actually quite hostile to both, and if he had followed through on them, he would have lost his reputation and his kingdom many times over."
That is cynical. But it is the cynicism of a man who saw truly without knowing quite why he saw what he saw. Machiavelli is thinking of the run of men and princes "who judge generally more by the eye than by the hand," which is his way of saying that their judgments are subjective. He was too close to earth to pretend that the Italians of his day saw the world steadily and saw it whole. He would not indulge in fantasies, and he had not the materials for imagining a race of men that had learned how to correct their vision.
That’s cynical. But it’s the cynicism of someone who observed the truth without really understanding why he saw what he did. Machiavelli is referring to the average people and rulers "who judge more by appearances than by substance," meaning their judgments are subjective. He was too grounded to pretend that the Italians of his time viewed the world clearly and completely. He wouldn’t entertain fantasies, and he didn’t have the resources to envision a group of people who had figured out how to improve their perspective.
The world, as he found it, was composed of people whose vision could rarely be corrected, and Machiavelli knew that such people, since they see all public relations in a private way, are involved in perpetual strife. What they see is their own personal, class, dynastic, or municipal version of affairs that in reality extend far beyond the boundaries of their vision. They see their aspect. They see it as right. But they cross other people who are similarly self-centered. Then their very existence is endangered, or at least what they, for unsuspected private reasons, regard as their existence and take to be a danger. The end, which is impregnably based on a real though private experience justifies the means. They will sacrifice any one of these ideals to save all of them,… "one judges by the result…"
The world he observed was filled with people whose perspectives could rarely be changed, and Machiavelli understood that these individuals, since they interpret all public relations in a private context, are caught in constant conflict. What they perceive is their own personal, social, familial, or local view of matters that actually extend far beyond their limited perspective. They see their own angle and believe it is right. However, they encounter others who are equally self-focused. As a result, their very existence is threatened, or at least what they consider their existence for reasons they may not even recognize, feels at risk. The outcome, which is solidly grounded in a real but personal experience, justifies the means. They are willing to sacrifice any of these ideals to protect all of them… "one judges by the result…"
3
3
These elemental truths confronted the democratic philosophers. Consciously or otherwise, they knew that the range of political knowledge was limited, that the area of self-government would have to be limited, and that self-contained states when they rubbed against each other were in the posture of gladiators. But they knew just as certainly, that there was in men a will to decide their own fate, and to find a peace that was not imposed by force. How could they reconcile the wish and the fact?
These fundamental truths challenged the democratic thinkers. Whether they realized it or not, they understood that the scope of political knowledge was limited, that the realm of self-governance would have to be restricted, and that independent states, when they interacted, were like gladiators ready to fight. But they also recognized, just as clearly, that people had a desire to determine their own destinies and to achieve a peace that wasn’t enforced through violence. How could they bridge the gap between desire and reality?
They looked about them. In the city states of Greece and Italy they found a chronicle of corruption, intrigue and war. [Footnote: "Democracies have ever been spectacles of turbulence and contention… and have in general been as short in their lives as they have been violent in their deaths." Madison, Federalist, No. 10.] In their own cities they saw faction, artificiality, fever. This was no environment in which the democratic ideal could prosper, no place where a group of independent and equally competent people managed their own affairs spontaneously. They looked further, guided somewhat perhaps by Jean Jacques Rousseau, to remote, unspoiled country villages. They saw enough to convince themselves that there the ideal was at home. Jefferson in particular felt this, and Jefferson more than any other man formulated the American image of democracy. From the townships had come the power that had carried the American Revolution to victory. From the townships were to come the votes that carried Jefferson's party to power. Out there in the farming communities of Massachusetts and Virginia, if you wore glasses that obliterated the slaves, you could see with your mind's eye the image of what democracy was to be.
They looked around. In the city-states of Greece and Italy, they discovered a history filled with corruption, intrigue, and war. [Footnote: "Democracies have always been scenes of chaos and conflict… and have generally been as brief in their existence as they have been violent in their end." Madison, Federalist, No. 10.] In their own cities, they witnessed division, superficiality, and turmoil. This was not a place where the democratic ideal could thrive, nor a setting where a group of independent and equally skilled individuals could manage their own affairs naturally. They looked further, perhaps influenced by Jean Jacques Rousseau, into remote, untouched rural villages. They saw enough to convince themselves that the ideal was alive there. Jefferson, in particular, felt this deeply, and he was the one who shaped the American vision of democracy more than anyone else. The power that drove the American Revolution to victory had come from the townships. The votes that brought Jefferson's party to power would also emerge from there. Out in the farming communities of Massachusetts and Virginia, if you mentally erased the presence of slaves, you could envision the true image of what democracy was meant to be.
"The American Revolution broke out," says de Tocqueville, [Footnote: Democracy in America, Vol. I, p. 51. Third Edition] "and the doctrine of the sovereignty of the people, which had been nurtured in the townships, took possession of the state." It certainly took possession of the minds of those men who formulated and popularized the stereotypes of democracy. "The cherishment of the people was our principle," wrote Jefferson. [Footnote: Cited in Charles Beard, Economic Origins of Jeffersonian Democracy. Ch. XIV. ] But the people he cherished almost exclusively were the small landowning farmers: "Those who labor in the earth are the chosen people of God, if ever He had a chosen people, whose breasts He has made his peculiar deposit for substantial and genuine virtue. It is the focus in which He keeps alive that sacred fire, which otherwise might escape from the face of the earth. Corruption of morals in the mass of cultivators is a phenomenon of which no age nor nation has furnished an example."
"The American Revolution began," says de Tocqueville, [Footnote: Democracy in America, Vol. I, p. 51. Third Edition] "and the idea of the people's sovereignty, which had been developed in the local communities, took hold of the state." It definitely seized the minds of those who shaped and spread the images of democracy. "The love for the people was our principle," wrote Jefferson. [Footnote: Cited in Charles Beard, Economic Origins of Jeffersonian Democracy. Ch. XIV.] But the people he valued were mainly the small landowning farmers: "Those who work the land are the chosen people of God, if He ever had a chosen people, whose hearts He has made His special reserve for real and genuine virtue. They are the center where He keeps alive that sacred fire, which would otherwise fade from the earth. The corruption of morals among the majority of farmers is something no era or nation has ever shown."
However much of the romantic return to nature may have entered into this exclamation, there was also an element of solid sense. Jefferson was right in thinking that a group of independent farmers comes nearer to fulfilling the requirements of spontaneous democracy than any other human society. But if you are to preserve the ideal, you must fence off these ideal communities from the abominations of the world. If the farmers are to manage their own affairs, they must confine affairs to those they are accustomed to managing. Jefferson drew all these logical conclusions. He disapproved of manufacture, of foreign commerce, and a navy, of intangible forms of property, and in theory of any form of government that was not centered in the small self-governing group. He had critics in his day: one of them remarked that "wrapt up in the fullness of self-consequence and strong enough, in reality, to defend ourselves against every invader, we might enjoy an eternal rusticity and live, forever, thus apathized and vulgar under the shelter of a selfish, satisfied indifference." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 426.]
Even though a lot of the romantic desire to return to nature was part of this statement, there was also a practical side. Jefferson was correct in believing that a group of independent farmers comes closer to achieving true democracy than any other society. But to keep that ideal alive, you need to protect these ideal communities from the wrongdoing of the world. If farmers are going to manage their own affairs, they must stick to what they know how to manage. Jefferson understood all these logical points. He was against manufacturing, foreign trade, a navy, intangible assets, and, in principle, any type of government that wasn’t focused on small self-governing groups. He had critics during his lifetime; one of them commented that "wrapped up in the fullness of self-importance and strong enough, in reality, to defend ourselves against every invader, we might enjoy an eternal rusticity and live, forever, thus apathetic and vulgar under the shelter of a selfish, satisfied indifference." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 426.]
4
4
The democratic ideal, as Jefferson moulded it, consisting of an ideal environment and a selected class, did not conflict with the political science of his time. It did conflict with the realities. And when the ideal was stated in absolute terms, partly through exuberance and partly for campaign purposes, it was soon forgotten that the theory was originally devised for very special conditions. It became the political gospel, and supplied the stereotypes through which Americans of all parties have looked at politics.
The democratic ideal that Jefferson shaped, which included a perfect environment and a chosen class, didn't clash with the political thinking of his time. However, it did clash with reality. When the ideal was expressed in absolute terms, partly out of enthusiasm and partly for campaign reasons, people quickly forgot that the theory was created for very specific circumstances. It turned into the political doctrine and provided the stereotypes through which Americans from all political backgrounds viewed politics.
That gospel was fixed by the necessity that in Jefferson's time no one could have conceived public opinions that were not spontaneous and subjective. The democratic tradition is therefore always trying to see a world where people are exclusively concerned with affairs of which the causes and effects all operate within the region they inhabit. Never has democratic theory been able to conceive itself in the context of a wide and unpredictable environment. The mirror is concave. And although democrats recognize that they are in contact with external affairs, they see quite surely that every contact outside that self-contained group is a threat to democracy as originally conceived. That is a wise fear. If democracy is to be spontaneous, the interests of democracy must remain simple, intelligible, and easily managed. Conditions must approximate those of the isolated rural township if the supply of information is to be left to casual experience. The environment must be confined within the range of every man's direct and certain knowledge.
That belief was shaped by the reality that during Jefferson's time, no one could imagine public opinions that weren't spontaneous and subjective. The democratic tradition is always striving to envision a world where people only focus on issues where the causes and effects are all within their immediate surroundings. Democratic theory has never been able to imagine itself in a broad and unpredictable context. The reflection is distorted. And while democrats acknowledge that they are interacting with outside matters, they clearly view any interaction beyond their self-contained group as a threat to democracy as it was originally understood. This is a reasonable concern. If democracy is meant to be spontaneous, its interests must stay straightforward, clear, and easily manageable. Conditions need to resemble those of a secluded rural community if the information flow is to rely on personal experience. The surroundings must be limited to what each individual can directly and confidently understand.
The democrat has understood what an analysis of public opinion seems to demonstrate: that in dealing with an unseen environment decisions "are manifestly settled at haphazard, which clearly they ought not to be." [Footnote: Aristotle, Politics, Bk. VII, Ch. IV.] So he has always tried in one way or another to minimize the importance of that unseen environment. He feared foreign trade because trade involves foreign connections; he distrusted manufactures because they produced big cities and collected crowds; if he had nevertheless to have manufactures, he wanted protection in the interest of self-sufficiency. When he could not find these conditions in the real world, he went passionately into the wilderness, and founded Utopian communities far from foreign contacts. His slogans reveal his prejudice. He is for Self-Government, Self-Determination, Independence. Not one of these ideas carries with it any notion of consent or community beyond the frontiers of the self-governing groups. The field of democratic action is a circumscribed area. Within protected boundaries the aim has been to achieve self-sufficiency and avoid entanglement. This rule is not confined to foreign policy, but it is plainly evident there, because life outside the national boundaries is more distinctly alien than any life within. And as history shows, democracies in their foreign policy have had generally to choose between splendid isolation and a diplomacy that violated their ideals. The most successful democracies, in fact, Switzerland, Denmark, Australia, New Zealand, and America until recently, have had no foreign policy in the European sense of that phrase. Even a rule like the Monroe Doctrine arose from the desire to supplement the two oceans by a glacis of states that were sufficiently republican to have no foreign policy.
The democrat has realized what analyzing public opinion seems to show: that when dealing with an unseen environment, decisions "are clearly made at random, which they really shouldn't be." [Footnote: Aristotle, Politics, Bk.
Whereas danger is a great, perhaps an indispensable condition of autocracy, [Footnote: Fisher Ames, frightened by the democratic revolution of 1800, wrote to Rufus King in 1802: "We need, as all nations do, the compression on the outside of our circle of a formidable neighbor, whose presence shall at all times excite stronger fears than demagogues can inspire the people with towards their government." Cited by Ford, Rise and Growth of American Politics, p. 69.] security was seen to be a necessity if democracy was to work. There must be as little disturbance as possible of the premise of a self-contained community. Insecurity involves surprises. It means that there are people acting upon your life, over whom you have no control, with whom you cannot consult. It means that forces are at large which disturb the familiar routine, and present novel problems about which quick and unusual decisions are required. Every democrat feels in his bones that dangerous crises are incompatible with democracy, because he knows that the inertia of masses is such that to act quickly a very few must decide and the rest follow rather blindly. This has not made non-resistants out of democrats, but it has resulted in all democratic wars being fought for pacifist aims. Even when the wars are in fact wars of conquest, they are sincerely believed to be wars in defense of civilization.
Whereas danger is a significant, perhaps essential aspect of autocracy, [Footnote: Fisher Ames, alarmed by the democratic revolution of 1800, wrote to Rufus King in 1802: "We need, like all nations do, the pressure from a strong outside neighbor whose presence will always provoke fears greater than any demagogue can instill in the people about their government." Cited by Ford, Rise and Growth of American Politics, p. 69.] security was viewed as essential for democracy to function. There should be minimal disruption to the idea of a self-sufficient community. Insecurity brings surprises. It means there are people influencing your life whom you can't control or consult. It means that external forces disrupt the everyday routine and create new problems that require quick and unusual decisions. Every democrat instinctively knows that dangerous crises are incompatible with democracy because they understand that the inertia of large groups means that for action to be swift, a small number must decide while the rest follow somewhat blindly. This hasn't turned democrats into pacifists, but it has led to all democratic wars being fought for pacifist reasons. Even when these wars are effectively wars of conquest, they are genuinely believed to be wars for the defense of civilization.
These various attempts to enclose a part of the earth's surface were not inspired by cowardice, apathy, or, what one of Jefferson's critics called a willingness to live under monkish discipline. The democrats had caught sight of a dazzling possibility, that every human being should rise to his full stature, freed from man-made limitations. With what they knew of the art of government, they could, no more than Aristotle before them, conceive a society of autonomous individuals, except an enclosed and simple one. They could, then, select no other premise if they were to reach the conclusion that all the people could spontaneously manage their public affairs.
These various attempts to claim a part of the earth's surface weren’t driven by fear, indifference, or, as one of Jefferson's critics put it, a desire to live under strict rules. The democrats had glimpsed an exciting possibility: that every person could reach their full potential, free from man-made constraints. With their understanding of government, they, like Aristotle before them, couldn’t imagine a society of independent individuals, except for a simple, enclosed one. Therefore, they had no other basis to conclude that everyone could manage their public affairs on their own.
5
5
Having adopted the premise because it was necessary to their keenest hope, they drew other conclusions as well. Since in order to have spontaneous self-government, you had to have a simple self-contained community, they took it for granted that one man was as competent as the next to manage these simple and self-contained affairs. Where the wish is father to the thought such logic is convincing. Moreover, the doctrine of the omnicompetent citizen is for most practical purposes true in the rural township. Everybody in a village sooner or later tries his hand at everything the village does. There is rotation in office by men who are jacks of all trades. There was no serious trouble with the doctrine of the omnicompetent citizen until the democratic stereotype was universally applied, so that men looked at a complicated civilization and saw an enclosed village.
Having embraced the idea because it aligned with their strongest hope, they reached additional conclusions as well. Since achieving genuine self-governance required a straightforward, self-sufficient community, they assumed that one person was just as capable as another in managing these simple, self-contained matters. Where desire influences thought, such reasoning seems convincing. Furthermore, the concept of the all-capable citizen is mostly true in rural townships. Everyone in a village eventually tries their hand at everything the village does. There’s a rotation of office among people who are skilled in many trades. The issue with the idea of the all-capable citizen didn't arise until the democratic stereotype was applied universally, leading people to view a complex society as though it were a small village.
Not only was the individual citizen fitted to deal with all public affairs, but he was consistently public-spirited and endowed with unflagging interest. He was public-spirited enough in the township, where he knew everybody and was interested in everybody's business. The idea of enough for the township turned easily into the idea of enough for any purpose, for as we have noted, quantitative thinking does not suit a stereotype. But there was another turn to the circle. Since everybody was assumed to be interested enough in important affairs, only those affairs came to seem important in which everybody was interested.
Not only was the individual citizen capable of handling all public matters, but he was also consistently community-minded and had unwavering interest. He was community-minded enough in the town, where he knew everyone and cared about everyone’s affairs. The concept of “enough” for the town easily transformed into the concept of “enough” for any purpose, as we have noted, quantitative thinking doesn't fit a stereotype. However, there was another aspect to consider. Since everyone was believed to be sufficiently interested in important matters, only those matters came to seem important in which everyone was interested.
This meant that men formed their picture of the world outside from the unchallenged pictures in their heads. These pictures came to them well stereotyped by their parents and teachers, and were little corrected by their own experience. Only a few men had affairs that took them across state lines. Even fewer had reason to go abroad. Most voters lived their whole lives in one environment, and with nothing but a few feeble newspapers, some pamphlets, political speeches, their religious training, and rumor to go on, they had to conceive that larger environment of commerce and finance, of war and peace. The number of public opinions based on any objective report was very small in proportion to those based on casual fancy.
This meant that men shaped their view of the world outside based on the unquestioned images in their minds. These images were heavily influenced by their parents and teachers, and were rarely adjusted by their own experiences. Only a few men had jobs that took them across state lines. Even fewer had reasons to travel internationally. Most voters lived their entire lives in a single setting, and with nothing but a few weak newspapers, some pamphlets, political speeches, their religious upbringing, and gossip to rely on, they had to imagine a broader world of commerce and finance, of war and peace. The amount of public opinions grounded in any objective reporting was very small compared to those based on casual whims.
And so for many different reasons, self-sufficiency was a spiritual ideal in the formative period. The physical isolation of the township, the loneliness of the pioneer, the theory of democracy, the Protestant tradition, and the limitations of political science all converged to make men believe that out of their own consciences they must extricate political wisdom. It is not strange that the deduction of laws from absolute principles should have usurped so much of their free energy. The American political mind had to live on its capital. In legalism it found a tested body of rules from which new rules could be spun without the labor of earning new truths from experience. The formulae became so curiously sacred that every good foreign observer has been amazed at the contrast between the dynamic practical energy of the American people and the static theorism of their public life. That steadfast love of fixed principles was simply the only way known of achieving self-sufficiency. But it meant that the public opinions of any one community about the outer world consisted chiefly of a few stereotyped images arranged in a pattern deduced from their legal and their moral codes, and animated by the feeling aroused by local experiences.
For many reasons, self-sufficiency was viewed as a spiritual ideal during the early days. The physical isolation of the township, the loneliness of the pioneer, the idea of democracy, the Protestant tradition, and the limitations of political science all combined to make people believe that they had to derive political wisdom from their own consciences. It’s not surprising that the process of developing laws from absolute principles took up so much of their energy. The American political mindset relied on its past experiences. In legalism, they found a tested set of rules from which new rules could be created without the effort of discovering new truths through experience. These formulas became so remarkably sacred that every astute foreign observer was struck by the contrast between the vibrant practical energy of the American people and the stagnant theorizing of their public life. That strong attachment to fixed principles was simply the only known way to achieve self-sufficiency. However, it meant that the public opinions of any given community about the outside world mainly consisted of a few clichéd images organized in a pattern derived from their legal and moral codes, and driven by feelings generated from local experiences.
Thus democratic theory, starting from its fine vision of ultimate human dignity, was forced by lack of the instruments of knowledge for reporting its environment, to fall back upon the wisdom and experience which happened to have accumulated in the voter. God had, in the words of Jefferson, made men's breasts "His peculiar deposit for substantial and genuine virtue." These chosen people in their self-contained environment had all the facts before them. The environment was so familiar that one could take it for granted that men were talking about substantially the same things. The only real disagreements, therefore, would be in judgments about the same facts. There was no need to guarantee the sources of information. They were obvious, and equally accessible to all men. Nor was there need to trouble about the ultimate criteria. In the self-contained community one could assume, or at least did assume, a homogeneous code of morals. The only place, therefore, for differences of opinion was in the logical application of accepted standards to accepted facts. And since the reasoning faculty was also well standardized, an error in reasoning would be quickly exposed in a free discussion. It followed that truth could be obtained by liberty within these limits. The community could take its supply of information for granted; its codes it passed on through school, church, and family, and the power to draw deductions from a premise, rather than the ability to find the premise, was regarded as the chief end of intellectual training.
So, democratic theory, which begins with a strong vision of human dignity, had to rely on the wisdom and experience accumulated by voters because it lacked the tools to analyze its surroundings. As Jefferson put it, God made human hearts "His peculiar deposit for substantial and genuine virtue." These selected individuals in their isolated environment had all the facts at their disposal. The environment was so familiar that it was easy to assume everyone was discussing essentially the same topics. Therefore, the only real disagreements would be in how people judged those same facts. There was no need to ensure the sources of information; they were clear and accessible to everyone. There was also no need to worry about ultimate criteria. Within the self-contained community, it could be assumed—if not outright believed—that everyone shared the same moral code. As such, the only space for differing opinions lay in how accepted standards applied to accepted facts. Since everyone's reasoning was also standardized, any mistakes in reasoning would quickly come to light in open discussions. This meant that truth could be found through freedom within those boundaries. The community could count on its information sources; its moral codes were passed down through schools, churches, and families, with the ability to draw conclusions from a premise being valued more than the skill to identify the premise itself as the primary goal of education.
CHAPTER XVIII
THE ROLE OF FORCE, PATRONAGE AND PRIVILEGE
1
1
"IT has happened as was to have been foreseen," wrote Hamilton, [Footnote: Federalist, No. 15] "the measures of the Union have not been executed; the delinquencies of the States have, step by step, matured themselves to an extreme which has at length arrested all the wheels of the national government and brought them to an awful stand."… For "in our case the concurrence of thirteen distinct sovereign wills is requisite, under the confederation, to the complete execution of every important measure that proceeds from the Union." How could it be otherwise, he asked: "The rulers of the respective members… will undertake to judge of the propriety of the measures themselves. They will consider the conformity of the thing proposed or required to their immediate interests or aims; the momentary conveniences or inconveniences that would attend its adoption. All this will be done, and in a spirit of interested and suspicious scrutiny, without that knowledge of national circumstances and reasons of state which is essential to right judgment, and with that strong predilection in favor of local objects which can hardly fail to mislead the decision. The same process must be repeated in every member of which the body is constituted; and the execution of the plans framed by the councils of the whole, will always fluctuate on the discretion of the ill-informed and prejudiced opinion of every part. Those who have been conversant in the proceedings of popular assemblies, who have seen how difficult it often is, when there is no exterior pressure of circumstances, to bring them to harmonious resolutions on important points, will readily conceive how impossible it must be to induce a number of such assemblies, deliberating at a distance from each other, at different times, and under different impressions, long to coöperate in the same views and pursuits."
"IT has happened as was expected," wrote Hamilton, [Footnote: Federalist, No. 15] "the measures of the Union have not been carried out; the failures of the States have gradually reached a point that has halted all the operations of the national government and brought them to a terrifying stop."… For "in our situation, the agreement of thirteen separate sovereign wills is necessary, under the confederation, for the complete execution of every significant measure that comes from the Union." How could it be any different, he asked: "The leaders of the respective members… will attempt to judge the suitability of the measures themselves. They will evaluate how the proposed or required action aligns with their immediate interests or goals; the temporary benefits or drawbacks that would come from adopting it. All this will be done, driven by a spirit of self-interest and suspicion, without that understanding of national circumstances and state reasons which is crucial for proper judgment, and with a strong bias toward local interests that is likely to mislead their decisions. The same process must be repeated in every member that makes up the body; and the implementation of the plans created by the councils of the whole will always depend on the opinions of each part, which are often poorly informed and prejudiced. Those who have been involved in the activities of popular assemblies, who have seen how challenging it often is, when there is no external pressure of circumstances, to reach consensus on important issues, will easily understand how impossible it must be to get several of such assemblies, meeting at a distance from each other, at different times, and under varying influences, to work together for the same goals and objectives."
Over ten years of storm and stress with a congress that was, as John Adams said, [Footnote: Ford, op. cit., p. 36.] "only a diplomatic assembly," had furnished the leaders of the revolution "with an instructive but afflicting lesson" [Footnote: Federalist, No. 15.] in what happens when a number of self-centered communities are entangled in the same environment. And so, when they went to Philadelphia in May of 1787, ostensibly to revise the Articles of Confederation, they were really in full reaction against the fundamental premise of Eighteenth Century democracy. Not only were the leaders consciously opposed to the democratic spirit of the time, feeling, as Madison said, that "democracies have ever been spectacles of turbulence and contention," but within the national frontiers they were determined to offset as far as they could the ideal of self-governing communities in self-contained environments. The collisions and failures of concave democracy, where men spontaneously managed all their own affairs, were before their eyes. The problem as they saw it, was to restore government as against democracy. They understood government to be the power to make national decisions and enforce them throughout the nation; democracy they believed was the insistence of localities and classes upon self-determination in accordance with their immediate interests and aims.
Over ten years of chaos and conflict with a congress that was, as John Adams put it, [Footnote: Ford, op. cit., p. 36.] "only a diplomatic assembly," provided the leaders of the revolution "with a valuable but painful lesson" [Footnote: Federalist, No. 15.] about what happens when self-interested communities are caught up in the same situation. So, when they met in Philadelphia in May of 1787, supposedly to revise the Articles of Confederation, they were actually reacting strongly against the core idea of Eighteenth Century democracy. Not only were the leaders intentionally against the democratic spirit of the time, believing, as Madison noted, that "democracies have always been scenes of turmoil and conflict," but within the national boundaries, they were set on minimizing the ideal of self-governing communities in isolated settings. They had the failures and clashes of simplistic democracy, where people managed all their own affairs, right in front of them. The way they viewed the problem was to restore government in place of democracy. They saw government as the authority to make national decisions and enforce them across the country; they believed democracy was the insistence of local areas and social classes on self-determination based on their immediate interests and goals.
They could not consider in their calculations the possibility of such an organization of knowledge that separate communities would act simultaneously on the same version of the facts. We just begin to conceive this possibility for certain parts of the world where there is free circulation of news and a common language, and then only for certain aspects of life. The whole idea of a voluntary federalism in industry and world politics is still so rudimentary, that, as we see in our own experience, it enters only a little, and only very modestly, into practical politics. What we, more than a century later, can only conceive as an incentive to generations of intellectual effort, the authors of the Constitution had no reason to conceive at all. In order to set up national government, Hamilton and his colleagues had to make plans, not on the theory that men would coöperate because they had a sense of common interest, but on the theory that men could be governed, if special interests were kept in equilibrium by a balance of power. "Ambition," Madison said, [Footnote: Federalist, No. 51, cited by Ford, op. cit., p. 60.] "must be made to counteract ambition."
They couldn’t factor in their calculations the possibility of an organization of knowledge where different communities would act at the same time on the same set of facts. We're just starting to see this possibility in certain parts of the world where news can flow freely and there's a common language, and even then it’s only for some aspects of life. The whole idea of a voluntary federalism in industry and global politics is still so basic that, as we can see from our own experience, it only plays a small and very modest role in practical politics. What we, more than a century later, can only view as a motivation for generations of intellectual effort, the authors of the Constitution had no reason to envision at all. To establish a national government, Hamilton and his colleagues had to create plans not based on the idea that people would work together out of a sense of common interest, but on the belief that people could be governed if special interests were kept balanced by a system of checks and balances. "Ambition," Madison said, [Footnote: Federalist, No. 51, cited by Ford, op. cit., p. 60.] "must be made to counteract ambition."
They did not, as some writers have supposed, intend to balance every interest so that the government would be in a perpetual deadlock. They intended to deadlock local and class interest to prevent these from obstructing government. "In framing a government which is to be administered by men over men," wrote Madison, [Footnote: Id.] "the great difficulty lies in this: you must first enable the government to control the governed, and in the next place, oblige it to control itself." In one very important sense, then, the doctrine of checks and balances was the remedy of the federalist leaders for the problem of public opinion. They saw no other way to substitute "the mild influence of the magistracy" for the "sanguinary agency of the sword" [Footnote: _Federalist, No. 15.] except by devising an ingenious machine to neutralize local opinion. They did not understand how to manipulate a large electorate, any more than they saw the possibility of common consent upon the basis of common information. It is true that Aaron Burr taught Hamilton a lesson which impressed him a good deal when he seized control of New York City in 1800 by the aid of Tammany Hall. But Hamilton was killed before he was able to take account of this new discovery, and, as Mr. Ford says, [Footnote: Ford, op. cit., p. 119.] Burr's pistol blew the brains out of the Federal party.
They didn't, as some writers have claimed, aim to ensure every interest was balanced to keep the government in a constant deadlock. Instead, they wanted to block local and class interests to stop them from interfering with governance. "In creating a government that will be run by people over other people," wrote Madison, [Footnote: Id.] "the main challenge is this: you must first allow the government to control the governed, and then, make sure it controls itself." So, in a very important way, the idea of checks and balances was the solution for federalist leaders to the issue of public opinion. They believed there was no other way to replace "the gentle influence of authority" with the "bloody enforcement of force" [Footnote: _Federalist, No. 15.] than by creating a clever system to neutralize local opinion. They didn’t know how to manage a large electorate, nor did they see the possibility of reaching common agreement based on shared information. It's true that Aaron Burr taught Hamilton a lesson that really struck him when he took control of New York City in 1800 with the help of Tammany Hall. But Hamilton was killed before he could consider this new insight, and, as Mr. Ford notes, [Footnote: Ford, op. cit., p. 119.] Burr's pistol effectively ended the Federal party.
2
2
When the constitution was written, "politics could still be managed by conference and agreement among gentlemen" [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 144] and it was to the gentry that Hamilton turned for a government. It was intended that they should manage national affairs when local prejudice had been brought into equilibrium by the constitutional checks and balances. No doubt Hamilton, who belonged to this class by adoption, had a human prejudice in their favor. But that by itself is a thin explanation of his statecraft. Certainly there can be no question of his consuming passion for union, and it is, I think, an inversion of the truth to argue that he made the Union to protect class privileges, instead of saying that he used class privileges to make the Union. "We must take man as we find him," Hamilton said, "and if we expect him to serve the public we must interest his passions in doing so." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 47] He needed men to govern, whose passions could be most quickly attached to a national interest. These were the gentry, the public creditors, manufacturers, shippers, and traders, [Footnote: Beard, Economic Interpretation of the Constitution, passim.] and there is probably no better instance in history of the adaptation of shrewd means to clear ends, than in the series of fiscal measures, by which Hamilton attached the provincial notables to the new government.
When the constitution was written, "politics could still be managed by conference and agreement among gentlemen" [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 144], and it was to the gentry that Hamilton looked for a government. The expectation was that they would handle national affairs when local biases had been balanced out by the constitutional checks and balances. No doubt Hamilton, who had joined this social class, had a natural bias in their favor. But that alone doesn’t fully explain his statecraft. There’s certainly no doubt about his strong desire for union, and I think it’s misleading to argue that he created the Union to protect class privileges, rather than saying he leveraged class privileges to create the Union. "We must take man as we find him," Hamilton stated, "and if we expect him to serve the public we must interest his passions in doing so." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 47] He needed people in power whose passions could be most easily aligned with national interests. These included the gentry, public creditors, manufacturers, shippers, and traders, [Footnote: Beard, Economic Interpretation of the Constitution, passim.] and there is likely no better example in history of skillfully applying smart tactics to clear objectives than in the series of financial measures through which Hamilton secured the support of provincial leaders for the new government.
Although the constitutional convention worked behind closed doors, and although ratification was engineered by "a vote of probably not more than one-sixth of the adult males," [Footnote: Beard, op. cit., p. 325.] there was little or no pretence. The Federalists argued for union, not for democracy, and even the word republic had an unpleasant sound to George Washington when he had been for more than two years a republican president. The constitution was a candid attempt to limit the sphere of popular rule; the only democratic organ it was intended the government should possess was the House, based on a suffrage highly limited by property qualifications. And even at that, the House, it was believed, would be so licentious a part of the government, that it was carefully checked and balanced by the Senate, the electoral college, the Presidential veto, and by judicial interpretation.
Although the constitutional convention worked in secret, and even though ratification was secured by "a vote of probably not more than one-sixth of the adult males," [Footnote: Beard, op. cit., p. 325.] there was little or no pretense. The Federalists advocated for union, not democracy, and even the term republic didn’t sit well with George Washington, who had been a republican president for more than two years. The constitution was an honest attempt to restrict the scope of popular rule; the only democratic body it was meant for the government to have was the House, which was based on a voting system heavily limited by property requirements. Even so, the House was thought to be such a reckless part of the government that it was carefully checked and balanced by the Senate, the electoral college, the Presidential veto, and judicial interpretation.
Thus at the moment when the French Revolution was kindling popular feeling the world over, the American revolutionists of 1776 came under a constitution which went back, as far as it was expedient, to the British Monarchy for a model. This conservative reaction could not endure. The men who had made it were a minority, their motives were under suspicion, and when Washington went into retirement, the position of the gentry was not strong enough to survive the inevitable struggle for the succession. The anomaly between the original plan of the Fathers and the moral feeling of the age was too wide not to be capitalized by a good politician.
At the same time the French Revolution was sparking popular sentiment around the world, the American revolutionaries of 1776 were working under a constitution that, as much as possible, looked back to the British Monarchy as a model. This conservative reaction couldn't last. The people who created it were a minority, their intentions were questioned, and once Washington stepped back from leadership, the position of the gentry wasn't strong enough to withstand the inevitable fight for power. The gap between the original vision of the Founding Fathers and the moral attitudes of the time was too significant not to be exploited by an astute politician.
3
3
Jefferson referred to his election as "the great revolution of 1800," but more than anything else it was a revolution in the mind. No great policy was altered, but a new tradition was established. For it was Jefferson who first taught the American people to regard the Constitution as an instrument of democracy, and he stereotyped the images, the ideas, and even many of the phrases, in which Americans ever since have described politics to each other. So complete was the mental victory, that twenty-five years later de Tocqueville, who was received in Federalist homes, noted that even those who were "galled by its continuance"—were not uncommonly heard to "laud the delights of a republican government, and the advantages of democratic institutions when they are in public." [Footnote: Democracy in America, Vol. I, Ch. X (Third Edition, 1838), p. 216.]
Jefferson called his election "the great revolution of 1800," but more than anything, it was a revolution in thinking. No major policies changed, but a new tradition was born. Jefferson was the first to teach the American people to see the Constitution as a tool for democracy, and he shaped the images, ideas, and even many of the phrases that Americans have used to talk about politics ever since. The mental shift was so profound that twenty-five years later, de Tocqueville, who was welcomed in Federalist homes, observed that even those who were "annoyed by its continuation" were often heard to "praise the joys of a republican government and the benefits of democratic institutions in public." [Footnote: Democracy in America, Vol. I, Ch. X (Third Edition, 1838), p. 216.]
The Constitutional Fathers with all their sagacity had failed to see that a frankly undemocratic constitution would not long be tolerated. The bold denial of popular rule was bound to offer an easy point of attack to a man, like Jefferson, who so far as his constitutional opinions ran, was not a bit more ready than Hamilton to turn over government to the "unrefined" will of the people. [Footnote: Cf. his plan for the Constitution of Virginia, his ideas for a senate of property holders, and his views on the judicial veto. Beard, Economic Origins of Jeffersonian Democracy, pp. 450 et seq.] The Federalist leaders had been men of definite convictions who stated them bluntly. There was little real discrepancy between their public and their private views. But Jefferson's mind was a mass of ambiguities, not solely because of its defects, as Hamilton and his biographers have thought, but because he believed in a union and he believed in spontaneous democracies, and in the political science of his age there was no satisfactory way to reconcile the two. Jefferson was confused in thought and action because he had a vision of a new and tremendous idea that no one had thought out in all its bearings. But though popular sovereignty was not clearly understood by anybody, it seemed to imply so great an enhancement of human life, that no constitution could stand which frankly denied it. The frank denials were therefore expunged from consciousness, and the document, which is on its face an honest example of limited constitutional democracy, was talked and thought about as an instrument for direct popular rule. Jefferson actually reached the point of believing that the Federalists had perverted the Constitution, of which in his fancy they were no longer the authors. And so the Constitution was, in spirit, rewritten. Partly by actual amendment, partly by practice, as in the case of the electoral college, but chiefly by looking at it through another set of stereotypes, the facade was no longer permitted to look oligarchic.
The Constitutional Fathers, despite their wisdom, failed to realize that a clearly undemocratic constitution would soon be rejected. The outright denial of popular rule was bound to be a target for someone like Jefferson, who, in terms of his constitutional beliefs, was no more willing than Hamilton to hand over government to the "unrefined" will of the people. The Federalist leaders were men with strong beliefs who expressed them openly. There was little real difference between their public and private views. However, Jefferson’s thoughts were filled with contradictions, not only due to his flaws, as Hamilton and his biographers believed, but also because he envisioned a union and supported spontaneous democracies. At the time, there was no clear way to reconcile these ideas within the political science of his era. Jefferson was confused in thought and action because he saw a new and powerful idea that no one had fully considered. Although no one fully understood popular sovereignty, it seemed to promise a significant improvement in human life, meaning no constitution could survive that openly denied it. As a result, those outright denials faded from awareness, and the document, which outwardly presented itself as an honest example of limited constitutional democracy, was discussed and perceived as a tool for direct popular rule. Jefferson even came to believe that the Federalists had distorted the Constitution, which he fancied they were no longer the authors of. Thus, the Constitution was, in spirit, rewritten—partly through actual amendments, partly through practice, like with the electoral college, but mainly by viewing it through a different lens; the surface was no longer allowed to appear oligarchic.
The American people came to believe that their Constitution was a democratic instrument, and treated it as such. They owe that fiction to the victory of Thomas Jefferson, and a great conservative fiction it has been. It is a fair guess that if everyone had always regarded the Constitution as did the authors of it, the Constitution would have been violently overthrown, because loyalty to the Constitution and loyalty to democracy would have seemed incompatible. Jefferson resolved that paradox by teaching the American people to read the Constitution as an expression of democracy. He himself stopped there. But in the course of twenty-five years or so social conditions had changed so radically, that Andrew Jackson carried out the political revolution for which Jefferson had prepared the tradition. [Footnote: The reader who has any doubts as to the extent of the revolution that separated Hamilton's opinions from Jackson's practice should turn to Mr. Henry Jones Ford's Rise and Growth of American Politics.]
The American public came to see their Constitution as a democratic tool and treated it as such. This belief stems from Thomas Jefferson's influence, which has been a significant conservative idea. It's reasonable to think that if everyone had always viewed the Constitution like its creators did, it would have been overthrown because loyalty to the Constitution and loyalty to democracy would have seemed at odds. Jefferson resolved that contradiction by teaching Americans to interpret the Constitution as a representation of democracy. He didn't go any further than that. However, over about twenty-five years, social conditions changed so much that Andrew Jackson went on to fulfill the political revolution Jefferson had set in motion. [Footnote: Anyone unsure about the extent of the revolution that distanced Hamilton's views from Jackson's actions should refer to Mr. Henry Jones Ford's Rise and Growth of American Politics.]
4
4
The political center of that revolution was the question of patronage. By the men who founded the government public office was regarded as a species of property, not lightly to be disturbed, and it was undoubtedly their hope that the offices would remain in the hands of their social class. But the democratic theory had as one of its main principles the doctrine of the omnicompetent citizen. Therefore, when people began to look at the Constitution as a democratic instrument, it was certain that permanence in office would seem undemocratic. The natural ambitions of men coincided here with the great moral impulse of their age. Jefferson had popularized the idea without carrying it ruthlessly into practice, and removals on party grounds were comparatively few under the Virginian Presidents. It was Jackson who founded the practice of turning public office into patronage.
The political core of that revolution was the issue of patronage. The founders of the government viewed public office as a type of property that shouldn’t be easily disrupted, and they definitely hoped that these positions would stay within their social class. However, democratic theory emphasized the principle of the all-capable citizen. So, as people began to see the Constitution as a democratic tool, it became clear that holding onto office indefinitely would seem undemocratic. Here, the natural ambitions of individuals aligned with the significant moral drive of their time. Jefferson popularized the idea without fully implementing it, and removals for party reasons were relatively rare under the Virginian Presidents. It was Jackson who established the practice of transforming public office into patronage.
Curious as it sounds to us, the principle of rotation in office with short terms was regarded as a great reform. Not only did it acknowledge the new dignity of the average man by treating him as fit for any office, not only did it destroy the monopoly of a small social class and appear to open careers to talent, but "it had been advocated for centuries as a sovereign remedy for political corruption," and as the one way to prevent the creation of a bureaucracy. [Footnote: Ford, op. cit., p. 169.] The practice of rapid change in public office was the application to a great territory of the image of democracy derived from the self-contained village.
As strange as it may seem to us, the idea of rotating officeholders with short terms was seen as a significant reform. It not only recognized the new status of the average person by considering them capable of any role, but it also eliminated the monopoly of a small social class and seemed to open up opportunities for talented individuals. Moreover, it had been promoted for centuries as a powerful solution to political corruption and as the best way to avoid the establishment of a bureaucracy. [Footnote: Ford, op. cit., p. 169.] The practice of frequent changes in public office applied the concept of democracy, which originated in self-sufficient villages, to a much larger area.
Naturally it did not have the same results in the nation that it had in the ideal community on which the democratic theory was based. It produced quite unexpected results, for it founded a new governing class to take the place of the submerged federalists. Unintentionally, patronage did for a large electorate what Hamilton's fiscal measures had done for the upper classes. We often fail to realize how much of the stability of our government we owe to patronage. For it was patronage that weaned natural leaders from too much attachment to the self-centered community, it was patronage that weakened the local spirit and brought together in some kind of peaceful cooperation, the very men who, as provincial celebrities, would, in the absence of a sense of common interest, have torn the union apart.
Naturally, it didn’t have the same effects on the nation as it did in the ideal community that democratic theory was based on. It led to unexpected outcomes, as it created a new ruling class to replace the marginalized federalists. Unintentionally, patronage did for a large electorate what Hamilton's financial policies had done for the wealthy. We often overlook how much of our government's stability relies on patronage. It was patronage that helped natural leaders step back from being too attached to their self-interested communities; it was patronage that diminished local loyalties and united individuals in some form of peaceful cooperation—people who, as local celebrities, would have otherwise torn the union apart without a shared sense of common interest.
But of course, the democratic theory was not supposed to produce a new governing class, and it has never accommodated itself to the fact. When the democrat wanted to abolish monopoly of offices, to have rotation and short terms, he was thinking of the township where anyone could do a public service, and return humbly to his own farm. The idea of a special class of politicians was just what the democrat did not like. But he could not have what he did like, because his theory was derived from an ideal environment, and he was living in a real one. The more deeply he felt the moral impulse of democracy, the less ready he was to see the profound truth of Hamilton's statement that communities deliberating at a distance and under different impressions could not long coöperate in the same views and pursuits. For that truth postpones anything like the full realization of democracy in public affairs until the art of obtaining common consent has been radically improved. And so while the revolution under Jefferson and Jackson produced the patronage which made the two party system, which created a substitute for the rule of the gentry, and a discipline for governing the deadlock of the checks and balances, all that happened, as it were, invisibly.
But of course, the idea of democracy wasn’t meant to create a new ruling class, and it has never adjusted to that reality. When democratic advocates wanted to eliminate the monopoly on offices, advocating for rotation and short terms, they were envisioning a local government where anyone could serve the community and then go back to their regular lives. The concept of a separate group of politicians was exactly what they opposed. However, they couldn’t have what they preferred because their theory was based on an ideal situation, while they were living in a practical one. The more passionate they felt about the moral aspects of democracy, the less inclined they were to accept the undeniable truth of Hamilton's observation that communities deliberating from afar and under different circumstances couldn't consistently work together toward the same goals. That truth delays any chance of fully realizing democracy in public matters until we significantly improve the ability to reach a common agreement. And so, while the changes brought by Jefferson and Jackson created the patronage that led to the two-party system, which replaced the rule of the elite and provided a way to manage the deadlock caused by checks and balances, all of that occurred, so to speak, behind the scenes.
Thus, rotation in office might be the ostensible theory, in practice the offices oscillated between the henchmen. Tenure might not be a permanent monopoly, but the professional politician was permanent. Government might be, as President Harding once said, a simple thing, but winning elections was a sophisticated performance. The salaries in office might be as ostentatiously frugal as Jefferson's home-spun, but the expenses of party organization and the fruits of victory were in the grand manner. The stereotype of democracy controlled the visible government; the corrections, the exceptions and adaptations of the American people to the real facts of their environment have had to be invisible, even when everybody knew all about them. It was only the words of the law, the speeches of politicians, the platforms, and the formal machinery of administration that have had to conform to the pristine image of democracy.
So, while the idea was that there would be a rotation in office, in reality, the positions just shifted among the same insiders. Tenure may not have been a permanent hold, but professional politicians were always around. Government might be, as President Harding said, a straightforward matter, but winning elections was a complex feat. The salaries of office holders might be as curiously modest as Jefferson's hand-made clothing, yet the costs of party organization and the rewards of winning were anything but simple. The idea of democracy shaped the visible government; however, the adjustments, exceptions, and adaptations that the American people made to deal with the real conditions around them had to stay out of sight, even when everyone was aware of them. It was only the wording of laws, politicians' speeches, party platforms, and the official processes of administration that needed to stick to the idealized image of democracy.
5
5
If one had asked a philosophical democrat how these self-contained communities were to coöperate, when their public opinions were so self-centered, he would have pointed to representative government embodied in the Congress. And nothing would surprise him more than the discovery of how steadily the prestige of representative government has declined, while the power of the Presidency has grown.
If someone had asked a philosophical democrat how these independent communities were supposed to cooperate, given their self-focused public opinions, they would have pointed to representative government represented by Congress. And nothing would shock them more than finding out how steadily the prestige of representative government has declined while the power of the Presidency has increased.
Some critics have traced this to the custom of sending only local celebrities to Washington. They have thought that if Congress could consist of the nationally eminent men, the life of the capital would be more brilliant. It would be, of course, and it would be a very good thing if retiring Presidents and Cabinet officers followed the example of John Quincy Adams. But the absence of these men does not explain the plight of Congress, for its decline began when it was relatively the most eminent branch of the government. Indeed it is more probable that the reverse is true, and that Congress ceased to attract the eminent as it lost direct influence on the shaping of national policy.
Some critics have linked this to the habit of sending only local celebrities to Washington. They believe that if Congress were made up of nationally recognized figures, the life of the capital would be more vibrant. It would be, for sure, and it would be a great thing if outgoing Presidents and Cabinet members took a cue from John Quincy Adams. However, the absence of these individuals doesn't account for Congress's issues, as its decline started when it was actually the most prominent branch of the government. In fact, it's more likely that the opposite is true—that Congress stopped attracting the distinguished as it lost direct influence over national policy-making.
The main reason for the discredit, which is world wide, is, I think, to be found in the fact that a congress of representatives is essentially a group of blind men in a vast, unknown world. With some exceptions, the only method recognized in the Constitution or in the theory of representative government, by which Congress can inform itself, is to exchange opinions from the districts. There is no systematic, adequate, and authorized way for Congress to know what is going on in the world. The theory is that the best man of each district brings the best wisdom of his constituents to a central place, and that all these wisdoms combined are all the wisdom that Congress needs. Now there is no need to question the value of expressing local opinions and exchanging them. Congress has great value as the market-place of a continental nation. In the coatrooms, the hotel lobbies, the boarding houses of Capitol Hill, at the tea-parties of the Congressional matrons, and from occasional entries into the drawing rooms of cosmopolitan Washington, new vistas are opened, and wider horizons. But even if the theory were applied, and the districts always sent their wisest men, the sum or a combination of local impressions is not a wide enough base for national policy, and no base at all for the control of foreign policy. Since the real effects of most laws are subtle and hidden, they cannot be understood by filtering local experiences through local states of mind. They can be known only by controlled reporting and objective analysis. And just as the head of a large factory cannot know how efficient it is by talking to the foreman, but must examine cost sheets and data that only an accountant can dig out for him, so the lawmaker does not arrive at a true picture of the state of the union by putting together a mosaic of local pictures. He needs to know the local pictures, but unless he possesses instruments for calibrating them, one picture is as good as the next, and a great deal better.
The main reason for the widespread discredit, I believe, is that a congress of representatives is basically a group of people who are blind to a vast, unknown world. With a few exceptions, the only method recognized in the Constitution or in the theory of representative government for Congress to get informed is by exchanging opinions from their districts. There’s no systematic, adequate, or authorized way for Congress to understand what’s happening in the world. The idea is that the best person from each district brings the greatest insights from their constituents to a central location, and that all these combined insights provide all the wisdom Congress needs. While there's no doubt about the value of sharing local opinions and exchanging ideas, Congress serves an important role as the market place of a continental nation. In the cloakrooms, hotel lobbies, boarding houses on Capitol Hill, at the tea parties thrown by congressional wives, and from brief visits to the elegant drawing rooms of cosmopolitan Washington, new perspectives and broader horizons emerge. However, even if the theory were applied and the districts always sent their smartest representatives, the collection or combination of local viewpoints is not a sufficient foundation for national policy and provides no groundwork at all for foreign policy. Since the true impacts of most laws are subtle and hidden, they can’t be understood by simply filtering local experiences through local perspectives. They can only be grasped through controlled reporting and objective analysis. Just like the head of a large factory can’t assess efficiency by only speaking with the foreman but must analyze cost sheets and data that only an accountant can provide, a lawmaker cannot get an accurate picture of the state of the union by piecing together a mosaic of local images. They need to understand the local viewpoints, but unless they have tools to calibrate them, one picture is pretty much as valid as another, and often much better.
The President does come to the assistance of Congress by delivering messages on the state of the Union. He is in a position to do that because he presides over a vast collection of bureaus and their agents, which report as well as act. But he tells Congress what he chooses to tell it. He cannot be heckled, and the censorship as to what is compatible with the public interest is in his hands. It is a wholly one-sided and tricky relationship, which sometimes reaches such heights of absurdity, that Congress, in order to secure an important document has to thank the enterprise of a Chicago newspaper, or the calculated indiscretion of a subordinate official. So bad is the contact of legislators with necessary facts that they are forced to rely either on private tips or on that legalized atrocity, the Congressional investigation, where Congressmen, starved of their legitimate food for thought, go on a wild and feverish man-hunt, and do not stop at cannibalism.
The President supports Congress by giving updates on the state of the Union. He can do this because he oversees a large number of agencies and their employees, who both report and take action. However, he only shares what he wants to share with Congress. He can’t be interrupted, and it’s up to him to decide what information is in the public interest. It’s a completely one-sided and tricky relationship, sometimes reaching such absurd levels that Congress has to rely on a Chicago newspaper’s investigation or the careless remarks of a lower-level official to get an important document. The connection between legislators and the essential facts is so poor that they have to depend either on private tips or on that legalized nonsense, the Congressional investigation, where Congress members, deprived of legitimate insights, embark on frantic hunts that sometimes lead to extreme measures.
Except for the little that these investigations yield, the occasional communications from the executive departments, interested and disinterested data collected by private persons, such newspapers, periodicals, and books as Congressmen read, and a new and excellent practice of calling for help from expert bodies like the Interstate Commerce Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, and the Tariff Commission, the creation of Congressional opinion is incestuous. From this it follows either that legislation of a national character is prepared by a few informed insiders, and put through by partisan force; or that the legislation is broken up into a collection of local items, each of which is enacted for a local reason. Tariff schedules, navy yards, army posts, rivers and harbors, post offices and federal buildings, pensions and patronage: these are fed out to concave communities as tangible evidence of the benefits of national life. Being concave, they can see the white marble building which rises out of federal funds to raise local realty values and employ local contractors more readily than they can judge the cumulative cost of the pork barrel. It is fair to say that in a large assembly of men, each of whom has practical knowledge only of his own district, laws dealing with translocal affairs are rejected or accepted by the mass of Congressmen without creative participation of any kind. They participate only in making those laws that can be treated as a bundle of local issues. For a legislature without effective means of information and analysis must oscillate between blind regularity, tempered by occasional insurgency, and logrolling. And it is the logrolling which makes the regularity palatable, because it is by logrolling that a Congressman proves to his more active constituents that he is watching their interests as they conceive them.
Aside from the little that these investigations reveal, the occasional updates from executive departments, data collected by both interested and unbiased private individuals, and the newspapers, magazines, and books that Congress members read, along with a promising new practice of seeking assistance from expert organizations like the Interstate Commerce Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, and the Tariff Commission, the formation of Congressional opinion is somewhat insular. Consequently, this means that national legislation is either crafted by a few knowledgeable insiders and pushed through by party interests, or that the legislation is divided into a series of local items, each passed for a specific local reason. Tariff schedules, naval bases, military posts, waterways, harbors, post offices, and federal buildings, along with pensions and patronage, are distributed to localized communities as clear proof of the benefits of national governance. Because they are localized, they more easily notice the white marble building funded by federal money that boosts local property values and hires local contractors than they can grasp the overall cost of such spending. It’s accurate to say that in a large group of people, each with practical knowledge limited to their own districts, laws related to broader issues are either accepted or rejected by Congress members without any real input from them. They only engage in creating laws that can be viewed as a collection of local matters. A legislature lacking effective means of information and analysis must swing between mindless consistency, occasionally interrupted by dissent, and logrolling. It’s the logrolling that makes the consistency more acceptable, as it allows a Congressman to demonstrate to their more active constituents that they are attentive to their interests as those constituents perceive them.
This is no fault of the individual Congressman's, except when he is complacent about it. The cleverest and most industrious representative cannot hope to understand a fraction of the bills on which he votes. The best he can do is to specialize on a few bills, and take somebody's word about the rest. I have known Congressmen, when they were boning up on a subject, to study as they had not studied since they passed their final examinations, many large cups of black coffee, wet towels and all. They had to dig for information, sweat over arranging and verifying facts, which, in any consciously organized government, should have been easily available in a form suitable for decision. And even when they really knew a subject, their anxieties had only begun. For back home the editors, the board of trade, the central federated union, and the women's clubs had spared themselves these labors, and were prepared to view the Congressman's performance through local spectacles.
This isn't the individual Congressman's fault, except when he becomes complacent about it. The smartest and hardest-working representative can't hope to understand even a small part of the bills they vote on. The most they can do is focus on a few bills and take someone's word on the rest. I've seen Congressmen, while getting ready to talk about a topic, study harder than they have since their final exams, fueled by countless cups of strong black coffee and wet towels. They had to search for information, work hard to organize and verify facts that, in any well-structured government, should be easily accessible and ready for decision-making. And even when they really grasped a topic, their worries had just started. Back home, the editors, the chamber of commerce, the central labor union, and the women's clubs had avoided this hard work and were ready to judge the Congressman's actions through their local perspectives.
6
6
What patronage did to attach political chieftains to the national government, the infinite variety of local subsidies and privileges do for self-centered communities. Patronage and pork amalgamate and stabilize thousands of special opinions, local discontents, private ambitions. There are but two other alternatives. One is government by terror and obedience, the other is government based on such a highly developed system of information, analysis, and self-consciousness that "the knowledge of national circumstances and reasons of state" is evident to all men. The autocratic system is in decay, the voluntary system is in its very earliest development; and so, in calculating the prospects of association among large groups of people, a League of Nations, industrial government, or a federal union of states, the degree to which the material for a common consciousness exists, determines how far cooperation will depend upon force, or upon the milder alternative to force, which is patronage and privilege. The secret of great state-builders, like Alexander Hamilton, is that they know how to calculate these principles.
What patronage did to link political leaders to the national government, the endless variety of local subsidies and privileges does for self-interested communities. Patronage and funding come together and stabilize countless special interests, local grievances, and personal ambitions. There are only two other options. One is a government based on fear and obedience, and the other is a government built on a sophisticated system of information, analysis, and awareness so that "the understanding of national circumstances and reasons of state" is clear to everyone. The autocratic system is failing, while the voluntary system is just beginning to develop; therefore, when considering the prospects for collaboration among large groups of people, such as a League of Nations, industrial governance, or a federal union of states, the extent to which there is a shared understanding will dictate how much cooperation relies on force, or on the gentler alternative to force, which is patronage and privilege. The secret of great state-builders, like Alexander Hamilton, is knowing how to assess these principles.
CHAPTER XIX
THE OLD IMAGE IN A NEW FORM: GUILD SOCIALISM.
Whenever the quarrels of self-centered groups become unbearable, reformers in the past found themselves forced to choose between two great alternatives. They could take the path to Rome and impose a Roman peace upon the warring tribes. They could take the path to isolation, to autonomy and self-sufficiency. Almost always they chose that path which they had least recently travelled. If they had tried out the deadening monotony of empire, they cherished above all other things the simple freedom of their own community. But if they had seen this simple freedom squandered in parochial jealousies they longed for the spacious order of a great and powerful state.
Whenever the arguments of self-centered groups get too much to handle, reformers in the past found themselves needing to choose between two main options. They could go the route of imposing a Roman peace on the fighting tribes. Or they could choose isolation, focusing on autonomy and self-sufficiency. Almost always, they picked the path they had traveled least recently. If they had experienced the dull routine of empire, they valued above all the simple freedom of their own community. But if they had seen this simple freedom wasted on local rivalries, they longed for the broad order of a strong and powerful state.
Whichever choice they made, the essential difficulty was the same. If decisions were decentralized they soon floundered in a chaos of local opinions. If they were centralized, the policy of the state was based on the opinions of a small social set at the capital. In any case force was necessary to defend one local right against another, or to impose law and order on the localities, or to resist class government at the center, or to defend the whole society, centralized or decentralized, against the outer barbarian.
No matter what choice they made, the fundamental challenge remained unchanged. If decisions were spread out, they quickly got lost in a mess of local views. If they were concentrated, state policy relied on the perspectives of a small elite in the capital. In all scenarios, force was needed to protect one local right from another, establish law and order in the regions, resist class rule at the center, or defend the entire society—whether centralized or decentralized—against external threats.
Modern democracy and the industrial system were both born in a time of reaction against kings, crown government, and a regime of detailed economic regulation. In the industrial sphere this reaction took the form of extreme devolution, known as laissez-faire individualism. Each economic decision was to be made by the man who had title to the property involved. Since almost everything was owned by somebody, there would be somebody to manage everything. This was plural sovereignty with a vengeance.
Modern democracy and the industrial system emerged in a period reacting against kings, royal governance, and a highly regulated economy. In the industrial world, this reaction manifested as extreme decentralization, known as laissez-faire individualism. Every economic decision was to be made by the person who owned the property in question. Since almost everything was owned by someone, there would always be someone to manage everything. This was plural sovereignty taken to the extreme.
It was economic government by anybody's economic philosophy, though it was supposed to be controlled by immutable laws of political economy that must in the end produce harmony. It produced many splendid things, but enough sordid and terrible ones to start counter-currents. One of these was the trust, which established a kind of Roman peace within industry, and a Roman predatory imperialism outside. People turned to the legislature for relief. They invoked representative government, founded on the image of the township farmer, to regulate the semi-sovereign corporations. The working class turned to labor organization. There followed a period of increasing centralization and a sort of race of armaments. The trusts interlocked, the craft unions federated and combined into a labor movement, the political system grew stronger at Washington and weaker in the states, as the reformers tried to match its strength against big business.
It was economic governance according to anyone’s economic beliefs, even though it was expected to be managed by unchanging laws of political economy that would ultimately create harmony. It led to many impressive achievements, but also enough grim and awful outcomes to spark opposition. One of these was the trust, which created a type of Roman peace within industries and a Roman-style predatory imperialism outside. People looked to the legislature for help. They called on representative government, based on the image of the local farmer, to control the semi-sovereign corporations. The working class turned to labor organization. This led to a period of increasing centralization and a sort of arms race. The trusts became interconnected, craft unions united and formed a labor movement, and the political system got stronger at the federal level while becoming weaker in the states, as reformers attempted to counterbalance its power against big business.
In this period practically all the schools of socialist thought from the Marxian left to the New Nationalists around Theodore Roosevelt, looked upon centralization as the first stage of an evolution which would end in the absorption of all the semi-sovereign powers of business by the political state. The evolution never took place, except for a few months during the war. That was enough, and there was a turn of the wheel against the omnivorous state in favor of several new forms of pluralism. But this time society was to swing back not to the atomic individualism of Adam Smith's economic man and Thomas Jefferson's farmer, but to a sort of molecular individualism of voluntary groups.
During this time, nearly all schools of socialist thought, from the Marxist left to the New Nationalists around Theodore Roosevelt, viewed centralization as the initial stage of a process that would ultimately lead to the political state absorbing all semi-sovereign powers of business. This evolution never happened, except for a few months during the war. That was sufficient, and there was a shift away from the all-consuming state towards several new forms of pluralism. Yet, society was not swinging back to the individualism of Adam Smith's economic man or Thomas Jefferson's farmer, but rather towards a kind of molecular individualism rooted in voluntary groups.
One of the interesting things about all these oscillations of theory is that each in turn promises a world in which no one will have to follow Machiavelli in order to survive. They are all established by some form of coercion, they all exercise coercion in order to maintain themselves, and they are all discarded as a result of coercion. Yet they do not accept coercion, either physical power or special position, patronage, or privilege, as part of their ideal. The individualist said that self-enlightened self-interest would bring internal and external peace. The socialist is sure that the motives to aggression will disappear. The new pluralist hopes they will. [Footnote: See G. D. H. Cole, Social Theory, p. 142.] Coercion is the surd in almost all social theory, except the Machiavellian. The temptation to ignore it, because it is absurd, inexpressible, and unmanageable, becomes overwhelming in any man who is trying to rationalize human life.
One of the interesting things about all these shifts in theory is that each one promises a world where no one has to resort to Machiavelli to survive. They all come about through some form of coercion, they all use coercion to sustain themselves, and they're all discarded because of coercion. Yet they don't view coercion—whether physical power, special status, patronage, or privilege—as part of their ideal. The individualist claims that enlightened self-interest will lead to both internal and external peace. The socialist believes that the reasons for aggression will vanish. The new pluralist hopes that they will. [Footnote: See G. D. H. Cole, Social Theory, p. 142.] Coercion is the constant issue in almost all social theories, except the Machiavellian ones. The urge to overlook it because it seems absurd, unexpressible, and unmanageable becomes overwhelming for anyone trying to make sense of human life.
2
2
The lengths to which a clever man will sometimes go in order to escape a full recognition of the role of force is shown by Mr. G. D. H. Cole's book on Guild Socialism. The present state, he says, "is primarily an instrument of coercion;" [Footnote: Cole, Guild Socialism, p. 107.] in a guild socialist society there will be no sovereign power, though there will be a coordinating body. He calls this body the Commune.
The lengths a smart person will go to avoid fully acknowledging the role of force is demonstrated in Mr. G. D. H. Cole's book on Guild Socialism. He states that the current state "is primarily an instrument of coercion;" [Footnote: Cole, Guild Socialism, p. 107.] and in a guild socialist society, there will be no sovereign power, although there will be a coordinating body. He refers to this body as the Commune.
He then begins to enumerate the powers of the Commune, which, we recall, is to be primarily not an instrument of coercion. [Footnote: Op. cit. Ch. VIII.] It settles price disputes. Sometimes it fixes prices, allocates the surplus or distributes the loss. It allocates natural resources, and controls the issue of credit. It also "allocates communal labor-power." It ratifies the budgets of the guilds and the civil services. It levies taxes. "All questions of income" fall within its jurisdiction. It "allocates" income to the non-productive members of the community. It is the final arbiter in all questions of policy and jurisdiction between the guilds. It passes constitutional laws fixing the functions of the functional bodies. It appoints the judges. It confers coercive powers upon the guilds, and ratifies their by-laws wherever these involve coercion. It declares war and makes peace. It controls the armed forces. It is the supreme representative of the nation abroad. It settles boundary questions within the national state. It calls into existence new functional bodies, or distributes new functions to old ones. It runs the police. It makes whatever laws are necessary to regulate personal conduct and personal property.
He starts to list the powers of the Commune, which, as we remember, is meant to primarily be not a tool of force. [Footnote: Op. cit. Ch. VIII.] It resolves price disputes. Sometimes it sets prices, allocates surplus, or distributes losses. It distributes natural resources and manages the issuance of credit. It also "allocates communal labor-power." It approves the budgets of the guilds and the civil services. It collects taxes. "All questions of income" are under its authority. It "allocates" income to the non-productive members of the community. It is the final decision-maker on all policy and jurisdiction issues between the guilds. It passes constitutional laws that define the functions of various bodies. It appoints judges. It grants coercive powers to the guilds and approves their by-laws where coercion is involved. It declares war and makes peace. It oversees the armed forces. It serves as the nation’s highest representative abroad. It resolves boundary disputes within the national state. It establishes new functional bodies or assigns new functions to existing ones. It manages the police. It creates any laws necessary to regulate personal conduct and personal property.
These powers are exercised not by one commune, but by a federal structure of local and provincial communes with a National commune at the top. Mr. Cole is, of course, welcome to insist that this is not a sovereign state, but if there is a coercive power now enjoyed by any modern government for which he has forgotten to make room, I cannot think of it.
These powers are held not by a single community, but by a federal system of local and regional communities, with a National community at the top. Mr. Cole is certainly free to argue that this is not a sovereign state, but if there’s any coercive power that a modern government has today that he hasn’t considered, I can’t think of what it would be.
He tells us, however, that Guild society will be non-coercive: "we want to build a new society which will be conceived in the spirit, not of coercion, but of free service." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 141.] Everyone who shares that hope, as most men and women do, will therefore look closely to see what there is in the Guild Socialist plan which promises to reduce coercion to its lowest limits, even though the Guildsmen of to-day have already reserved for their communes the widest kind of coercive power. It is acknowledged at once that the new society cannot be brought into existence by universal consent. Mr. Cole is too honest to shirk the element of force required to make the transition. [Footnote: Cf. op. cit., Ch. X. ] And while obviously he cannot predict how much civil war there might be, he is quite clear that there would have to be a period of direct action by the trade unions.
He tells us, however, that Guild society will be non-coercive: "we want to build a new society that is based on the spirit of free service, not coercion." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 141.] Everyone who shares that hope, which most people do, will closely examine what the Guild Socialist plan offers to minimize coercion, even though today's Guildsmen have already claimed the broadest forms of coercive power for their communes. It is immediately acknowledged that the new society cannot be created through universal consent. Mr. Cole is too honest to ignore the element of force needed to make this transition. [Footnote: Cf. op. cit., Ch. X.] While he obviously cannot predict how much civil war might occur, he is clear that there would need to be a period of direct action by the trade unions.
3
3
But leaving aside the problems of transition, and any consideration of what the effect is on their future action, when men have hacked their way through to the promised land, let us imagine the Guild Society in being. What keeps it running as a non-coercive society?
But putting aside the transition issues and any thoughts on how it will impact their future actions, once people have fought their way to the promised land, let’s picture the Guild Society in existence. What makes it function as a non-coercive society?
Mr. Cole has two answers to this question. One is the orthodox Marxian answer that the abolition of capitalist property will remove the motive to aggression. Yet he does not really believe that, because if he did, he would care as little as does the average Marxian how the working class is to run the government, once it is in control. If his diagnosis were correct, the Marxian would be quite right: if the disease were the capitalist class and only the capitalist class, salvation would automatically follow its extinction. But Mr. Cole is enormously concerned about whether the society which follows the revolution is to be run by state collectivism, by guilds or cooperative societies, by a democratic parliament or by functional representation. In fact, it is as a new theory of representative government that guild socialism challenges attention.
Mr. Cole has two answers to this question. One is the traditional Marxist answer that getting rid of capitalist property will eliminate the motivation for aggression. However, he doesn’t truly believe that, because if he did, he wouldn’t care as little as the average Marxist about how the working class will run the government once they take control. If his diagnosis were accurate, the Marxist would be completely justified: if the problem were the capitalist class and only the capitalist class, then removing it would automatically lead to a solution. But Mr. Cole is very concerned about whether the society that comes after the revolution will be run by state collectivism, guilds or cooperative societies, a democratic parliament, or functional representation. In fact, it is as a new theory of representative government that guild socialism deserves attention.
The guildsmen do not expect a miracle to result from the disappearance of capitalist property rights. They do expect, and of course quite rightly, that if equality of income were the rule, social relations would be profoundly altered. But they differ, as far as I can make out, from the orthodox Russian communist in this respect: The communist proposes to establish equality by force of the dictatorship of the proletariat, believing that if once people were equalized both in income and in service, they would then lose the incentives to aggression. The guildsmen also propose to establish equality by force, but are shrewd enough to see that if an equilibrium is to be maintained they have to provide institutions for maintaining it. Guildsmen, therefore, put their faith in what they believe to be a new theory of democracy.
The guild members don’t expect a miracle to come from getting rid of capitalist property rights. They do expect, and rightly so, that if income equality were the standard, social relations would be dramatically changed. However, they differ, as far as I can tell, from the traditional Russian communist in this way: The communist thinks equality should be enforced through the dictatorship of the proletariat, believing that once people are equal in both income and duties, they would then lose the motivation for aggression. The guild members also believe in enforcing equality, but they are smart enough to realize that to keep balance, they need to create systems to maintain it. Therefore, guild members trust what they see as a new theory of democracy.
Their object, says Mr. Cole, is "to get the mechanism right, and to adjust it as far as possible to the expression of men's social wills." [Reference: Op. cit., p. 16.] These wills need to be given opportunity for self-expression in self-government "in any and every form of social action." Behind these words is the true democratic impulse, the desire to enhance human dignity, as well as the traditional assumption that this human dignity is impugned, unless each person's will enters into the management of everything that affects him. The guildsman, like the earlier democrat therefore, looks about him for an environment in which this ideal of self-government can be realized. A hundred years and more have passed since Rousseau and Jefferson, and the center of interest has shifted from the country to the city. The new democrat can no longer turn to the idealized rural township for the image of democracy. He turns now to the workshop. "The spirit of association must be given free play in the sphere in which it is best able to find expression. This is manifestly the factory, in which men have the habit and tradition of working together. The factory is the natural and fundamental unit of industrial democracy. This involves, not only that the factory must be free, as far as possible, to manage its own affairs, but also that the democratic unit of the factory must be made the basis of the larger democracy of the Guild, and that the larger organs of Guild administration and government must be based largely on the principle of factory representation." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 40.]
Their goal, according to Mr. Cole, is "to get the mechanism right and to adjust it as much as possible to reflect people's social wills." [Reference: Op. cit., p. 16.] These wills should have the chance for self-expression through self-government "in any and every form of social action." Behind these words is the genuine democratic drive, the wish to uplift human dignity, alongside the long-standing belief that this dignity is compromised unless each person's will is involved in managing everything that impacts them. The guild member, similar to the earlier democrat, looks around for an environment where this ideal of self-government can come to life. More than a hundred years have passed since Rousseau and Jefferson, and the focus has moved from rural areas to urban centers. The new democrat can no longer look to the idealized countryside for a representation of democracy. Instead, they look to the workshop. "The spirit of association must be allowed to thrive in the area where it can best express itself. This is clearly the factory, where people have the custom and tradition of working together. The factory is the natural and essential unit of industrial democracy. This means that the factory must be as free as possible to handle its own affairs, and that the democratic unit of the factory should serve as the foundation for the larger democracy of the Guild, with the broader structures of Guild administration and governance heavily based on the principle of factory representation." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 40.]
Factory is, of course, a very loose word, and Mr. Cole asks us to take it as meaning mines, shipyards, docks, stations, and every place which is "a natural center of production." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 41] But a factory in this sense is quite a different thing from an industry. The factory, as Mr. Cole conceives it, is a work place where men are really in personal contact, an environment small enough to be known directly to all the workers. "This democracy if it is to be real, must come home to, and be exercisable directly by, every individual member of the Guild." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 40.] This is important, because Mr. Cole, like Jefferson, is seeking a natural unit of government. The only natural unit is a perfectly familiar environment. Now a large plant, a railway system, a great coal field, is not a natural unit in this sense. Unless it is a very small factory indeed, what Mr. Cole is really thinking about is the shop. That is where men can be supposed to have "the habit and tradition of working together." The rest of the plant, the rest of the industry, is an inferred environment.
Factory is, of course, a very broad term, and Mr. Cole asks us to interpret it as meaning mines, shipyards, docks, stations, and any place that serves as "a natural center of production." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 41] However, a factory in this sense is quite different from an industry. The factory, as Mr. Cole envisions it, is a workplace where people genuinely interact, an environment small enough for all the workers to know each other directly. "This democracy, if it is to be real, must come home to, and be exercisable directly by, every individual member of the Guild." [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 40.] This is significant because Mr. Cole, like Jefferson, is looking for a natural unit of government. The only natural unit is an environment everyone is familiar with. A large factory, a railway system, or a vast coal field does not fit this definition. Unless it’s a very small factory, what Mr. Cole really has in mind is the shop. That’s where people are likely to have "the habit and tradition of working together." The rest of the plant, the rest of the industry, is an implied environment.
4
4
Anybody can see, and almost everybody will admit, that self-government in the purely internal affairs of the shop is government of affairs that "can be taken in at a single view." [Footnote: Aristotle, Politics, Bk. VII, Ch. IV.] But dispute would arise as to what constitute the internal affairs of a shop. Obviously the biggest interests, like wages, standards of production, the purchase of supplies, the marketing of the product, the larger planning of work, are by no means purely internal. The shop democracy has freedom, subject to enormous limiting conditions from the outside. It can deal to a certain extent with the arrangement of work laid out for the shop, it can deal with the temper and temperament of individuals, it can administer petty industrial justice, and act as a court of first instance in somewhat larger individual disputes. Above all it can act as a unit in dealing with other shops, and perhaps with the plant as a whole. But isolation is impossible. The unit of industrial democracy is thoroughly entangled in foreign affairs. And it is the management of these external relations that constitutes the test of the guild socialist theory.
Anyone can see, and almost everyone will agree, that self-governance in the purely internal matters of a shop involves issues that "can be viewed at a glance." [Footnote: Aristotle, Politics, Bk. VII, Ch. IV.] However, there would be disagreements about what exactly counts as the internal affairs of a shop. Clearly, the most significant interests, such as wages, production standards, purchasing supplies, marketing products, and larger work planning, are far from purely internal. Shop democracy has some freedom but is subject to considerable external limitations. It can manage the organization of work assigned to the shop, address individual attitudes and behaviors, administer minor industrial justice, and serve as a first court for somewhat larger individual disputes. Most importantly, it can function as a unit when dealing with other shops and possibly with the plant as a whole. However, isolation is not an option. The unit of industrial democracy is deeply connected to external matters. Managing these external relationships is what truly tests the guild socialist theory.
They have to be managed by representative government arranged in a federal order from the shop to the plant, the plant to the industry, the industry to the nation, with intervening regional grouping of representatives. But all this structure derives from the shop, and all its peculiar virtues are ascribed to this source. The representatives who choose the representatives who choose the representatives who finally "coordinate" and "regulate" the shops are elected, Mr. Cole asserts, by a true democracy. Because they come originally from a self-governing unit, the whole federal organism will be inspired by the spirit and the reality of self-government. Representatives will aim to carry out the workers' "actual will as understood by themselves," [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 42.] that is, as understood by the individual in the shops.
They need to be managed by a representative government organized in a federal way, from the shop to the factory, the factory to the industry, and the industry to the nation, with regional groups of representatives in between. However, this entire structure originates from the shop, and all its unique strengths are credited to that source. The representatives who select the representatives who select the representatives who ultimately "coordinate" and "regulate" the shops are elected, Mr. Cole claims, through a true democracy. Since they come from a self-governing unit, the entire federal system will be influenced by the spirit and reality of self-governance. Representatives will strive to fulfill the workers' "actual will as understood by themselves," [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 42.] meaning as understood by the individual in the shops.
A government run literally on this principle would, if history is any guide, be either a perpetual logroll, or a chaos of warring shops. For while the worker in the shop can have a real opinion about matters entirely within the shop, his "will" about the relation of that shop to the plant, the industry, and the nation is subject to all the limitations of access, stereotype, and self-interest that surround any other self-centered opinion. His experience in the shop at best brings only aspects of the whole to his attention. His opinion of what is right within the shop he can reach by direct knowledge of the essential facts. His opinion of what is right in the great complicated environment out of sight is more likely to be wrong than right if it is a generalization from the experience of the individual shop. As a matter of experience, the representatives of a guild society would find, just as the higher trade union officials find today, that on a great number of questions which they have to decide there is no "actual will as understood" by the shops.
A government that operates based on this principle would, if history teaches us anything, likely end up being either a constant back-and-forth negotiation or a chaotic clash of competing interests. While a worker in a shop can have a valid opinion on matters directly related to that shop, their "will" regarding how that shop fits into the larger plant, industry, and nation is limited by accessibility, stereotypes, and personal interests, just like any other self-centered viewpoint. Their experiences in the shop only highlight certain aspects of the bigger picture. They can form an opinion about what’s fair within the shop based on firsthand knowledge of key facts. However, their views on what’s fair in the complex environment beyond the shop are more prone to be inaccurate if they rely solely on their individual shop experiences. In practice, representatives of a guild society would discover, just like higher trade union officials do today, that for many issues they need to address, there is no "actual will as understood" by the shops.
5
5
The guildsmen insist, however, that such criticism is blind because it ignores a great political discovery. You may be quite right, they would say, in thinking that the representatives of the shops would have to make up their own minds on many questions about which the shops have no opinion. But you are simply entangled in an ancient fallacy: you are looking for somebody to represent a group of people. He cannot be found. The only representative possible is one who acts for "some particular function," [Footnote: Op. cit., pp. 23-24.] and therefore each person must help choose as many representatives "as there are distinct essential groups of functions to be performed."
The guildsmen argue, however, that such criticism is shortsighted because it overlooks a significant political insight. You may be completely right, they would say, to think that shop representatives would need to decide on various issues where the shops have no stance. But you are simply caught in an old misconception: you are searching for someone to represent a group of people. That person cannot be found. The only representative that can exist is one who acts for "some particular function," [Footnote: Op. cit., pp. 23-24.] which means each individual must help select as many representatives "as there are distinct essential groups of functions to be performed."
Assume then that the representatives speak, not for the men in the shops, but for certain functions in which the men are interested. They are, mind you, disloyal if they do not carry out the will of the group about the function, as understood by the group. [Footnote: Cf. Part V, "The Making of a Common Will."] These functional representatives meet. Their business is to coordinate and regulate. By what standard does each judge the proposals of the other, assuming, as we must, that there is conflict of opinion between the shops, since if there were not, there would be no need to coordinate and regulate?
Assume that the representatives aren't speaking for the workers in the shops, but for specific roles that the workers are concerned about. They are, of course, being disloyal if they don't fulfill the group's wishes regarding those roles, as understood by the group. [Footnote: Cf. Part V, "The Making of a Common Will."] These functional representatives come together. Their job is to coordinate and manage. By what standard does each evaluate the proposals from the others, assuming, as we have to, that there are differing opinions among the shops, since if there weren't, there would be no need for coordination and management?
Now the peculiar virtue of functional democracy is supposed to be that men vote candidly according to their own interests, which it is assumed they know by daily experience. They can do that within the self-contained group. But in its external relations the group as a whole, or its representative, is dealing with matters that transcend immediate experience. The shop does not arrive spontaneously at a view of the whole situation. Therefore, the public opinions of a shop about its rights and duties in the industry and in society, are matters of education or propaganda, not the automatic product of shop-consciousness. Whether the guildsmen elect a delegate, or a representative, they do not escape the problem of the orthodox democrat. Either the group as a whole, or the elected spokesman, must stretch his mind beyond the limits of direct experience. He must vote on questions coming up from other shops, and on matters coming from beyond the frontiers of the whole industry. The primary interest of the shop does not even cover the function of a whole industrial vocation. The function of a vocation, a great industry, a district, a nation is a concept, not an experience, and has to be imagined, invented, taught and believed. And even though you define function as carefully as possible, once you admit that the view of each shop on that function will not necessarily coincide with the view of other shops, you are saying that the representative of one interest is concerned in the proposals made by other interests. You are saying that he must conceive a common interest. And in voting for him you are choosing a man who will not simply represent your view of your function, which is all that you know at first hand, but a man who will represent your views about other people's views of that function. You are voting as indefinitely as the orthodox democrat.
Now, the unique strength of functional democracy is that people vote honestly based on their own interests, which they understand from their daily experiences. They can do this within their close-knit group. However, when it comes to external relations, the group as a whole, or its representative, is tackling issues that go beyond immediate experience. A workplace doesn’t automatically develop a comprehensive view of the entire situation. Thus, the opinions of a workplace regarding its rights and responsibilities in the industry and society are shaped by education or propaganda, not just the natural awareness of that workplace. Whether the workers choose a delegate or a representative, they still face the challenge of the traditional democrat. Either the group as a whole or the elected spokesperson must extend their thinking beyond direct experience. They need to vote on issues arising from other workplaces and on topics that extend beyond the entire industry. The primary concern of a workplace doesn’t even encompass the function of a complete industrial field. The concept of a vocation, a major industry, a district, or a nation is an idea, not an experience, and it has to be imagined, developed, taught, and believed. Moreover, even if you define function as precisely as possible, once you acknowledge that each workplace's understanding of that function may differ from others, you are indicating that the representative of one interest is affected by the proposals from other interests. You’re saying he must envision a common interest. By voting for him, you’re selecting someone who won’t just represent your perspective on your function, which is all you know directly, but also someone who will represent your views about other people's perspectives on that function. You are voting as ambiguously as the traditional democrat.
6
6
The guildsmen in their own minds have solved the question of how to conceive a common interest by playing with the word function. They imagine a society in which all the main work of the world has been analysed into functions, and these functions in turn synthesized harmoniously. [Footnote: Cf. op. cit., Ch. XIX.] They suppose essential agreement about the purposes of society as a whole, and essential agreement about the role of every organized group in carrying out those purposes. It was a nice sentiment, therefore, which led them to take the name of their theory from an institution that arose in a Catholic feudal society. But they should remember that the scheme of function which the wise men of that age assumed was not worked out by mortal man. It is unclear how the guildsmen think the scheme is going to be worked out and made acceptable in the modern world. Sometimes they seem to argue that the scheme will develop from trade union organization, at other times that the communes will define the constitutional function of the groups. But it makes a considerable practical difference whether they believe that the groups define their own functions or not.
The guildsmen believe they have figured out how to establish a common interest by playing with the concept of function. They envision a society where all major tasks have been broken down into functions, which are then harmoniously combined. [Footnote: Cf. op. cit., Ch. XIX.] They assume there's a fundamental agreement on the goals of society as a whole, and a shared understanding of each organized group's role in achieving those goals. It was a nice thought, then, that led them to name their theory after an institution that emerged in a Catholic feudal society. But they should keep in mind that the functional framework that the wise men of that time relied on was not created by human beings. It's unclear how the guildsmen believe this framework will be established and accepted in the modern world. Sometimes they seem to argue that it will develop out of trade union organization, while other times they suggest that the communes will clarify the constitutional role of the groups. However, it significantly impacts practicality whether they think that groups determine their own functions or not.
In either case, Mr. Cole assumes that society can be carried on by a social contract based on an accepted idea of "distinct essential groups of functions." How does one recognize these distinct essential groups? So far as I can make out, Mr. Cole thinks that a function is what a group of people are interested in. "The essence of functional democracy is that a man should count as many times over as there are functions in which he is interested." [Footnote: Social Theory, p. 102 et seq.] Now there are at least two meanings to the word interested. You can use it to mean that a man is involved, or that his mind is occupied. John Smith, for example, may have been tremendously interested in the Stillman divorce case. He may have read every word of the news in every lobster edition. On the other hand, young Guy Stillman, whose legitimacy was at stake, probably did not trouble himself at all. John Smith was interested in a suit that did not affect his "interests," and Guy was uninterested in one that would determine the whole course of his life. Mr. Cole, I am afraid, leans towards John Smith. He is answering the "very foolish objection" that to vote by functions is to be voting very often: "If a man is not interested enough to vote, and cannot be aroused to interest enough to make him vote, on, say, a dozen distinct subjects, he waives his right to vote and the result is no less democratic than if he voted blindly and without interest."
In any case, Mr. Cole believes that society can function based on a social contract centered around an accepted notion of "distinct essential groups of functions." How do we identify these distinct essential groups? As far as I can tell, Mr. Cole believes that a function is defined by what a group of people cares about. "The essence of functional democracy is that a person should count as many times as there are functions he is interested in." [Footnote: Social Theory, p. 102 et seq.] There are at least two interpretations of the word interested. You can use it to mean that a person is involved, or that their mind is engaged. For example, John Smith might have been extremely interested in the Stillman divorce case. He may have read every word in every late edition of the news. On the flip side, young Guy Stillman, whose legitimacy was in jeopardy, probably didn’t worry about it at all. John Smith was invested in a lawsuit that didn’t impact his "interests," while Guy was indifferent to one that could shape the entire direction of his life. Unfortunately, I think Mr. Cole leans towards John Smith's perspective. He addresses the "very foolish objection" that voting based on functions means voting frequently: "If a person isn't interested enough to vote and can't be motivated to care enough to vote on, say, a dozen distinct topics, they forfeit their right to vote, and the outcome is just as democratic as if they voted blindly and without interest."
Mr. Cole thinks that the uninstructed voter "waives his right to vote." From this it follows that the votes of the instructed reveal their interest, and their interest defines the function. [Footnote: Cf. Ch. XVIII of this book. "Since everybody was assumed to be interested enough in important affairs, only those affairs came to seem important in which everybody was interested."] "Brown, Jones, and Robinson must therefore have, not one vote each, but as many different functional votes as there are different questions calling for associative action in which they are interested." [Footnote: Guild Socialism, p. 24. ] I am considerably in doubt whether Mr. Cole thinks that Brown, Jones and Robinson should qualify in any election where they assert that they are interested, or that somebody else, not named, picks the functions in which they are entitled to be interested. If I were asked to say what I believe Mr. Cole thinks, it would be that he has smoothed over the difficulty by the enormously strange assumption that it is the uninstructed voter who waives his right to vote; and has concluded that whether functional voting is arranged by a higher power, or "from below" on the principle that a man may vote when it interests him to vote, only the instructed will be voting anyway, and therefore the institution will work.
Mr. Cole believes that an uninformed voter "gives up his right to vote." This means that the votes of informed voters show their interests, and their interests define the purpose. [Footnote: See Ch. XVIII of this book. "Since everyone was thought to be interested enough in significant issues, only those issues seemed important that captured everyone's interest."] "Brown, Jones, and Robinson should therefore have not just one vote each, but as many different functional votes as there are specific questions requiring collaborative action that they are interested in." [Footnote: Guild Socialism, p. 24.] I'm quite uncertain whether Mr. Cole believes that Brown, Jones, and Robinson should qualify for any election simply by claiming interest, or if there's someone else, unnamed, who decides what functions they are allowed to be interested in. If I were to state what I think Mr. Cole believes, it would be that he has glossed over the issue by making the very unusual assumption that it is the uninformed voter who gives up his right to vote; and he has concluded that whether functional voting is organized by a higher authority, or "from the ground up" based on the idea that a person can vote when it interests him, only the informed will be voting anyway, and so the system will function.
But there are two kinds of uninstructed voter. There is the man who does not know and knows that he does not know. He is generally an enlightened person. He is the man who waives his right to vote. But there is also the man who is uninstructed and does not know that he is, or care. He can always be gotten to the polls, if the party machinery is working. His vote is the basis of the machine. And since the communes of the guild society have large powers over taxation, wages, prices, credit, and natural resources, it would be preposterous to assume that elections will not be fought at least as passionately as our own.
But there are two types of uninformed voters. There's the person who doesn't know and is aware of that lack of knowledge. This person is usually quite self-aware and chooses to abstain from voting. Then there's the person who is uninformed and doesn’t realize it or doesn’t care. This individual can be easily brought to the polls if the party machinery is functioning well. Their vote is essential to the machine. And since the local communities in the guild society have significant control over taxes, wages, prices, credit, and natural resources, it's absurd to think that elections won't be contested at least as fiercely as our own.
The way people exhibit their interest will not then delimit the functions of a functional society. There are two other ways that function might be defined. One would be by the trade unions which fought the battle that brought guild socialism into being. Such a struggle would harden groups of men together in some sort of functional relation, and these groups would then become the vested interests of the guild socialist society. Some of them, like the miners and railroad men, would be very strong, and probably deeply attached to the view of their function which they learned from the battle with capitalism. It is not at all unlikely that certain favorably placed trade unions would under a socialist state become the center of coherence and government. But a guild society would inevitably find them a tough problem to deal with, for direct action would have revealed their strategic power, and some of their leaders at least would not offer up this power readily on the altar of freedom. In order to "coordinate" them, guild society would have to gather together its strength, and fairly soon one would find, I think, that the radicals under guild socialism would be asking for communes strong enough to define the functions of the guilds.
The way people show their interests won't limit the roles within a functional society. There are two other ways to define function. One is through the trade unions that fought to make guild socialism a reality. This struggle would bond groups of men together in some sort of functional relationship, and these groups would become the vested interests of the guild socialist society. Some, like miners and railroad workers, would be very influential and likely deeply committed to their role, shaped by their struggle against capitalism. It’s quite possible that certain well-placed trade unions could become the center of unity and governance in a socialist state. However, a guild society would inevitably face challenges dealing with them, as direct action would have shown their strategic power, and at least some of their leaders wouldn't willingly give up this power for the sake of freedom. To "coordinate" them, the guild society would need to consolidate its strength, and it wouldn’t be long before the radicals in guild socialism would be calling for communes strong enough to determine the roles of the guilds.
But if you are going to have the government (commune) define functions, the premise of the theory disappears. It had to suppose that a scheme of functions was obvious in order that the concave shops would voluntarily relate themselves to society. If there is no settled scheme of functions in every voter's head, he has no better way under guild socialism than under orthodox democracy of turning a self-centered opinion into a social judgment. And, of course, there can be no such settled scheme, because, even if Mr. Cole and his friends devised a good one, the shop democracies from which all power derives, would judge the scheme in operation by what they learn of it and by what they can imagine. The guilds would see the same scheme differently. And so instead of the scheme being the skeleton that keeps guild society together, the attempt to define what the scheme ought to be, would be under guild socialism as elsewhere, the main business of politics. If we could allow Mr. Cole his scheme of functions we could allow him almost everything. Unfortunately he has inserted in his premise what he wishes a guild society to deduce. [Footnote: I have dealt with Mr. Cole's theory rather than with the experience of Soviet Russia because, while the testimony is fragmentary, all competent observers seem to agree that Russia in 1921 does not illustrate a communist state in working order. Russia is in revolution, and what you can learn from Russia is what a revolution is like. You can learn very little about what a communist society would be like. It is, however, immensely significant that, first as practical revolutionists and then as public officials, the Russian communists have relied not upon the spontaneous democracy of the Russian people, but on the discipline, special interest and the noblesse oblige of a specialized class-the loyal and indoctrinated members of the Communist party. In the "transition," on which no time limit has been set, I believe, the cure for class government and the coercive state is strictly homeopathic.
But if the government (commune) is going to define functions, the basis of the theory falls apart. It assumed that a clear set of functions existed so that the concave shops would naturally engage with society. If there's no established set of functions in every voter's mind, then under guild socialism, they have no better way of turning a self-serving opinion into a social judgment than under traditional democracy. And, of course, there can't be such an established set, because even if Mr. Cole and his associates created a good one, the shop democracies that hold all power would evaluate the scheme in practice based on what they learn about it and what they can imagine. The guilds would perceive the same scheme differently. So instead of the scheme being the backbone that keeps guild society unified, the effort to define what the scheme should be would, under guild socialism as elsewhere, be the main focus of politics. If we allowed Mr. Cole his scheme of functions, we could grant him almost everything. Unfortunately, he has built into his premise what he wants a guild society to conclude. [Footnote: I have discussed Mr. Cole's theory rather than the situation in Soviet Russia because, while the evidence is limited, all qualified observers seem to agree that Russia in 1921 does not represent a fully functioning communist state. Russia is undergoing a revolution, and what you can understand from Russia is what a revolution is like. You can learn very little about what a communist society would look like. However, it's very significant that, first as practical revolutionaries and then as government officials, the Russian communists have depended not on the spontaneous democracy of the Russian people, but on the discipline, special interests, and noblesse oblige of a specialized class—the loyal and trained members of the Communist party. In the "transition," for which no timeline has been established, I believe that the remedy for class government and the coercive state is strictly homeopathic.
There is also the question of why I selected Mr. Cole's books rather than the much more closely reasoned "Constitution for the Socialist Commonwealth of Great Britain" by Sidney and Beatrice Webb. I admire that book very much; but I have not been able to convince myself that it is not an intellectual tour de force. Mr. Cole seems to me far more authentically in the spirit of the socialist movement, and therefore, a better witness.]
There’s also the question of why I chose Mr. Cole's books over the more logically argued "Constitution for the Socialist Commonwealth of Great Britain" by Sidney and Beatrice Webb. I really admire that book, but I can't convince myself that it's not just an intellectual masterpiece. Mr. Cole feels much more genuinely aligned with the spirit of the socialist movement, and for that reason, he is a better witness.
CHAPTER XX
A NEW IMAGE
1
1
THE lesson is, I think, a fairly clear one. In the absence of institutions and education by which the environment is so successfully reported that the realities of public life stand out sharply against self-centered opinion, the common interests very largely elude public opinion entirely, and can be managed only by a specialized class whose personal interests reach beyond the locality. This class is irresponsible, for it acts upon information that is not common property, in situations that the public at large does not conceive, and it can be held to account only on the accomplished fact.
THE lesson is, I believe, quite clear. Without institutions and education that effectively communicate the environment, the realities of public life become obscured by self-serving opinions. As a result, common interests often escape public awareness entirely and can only be handled by a specialized group whose interests extend beyond the local area. This group lacks accountability because it operates based on information that is not shared openly, in situations that the general public does not understand, and it can only be held responsible for the outcomes that result.
The democratic theory by failing to admit that self-centered opinions are not sufficient to procure good government, is involved in perpetual conflict between theory and practice. According to the theory, the full dignity of man requires that his will should be, as Mr. Cole says, expressed "in any and every form of social action." It is supposed that the expression of their will is the consuming passion of men, for they are assumed to possess by instinct the art of government. But as a matter of plain experience, self-determination is only one of the many interests of a human personality. The desire to be the master of one's own destiny is a strong desire, but it has to adjust itself to other equally strong desires, such as the desire for a good life, for peace, for relief from burdens. In the original assumptions of democracy it was held that the expression of each man's will would spontaneously satisfy not only his desire for self-expression, but his desire for a good life, because the instinct to express one's self in a good life was innate.
The democratic theory, by not recognizing that self-serving opinions aren't enough to create good government, gets stuck in a constant struggle between theory and practice. According to this theory, the full dignity of a person requires that their will be expressed, as Mr. Cole puts it, "in any and every form of social action." It's assumed that expressing their will is a strong passion for people because they are believed to instinctively know how to govern. However, in reality, self-determination is just one of many interests of a human personality. The desire to control one’s own fate is powerful, but it must coexist with other equally strong desires, like wanting a good life, peace, and relief from burdens. Originally, democracy assumed that each person's will would naturally satisfy not only their need for self-expression but also their desire for a good life, since the instinct to connect self-expression with a good life was seen as innate.
The emphasis, therefore, has always been on the mechanism for expressing the will. The democratic El Dorado has always been some perfect environment, and some perfect system of voting and representation, where the innate good will and instinctive statesmanship of every man could be translated into action. In limited areas and for brief periods the environment has been so favorable, that is to say so isolated, and so rich in opportunity, that the theory worked well enough to confirm men in thinking that it was sound for all time and everywhere. Then when the isolation ended, and society became complex, and men had to adjust themselves closely to one another, the democrat spent his time trying to devise more perfect units of voting, in the hope that somehow he would, as Mr. Cole says, "get the mechanism right, and adjust it as far as possible to men's social wills." But while the democratic theorist was busy at this, he was far away from the actual interests of human nature. He was absorbed by one interest: self-government. Mankind was interested in all kinds of other things, in order, in its rights, in prosperity, in sights and sounds and in not being bored. In so far as spontaneous democracy does not satisfy their other interests, it seems to most men most of the time to be an empty thing. Because the art of successful self-government is not instinctive, men do not long desire self-government for its own sake. They desire it for the sake of the results. That is why the impulse to self-government is always strongest as a protest against bad conditions.
The focus has always been on how to express the will of the people. The ideal democratic society has often been seen as a perfect environment with an ideal voting and representation system, where the inherent goodwill and natural leadership of every individual could be put into action. In some limited areas and for short periods, the conditions have been so favorable—meaning so isolated and rich in opportunity—that the theory seemed to work well enough to lead people to believe it was valid everywhere and for all time. But when the isolation ended, society became more complex, and people had to learn to live closely together, the democrat spent their time trying to create better voting systems, hoping that somehow they would, as Mr. Cole puts it, "get the mechanics right and align them with people's social wills." Meanwhile, while the democratic theorist was caught up in this, they were far removed from the genuine interests of human nature. Their focus was solely on one thing: self-government. Humanity cared about many other things—order, rights, prosperity, experiences, and avoiding boredom. As long as spontaneous democracy does not meet these other needs, it often comes across as empty to most people most of the time. Because the skill of successful self-government isn’t something people instinctively possess, they don’t desire self-government purely for its own sake. They want it for the outcomes it brings. That’s why the push for self-government is typically strongest as a response to poor conditions.
The democratic fallacy has been its preoccupation with the origin of government rather than with the processes and results. The democrat has always assumed that if political power could be derived in the right way, it would be beneficent. His whole attention has been on the source of power, since he is hypnotized by the belief that the great thing is to express the will of the people, first because expression is the highest interest of man, and second because the will is instinctively good. But no amount of regulation at the source of a river will completely control its behavior, and while democrats have been absorbed in trying to find a good mechanism for originating social power, that is to say a good mechanism of voting and representation, they neglected almost every other interest of men. For no matter how power originates, the crucial interest is in how power is exercised. What determines the quality of civilization is the use made of power. And that use cannot be controlled at the source.
The democratic fallacy has focused too much on where government comes from rather than on how it functions and what it achieves. Democrates have always believed that if political power could start in the right way, it would produce positive outcomes. Their main concern has been the source of power, as they are convinced that the most important thing is to reflect the will of the people, first because expression is a fundamental human interest, and second because people’s will is inherently good. However, no amount of regulation at the start of a river will fully control its flow, and while democrats have been consumed with finding an effective way to establish social power—specifically, a good system for voting and representation—they have largely overlooked many other important aspects of human life. Ultimately, regardless of how power is established, the key issue is how it is used. What defines the quality of civilization is the application of power, and that application cannot be controlled at its source.
If you try to control government wholly at the source, you inevitably make all the vital decisions invisible. For since there is no instinct which automatically makes political decisions that produce a good life, the men who actually exercise power not only fail to express the will of the people, because on most questions no will exists, but they exercise power according to opinions which are hidden from the electorate.
If you try to completely control the government from the top down, you end up making all the important decisions hidden from view. Since there’s no natural instinct that automatically leads to political decisions that create a good life, the people in power not only don’t represent the will of the people—because in many cases there’s no will to begin with—but they also make decisions based on opinions that the public can't see.
If, then, you root out of the democratic philosophy the whole assumption in all its ramifications that government is instinctive, and that therefore it can be managed by self-centered opinions, what becomes of the democratic faith in the dignity of man? It takes a fresh lease of life by associating itself with the whole personality instead of with a meager aspect of it. For the traditional democrat risked the dignity of man on one very precarious assumption, that he would exhibit that dignity instinctively in wise laws and good government. Voters did not do that, and so the democrat was forever being made to look a little silly by tough-minded men. But if, instead of hanging human dignity on the one assumption about self-government, you insist that man's dignity requires a standard of living, in which his capacities are properly exercised, the whole problem changes. The criteria which you then apply to government are whether it is producing a certain minimum of health, of decent housing, of material necessities, of education, of freedom, of pleasures, of beauty, not simply whether at the sacrifice of all these things, it vibrates to the self-centered opinions that happen to be floating around in men's minds. In the degree to which these criteria can be made exact and objective, political decision, which is inevitably the concern of comparatively few people, is actually brought into relation with the interests of men.
If you remove from democratic philosophy the assumption that government is instinctive, and that it can be run by self-centered opinions, what happens to the belief in the dignity of man? It revitalizes by connecting with the whole person rather than just a small part of it. The traditional democrat put man’s dignity at risk based on a very shaky assumption—that people would instinctively show that dignity through wise laws and good governance. Voters didn’t do that, so democrats often looked a bit foolish to hard-nosed individuals. However, if instead of tying human dignity to the assumption of self-government, you argue that dignity requires a standard of living where people can exercise their abilities properly, the entire issue shifts. The criteria you apply to government then include whether it ensures a basic level of health, decent housing, material necessities, education, freedom, pleasures, and beauty—not just whether it responds to the self-centered opinions floating around in people’s minds at the expense of those needs. To the extent that these criteria can be defined clearly and objectively, political decisions, which typically concern only a small number of people, become connected to the needs of everyone.
There is no prospect, in any time which we can conceive, that the whole invisible environment will be so clear to all men that they will spontaneously arrive at sound public opinions on the whole business of government. And even if there were a prospect, it is extremely doubtful whether many of us would wish to be bothered, or would take the time to form an opinion on "any and every form of social action" which affects us. The only prospect which is not visionary is that each of us in his own sphere will act more and more on a realistic picture of the invisible world, and that we shall develop more and more men who are expert in keeping these pictures realistic. Outside the rather narrow range of our own possible attention, social control depends upon devising standards of living and methods of audit by which the acts of public officials and industrial directors are measured. We cannot ourselves inspire or guide all these acts, as the mystical democrat has always imagined. But we can steadily increase our real control over these acts by insisting that all of them shall be plainly recorded, and their results objectively measured. I should say, perhaps, that we can progressively hope to insist. For the working out of such standards and of such audits has only begun.
There's no chance, in any time we can imagine, that the entire invisible environment will be so clear to everyone that they'll naturally come to solid public opinions about government as a whole. And even if that were possible, it's highly questionable whether many of us would want to be bothered or would take the time to form an opinion on "any and every form of social action" that affects us. The only realistic possibility is that each of us, in our own areas, will increasingly act based on a more realistic understanding of the invisible world, and that we'll develop more experts who can keep these understandings accurate. Beyond the limited scope of our attention, social control relies on creating standards of living and methods of assessment to measure the actions of public officials and business leaders. We can't directly inspire or guide all these actions, as the idealistic democrat has always believed. But we can steadily increase our actual control over these actions by demanding that all of them be clearly documented and their outcomes objectively assessed. I might add that we can gradually hope to demand this. The development of such standards and assessments has only just begun.
PART VII
NEWSPAPERS
CHAPTER XXI. THE BUYING PUBLIC " XXII. THE CONSTANT READER " XXIII. THE NATURE OF NEWS " XXIV. NEWS, TRUTH, AND A CONCLUSION
CHAPTER XXI
THE BUYING PUBLIC
1
1
THE idea that men have to go forth and study the world in order to govern it, has played a very minor part in political thought. It could figure very little, because the machinery for reporting the world in any way useful to government made comparatively little progress from the time of Aristotle to the age in which the premises of democracy were established.
THE idea that men need to venture out and learn about the world to govern it has played a very small role in political thought. It could hardly register at all because the means of gathering useful information about the world for governance made relatively little progress from the time of Aristotle to the era when the foundations of democracy were laid.
Therefore, if you had asked a pioneer democrat where the information was to come from on which the will of the people was to be based, he would have been puzzled by the question. It would have seemed a little as if you had asked him where his life or his soul came from. The will of the people, he almost always assumed, exists at all times; the duty of political science was to work out the inventions of the ballot and representative government. If they were properly worked out and applied under the right conditions, such as exist in the self-contained village or the self-contained shop, the mechanism would somehow overcome the brevity of attention which Aristotle had observed, and the narrowness of its range, which the theory of a self-contained community tacitly acknowledged. We have seen how even at this late date the guild socialists are transfixed by the notion that if only you can build on the right unit of voting and representation, an intricate cooperative commonwealth is possible.
So, if you had asked an early democrat where the information needed to determine the will of the people would come from, he probably would have been confused by your question. It would be similar to asking him where his life or soul originated. He generally believed that the will of the people always exists; the role of political science was to develop the systems of voting and representative government. If these systems were properly designed and applied in the right settings, like in a self-sufficient village or a self-sufficient shop, the process would somehow address the limited attention span noted by Aristotle and the restricted scope that the idea of a self-sufficient community implicitly recognized. We've observed that even today, guild socialists are captivated by the idea that if you can establish the right unit for voting and representation, a complex cooperative society could become a reality.
Convinced that the wisdom was there if only you could find it, democrats have treated the problem of making public opinions as a problem in civil liberties. [Footnote: The best study is Prof. Zechariah Chafee's, Freedom of Speech.] "Who ever knew Truth put to the worse, in a free and open encounter?" [Footnote: Milton, Areopagitica, cited at the opening of Mr. Chafee's book. For comment on this classic doctrine of liberty as stated by Milton, John Stuart Mill, and Mr. Bertrand Russel, see my Liberty and the News, Ch. II.] Supposing that no one has ever seen it put to the worse, are we to believe then that the truth is generated by the encounter, like fire by rubbing two sticks? Behind this classic doctrine of liberty, which American democrats embodied in their Bill of Rights, there are, in fact, several different theories of the origin of truth. One is a faith that in the competition of opinions, the truest will win because there is a peculiar strength in the truth. This is probably sound if you allow the competition to extend over a sufficiently long time. When men argue in this vein they have in mind the verdict of history, and they think specifically of heretics persecuted when they lived, canonized after they were dead. Milton's question rests also on a belief that the capacity to recognize truth is inherent in all men, and that truth freely put in circulation will win acceptance. It derives no less from the experience, which has shown that men are not likely to discover truth if they cannot speak it, except under the eye of an uncomprehending policeman.
Convinced that wisdom exists if you can just find it, Democrats have approached the issue of public opinion as a matter of civil liberties. [Footnote: The best study is Prof. Zechariah Chafee's, Freedom of Speech.] "Who has ever seen Truth defeated in a free and open debate?" [Footnote: Milton, Areopagitica, cited at the beginning of Mr. Chafee's book. For commentary on this classic doctrine of liberty as stated by Milton, John Stuart Mill, and Mr. Bertrand Russell, see my Liberty and the News, Ch. II.] If we assume that nobody has ever seen it defeated, should we then believe that truth is created by these encounters, like fire from rubbing two sticks together? Behind this classic doctrine of liberty, which American Democrats included in their Bill of Rights, there are actually several different theories about the origin of truth. One theory is the belief that in the competition of opinions, the truest will prevail because truth has a unique strength. This is probably accurate if the competition is allowed to unfold over a long enough period. When people argue this way, they are considering the judgment of history and specifically think about heretics who were persecuted in life and later canonized after their deaths. Milton's question also relies on the belief that the ability to recognize truth is inherent in everyone and that truth, when freely shared, will eventually be accepted. It is also based on the observation that people are unlikely to discover truth if they can’t speak it freely, except under the watchful eye of an uncomprehending police officer.
No one can possibly overestimate the practical value of these civil liberties, nor the importance of maintaining them. When they are in jeopardy, the human spirit is in jeopardy, and should there come a time when they have to be curtailed, as during a war, the suppression of thought is a risk to civilization which might prevent its recovery from the effects of war, if the hysterics, who exploit the necessity, were numerous enough to carry over into peace the taboos of war. Fortunately, the mass of men is too tolerant long to enjoy the professional inquisitors, as gradually, under the criticism of men not willing to be terrorized, they are revealed as mean-spirited creatures who nine-tenths of the time do not know what they are talking about. [Footnote: Cf. for example, the publications of the Lusk Committee in New York, and the public statements and prophecies of Mr. Mitchell Palmer, who was Attorney-General of the United States during the period of President Wilson's illness.]
No one can possibly underestimate how valuable these civil liberties are or how important it is to protect them. When they’re under threat, the human spirit is at risk, and if there comes a time when they need to be limited, like during a war, suppressing free thought poses a danger to civilization that could hinder its recovery from the impacts of war, especially if the alarmists exploiting the situation are numerous enough to carry over wartime restrictions into peacetime. Thankfully, most people are too tolerant to put up with these professional interrogators for long, as they gradually reveal themselves to be small-minded individuals who often don’t know what they’re talking about, especially under the scrutiny of those unwilling to be intimidated. [Footnote: Cf. for example, the publications of the Lusk Committee in New York, and the public statements and prophecies of Mr. Mitchell Palmer, who was Attorney-General of the United States during the period of President Wilson's illness.]
But in spite of its fundamental importance, civil liberty in this sense does not guarantee public opinion in the modern world. For it always assumes, either that truth is spontaneous, or that the means of securing truth exist when there is no external interference. But when you are dealing with an invisible environment, the assumption is false. The truth about distant or complex matters is not self-evident, and the machinery for assembling information is technical and expensive. Yet political science, and especially democratic political science, has never freed itself from the original assumption of Aristotle's politics sufficiently to restate the premises, so that political thought might come to grips with the problem of how to make the invisible world visible to the citizens of a modern state.
But despite its fundamental importance, civil liberty in this sense doesn't guarantee public opinion in today's world. It always assumes either that truth comes naturally or that the means to secure truth are available when there’s no outside interference. However, when dealing with an invisible environment, that assumption is misleading. The truth about distant or complex issues isn't self-evident, and the tools for gathering information are technical and costly. Yet, political science, and especially democratic political science, has never fully moved away from Aristotle's original assumptions to restate the premises, which would allow political thought to address the challenge of making the invisible world visible to the citizens of a modern state.
So deep is the tradition, that until quite recently, for example, political science was taught in our colleges as if newspapers did not exist. I am not referring to schools of journalism, for they are trade schools, intended to prepare men and women for a career. I am referring to political science as expounded to future business men, lawyers, public officials, and citizens at large. In that science a study of the press and the sources of popular information found no place. It is a curious fact. To anyone not immersed in the routine interests of political science, it is almost inexplicable that no American student of government, no American sociologist, has ever written a book on news-gathering. There are occasional references to the press, and statements that it is not, or that it ought to be, "free" and "truthful." But I can find almost nothing else. And this disdain of the professionals finds its counterpart in public opinions. Universally it is admitted that the press is the chief means of contact with the unseen environment. And practically everywhere it is assumed that the press should do spontaneously for us what primitive democracy imagined each of us could do spontaneously for himself, that every day and twice a day it will present us with a true picture of all the outer world in which we are interested.
The tradition is so strong that until very recently, for instance, political science was taught in our colleges as if newspapers didn’t exist. I’m not talking about journalism schools, which are vocational schools meant to prepare people for a career. I’m referring to political science as taught to future business leaders, lawyers, public officials, and the general public. In that field, the study of the press and sources of public information was completely overlooked. It’s an odd situation. For anyone not deeply involved in the everyday concerns of political science, it’s almost baffling that no American student of government or sociologist has ever written a book on news-gathering. There are some mentions of the press and claims that it isn’t, or that it should be, "free" and "truthful." But I can hardly find anything else. This disregard from professionals reflects public attitudes as well. It’s widely accepted that the press is the main way we connect with the unseen world around us. And almost everywhere, there’s an assumption that the press should do for us what early democracy believed each person could do for themselves, that every day, and twice a day, it will provide us with an accurate picture of the world we care about.
2
2
This insistent and ancient belief that truth is not earned, but inspired, revealed, supplied gratis, comes out very plainly in our economic prejudices as readers of newspapers. We expect the newspaper to serve us with truth however unprofitable the truth may be. For this difficult and often dangerous service, which we recognize as fundamental, we expected to pay until recently the smallest coin turned out by the mint. We have accustomed ourselves now to paying two and even three cents on weekdays, and on Sundays, for an illustrated encyclopedia and vaudeville entertainment attached, we have screwed ourselves up to paying a nickel or even a dime. Nobody thinks for a moment that he ought to pay for his newspaper. He expects the fountains of truth to bubble, but he enters into no contract, legal or moral, involving any risk, cost or trouble to himself. He will pay a nominal price when it suits him, will stop paying whenever it suits him, will turn to another paper when that suits him. Somebody has said quite aptly that the newspaper editor has to be re-elected every day.
This long-held belief that truth isn’t something you work for, but rather something that’s inspired, revealed, and given for free, is clearly reflected in our economic biases as newspaper readers. We expect newspapers to deliver the truth, regardless of how unprofitable it might be. For this challenging and often risky task, which we see as essential, we used to think we should pay only the smallest coin from the mint. Now, we’ve gotten used to paying two or three cents on weekdays, and on Sundays, for an illustrated magazine and variety entertainment included, we’ve conditioned ourselves to pay a nickel or even a dime. No one thinks they should have to pay for their newspaper. People expect the truth to flow freely, but they feel no binding agreement—legal or moral—that involves any risk, expense, or hassle for them. They’ll pay a small price when it suits them, stop paying whenever it works for them, and switch to another newspaper as they please. Someone once said very aptly that a newspaper editor has to be re-elected every day.
This casual and one-sided relationship between readers and press is an anomaly of our civilization. There is nothing else quite like it, and it is, therefore, hard to compare the press with any other business or institution. It is not a business pure and simple, partly because the product is regularly sold below cost, but chiefly because the community applies one ethical measure to the press and another to trade or manufacture. Ethically a newspaper is judged as if it were a church or a school. But if you try to compare it with these you fail; the taxpayer pays for the public school, the private school is endowed or supported by tuition fees, there are subsidies and collections for the church. You cannot compare journalism with law, medicine or engineering, for in every one of these professions the consumer pays for the service. A free press, if you judge by the attitude of the readers, means newspapers that are virtually given away.
This casual and one-sided relationship between readers and the press is an oddity of our society. There's nothing else quite like it, making it tough to compare the press to any other business or organization. It's not a straightforward business, partly because the product is often sold at a loss, but mainly because society holds the press to a different ethical standard than it does for trade or manufacturing. Ethically, a newspaper is judged as if it were a church or a school. However, if you try to compare it to these, it doesn’t work; taxpayers fund public schools, private schools are supported by tuition, and churches rely on donations and collections. You can't compare journalism to law, medicine, or engineering, since in every one of these fields, consumers pay for the service. A free press, based on readers' attitudes, means newspapers that are nearly given away.
Yet the critics of the press are merely voicing the moral standards of the community, when they expect such an institution to live on the same plane as that on which the school, the church, and the disinterested professions are supposed to live. This illustrates again the concave character of democracy. No need for artificially acquired information is felt to exist. The information must come naturally, that is to say gratis, if not out of the heart of the citizen, then gratis out of the newspaper. The citizen will pay for his telephone, his railroad rides, his motor car, his entertainment. But he does not pay openly for his news.
Yet the critics of the press are just reflecting the moral values of the community when they expect this institution to operate on the same level as schools, churches, and selfless professions are expected to. This again highlights the inherent nature of democracy. There’s no perceived need for information to be artificially obtained. It should come naturally, meaning for free; if not from the heart of the citizen, then for free from the newspaper. The citizen will pay for their phone, train rides, car, and entertainment. But they don’t openly pay for their news.
He will, however, pay handsomely for the privilege of having someone read about him. He will pay directly to advertise. And he will pay indirectly for the advertisements of other people, because that payment, being concealed in the price of commodities is part of an invisible environment that he does not effectively comprehend. It would be regarded as an outrage to have to pay openly the price of a good ice cream soda for all the news of the world, though the public will pay that and more when it buys the advertised commodities. The public pays for the press, but only when the payment is concealed.
He will, however, pay a lot for the chance to have someone read about him. He’ll pay directly to advertise. And he’ll pay indirectly for the ads of others, because that cost, hidden in the prices of products, is part of an unseen environment he doesn’t fully understand. It would be considered outrageous to have to pay the full price of a good ice cream soda just for all the news in the world, even though the public ends up paying that and more when they buy the advertised products. The public funds the press, but only when that payment is hidden.
3
3
Circulation is, therefore, the means to an end. It becomes an asset only when it can be sold to the advertiser, who buys it with revenues secured through indirect taxation of the reader. [Footnote: "An established newspaper is entitled to fix its advertising rates so that its net receipts from circulation may be left on the credit side of the profit and loss account. To arrive at net receipts, I would deduct from the gross the cost of promotion, distribution, and other expenses incidental to circulation." From an address by Mr. Adolph S. Ochs, publisher of the New York Times, at the Philadelphia Convention of the Associated Advertising Clubs of The World, June 26, 1916. Cited, Elmer Davis, History of The New York Times, 1851-1921, pp. 397-398.] The kind of circulation which the advertiser will buy depends on what he has to sell. It may be "quality" or "mass." On the whole there is no sharp dividing line, for in respect to most commodities sold by advertising, the customers are neither the small class of the very rich nor the very poor. They are the people with enough surplus over bare necessities to exercise discretion in their buying. The paper, therefore, which goes into the homes of the fairly prosperous is by and large the one which offers most to the advertiser. It may also go into the homes of the poor, but except for certain lines of goods, an analytical advertising agent does not rate that circulation as a great asset, unless, as seems to be the case with certain of Mr. Hearst's properties, the circulation is enormous.
Circulation is, therefore, a means to an end. It becomes valuable only when it can be sold to advertisers, who purchase it with revenue generated through indirect taxes on the reader. [Footnote: "An established newspaper can set its advertising rates so that its net earnings from circulation can be added to the credit side of the profit and loss statement. To calculate net earnings, I would subtract the costs of promotion, distribution, and other expenses related to circulation from the gross amount." From a speech by Mr. Adolph S. Ochs, publisher of The New York Times, at the Philadelphia Convention of the Associated Advertising Clubs of The World, June 26, 1916. Cited, Elmer Davis, History of The New York Times, 1851-1921, pp. 397-398.] The type of circulation that advertisers will purchase depends on what they are selling. It may be "quality" or "mass." Generally, there isn’t a clear line of distinction, as most products marketed through advertising are aimed at customers who are neither extremely wealthy nor very poor. They are the individuals who have enough disposable income beyond their basic needs to make informed purchasing decisions. Therefore, the paper that reaches the homes of relatively affluent readers is typically the one that provides the most value to advertisers. It might also reach poorer households, but unless it pertains to specific types of products, a savvy advertising agent doesn’t consider that circulation to be a significant asset, unless, as is the case with some of Mr. Hearst's properties, the circulation is substantial.
A newspaper which angers those whom it pays best to reach through advertisements is a bad medium for an advertiser. And since no one ever claimed that advertising was philanthropy, advertisers buy space in those publications which are fairly certain to reach their future customers. One need not spend much time worrying about the unreported scandals of the dry-goods merchants. They represent nothing really significant, and incidents of this sort are less common than many critics of the press suppose. The real problem is that the readers of a newspaper, unaccustomed to paying the cost of newsgathering, can be capitalized only by turning them into circulation that can be sold to manufacturers and merchants. And those whom it is most important to capitalize are those who have the most money to spend. Such a press is bound to respect the point of view of the buying public. It is for this buying public that newspapers are edited and published, for without that support the newspaper cannot live. A newspaper can flout an advertiser, it can attack a powerful banking or traction interest, but if it alienates the buying public, it loses the one indispensable asset of its existence.
A newspaper that upsets its biggest advertisers is a poor choice for advertising. Since no one ever said that advertising was charity, advertisers purchase space in publications that will definitely reach their target customers. There's no need to worry much about the undisclosed scandals among dry-goods merchants. They aren't really significant, and incidents like that are less common than many media critics think. The real issue is that newspaper readers, who are used to not paying for news, can only be monetized by converting them into circulation that can be sold to manufacturers and retailers. The key audiences to focus on are those with the most money to spend. A newspaper is likely to cater to the views of this consumer base because it relies on their support to survive. A newspaper can afford to ignore an advertiser or criticize a powerful banking or transportation interest, but if it alienates its readership, it risks losing its essential lifeline.
Mr. John L. Given, [Footnote: Making a Newspaper, p. 13. This is the best technical book I know, and should be read by everyone who undertakes to discuss the press. Mr. G. B. Diblee, who wrote the volume on The Newspaper in the Home University Library says (p. 253), that "on the press for pressmen I only know of one good book, Mr. Given's."] formerly of the New York Evening Sun, stated in 1914 that out of over two thousand three hundred dailies published in the United States, there were about one hundred and seventy-five printed in cities having over one hundred thousand inhabitants. These constitute the press for "general news." They are the key papers which collect the news dealing with great events, and even the people who do not read any one of the one hundred and seventy-five depend ultimately upon them for news of the outer world. For they make up the great press associations which coöperate in the exchange of news. Each is, therefore, not only the informant of its own readers, but it is the local reporter for the newspapers of other cities. The rural press and the special press by and large, take their general news from these key papers. And among these there are some very much richer than others, so that for international news, in the main, the whole press of the nation may depend upon the reports of the press associations and the special services of a few metropolitan dailies.
Mr. John L. Given, [Footnote: Making a Newspaper, p. 13. This is the best technical book I know, and should be read by everyone who takes on the task of discussing the media. Mr. G. B. Diblee, who wrote the volume on The Newspaper in the Home University Library says (p. 253), that "as far as press books for journalists go, I only know of one good book, Mr. Given's."] formerly of the New York Evening Sun, stated in 1914 that out of more than two thousand three hundred daily newspapers published in the United States, around one hundred seventy-five are printed in cities with over one hundred thousand residents. These represent the press for "general news." They are the main papers that gather news about major events, and even people who don’t read any of the one hundred seventy-five ultimately rely on them for news from the wider world. This is because they form the large press associations that collaborate in news exchange. Each one is, therefore, not just an informant for its own readers, but also acts as the local reporter for newspapers in other cities. The rural press and specialized press generally get their general news from these leading papers. Among these, some are much more affluent than others, meaning that for international news, in general, the entire national press may depend on reports from the press associations and the special services of a few major metropolitan dailies.
Roughly speaking, the economic support for general news gathering is in the price paid for advertised goods by the fairly prosperous sections of cities with more than one hundred thousand inhabitants. These buying publics are composed of the members of families, who depend for their income chiefly on trade, merchandising, the direction of manufacture, and finance. They are the clientele among whom it pays best to advertise in a newspaper. They wield a concentrated purchasing power, which may be less in volume than the aggregate for farmers and workingmen; but within the radius covered by a daily newspaper they are the quickest assets.
Generally speaking, the financial backing for news gathering comes from the money spent on advertised products by the relatively affluent parts of cities with populations over a hundred thousand. These consumers are made up of families who mainly rely on trade, retail, manufacturing management, and finance for their income. They are the target audience that offers the most effective results for newspaper advertising. They have a strong purchasing power, which might not be as high in total as that of farmers and workers, but within the area served by a daily newspaper, they are the most valuable customers.
4
4
They have, moreover, a double claim to attention. They are not only the best customers for the advertiser, they include the advertisers. Therefore the impression made by the newspapers on this public matters deeply. Fortunately this public is not unanimous. It may be "capitalistic" but it contains divergent views on what capitalism is, and how it is to be run. Except in times of danger, this respectable opinion is sufficiently divided to permit of considerable differences of policy. These would be greater still if it were not that publishers are themselves usually members of these urban communities, and honestly see the world through the lenses of their associates and friends.
They have, additionally, a dual reason to be noticed. They are not just the best clients for advertisers; they are also the advertisers themselves. So, the impact that newspapers have on this audience is really important. Luckily, this audience isn't all on the same page. While it may be "capitalistic," it has different opinions on what capitalism means and how it should be managed. Except during times of crisis, this respectable opinion is varied enough to allow for significant differences in policy. These differences would be even greater if publishers weren't usually part of these urban communities themselves, and didn't genuinely view the world through the perspectives of their peers and friends.
They are engaged in a speculative business, [Footnote: Sometimes so speculative that in order to secure credit the publisher has to go into bondage to his creditors. Information on this point is very difficult to obtain, and for that reason its general importance is often much exaggerated.] which depends on the general condition of trade, and more peculiarly on a circulation based not on a marriage contract with their readers, but on free love. The object of every publisher is, therefore, to turn his circulation from a medley of catch-as-catch-can news stand buyers into a devoted band of constant readers. A newspaper that can really depend upon the loyalty of its readers is as independent as a newspaper can be, given the economics of modern journalism. [Footnote: "It is an axiom in newspaper publishing—'more readers, more independence of the influence of advertisers; fewer readers and more dependence on the advertiser' It may seem like a contradiction (yet it is the truth) to assert: the greater the number of advertisers, the less influence they are individually able to exercise with the publisher." Adolph S. Ochs, of. supra.] A body of readers who stay by it through thick and thin is a power greater than any which the individual advertiser can wield, and a power great enough to break up a combination of advertisers. Therefore, whenever you find a newspaper betraying its readers for the sake of an advertiser, you can be fairly certain either that the publisher sincerely shares the views of the advertiser, or that he thinks, perhaps mistakenly, he cannot count upon the support of his readers if he openly resists dictation. It is a question of whether the readers, who do not pay in cash for their news, will pay for it in loyalty.
They are involved in a risky business, [Footnote: Sometimes so risky that to secure credit the publisher has to put themselves in debt to their creditors. Information on this is hard to get, and for that reason its overall significance is often greatly overstated.] which relies on the general state of trade, and more specifically on a readership that isn't based on a commitment to their readers, but on a casual relationship. The goal of every publisher is to shift their readership from a random collection of newsstand buyers into a loyal group of regular readers. A newspaper that can truly count on the loyalty of its readers is as independent as a newspaper can be, given the economics of today’s journalism. [Footnote: "It is a principle in newspaper publishing—'more readers, more independence from the influence of advertisers; fewer readers and more dependence on the advertiser.' It might seem contradictory (but it’s true) to claim: the more advertisers there are, the less influence they can each have on the publisher." Adolph S. Ochs, of. supra.] A group of readers who stick with it through thick and thin holds power greater than any individual advertiser can exert, and enough power to disrupt a coalition of advertisers. So, whenever you see a newspaper betraying its readers for the sake of an advertiser, you can be fairly confident either that the publisher genuinely agrees with the advertiser's views, or that they mistakenly think they cannot rely on their readers' support if they openly resist pressure. It’s a matter of whether the readers, who don’t pay cash for their news, will invest in it with their loyalty.
CHAPTER XXII
THE CONSTANT READER
I
THE loyalty of the buying public to a newspaper is not stipulated in any bond. In almost every other enterprise the person who expects to be served enters into an agreement that controls his passing whims. At least he pays for what he obtains. In the publishing of periodicals the nearest approach to an agreement for a definite time is the paid subscription, and that is not, I believe, a great factor in the economy of a metropolitan daily. The reader is the sole and the daily judge of his loyalty, and there can be no suit against him for breach of promise or nonsupport.
THE loyalty of readers to a newspaper isn’t guaranteed by any contract. In almost every other business, someone who wants to be served enters into an agreement that controls their changing preferences. At the very least, they pay for what they receive. In the publishing of periodicals, the closest thing to a long-term agreement is a paid subscription, but I don’t think that plays a big role in the finances of a major daily. The reader is the only judge of their loyalty, and there can be no legal action against them for breaking any promise or for not supporting the publication.
Though everything turns on the constancy of the reader, there does not exist even a vague tradition to call that fact to the reader's mind. His constancy depends on how he happens to feel, or on his habits. And these depend not simply on the quality of the news, but more often on a number of obscure elements that in our casual relation to the press, we hardly take the trouble to make conscious. The most important of these is that each of us tends to judge a newspaper, if we judge it at all, by its treatment of that part of the news in which we feel ourselves involved. The newspaper deals with a multitude of events beyond our experience. But it deals also with some events within our experience. And by its handling of those events we most frequently decide to like it or dislike it, to trust it or refuse to have the sheet in the house. If the newspaper gives a satisfactory account of that which we think we know, our business, our church, our party, it is fairly certain to be immune from violent criticism by us. What better criterion does the man at the breakfast table possess than that the newspaper version checks up with his own opinion? Therefore, most men tend to hold the newspaper most strictly accountable in their capacity, not of general readers, but of special pleaders on matters of their own experience.
Even though everything relies on how steady the reader is, there’s no real tradition to remind the reader of this fact. His steadiness depends on his mood or habits, which are influenced not just by the quality of the news, but often by a bunch of subtle factors that we hardly think about in our casual interaction with the press. The most important of these factors is that we usually judge a newspaper, if we do at all, based on how it reports on the news that we feel connected to. The newspaper covers a wide range of events outside our personal experiences but also covers events that are relevant to us. How the newspaper reports those events usually determines whether we like it or trust it, or decide to keep it out of our home. If the newspaper presents a satisfactory account of things we believe we understand—like our job, our church, or our political party—it’s likely to escape harsh criticism from us. What better measure does someone at the breakfast table have than whether the newspaper matches their own opinions? So, most people tend to hold newspapers accountable not as general readers, but as advocates for their own experiences.
Rarely is anyone but the interested party able to test the accuracy of a report. If the news is local, and if there is competition, the editor knows that he will probably hear from the man who thinks his portrait unfair and inaccurate. But if the news is not local, the corrective diminishes as the subject matter recedes into the distance. The only people who can correct what they think is a false picture of themselves printed in another city are members of groups well enough organized to hire publicity men.
Rarely can anyone other than the interested party check the accuracy of a report. If the news is local and there's competition, the editor knows that he’ll likely hear from the person who feels their portrayal is unfair and inaccurate. But if the news isn't local, the chances of correction decrease as the issue moves further away. The only people who can correct what they believe is a false image of themselves published in another city are members of groups organized enough to hire publicists.
Now it is interesting to note that the general reader of a newspaper has no standing in law if he thinks he is being misled by the news. It is only the aggrieved party who can sue for slander or libel, and he has to prove a material injury to himself. The law embodies the tradition that general news is not a matter of common concern, [Footnote: The reader will not mistake this as a plea for censorship. It might, however, be a good thing if there were competent tribunals, preferably not official ones, where charges of untruthfulness and unfairness in the general news could be sifted. Cf. Liberty and the News, pp. 73-76. ] except as to matter which is vaguely described as immoral or seditious.
It's interesting to point out that a regular newspaper reader has no legal standing if they feel misled by the news. Only the affected party can file a lawsuit for slander or libel, and they must show that they suffered a real injury. The law reflects the tradition that general news isn’t considered a common concern, [Footnote: The reader shouldn't interpret this as a call for censorship. However, it might be beneficial to have competent bodies, ideally not official ones, where claims of falsehood and bias in general news could be examined. See Liberty and the News, pp. 73-76.] except regarding issues that are vaguely labeled as immoral or seditious.
But the body of the news, though unchecked as a whole by the disinterested reader, consists of items about which some readers have very definite preconceptions. Those items are the data of his judgment, and news which men read without this personal criterion, they judge by some other standard than their standard of accuracy. They are dealing here with a subject matter which to them is indistinguishable from fiction. The canon of truth cannot be applied. They do not boggle over such news if it conforms to their stereotypes, and they continue to read it if it interests them. [Footnote: Note, for example, how absent is indignation in Mr. Upton Sinclair against socialist papers, even those which are as malignantly unfair to employers as certain of the papers cited by him are unfair to radicals.]
But the main part of the news, even though it hasn’t been fact-checked by an unbiased reader, is made up of stories about which some readers already have strong opinions. Those stories are what shape their judgments, and news that people read without this personal lens is evaluated by a different standard than their own idea of accuracy. They are dealing with content that they find indistinguishable from fiction. The standard of truth doesn’t apply here. They won’t question such news if it fits their stereotypes, and they keep reading it as long as it keeps them interested. [Footnote: Note, for example, how absent is indignation in Mr. Upton Sinclair against socialist papers, even those which are as malignantly unfair to employers as certain of the papers cited by him are unfair to radicals.]
2
2
There are newspapers, even in large cities, edited on the principle that the readers wish to read about themselves. The theory is that if enough people see their own names in the paper often enough, can read about their weddings, funerals, sociables, foreign travels, lodge meetings, school prizes, their fiftieth birthdays, their sixtieth birthdays, their silver weddings, their outings and clambakes, they will make a reliable circulation.
There are newspapers, even in big cities, that operate on the idea that readers want to see stories about themselves. The belief is that if enough people regularly see their names in the paper and can read about their weddings, funerals, social gatherings, trips abroad, lodge meetings, school awards, their fiftieth and sixtieth birthdays, their silver anniversaries, outings, and clambakes, it will create a steady readership.
The classic formula for such a newspaper is contained in a letter written by Horace Greeley on April 3, 1860, to "Friend Fletcher" who was about to start a country newspaper: [Footnote: Cited, James Melvin Lee, The History of American Journalism, p. 405.]
The classic formula for a newspaper is found in a letter written by Horace Greeley on April 3, 1860, to "Friend Fletcher," who was getting ready to launch a local newspaper: [Footnote: Cited, James Melvin Lee, The History of American Journalism, p. 405.]
"I. Begin with a clear conception that the subject of deepest interest to an average human being is himself; next to that he is most concerned about his neighbors. Asia and the Tongo Islands stand a long way after these in his regard…. Do not let a new church be organized, or new members be added to one already existing, a farm be sold, a new house raised, a mill set in motion, a store opened, nor anything of interest to a dozen families occur, without having the fact duly, though briefly, chronicled in your columns. If a farmer cuts a big tree, or grows a mammoth beet, or harvests a bounteous yield of wheat or corn, set forth the fact as concisely and unexceptionally as possible."
"I. Start with the understanding that the most significant topic for an average person is themselves; right after that, they care most about their neighbors. Everything else, like Asia or the Tongo Islands, is way down the list for them. Don’t let a new church get started, new members be added to an existing one, a farm be sold, a new house built, a mill put into operation, a store opened, or anything of interest to a few families happen without having it properly, albeit briefly, recorded in your columns. If a farmer cuts down a large tree, grows an oversized beet, or has a great harvest of wheat or corn, present the information as clearly and straightforwardly as possible."
The function of becoming, as Mr. Lee puts it, "the printed diary of the home town" is one that every newspaper no matter where it is published must in some measure fill. And where, as in a great city like New York, the general newspapers circulated broadcast cannot fill it, there exist small newspapers published on Greeley's pattern for sections of the city. In the boroughs of Manhattan and the Bronx there are perhaps twice as many local dailies as there are general newspapers. [Footnote: Cf. John L. Given, Making a Newspaper, p. 13.] And they are supplemented by all kinds of special publications for trades, religions, nationalities.
The role of becoming, as Mr. Lee puts it, "the printed diary of the hometown," is one that every newspaper, no matter where it's published, must fulfill to some extent. In a large city like New York, where general newspapers can't cover everything, there are smaller newspapers published on Greeley's model for different sections of the city. In the boroughs of Manhattan and the Bronx, there are probably twice as many local dailies as there are general newspapers. [Footnote: Cf. John L. Given, Making a Newspaper, p. 13.] These are also supported by various special publications for different trades, religions, and nationalities.
These diaries are published for people who find their own lives interesting. But there are also great numbers of people who find their own lives dull, and wish, like Hedda Gabler, to live a more thrilling life. For them there are published a few whole newspapers, and sections of others, devoted to the personal lives of a set of imaginary people, with whose gorgeous vices the reader can in his fancy safely identify himself. Mr. Hearst's unflagging interest in high society caters to people who never hope to be in high society, and yet manage to derive some enhancement out of the vague feeling that they are part of the life that they read about. In the great cities "the printed diary of the home town" tends to be the printed diary of a smart set.
These diaries are published for people who find their own lives interesting. But there are also many who see their lives as boring and wish, like Hedda Gabler, for a more exciting existence. For them, a handful of newspapers and sections of others focus on the personal lives of fictional characters, allowing readers to fantasize about their lavish vices. Mr. Hearst's constant fascination with high society caters to those who never expect to join it but still feel enriched by the vague sense that they are part of the world they read about. In big cities, "the printed diary of the hometown" usually reflects the lives of a trendy elite.
And it is, as we have already noted, the dailies of the cities which carry the burden of bringing distant news to the private citizen. But it is not primarily their political and social news which holds the circulation. The interest in that is intermittent, and few publishers can bank on it alone. The newspaper, therefore, takes to itself a variety of other features, all primarily designed to hold a body of readers together, who so far as big news is concerned, are not able to be critical. Moreover, in big news the competition in any one community is not very serious. The press services standardize the main events; it is only once in a while that a great scoop is made; there is apparently not a very great reading public for such massive reporting as has made the New York Times of recent years indispensable to men of all shades of opinion. In order to differentiate themselves and collect a steady public most papers have to go outside the field of general news. They go to the dazzling levels of society, to scandal and crime, to sports, pictures, actresses, advice to the lovelorn, highschool notes, women's pages, buyer's pages, cooking receipts, chess, whist, gardening, comic strips, thundering partisanship, not because publishers and editors are interested in everything but news, but because they have to find some way of holding on to that alleged host of passionately interested readers, who are supposed by some critics of the press to be clamoring for the truth and nothing but the truth.
And as we’ve mentioned, it’s the city newspapers that bear the responsibility of delivering news from far away to the everyday reader. However, it’s not mainly their political and social news that drives circulation. That interest comes and goes, and few publishers can rely on it alone. Therefore, newspapers include a variety of other features, all mainly meant to retain a group of readers who, when it comes to major news, aren’t very critical. Additionally, in any one community, the competition for big news isn’t particularly intense. News services standardize the key events; only occasionally does a major scoop happen. There doesn’t seem to be a large audience for the extensive reporting that has made the New York Times essential for people across the spectrum of opinions in recent years. To set themselves apart and attract a consistent audience, most papers need to look beyond general news. They delve into the glamorous world of society, scandal, crime, sports, photos, actresses, relationship advice, high school updates, women's sections, buying guides, cooking recipes, chess, whist, gardening, comic strips, and strong partisanship, not because publishers and editors are passionate about everything but news, but because they have to find a way to retain that supposed legion of devoted readers who some critics claim are desperate for the truth and nothing but the truth.
The newspaper editor occupies a strange position. His enterprises depend upon indirect taxation levied by his advertisers upon his readers; the patronage of the advertisers depends upon the editor's skill in holding together an effective group of customers. These customers deliver judgment according to their private experiences and their stereotyped expectations, for in the nature of things they have no independent knowledge of most news they read. If the judgment is not unfavorable, the editor is at least within range of a circulation that pays. But in order to secure that circulation, he cannot rely wholly upon news of the greater environment. He handles that as interestingly as he can, of course, but the quality of the general news, especially about public affairs, is not in itself sufficient to cause very large numbers of readers to discriminate among the dailies.
The newspaper editor has a unique role. His success relies on the indirect fees that advertisers charge his readers; the support from those advertisers hinges on the editor's ability to maintain a solid group of customers. These customers form their opinions based on their personal experiences and their preconceived notions, as they generally lack independent knowledge of most news they consume. If their feedback isn’t negative, the editor at least has a chance at achieving a paying circulation. However, to maintain that circulation, he can’t depend entirely on news from the wider world. He covers it as engagingly as possible, but the quality of general news, especially regarding public matters, isn’t enough to make a significant number of readers choose one daily over another.
This somewhat left-handed relationship between newspapers and public information is reflected in the salaries of newspaper men. Reporting, which theoretically constitutes the foundation of the whole institution, is the most poorly paid branch of newspaper work, and is the least regarded. By and large, able men go into it only by necessity or for experience, and with the definite intention of being graduated as soon as possible. For straight reporting is not a career that offers many great rewards. The rewards in journalism go to specialty work, to signed correspondence which has editorial quality, to executives, and to men with a knack and flavor of their own. This is due, no doubt, to what economists call the rent of ability. But this economic principle operates with such peculiar violence in journalism that newsgathering does not attract to itself anything like the number of trained and able men which its public importance would seem to demand. The fact that the able men take up "straight reporting" with the intention of leaving it as soon as possible is, I think, the chief reason why it has never developed in sufficient measure those corporate traditions that give to a profession prestige and a jealous self-respect. For it is these corporate traditions which engender the pride of craft, which tend to raise the standards of admission, punish breaches of the code, and give men the strength to insist upon their status in society.
This somewhat awkward relationship between newspapers and public information is reflected in the salaries of journalists. Reporting, which is supposed to be the foundation of the entire institution, is the lowest paid area of newspaper work and is the least valued. Generally, capable individuals enter this field only out of necessity or for experience, with the clear intention of moving on as soon as they can. Straight reporting isn't a career that offers many substantial rewards. The real benefits in journalism go to specialized roles, signed articles that have an editorial quality, executives, and those with unique skills and perspectives. This is likely due to what economists refer to as the rent of ability. However, this economic principle operates with such peculiar intensity in journalism that news gathering fails to attract a proportionate number of trained and capable individuals, despite its public significance. The fact that skilled journalists approach "straight reporting" with the aim of leaving it quickly is, in my opinion, the main reason it has never developed enough of those corporate traditions that provide a profession with prestige and a sense of self-respect. It is these corporate traditions that foster pride in the craft, raise standards for entry, penalize violations of ethical codes, and empower individuals to assert their status in society.
3
3
Yet all this does not go to the root of the matter. For while the economics of journalism is such as to depress the value of news reporting, it is, I am certain, a false determinism which would abandon the analysis at that point. The intrinsic power of the reporter appears to be so great, the number of very able men who pass through reporting is so large, that there must be some deeper reason why, comparatively speaking, so little serious effort has gone into raising the vocation to the level say of medicine, engineering, or law.
Yet all this doesn't get to the heart of the issue. While the economics of journalism tends to lower the value of news reporting, I’m convinced it’s a misleading conclusion to stop the analysis there. The inherent influence of reporters is so significant, and the number of highly skilled individuals who enter the field is so considerable, that there must be a deeper reason why, relatively speaking, so little serious effort has been made to elevate the profession to the same status as medicine, engineering, or law.
Mr. Upton Sinclair speaks for a large body of opinion in America, [Footnote: Mr. Hilaire Belloc makes practically the same analysis for English newspapers. Cf. The Free Press.] when he claims that in what he calls "The Brass Check" he has found this deeper reason:
Mr. Upton Sinclair represents a significant viewpoint in America, [Footnote: Mr. Hilaire Belloc offers nearly the same analysis for British newspapers. Cf. The Free Press.] when he asserts that in what he refers to as "The Brass Check," he has uncovered this deeper reason:
"The Brass Check is found in your pay envelope every week—you who write and print and distribute our newspapers and magazines. The Brass check is the price of your shame—you who take the fair body of truth and sell it in the market place, who betray the virgin hopes of mankind into the loathsome brothel of Big Business." [Footnote: Upton Sinclair, The Brass Check. A Study of American Journalism. p. 116.]
"The Brass Check is in your paycheck every week—you who write, print, and distribute our newspapers and magazines. The Brass Check is the cost of your shame—you who take the pure essence of truth and sell it in the marketplace, who betray the innocent hopes of humanity to the disgusting exploitation of Big Business." [Footnote: Upton Sinclair, The Brass Check. A Study of American Journalism. p. 116.]
It would seem from this that there exists a body of known truth, and a set of well founded hopes, which are prostituted by a more or less conscious conspiracy of the rich owners of newspapers. If this theory is correct, then a certain conclusion follows. It is that the fair body of truth would be inviolate in a press not in any way connected with Big Business. For if it should happen that a press not controlled by, and not even friendly with, Big Business somehow failed to contain the fair body of truth, something would be wrong with Mr. Sinclair's theory.
It seems like there's a well-established body of truth and a set of solid hopes that are undermined by a somewhat intentional conspiracy among wealthy newspaper owners. If this idea holds true, there's a clear conclusion: the genuine body of truth would be untouched in a press that's not linked to Big Business in any way. Because if a press that isn't controlled by or even sympathetic to Big Business somehow also misses this genuine body of truth, then Mr. Sinclair's theory would be called into question.
There is such a press. Strange to say, in proposing a remedy Mr. Sinclair does not advise his readers to subscribe to the nearest radical newspaper. Why not? If the troubles of American journalism go back to the Brass Check of Big Business why does not the remedy lie in reading the papers that do not in any remote way accept the Brass Check? Why subsidize a "National News" with a large board of directors "of all creeds or causes" to print a paper full of facts "regardless of what is injured, the Steel Trust or the I. W. W., the Standard Oil Company or the Socialist Party?" If the trouble is Big Business, that is, the Steel Trust, Standard Oil and the like, why not urge everybody to read I. W. W. or Socialist papers? Mr. Sinclair does not say why not. But the reason is simple. He cannot convince anybody, not even himself, that the anti-capitalist press is the remedy for the capitalist press. He ignores the anti-capitalist press both in his theory of the Brass Check and in his constructive proposal. But if you are diagnosing American journalism you cannot ignore it. If what you care about is "the fair body of truth," you do not commit the gross logical error of assembling all the instances of unfairness and lying you can find in one set of newspapers, ignore all the instances you could easily find in another set, and then assign as the cause of the lying, the one supposedly common characteristic of the press to which you have confined your investigation. If you are going to blame "capitalism" for the faults of the press, you are compelled to prove that those faults do not exist except where capitalism controls. That Mr. Sinclair cannot do this, is shown by the fact that while in his diagnosis he traces everything to capitalism, in his prescription he ignores both capitalism and anti-capitalism.
There is a lot of pressure. Strangely, when suggesting a solution, Mr. Sinclair doesn’t tell his readers to subscribe to the closest radical newspaper. Why not? If the issues in American journalism stem from the influence of Big Business, then wouldn’t the solution be to read papers that don’t accept that influence at all? Why support a "National News" outlet with a diverse board "of all beliefs or causes" to produce a paper filled with facts "no matter who gets hurt, be it the Steel Trust or the I.W.W., Standard Oil or the Socialist Party?" If the problem is Big Business, such as the Steel Trust and Standard Oil, why not encourage everyone to read I.W.W. or Socialist publications? Mr. Sinclair doesn’t explain why not. But the answer is clear. He can’t convince anyone, even himself, that the anti-capitalist press is the fix for the capitalist press. He overlooks the anti-capitalist press in both his analysis of the Brass Check and his constructive proposal. However, if you’re examining American journalism, you can’t overlook it. If you care about "the fair body of truth," you don’t make the big logical mistake of collecting all examples of injustice and lying from one group of newspapers, ignoring all the examples you could easily find in another group, and then attributing the lying to what you believe is a shared trait of the press you studied. If you’re going to blame "capitalism" for the press’s faults, you need to prove those faults only exist where capitalism is in control. Mr. Sinclair can’t do this, demonstrated by the fact that, while he traces everything back to capitalism in his analysis, he ignores both capitalism and anti-capitalism in his recommendation.
One would have supposed that the inability to take any non-capitalist paper as a model of truthfulness and competence would have caused Mr. Sinclair, and those who agree with him, to look somewhat more critically at their assumptions. They would have asked themselves, for example, where is the fair body of truth, that Big Business prostitutes, but anti-Big Business does not seem to obtain? For that question leads, I believe, to the heart of the matter, to the question of what is news.
One might think that the inability to use any non-capitalist paper as a standard for truthfulness and competence would lead Mr. Sinclair and his supporters to reevaluate their assumptions more critically. They might have asked themselves, for instance, where the fair representation of truth is, one that Big Business compromises, but anti-Big Business does not seem to possess. That question, I believe, goes to the core of the issue: what is news?
CHAPTER XXIII
THE NATURE OF NEWS
1
1
ALL the reporters in the world working all the hours of the day could not witness all the happenings in the world. There are not a great many reporters. And none of them has the power to be in more than one place at a time. Reporters are not clairvoyant, they do not gaze into a crystal ball and see the world at will, they are not assisted by thought-transference. Yet the range of subjects these comparatively few men manage to cover would be a miracle indeed, if it were not a standardized routine.
ALL the reporters in the world working around the clock couldn’t see everything happening in the world. There aren’t that many reporters. And none of them can be in more than one place at a time. Reporters aren’t psychic; they don’t look into a crystal ball and see the world at will, and they aren’t aided by mind-reading. Yet the variety of topics these relatively few individuals manage to report on would be amazing if it weren’t just part of their usual routine.
Newspapers do not try to keep an eye on all mankind. [Footnote: See the illuminating chapter in Mr. John L. Given's book, already cited, on "Uncovering the News," Ch. V.] They have watchers stationed at certain places, like Police Headquarters, the Coroner's Office, the County Clerk's Office, City Hall, the White House, the Senate, House of Representatives, and so forth. They watch, or rather in the majority of cases they belong to associations which employ men who watch "a comparatively small number of places where it is made known when the life of anyone… departs from ordinary paths, or when events worth telling about occur. For example, John Smith, let it be supposed, becomes a broker. For ten years he pursues the even tenor of his way and except for his customers and his friends no one gives him a thought. To the newspapers he is as if he were not. But in the eleventh year he suffers heavy losses and, at last, his resources all gone, summons his lawyer and arranges for the making of an assignment. The lawyer posts off to the County Clerk's office, and a clerk there makes the necessary entries in the official docket. Here in step the newspapers. While the clerk is writing Smith's business obituary a reporter glances over his shoulder and a few minutes later the reporters know Smith's troubles and are as well informed concerning his business status as they would be had they kept a reporter at his door every day for over ten years. [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 57.]
Newspapers don’t try to cover everything about everyone. [Footnote: See the illuminating chapter in Mr. John L. Given's book, already cited, on "Uncovering the News," Ch. V.] They have people watching specific locations, like Police Headquarters, the Coroner's Office, the County Clerk's Office, City Hall, the White House, the Senate, House of Representatives, and so on. They monitor or, more often, are part of networks that employ people who watch "a comparatively small number of places where it becomes known when someone's life... strays from the ordinary path, or when noteworthy events happen. For example, let’s say John Smith becomes a broker. For ten years, he leads a regular life, and except for his customers and friends, hardly anyone thinks about him. To the newspapers, it’s like he doesn't exist. But in the eleventh year, he suffers big losses, and finally, with all his resources exhausted, he calls his lawyer to arrange an assignment. The lawyer rushes over to the County Clerk's office, and a clerk there makes the necessary entries in the official records. That’s when the newspapers step in. While the clerk is writing Smith’s business obituary, a reporter glances over his shoulder, and a few minutes later, the reporters know all about Smith’s troubles and are as informed about his business situation as they would have been if they had stationed a reporter at his door every day for over ten years. [Footnote: Op. cit., p. 57.]
When Mr. Given says that the newspapers know "Smith's troubles" and "his business status," he does not mean that they know them as Smith knows them, or as Mr. Arnold Bennett would know them if he had made Smith the hero of a three volume novel. The newspapers know only "in a few minutes" the bald facts which are recorded in the County Clerk's Office. That overt act "uncovers" the news about Smith. Whether the news will be followed up or not is another matter. The point is that before a series of events become news they have usually to make themselves noticeable in some more or less overt act. Generally too, in a crudely overt act. Smith's friends may have known for years that he was taking risks, rumors may even have reached the financial editor if Smith's friends were talkative. But apart from the fact that none of this could be published because it would be libel, there is in these rumors nothing definite on which to peg a story. Something definite must occur that has unmistakable form. It may be the act of going into bankruptcy, it may be a fire, a collision, an assault, a riot, an arrest, a denunciation, the introduction of a bill, a speech, a vote, a meeting, the expressed opinion of a well known citizen, an editorial in a newspaper, a sale, a wage-schedule, a price change, the proposal to build a bridge…. There must be a manifestation. The course of events must assume a certain definable shape, and until it is in a phase where some aspect is an accomplished fact, news does not separate itself from the ocean of possible truth.
When Mr. Given says that the newspapers know "Smith's troubles" and "his business status," he doesn't mean that they understand it like Smith does, or like Mr. Arnold Bennett would if he had made Smith the hero of a three-volume novel. The newspapers only know the basic facts recorded in the County Clerk's Office within "a few minutes." That clear action "uncovers" the news about Smith. Whether the news gets reported or not is another story. The key point is that before a series of events becomes news, they usually need to be noticeable through some kind of clear action. Usually, it's a pretty obvious one. Smith's friends might have known for years that he was taking risks, and rumors might have reached the financial editor if they were chatty. But aside from the fact that none of this could be published due to libel, these rumors lack anything concrete to base a story on. Something definite has to happen that is clearly identifiable. It could be going bankrupt, a fire, an accident, an assault, a riot, an arrest, a public condemnation, the introduction of a bill, a speech, a vote, a meeting, the opinion of a well-known person, an editorial in a newspaper, a sale, a wage change, a price shift, or a proposal to build a bridge.... There has to be a visible sign. The events have to take on a certain recognizable shape, and until it reaches a point where some aspect is a confirmed fact, news doesn’t stand out from the sea of potential truths.
2
2
Naturally there is room for wide difference of opinion as to when events have a shape that can be reported. A good journalist will find news oftener than a hack. If he sees a building with a dangerous list, he does not have to wait until it falls into the street in order to recognize news. It was a great reporter who guessed the name of the next Indian Viceroy when he heard that Lord So-and-So was inquiring about climates. There are lucky shots but the number of men who can make them is small. Usually it is the stereotyped shape assumed by an event at an obvious place that uncovers the run of the news. The most obvious place is where people's affairs touch public authority. De minimis non curat lex. It is at these places that marriages, births, deaths, contracts, failures, arrivals, departures, lawsuits, disorders, epidemics and calamities are made known.
Naturally, there’s plenty of room for different opinions on when an event is reportable. A good journalist finds news more often than a mediocre one. If he sees a building leaning dangerously, he doesn’t need to wait for it to collapse in the street to recognize it as news. It was a great reporter who figured out the name of the next Indian Viceroy when he heard that Lord So-and-So was asking about climates. There are lucky guesses, but the number of people who can make them is small. Usually, it’s the typical way an event takes shape in a noticeable place that reveals the flow of news. The most obvious location is where personal affairs intersect with public authority. De minimis non curat lex. It is at these places that marriages, births, deaths, contracts, failures, arrivals, departures, lawsuits, disturbances, epidemics, and disasters are reported.
In the first instance, therefore, the news is not a mirror of social conditions, but the report of an aspect that has obtruded itself. The news does not tell you how the seed is germinating in the ground, but it may tell you when the first sprout breaks through the surface. It may even tell you what somebody says is happening to the seed under ground. It may tell you that the sprout did not come up at the time it was expected. The more points, then, at which any happening can be fixed, objectified, measured, named, the more points there are at which news can occur.
In the beginning, the news isn't a reflection of social conditions; it's more of a report on a specific aspect that stands out. The news doesn’t show you how the seed is growing underground, but it can tell you when the first sprout comes up. It might also share what someone claims is happening to the seed below the surface. It could even mention that the sprout didn't emerge when expected. The more ways there are to pinpoint, define, measure, or name an event, the more opportunities there are for news to arise.
So, if some day a legislature, having exhausted all other ways of improving mankind, should forbid the scoring of baseball games, it might still be possible to play some sort of game in which the umpire decided according to his own sense of fair play how long the game should last, when each team should go to bat, and who should be regarded as the winner. If that game were reported in the newspapers it would consist of a record of the umpire's decisions, plus the reporter's impression of the hoots and cheers of the crowd, plus at best a vague account of how certain men, who had no specified position on the field moved around for a few hours on an unmarked piece of sod. The more you try to imagine the logic of so absurd a predicament, the more clear it becomes that for the purposes of newsgathering, (let alone the purposes of playing the game) it is impossible to do much without an apparatus and rules for naming, scoring, recording. Because that machinery is far from perfect, the umpire's life is often a distracted one. Many crucial plays he has to judge by eye. The last vestige of dispute could be taken out of the game, as it has been taken out of chess when people obey the rules, if somebody thought it worth his while to photograph every play. It was the moving pictures which finally settled a real doubt in many reporters' minds, owing to the slowness of the human eye, as to just what blow of Dempsey's knocked out Carpentier.
So, if one day a legislature, having run out of other ways to improve society, decided to ban the scoring of baseball games, it might still be possible to play some kind of game where the umpire would determine based on his own sense of fairness how long the game should last, when each team gets to bat, and who wins. If that game were reported in the newspapers, it would consist of a record of the umpire's decisions, plus the reporter's take on the crowd's reactions, and at best a vague description of how some players, without specific positions on the field, moved around for a few hours on an unmarked patch of grass. The more you try to wrap your head around the logic of such an absurd situation, the clearer it becomes that for gathering news, not to mention actually playing the game, it's impossible to do much without a system and rules for naming, scoring, and recording. Because this system is far from perfect, the umpire often has a distracting job. Many critical plays have to be judged by sight. The last bit of disagreement could be removed from the game, just like it has been in chess when everyone follows the rules, if someone found it worthwhile to film every play. It was moving pictures that finally cleared up a real doubt in many reporters' minds, due to the limitations of the human eye, about which punch from Dempsey knocked out Carpentier.
Wherever there is a good machinery of record, the modern news service works with great precision. There is one on the stock exchange, and the news of price movements is flashed over tickers with dependable accuracy. There is a machinery for election returns, and when the counting and tabulating are well done, the result of a national election is usually known on the night of the election. In civilized communities deaths, births, marriages and divorces are recorded, and are known accurately except where there is concealment or neglect. The machinery exists for some, and only some, aspects of industry and government, in varying degrees of precision for securities, money and staples, bank clearances, realty transactions, wage scales. It exists for imports and exports because they pass through a custom house and can be directly recorded. It exists in nothing like the same degree for internal trade, and especially for trade over the counter.
Wherever there's a solid recording system, the modern news service operates with impressive precision. There's one in the stock market, where price changes are quickly shared through tickers with reliable accuracy. There's a system for election results, and when the counting and tallying are done properly, the outcome of a national election is typically known on election night. In developed communities, deaths, births, marriages, and divorces are recorded and known accurately, barring any concealment or negligence. Such systems exist for some, but not all, aspects of industry and government, with varying levels of accuracy for securities, money, staples, bank transactions, real estate deals, and wage rates. They are in place for imports and exports since they pass through customs and can be recorded directly. However, they exist to a much lesser extent for internal trade, especially for over-the-counter sales.
It will be found, I think, that there is a very direct relation between the certainty of news and the system of record. If you call to mind the topics which form the principal indictment by reformers against the press, you find they are subjects in which the newspaper occupies the position of the umpire in the unscored baseball game. All news about states of mind is of this character: so are all descriptions of personalities, of sincerity, aspiration, motive, intention, of mass feeling, of national feeling, of public opinion, the policies of foreign governments. So is much news about what is going to happen. So are questions turning on private profit, private income, wages, working conditions, the efficiency of labor, educational opportunity, unemployment, [Footnote: Think of what guess work went into the Reports of Unemployment in 1921.] monotony, health, discrimination, unfairness, restraint of trade, waste, "backward peoples," conservatism, imperialism, radicalism, liberty, honor, righteousness. All involve data that are at best spasmodically recorded. The data may be hidden because of a censorship or a tradition of privacy, they may not exist because nobody thinks record important, because he thinks it red tape, or because nobody has yet invented an objective system of measurement. Then the news on these subjects is bound to be debatable, when it is not wholly neglected. The events which are not scored are reported either as personal and conventional opinions, or they are not news. They do not take shape until somebody protests, or somebody investigates, or somebody publicly, in the etymological meaning of the word, makes an issue of them.
I believe there's a clear connection between the reliability of news and the way it’s recorded. If you think about the main complaints reformers have about the press, you'll see they relate to topics where newspapers act as the referee in an unscored baseball game. All news related to people's thoughts falls into this category, as do descriptions of individuals, their honesty, ambitions, motives, intentions, collective feelings, national sentiments, public opinion, and the policies of foreign governments. A lot of news about future events also fits this mold. Issues related to personal profit, income, wages, working conditions, labor efficiency, educational opportunities, unemployment, monotony, health, discrimination, injustice, trade restrictions, waste, "backward societies," conservatism, imperialism, radicalism, freedom, honor, and righteousness all rely on data that is often sporadically recorded. This data might be hidden due to censorship or the tradition of keeping things private, might not exist because no one thinks recording matters—considered red tape—or simply because no one has created an objective way to measure it. As a result, news about these topics is often debatable, if it isn't ignored entirely. Events that aren't officially tracked are either reported as personal opinions or not reported at all. They only take form when someone raises an objection, investigates, or publicly, in the original sense of the word, makes an issue out of them.
This is the underlying reason for the existence of the press agent. The enormous discretion as to what facts and what impressions shall be reported is steadily convincing every organized group of people that whether it wishes to secure publicity or to avoid it, the exercise of discretion cannot be left to the reporter. It is safer to hire a press agent who stands between the group and the newspapers. Having hired him, the temptation to exploit his strategic position is very great. "Shortly before the war," says Mr. Frank Cobb, "the newspapers of New York took a census of the press agents who were regularly employed and regularly accredited and found that there were about twelve hundred of them. How many there are now (1919) I do not pretend to know, but what I do know is that many of the direct channels to news have been closed and the information for the public is first filtered through publicity agents. The great corporations have them, the banks have them, the railroads have them, all the organizations of business and of social and political activity have them, and they are the media through which news comes. Even statesmen have them." [Footnote: Address before the Women's City Club of New York, Dec. 11, 1919. Reprinted, New Republic, Dec. 31, 1919, p. 44.]
This is the main reason for having a press agent. The significant control over what facts and what impressions are reported is continually convincing every organized group of people that whether they want to gain publicity or avoid it, they can't leave the exercise of discretion to the reporter. It's safer to hire a press agent to act as a barrier between the group and the newspapers. Once they've hired him, the temptation to take advantage of his strategic position is quite strong. "Shortly before the war," says Mr. Frank Cobb, "the newspapers of New York took a count of the press agents who were regularly employed and accredited and found that there were about twelve hundred of them. I don't know how many there are now (1919), but what I do know is that many direct channels to news have been shut off, and the information for the public is first filtered through publicity agents. Major corporations have them, banks have them, railroads have them; all organizations involved in business, social, and political activities have them, and they are the means through which news is delivered. Even politicians have them." [Footnote: Address before the Women's City Club of New York, Dec. 11, 1919. Reprinted, New Republic, Dec. 31, 1919, p. 44.]
Were reporting the simple recovery of obvious facts, the press agent would be little more than a clerk. But since, in respect to most of the big topics of news, the facts are not simple, and not at all obvious, but subject to choice and opinion, it is natural that everyone should wish to make his own choice of facts for the newspapers to print. The publicity man does that. And in doing it, he certainly saves the reporter much trouble, by presenting him a clear picture of a situation out of which he might otherwise make neither head nor tail. But it follows that the picture which the publicity man makes for the reporter is the one he wishes the public to see. He is censor and propagandist, responsible only to his employers, and to the whole truth responsible only as it accords with the employers' conception of his own interests.
If we were just reporting straightforward facts, the press agent would be little more than a clerk. But since, regarding most major news topics, the facts aren't straightforward or obvious, but rather open to interpretation and opinion, it's only natural for everyone to want to choose which facts the newspapers should publish. The publicity person does that. By doing so, they certainly help the reporter by providing a clear picture of a situation that the reporter might otherwise find confusing. However, this means that the picture the publicity person creates for the reporter is the one they want the public to see. They are both a censor and a propagandist, accountable only to their employers and to the entire truth only as long as it aligns with their employers' understanding of their interests.
The development of the publicity man is a clear sign that the facts of modern life do not spontaneously take a shape in which they can be known. They must be given a shape by somebody, and since in the daily routine reporters cannot give a shape to facts, and since there is little disinterested organization of intelligence, the need for some formulation is being met by the interested parties.
The rise of the public relations person shows that the facts of modern life don’t easily present themselves in a way that can be understood. They need to be shaped by someone, and since reporters can't shape facts in their daily routines, and there's not much unbiased organization of information, the need for some kind of explanation is being filled by those with a vested interest.
3
3
The good press agent understands that the virtues of his cause are not news, unless they are such strange virtues that they jut right out of the routine of life. This is not because the newspapers do not like virtue, but because it is not worth while to say that nothing has happened when nobody expected anything to happen. So if the publicity man wishes free publicity he has, speaking quite accurately, to start something. He arranges a stunt: obstructs the traffic, teases the police, somehow manages to entangle his client or his cause with an event that is already news. The suffragists knew this, did not particularly enjoy the knowledge but acted on it, and kept suffrage in the news long after the arguments pro and con were straw in their mouths, and people were about to settle down to thinking of the suffrage movement as one of the established institutions of American life. [Footnote: Cf. Inez Haynes Irwin, The Story of the Woman's Party. It is not only a good account of a vital part of a great agitation, but a reservoir of material on successful, non-revolutionary, non-conspiring agitation under modern conditions of public attention, public interest, and political habit.]
The savvy press agent knows that the strengths of their cause aren't news unless they're so unusual that they stand out from everyday life. It's not that newspapers dislike virtue; it's just that saying nothing has happened when no one expected anything to happen isn't worth it. So, if the publicity person wants free publicity, they basically have to create some action. They set up a stunt: block traffic, provoke the police, or somehow get their client or cause involved in something that's already newsworthy. The suffragists understood this, didn't particularly like the reality, but acted on it, keeping suffrage in the headlines long after people had grown tired of the arguments for and against it, and just as people were about to start seeing the suffrage movement as a regular part of American life. [Footnote: Cf. Inez Haynes Irwin, The Story of the Woman's Party. It's not only a solid account of an important part of a significant movement but also a source of material on effective, non-revolutionary, non-conspiring activism in today’s landscape of public attention, interest, and political behavior.]
Fortunately the suffragists, as distinct from the feminists, had a perfectly concrete objective, and a very simple one. What the vote symbolizes is not simple, as the ablest advocates and the ablest opponents knew. But the right to vote is a simple and familiar right. Now in labor disputes, which are probably the chief item in the charges against newspapers, the right to strike, like the right to vote, is simple enough. But the causes and objects of a particular strike are like the causes and objects of the woman's movement, extremely subtle.
Fortunately, the suffragists, unlike the feminists, had a clear and straightforward goal. What the vote represents isn’t simple, as both the best advocates and the strongest opponents understood. However, the right to vote is a basic and well-known right. Similarly, in labor disputes, which are often the main point of criticism against newspapers, the right to strike, like the right to vote, is fairly straightforward. But the reasons and aims behind a specific strike are as complex as those of the women’s movement.
Let us suppose the conditions leading up to a strike are bad. What is the measure of evil? A certain conception of a proper standard of living, hygiene, economic security, and human dignity. The industry may be far below the theoretical standard of the community, and the workers may be too wretched to protest. Conditions may be above the standard, and the workers may protest violently. The standard is at best a vague measure. However, we shall assume that the conditions are below par, as par is understood by the editor. Occasionally without waiting for the workers to threaten, but prompted say by a social worker, he will send reporters to investigate, and will call attention to bad conditions. Necessarily he cannot do that often. For these investigations cost time, money, special talent, and a lot of space. To make plausible a report that conditions are bad, you need a good many columns of print. In order to tell the truth about the steel worker in the Pittsburgh district, there was needed a staff of investigators, a great deal of time, and several fat volumes of print. It is impossible to suppose that any daily newspaper could normally regard the making of Pittsburgh Surveys, or even Interchurch Steel Reports, as one of its tasks. News which requires so much trouble as that to obtain is beyond the resources of a daily press. [Footnote: Not long ago Babe Ruth was jailed for speeding. Released from jail just before the afternoon game started, he rushed into his waiting automobile, and made up for time lost in jail by breaking the speed laws on his way to the ball grounds. No policeman stopped him, but a reporter timed him, and published his speed the next morning. Babe Ruth is an exceptional man. Newspapers cannot time all motorists. They have to take their news about speeding from the police.]
Let’s assume the conditions leading up to a strike are bad. What does that really mean? It involves some idea of a decent standard of living, hygiene, economic security, and human dignity. The industry might be significantly below the ideal standard for the community, and the workers could be in such dire situations that they don’t feel able to protest. Conditions might exceed standards, and workers could still protest aggressively. The standard is at best a vague indicator. However, let's take it as given that the conditions are not meeting expectations, as understood by the editor. Sometimes, without waiting for the workers to voice their threats, and typically with encouragement from a social worker, the editor will send reporters to investigate and highlight poor conditions. Naturally, he can't do this often. These investigations require time, money, special skills, and a lot of space in the paper. To convincingly report that conditions are bad, you'll need a lot of written content. To tell the true story of the steelworker in the Pittsburgh area, a team of investigators, a considerable amount of time, and several substantial articles were necessary. It's unrealistic to think that any daily newspaper could routinely consider producing Pittsburgh Surveys or even Interchurch Steel Reports as part of their responsibilities. News that demands so much effort to acquire is beyond the means of most daily presses. [Footnote: Not too long ago, Babe Ruth was arrested for speeding. Released from jail just before the afternoon game, he jumped into his waiting car and made up for lost time by breaking speed limits on his way to the stadium. No police officer stopped him, but a reporter clocked his speed and reported it the next morning. Babe Ruth is an exceptional individual. Newspapers can't track all drivers. They have to rely on police reports for news about speeding.]
The bad conditions as such are not news, because in all but exceptional cases, journalism is not a first hand report of the raw material. It is a report of that material after it has been stylized. Thus bad conditions might become news if the Board of Health reported an unusually high death rate in an industrial area. Failing an intervention of this sort, the facts do not become news, until the workers organize and make a demand upon their employers. Even then, if an easy settlement is certain the news value is low, whether or not the conditions themselves are remedied in the settlement. But if industrial relations collapse into a strike or lockout the news value increases. If the stoppage involves a service on which the readers of the newspapers immediately depend, or if it involves a breach of order, the news value is still greater.
The poor conditions themselves aren’t new, because in almost all cases, journalism isn’t a direct account of the raw facts. It’s a report on those facts after they’ve been shaped. So, bad conditions might make the news if the Board of Health reported an unusually high death rate in a factory area. Without some action like this, the facts don’t become news until the workers band together and demand changes from their employers. Even then, if a quick resolution seems likely, the news value is low, regardless of whether the conditions get fixed in the agreement. However, if labor relations break down into a strike or lockout, the news value increases. If the disruption impacts a service that newspaper readers rely on immediately, or if it results in a breakdown of order, the news value is even higher.
The underlying trouble appears in the news through certain easily recognizable symptoms, a demand, a strike, disorder. From the point of view of the worker, or of the disinterested seeker of justice, the demand, the strike, and the disorder, are merely incidents in a process that for them is richly complicated. But since all the immediate realities lie outside the direct experience both of the reporter, and of the special public by which most newspapers are supported, they have normally to wait for a signal in the shape of an overt act. When that signal comes, say through a walkout of the men or a summons for the police, it calls into play the stereotypes people have about strikes and disorders. The unseen struggle has none of its own flavor. It is noted abstractly, and that abstraction is then animated by the immediate experience of the reader and reporter. Obviously this is a very different experience from that which the strikers have. They feel, let us say, the temper of the foreman, the nerve-racking monotony of the machine, the depressingly bad air, the drudgery of their wives, the stunting of their children, the dinginess of their tenements. The slogans of the strike are invested with these feelings. But the reporter and reader see at first only a strike and some catchwords. They invest these with their feelings. Their feelings may be that their jobs are insecure because the strikers are stopping goods they need in their work, that there will be shortage and higher prices, that it is all devilishly inconvenient. These, too, are realities. And when they give color to the abstract news that a strike has been called, it is in the nature of things that the workers are at a disadvantage. It is in the nature, that is to say, of the existing system of industrial relations that news arising from grievances or hopes by workers should almost invariably be uncovered by an overt attack on production.
The underlying issue shows up in the news through recognizable signs, like a demand, a strike, or disorder. From the perspective of the worker or someone genuinely seeking justice, these events are just parts of a much more complex process. However, since the immediate realities are usually outside the direct experience of both the reporter and the audience that most newspapers cater to, they often have to wait for a clear signal in the form of a visible action. When that signal arrives, like a walkout by workers or a call for police intervention, it triggers the stereotypes people have about strikes and unrest. The invisible struggle lacks its own distinct character. It's viewed abstractly, and that abstraction is then colored by the immediate experiences of the reader and the reporter. Clearly, this is a very different experience than what the strikers go through. They feel the foreman's mood, the frustrating monotony of the machinery, the suffocating air, the hard work their wives endure, the limitations placed on their children, and the dilapidation of their living conditions. The slogans of the strike are charged with these emotions. But the reporter and reader initially see only a strike and some catchy phrases. They infuse these with their own feelings. Their emotions might include concerns about job security because the strikers are halting goods that are essential for their work, fears of shortages and rising prices, and irritation over the inconvenience. These, too, are real concerns. When they add their personal emotions to the abstract news of a strike being called, it naturally puts the workers at a disadvantage. In essence, it is part of the existing industrial relations system that news stemming from workers' grievances or aspirations tends to only emerge through a visible disruption of production.
You have, therefore, the circumstances in all their sprawling complexity, the overt act which signalizes them, the stereotyped bulletin which publishes the signal, and the meaning that the reader himself injects, after he has derived that meaning from the experience which directly affects him. Now the reader's experience of a strike may be very important indeed, but from the point of view of the central trouble which caused the strike, it is eccentric. Yet this eccentric meaning is automatically the most interesting. [Footnote: Cf. Ch. XI, "The Enlisting of Interest."] To enter imaginatively into the central issues is for the reader to step out of himself, and into very different lives.
You have, therefore, all the circumstances in their sprawling complexity, the obvious act that highlights them, the usual update that shares the signal, and the meaning that the reader adds themselves, after deriving it from the experience that directly impacts them. Now the reader's experience of a strike may be very significant, but from the perspective of the main issue that caused the strike, it is unusual. Yet this unusual meaning is automatically the most engaging. [Footnote: Cf. Ch. XI, "The Enlisting of Interest."] To imaginatively engage with the central issues is for the reader to step outside themselves and into very different lives.
It follows that in the reporting of strikes, the easiest way is to let the news be uncovered by the overt act, and to describe the event as the story of interference with the reader's life. That is where his attention is first aroused, and his interest most easily enlisted. A great deal, I think myself the crucial part, of what looks to the worker and the reformer as deliberate misrepresentation on the part of newspapers, is the direct outcome of a practical difficulty in uncovering the news, and the emotional difficulty of making distant facts interesting unless, as Emerson says, we can "perceive (them) to be only a new version of our familiar experience" and can "set about translating (them) at once into our parallel facts." [Footnote: From his essay entitled Art and Criticism. The quotation occurs in a passage cited on page 87 of Professor R. W. Brown's, The Writer's Art.]
It follows that when reporting on strikes, the easiest approach is to let the news unfold from the obvious actions and to describe the event as something that disrupts the reader's life. That’s where their attention is first captured, and their interest is most easily drawn in. A lot, and I believe this is the key point, of what seems to the worker and the reformer as intentional misrepresentation by newspapers stems from the practical challenge of uncovering the news, and the emotional challenge of making distant facts interesting unless, as Emerson puts it, we can "perceive (them) to be only a new version of our familiar experience" and can "set about translating (them) at once into our parallel facts." [Footnote: From his essay entitled Art and Criticism. The quotation occurs in a passage cited on page 87 of Professor R. W. Brown's, The Writer's Art.]
If you study the way many a strike is reported in the press, you will find, very often, that the issues are rarely in the headlines, barely in the leading paragraphs, and sometimes not even mentioned anywhere. A labor dispute in another city has to be very important before the news account contains any definite information as to what is in dispute. The routine of the news works that way, with modifications it works that way in regard to political issues and international news as well. The news is an account of the overt phases that are interesting, and the pressure on the newspaper to adhere to this routine comes from many sides. It comes from the economy of noting only the stereotyped phase of a situation. It comes from the difficulty of finding journalists who can see what they have not learned to see. It comes from the almost unavoidable difficulty of finding sufficient space in which even the best journalist can make plausible an unconventional view. It comes from the economic necessity of interesting the reader quickly, and the economic risk involved in not interesting him at all, or of offending him by unexpected news insufficiently or clumsily described. All these difficulties combined make for uncertainty in the editor when there are dangerous issues at stake, and cause him naturally to prefer the indisputable fact and a treatment more readily adapted to the reader's interest. The indisputable fact and the easy interest, are the strike itself and the reader's inconvenience.
If you look at how many strikes are reported in the news, you’ll often find that the actual issues are rarely in the headlines, barely in the opening paragraphs, and sometimes not mentioned at all. A labor dispute in another city has to be very significant for the news report to include any clear information about what’s being contested. The way news is reported tends to work this way, and with some adjustments, it applies to political and international news as well. News stories focus on the noticeable aspects that capture interest, and newspapers face pressure from many sources to follow this pattern. This pressure comes from the tendency to highlight only the usual phases of a situation. It comes from the challenge of finding journalists who can recognize what they haven’t been trained to see. It arises from the common struggle to find enough space for even the best journalists to convincingly present an unconventional viewpoint. It also stems from the economic need to engage the reader quickly and the risk of failing to attract their interest or offending them with unexpected news that’s not communicated well. All these challenges create uncertainty for editors when significant issues are involved, making them naturally prefer clear facts and stories that are more appealing to readers. The clear facts and easy interests are the strike itself and the reader’s inconvenience.
All the subtler and deeper truths are in the present organization of industry very unreliable truths. They involve judgments about standards of living, productivity, human rights that are endlessly debatable in the absence of exact record and quantitative analysis. And as long as these do not exist in industry, the run of news about it will tend, as Emerson said, quoting from Isocrates, "to make of moles mountains, and of mountains moles." [Footnote: Id., supra] Where there is no constitutional procedure in industry, and no expert sifting of evidence and the claims, the fact that is sensational to the reader is the fact that almost every journalist will seek. Given the industrial relations that so largely prevail, even where there is conference or arbitration, but no independent filtering of the facts for decision, the issue for the newspaper public will tend not to be the issue for the industry. And so to try disputes by an appeal through the newspapers puts a burden upon newspapers and readers which they cannot and ought not to carry. As long as real law and order do not exist, the bulk of the news will, unless consciously and courageously corrected, work against those who have no lawful and orderly method of asserting themselves. The bulletins from the scene of action will note the trouble that arose from the assertion, rather than the reasons which led to it. The reasons are intangible.
All the subtler and deeper truths about the current state of industry are very unreliable. They involve opinions about living standards, productivity, and human rights that are endlessly debatable without exact records and quantitative analysis. As long as these don’t exist in industry, the news we get will, as Emerson quoted Isocrates, "make mountains out of molehills and molehills out of mountains." [Footnote: Id., supra] Where there’s no proper procedure in industry and no expert evaluation of evidence and claims, the most sensational fact for readers is the one almost every journalist will chase. Given the prevailing industrial relations, even when there are discussions or arbitrations without independent fact-checking, what matters to the newspaper audience often isn't what matters in the industry. Trying to solve disputes through newspapers places a burden on both the press and the readers that they can't and shouldn't have to bear. As long as real law and order are absent, most of the news
4
4
The editor deals with these bulletins. He sits in his office, reads them, rarely does he see any large portion of the events themselves. He must, as we have seen, woo at least a section of his readers every day, because they will leave him without mercy if a rival paper happens to hit their fancy. He works under enormous pressure, for the competition of newspapers is often a matter of minutes. Every bulletin requires a swift but complicated judgment. It must be understood, put in relation to other bulletins also understood, and played up or played down according to its probable interest for the public, as the editor conceives it. Without standardization, without stereotypes, without routine judgments, without a fairly ruthless disregard of subtlety, the editor would soon die of excitement. The final page is of a definite size, must be ready at a precise moment; there can be only a certain number of captions on the items, and in each caption there must be a definite number of letters. Always there is the precarious urgency of the buying public, the law of libel, and the possibility of endless trouble. The thing could not be managed at all without systematization, for in a standardized product there is economy of time and effort, as well as a partial guarantee against failure.
The editor manages these bulletins. He sits in his office, goes through them, but rarely witnesses any major events firsthand. As we've seen, he has to appeal to at least some of his readers every day, because they'll abandon him without hesitation if a competing paper catches their attention. He works under immense pressure, as the competition between newspapers can come down to just minutes. Each bulletin requires quick but complex decision-making. It has to be understood, related to other bulletins that are also fully grasped, and emphasized or downplayed based on what the editor thinks will interest the public. Without standardization, stereotypes, routine judgments, and a fairly ruthless approach to subtlety, the editor would quickly be overwhelmed. The final page has a specific size and must be ready at a certain time; there can only be a limited number of headlines for the articles, and each headline must have a set number of characters. There's always the pressing urgency of the audience, the risk of libel, and the potential for endless complications. This job couldn't be managed at all without a system in place, as a standardized product offers efficiency in time and effort, along with a partial safeguard against mistakes.
It is here that newspapers influence each other most deeply. Thus when the war broke out, the American newspapers were confronted with a subject about which they had no previous experience. Certain dailies, rich enough to pay cable tolls, took the lead in securing news, and the way that news was presented became a model for the whole press. But where did that model come from? It came from the English press, not because Northcliffe owned American newspapers, but because at first it was easier to buy English correspondence, and because, later, it was easier for American journalists to read English newspapers than it was for them to read any others. London was the cable and news center, and it was there that a certain technic for reporting the war was evolved. Something similar occurred in the reporting of the Russian Revolution. In that instance, access to Russia was closed by military censorship, both Russian and Allied, and closed still more effectively by the difficulties of the Russian language. But above all it was closed to effective news reporting by the fact that the hardest thing to report is chaos, even though it is an evolving chaos. This put the formulating of Russian news at its source in Helsingfors, Stockholm, Geneva, Paris and London, into the hands of censors and propagandists. They were for a long time subject to no check of any kind. Until they had made themselves ridiculous they created, let us admit, out of some genuine aspects of the huge Russian maelstrom, a set of stereotypes so evocative of hate and fear, that the very best instinct of journalism, its desire to go and see and tell, was for a long time crushed. [Footnote: Cf. A Test of the News, by Walter Lippmann and Charles Merz, assisted by Faye Lippmann, New Republic, August 4, 1920.]
It is here that newspapers have the most influence on each other. So, when the war started, American newspapers faced a topic they had never dealt with before. Some daily papers, which were financially stable enough to pay for cables, took the lead in gathering news, and the way they presented that news became a model for the entire press. But where did that model originate? It came from the English press, not because Northcliffe owned American newspapers, but because initially it was easier to purchase British correspondence, and later, it was easier for American journalists to read English newspapers than any others. London was the hub for cables and news, and that's where a specific technique for reporting the war developed. A similar situation happened with the reporting of the Russian Revolution. In that case, access to Russia was restricted by military censorship, both Russian and Allied, and even more so by the challenges of the Russian language. Most importantly, it was closed off to effective news reporting by the fact that chaos, even an evolving one, is the toughest thing to report on. This meant that the creation of news from Russia, especially from Helsingfors, Stockholm, Geneva, Paris, and London, fell into the hands of censors and propagandists. For a long time, they were not held accountable at all. Until they became a laughing stock, they managed, to be fair, to create a set of stereotypes rooted in some real aspects of the massive Russian chaos, which were so full of hate and fear that the core instinct of journalism, its drive to go out and see and share, was suppressed for quite a while. [Footnote: Cf. A Test of the News, by Walter Lippmann and Charles Merz, assisted by Faye Lippmann, New Republic, August 4, 1920.]
5
5
Every newspaper when it reaches the reader is the result of a whole series of selections as to what items shall be printed, in what position they shall be printed, how much space each shall occupy, what emphasis each shall have. There are no objective standards here. There are conventions. Take two newspapers published in the same city on the same morning. The headline of one reads: "Britain pledges aid to Berlin against French aggression; France openly backs Poles." The headline of the second is "Mrs. Stillman's Other Love." Which you prefer is a matter of taste, but not entirely a matter of the editor's taste. It is a matter of his judgment as to what will absorb the half hour's attention a certain set of readers will give to his newspaper. Now the problem of securing attention is by no means equivalent to displaying the news in the perspective laid down by religious teaching or by some form of ethical culture. It is a problem of provoking feeling in the reader, of inducing him to feel a sense of personal identification with the stories he is reading. News which does not offer this opportunity to introduce oneself into the struggle which it depicts cannot appeal to a wide audience. The audience must participate in the news, much as it participates in the drama, by personal identification. Just as everyone holds his breath when the heroine is in danger, as he helps Babe Ruth swing his bat, so in subtler form the reader enters into the news. In order that he shall enter he must find a familiar foothold in the story, and this is supplied to him by the use of stereotypes. They tell him that if an association of plumbers is called a "combine" it is appropriate to develop his hostility; if it is called a "group of leading business men" the cue is for a favorable reaction.
Every newspaper that reaches its readers is the result of a series of decisions about what stories to print, where to place them, how much space to allocate to each one, and the emphasis each should receive. There are no objective standards at play. There are conventions. Take two newspapers published in the same city on the same morning. One has the headline: "Britain pledges aid to Berlin against French aggression; France openly backs Poles." The other reads: "Mrs. Stillman's Other Love." Which one you prefer is a matter of personal taste, but it’s not just a reflection of the editor's preferences. It’s about the editor's judgment on what will capture the attention of a specific group of readers for half an hour. The challenge of capturing attention isn’t the same as presenting the news in the framework established by religious beliefs or ethical standards. It's about stirring emotions in the reader, making them feel connected to the stories they are reading. News that doesn’t allow readers to insert themselves into the conflict it portrays won’t attract a large audience. The audience must engage with the news just as they would with a play, through personal identification. Just like everyone holds their breath when the heroine is in danger, or cheers when Babe Ruth swings his bat, in a subtler way, the reader becomes involved in the news. For them to engage, they need to find something familiar in the story, which is provided by the use of stereotypes. These stereotypes signal that if an association of plumbers is labeled a "combine," it’s appropriate to feel hostility; if it’s called a "group of leading business men," the cue is to react positively.
It is in a combination of these elements that the power to create opinion resides. Editorials reinforce. Sometimes in a situation that on the news pages is too confusing to permit of identification, they give the reader a clue by means of which he engages himself. A clue he must have if, as most of us must, he is to seize the news in a hurry. A suggestion of some sort he demands, which tells him, so to speak, where he, a man conceiving himself to be such and such a person, shall integrate his feelings with the news he reads.
The power to shape opinion comes from a mix of these elements. Editorials provide reinforcement. In cases where the news pages are too confusing to understand, they offer readers a hint that helps them connect. This hint is essential if, like most of us, they need to grasp the news quickly. They want some kind of guidance that indicates how they, seeing themselves as a particular type of person, can align their feelings with the news they’re reading.
"It has been said" writes Walter Bagehot, [Footnote: On the Emotion of Conviction, Literary Studies, Vol. Ill, p. 172.] "that if you can only get a middleclass Englishman to think whether there are 'snails in Sirius,' he will soon have an opinion on it. It will be difficult to make him think, but if he does think, he cannot rest in a negative, he will come to some decision. And on any ordinary topic, of course, it is so. A grocer has a full creed as to foreign policy, a young lady a complete theory of the sacraments, as to which neither has any doubt whatever."
"It has been said," writes Walter Bagehot, [Footnote: On the Emotion of Conviction, Literary Studies, Vol. III, p. 172.] "that if you can just get a middle-class Englishman to ponder whether there are 'snails in Sirius,' he will quickly form an opinion on it. It might be tough to get him to think, but if he does, he won't be able to stay neutral; he will reach some conclusion. And this is true for any typical subject. A grocer has a definite belief about foreign policy, a young woman has a solid theory about the sacraments, and neither of them has any doubt at all."
Yet that same grocer will have many doubts about his groceries, and that young lady, marvelously certain about the sacraments, may have all kinds of doubts as to whether to marry the grocer, and if not whether it is proper to accept his attentions. The ability to rest in the negative implies either a lack of interest in the result, or a vivid sense of competing alternatives. In the case of foreign policy or the sacraments, the interest in the results is intense, while means for checking the opinion are poor. This is the plight of the reader of the general news. If he is to read it at all he must be interested, that is to say, he must enter into the situation and care about the outcome. But if he does that he cannot rest in a negative, and unless independent means of checking the lead given him by his newspaper exists, the very fact that he is interested may make it difficult to arrive at that balance of opinions which may most nearly approximate the truth. The more passionately involved he becomes, the more he will tend to resent not only a different view, but a disturbing bit of news. That is why many a newspaper finds that, having honestly evoked the partisanship of its readers, it can not easily, supposing the editor believes the facts warrant it, change position. If a change is necessary, the transition has to be managed with the utmost skill and delicacy. Usually a newspaper will not attempt so hazardous a performance. It is easier and safer to have the news of that subject taper off and disappear, thus putting out the fire by starving it.
Yet that same grocer will have lots of doubts about his groceries, and that young woman, who is completely confident about the sacraments, might be unsure about whether to marry the grocer, and if not, whether it's proper to accept his advances. The ability to be okay with uncertainty suggests either a lack of concern about the outcome or a strong awareness of conflicting options. In terms of foreign policy or the sacraments, the interest in the results is intense, while the means to verify opinions are limited. This is the dilemma faced by the reader of general news. If he reads it at all, he must be interested, meaning he must engage with the situation and care about the outcome. But if he does that, he can't be okay with uncertainty, and unless there are independent ways to verify the information provided by his newspaper, his interest may actually hinder him from achieving a balanced view that comes close to the truth. The more emotionally involved he gets, the more he will likely resent not just differing opinions but also any unsettling news. Because of this, many newspapers find that, after genuinely stirring up their readers' biases, they struggle to change their stance if the editor believes the facts support a different position. If a change is needed, it must be handled with extreme skill and sensitivity. Usually, a newspaper won't take such a risky approach. It's easier and safer to let the news on that topic fade away, effectively extinguishing the fire by depriving it of fuel.
CHAPTER XXIV
NEWS, TRUTH, AND A CONCLUSION
As we begin to make more and more exact studies of the press, much will depend upon the hypothesis we hold. If we assume with Mr. Sinclair, and most of his opponents, that news and truth are two words for the same thing, we shall, I believe, arrive nowhere. We shall prove that on this point the newspaper lied. We shall prove that on that point Mr. Sinclair's account lied. We shall demonstrate that Mr. Sinclair lied when he said that somebody lied, and that somebody lied when he said Mr. Sinclair lied. We shall vent our feelings, but we shall vent them into air.
As we start to conduct more precise studies of the press, a lot will rely on the assumptions we make. If we agree with Mr. Sinclair and most of his critics that news and truth mean the same thing, I believe we won't get anywhere. We'll show that the newspaper was dishonest on this issue. We'll show that Mr. Sinclair's account was dishonest on that issue. We'll prove that Mr. Sinclair was lying when he said someone else was lying, and that someone else was lying when they said Mr. Sinclair was lying. We'll express our frustrations, but they'll just be lost in the air.
The hypothesis, which seems to me the most fertile, is that news and truth are not the same thing, and must be clearly distinguished. [Footnote: When I wrote Liberty and the News, I did not understand this distinction clearly enough to state it, but cf. p. 89 ff.] The function of news is to signalize an event, the function of truth is to bring to light the hidden facts, to set them into relation with each other, and make a picture of reality on which men can act. Only at those points, where social conditions take recognizable and measurable shape, do the body of truth and the body of news coincide. That is a comparatively small part of the whole field of human interest. In this sector, and only in this sector, the tests of the news are sufficiently exact to make the charges of perversion or suppression more than a partisan judgment. There is no defense, no extenuation, no excuse whatever, for stating six times that Lenin is dead, when the only information the paper possesses is a report that he is dead from a source repeatedly shown to be unreliable. The news, in that instance, is not "Lenin Dead" but "Helsingfors Says Lenin is Dead." And a newspaper can be asked to take the responsibility of not making Lenin more dead than the source of the news is reliable; if there is one subject on which editors are most responsible it is in their judgment of the reliability of the source. But when it comes to dealing, for example, with stories of what the Russian people want, no such test exists.
The most fruitful idea to me is that news and truth are not the same and should be clearly separated. [Footnote: When I wrote Liberty and the News, I didn't fully grasp this distinction enough to articulate it, but cf. p. 89 ff.] The role of news is to highlight an event, while the role of truth is to uncover hidden facts, connect them, and create a portrayal of reality that people can act upon. Only in areas where social conditions become clear and measurable do news and truth align. This is a relatively small part of the entire scope of human interest. In this area, and only in this area, the standards for news are precise enough to make accusations of distortion or suppression more than just biased opinions. There is no justification, no mitigation, no excuse at all for reporting six times that Lenin is dead when the only information the paper has is a report claiming he's dead from a source that has repeatedly proven unreliable. The news in this case isn't "Lenin Dead" but "Helsingfors Says Lenin is Dead." A newspaper should be held accountable for not representing Lenin as more dead than the reliability of the source allows; if there’s one area where editors should be most responsible, it’s in evaluating the trustworthiness of sources. However, when it comes to reporting, for example, what the Russian people want, no such standards are applied.
The absence of these exact tests accounts, I think, for the character of the profession, as no other explanation does. There is a very small body of exact knowledge, which it requires no outstanding ability or training to deal with. The rest is in the journalist's own discretion. Once he departs from the region where it is definitely recorded at the County Clerk's office that John Smith has gone into bankruptcy, all fixed standards disappear. The story of why John Smith failed, his human frailties, the analysis of the economic conditions on which he was shipwrecked, all of this can be told in a hundred different ways. There is no discipline in applied psychology, as there is a discipline in medicine, engineering, or even law, which has authority to direct the journalist's mind when he passes from the news to the vague realm of truth. There are no canons to direct his own mind, and no canons that coerce the reader's judgment or the publisher's. His version of the truth is only his version. How can he demonstrate the truth as he sees it? He cannot demonstrate it, any more than Mr. Sinclair Lewis can demonstrate that he has told the whole truth about Main Street. And the more he understands his own weaknesses, the more ready he is to admit that where there is no objective test, his own opinion is in some vital measure constructed out of his own stereotypes, according to his own code, and by the urgency of his own interest. He knows that he is seeing the world through subjective lenses. He cannot deny that he too is, as Shelley remarked, a dome of many-colored glass which stains the white radiance of eternity.
I think the lack of these specific tests explains the nature of the profession better than anything else. There’s a tiny amount of precise knowledge that doesn’t require exceptional skill or training to handle. The rest is up to the journalist’s judgment. Once he moves away from the clear record at the County Clerk's office that John Smith has declared bankruptcy, all fixed standards fade away. The story behind John Smith’s failure, his personal flaws, and the analysis of the economic circumstances that led to his downfall can be told in countless ways. There’s no discipline in applied psychology like there is in medicine, engineering, or even law to guide a journalist’s thoughts when shifting from facts to the ambiguous area of truth. There are no rules to shape his thoughts or to pressure the reader's judgment or the publisher’s. His version of the truth is just that—his version. How can he prove the truth as he sees it? He can’t prove it, just like Mr. Sinclair Lewis can’t prove he told the whole truth about Main Street. The more he recognizes his own flaws, the more willing he is to acknowledge that, without an objective test, his opinion is largely shaped by his own stereotypes, personal values, and vested interests. He realizes he’s viewing the world through biased lenses. He can’t deny he is, as Shelley said, like a dome of many-colored glass that distorts the pure light of truth.
And by this knowledge his assurance is tempered. He may have all kinds of moral courage, and sometimes has, but he lacks that sustaining conviction of a certain technic which finally freed the physical sciences from theological control. It was the gradual development of an irrefragable method that gave the physicist his intellectual freedom as against all the powers of the world. His proofs were so clear, his evidence so sharply superior to tradition, that he broke away finally from all control. But the journalist has no such support in his own conscience or in fact. The control exercised over him by the opinions of his employers and his readers, is not the control of truth by prejudice, but of one opinion by another opinion that it is not demonstrably less true. Between Judge Gary's assertion that the unions will destroy American institutions, and Mr. Gomper's assertion that they are agencies of the rights of man, the choice has, in large measure, to be governed by the will to believe.
And with this understanding, his confidence is softened. He might have all sorts of moral courage, and sometimes does, but he lacks that unwavering conviction in a specific method that ultimately liberated the physical sciences from religious authority. It was the gradual development of an undeniable method that granted the physicist his intellectual freedom against all the world's powers. His arguments were so clear, his evidence so clearly superior to tradition, that he finally broke free from all control. But the journalist doesn't have that kind of support from his own conscience or from reality. The influence that his employers and readers have over him isn’t about truth being overshadowed by bias; it’s about one opinion competing with another opinion that isn’t demonstrably more true. Between Judge Gary's claim that the unions will undermine American institutions and Mr. Gomper's claim that they promote human rights, the decision often comes down to the willingness to believe.
The task of deflating these controversies, and reducing them to a point where they can be reported as news, is not a task which the reporter can perform. It is possible and necessary for journalists to bring home to people the uncertain character of the truth on which their opinions are founded, and by criticism and agitation to prod social science into making more usable formulations of social facts, and to prod statesmen into establishing more visible institutions. The press, in other words, can fight for the extension of reportable truth. But as social truth is organized to-day, the press is not constituted to furnish from one edition to the next the amount of knowledge which the democratic theory of public opinion demands. This is not due to the Brass Check, as the quality of news in radical papers shows, but to the fact that the press deals with a society in which the governing forces are so imperfectly recorded. The theory that the press can itself record those forces is false. It can normally record only what has been recorded for it by the working of institutions. Everything else is argument and opinion, and fluctuates with the vicissitudes, the self-consciousness, and the courage of the human mind.
The job of defusing these controversies and simplifying them enough to be reported as news isn't something a reporter can do alone. It's possible and necessary for journalists to highlight the uncertain nature of the truth upon which people's opinions are based, and through critique and action, encourage social science to create more practical interpretations of social facts and prompt politicians to establish more noticeable institutions. In other words, the press can advocate for the expansion of reportable truth. However, the way social truth is organized today, the press isn't set up to provide the level of knowledge that the democratic theory of public opinion expects from one edition to the next. This isn't because of The Brass Check, as the quality of news in radical publications demonstrates, but because the press operates within a society where the governing forces are poorly documented. The belief that the press can independently record those forces is incorrect. It can typically only relay what has been documented for it by the functioning of institutions. Everything else is just argument and opinion, which varies with the changes, self-awareness, and bravery of the human mind.
If the press is not so universally wicked, nor so deeply conspiring, as Mr. Sinclair would have us believe, it is very much more frail than the democratic theory has as yet admitted. It is too frail to carry the whole burden of popular sovereignty, to supply spontaneously the truth which democrats hoped was inborn. And when we expect it to supply such a body of truth we employ a misleading standard of judgment. We misunderstand the limited nature of news, the illimitable complexity of society; we overestimate our own endurance, public spirit, and all-round competence. We suppose an appetite for uninteresting truths which is not discovered by any honest analysis of our own tastes.
If the press isn't as completely corrupt or as deeply conspiratorial as Mr. Sinclair suggests, it's definitely more fragile than the democratic theory has acknowledged so far. It can't bear the entire weight of popular sovereignty or naturally provide the truth that democrats thought was instinctive. When we expect it to deliver such a wealth of truth, we're using a misleading standard to evaluate it. We fail to grasp the limited nature of news and the endless complexity of society; we overestimate our own patience, civic-mindedness, and overall ability. We assume there's a desire for unexciting truths that any honest examination of our own preferences doesn't reveal.
If the newspapers, then, are to be charged with the duty of translating the whole public life of mankind, so that every adult can arrive at an opinion on every moot topic, they fail, they are bound to fail, in any future one can conceive they will continue to fail. It is not possible to assume that a world, carried on by division of labor and distribution of authority, can be governed by universal opinions in the whole population. Unconsciously the theory sets up the single reader as theoretically omnicompetent, and puts upon the press the burden of accomplishing whatever representative government, industrial organization, and diplomacy have failed to accomplish. Acting upon everybody for thirty minutes in twenty-four hours, the press is asked to create a mystical force called Public Opinion that will take up the slack in public institutions. The press has often mistakenly pretended that it could do just that. It has at great moral cost to itself, encouraged a democracy, still bound to its original premises, to expect newspapers to supply spontaneously for every organ of government, for every social problem, the machinery of information which these do not normally supply themselves. Institutions, having failed to furnish themselves with instruments of knowledge, have become a bundle of "problems," which the population as a whole, reading the press as a whole, is supposed to solve.
If newspapers are tasked with the responsibility of reflecting the entire public life of humanity so that every adult can form an opinion on every debated issue, they are failing, and they will continue to fail in any future imaginable. It’s unrealistic to think that a world structured by the division of labor and distribution of authority can be run by universal opinions from the entire population. Unknowingly, this theory positions the individual reader as utterly competent and places on the press the expectation to achieve what representative government, industrial organization, and diplomacy have not. With just thirty minutes of influence a day, the press is expected to create a mystical force known as Public Opinion that will fill the gaps left by public institutions. The press has often mistakenly claimed it could do just that. At a significant moral cost, it has encouraged a democracy, still tied to its original ideals, to anticipate that newspapers will spontaneously provide the information needed for every branch of government and every social issue, which these institutions usually do not provide themselves. Institutions, having failed to equip themselves with sources of knowledge, have become a collection of "problems" that the general public, reading the press as a whole, is expected to solve.
The press, in other words, has come to be regarded as an organ of direct democracy, charged on a much wider scale, and from day to day, with the function often attributed to the initiative, referendum, and recall. The Court of Public Opinion, open day and night, is to lay down the law for everything all the time. It is not workable. And when you consider the nature of news, it is not even thinkable. For the news, as we have seen, is precise in proportion to the precision with which the event is recorded. Unless the event is capable of being named, measured, given shape, made specific, it either fails to take on the character of news, or it is subject to the accidents and prejudices of observation.
The press is now seen as a key part of direct democracy, responsible on a much larger scale, every day, for the functions usually associated with initiatives, referendums, and recalls. The Court of Public Opinion is always open to dictate the rules for everything, all the time. This doesn’t work. And when you think about what news is, it’s not even practical. As we've noted, news is accurate based on how precisely the event is reported. If an event can't be named, measured, shaped, or clearly defined, it either doesn’t qualify as news or is influenced by the random nature and biases of those observing it.
Therefore, on the whole, the quality of the news about modern society is an index of its social organization. The better the institutions, the more all interests concerned are formally represented, the more issues are disentangled, the more objective criteria are introduced, the more perfectly an affair can be presented as news. At its best the press is a servant and guardian of institutions; at its worst it is a means by which a few exploit social disorganization to their own ends. In the degree to which institutions fail to function, the unscrupulous journalist can fish in troubled waters, and the conscientious one must gamble with uncertainties.
Therefore, overall, the quality of news about modern society reflects its social organization. The better the institutions are, the more interests are formally represented, the clearer the issues are, the more objective criteria are applied, and the more fully an event can be reported as news. At its best, the press serves as a protector and supporter of institutions; at its worst, it becomes a tool for a few to take advantage of social chaos for their own benefit. When institutions fail to operate effectively, unscrupulous journalists can take advantage of the turmoil, while conscientious ones must navigate through uncertainties.
The press is no substitute for institutions. It is like the beam of a searchlight that moves restlessly about, bringing one episode and then another out of darkness into vision. Men cannot do the work of the world by this light alone. They cannot govern society by episodes, incidents, and eruptions. It is only when they work by a steady light of their own, that the press, when it is turned upon them, reveals a situation intelligible enough for a popular decision. The trouble lies deeper than the press, and so does the remedy. It lies in social organization based on a system of analysis and record, and in all the corollaries of that principle; in the abandonment of the theory of the omnicompetent citizen, in the decentralization of decision, in the coordination of decision by comparable record and analysis. If at the centers of management there is a running audit, which makes work intelligible to those who do it, and those who superintend it, issues when they arise are not the mere collisions of the blind. Then, too, the news is uncovered for the press by a system of intelligence that is also a check upon the press.
The press cannot replace institutions. It’s like a searchlight that flickers around, shining a brief light on one event after another. People can’t run the world just by this light. They can’t manage society through random events and incidents. It’s only when they use their own steady light that the press can shine on them, making the situation clear enough for the public to make informed decisions. The issue goes deeper than just the press, and so does the solution. It lies in social organization grounded in a system of analysis and record-keeping, along with all the implications of that principle; it requires moving away from the idea of an all-capable citizen, decentralizing decision-making, and coordinating decisions through comparable records and analysis. If there’s an ongoing audit at the management centers that makes the work clear to those doing it and those overseeing it, then issues that arise won't just be random clashes. Plus, the news is made accessible to the press through an intelligence system that also keeps the press in check.
That is the radical way. For the troubles of the press, like the troubles of representative government, be it territorial or functional, like the troubles of industry, be it capitalist, cooperative, or communist, go back to a common source: to the failure of self-governing people to transcend their casual experience and their prejudice, by inventing, creating, and organizing a machinery of knowledge. It is because they are compelled to act without a reliable picture of the world, that governments, schools, newspapers and churches make such small headway against the more obvious failings of democracy, against violent prejudice, apathy, preference for the curious trivial as against the dull important, and the hunger for sideshows and three legged calves. This is the primary defect of popular government, a defect inherent in its traditions, and all its other defects can, I believe, be traced to this one.
That is the radical approach. The issues with the press, like the issues with representative government—whether territorial or functional—and the issues with industry, whether capitalist, cooperative, or communist, all stem from a shared root: the failure of self-governing people to rise above their everyday experiences and biases by developing, creating, and organizing a system of knowledge. Because they are forced to act without a clear understanding of the world, governments, schools, newspapers, and churches struggle to address the more apparent flaws of democracy, like extreme bias, indifference, the preference for trivial matters over important ones, and the craving for distractions and oddities. This is the fundamental flaw of popular government, a flaw that is deeply embedded in its traditions, and I believe that all its other flaws can be traced back to this one.
PART VIII
ORGANIZED INTELLIGENCE
CHAPTER XXV. THE ENTERING WEDGE " XXVI. INTELLIGENCE WORK " XXVII. THE APPEAL TO THE PUBLIC " XXVIII. THE APPEAL TO REASON
CHAPTER XXV
THE ENTERING WEDGE
1
1
If the remedy were interesting, American pioneers like Charles McCarthy, Robert Valentine, and Frederick W. Taylor would not have had to fight so hard for a hearing. But it is clear why they had to fight, and why bureaus of governmental research, industrial audits, budgeting and the like are the ugly ducklings of reform. They reverse the process by which interesting public opinions are built up. Instead of presenting a casual fact, a large screen of stereotypes, and a dramatic identification, they break down the drama, break through the stereotypes, and offer men a picture of facts, which is unfamiliar and to them impersonal. When this is not painful, it is dull, and those to whom it is painful, the trading politician and the partisan who has much to conceal, often exploit the dullness that the public feels, in order to remove the pain that they feel.
If the solution were engaging, American pioneers like Charles McCarthy, Robert Valentine, and Frederick W. Taylor wouldn’t have had to struggle so much to be heard. But it’s obvious why they did, and why government research agencies, industrial audits, budgeting, and similar processes are the ugly ducklings of reform. They change the way interesting public opinions are formed. Instead of presenting a casual fact, a broad array of stereotypes, and a compelling narrative, they deconstruct the drama, dismantle the stereotypes, and show people a picture of facts that feels unfamiliar and impersonal. When this isn’t painful, it’s boring, and those who find it painful, including opportunistic politicians and partisans with secrets to hide, often take advantage of the dullness the public experiences to alleviate their own discomfort.
2
2
Yet every complicated community has sought the assistance of special men, of augurs, priests, elders. Our own democracy, based though it was on a theory of universal competence, sought lawyers to manage its government, and to help manage its industry. It was recognized that the specially trained man was in some dim way oriented to a wider system of truth than that which arises spontaneously in the amateur's mind. But experience has shown that the traditional lawyer's equipment was not enough assistance. The Great Society had grown furiously and to colossal dimensions by the application of technical knowledge. It was made by engineers who had learned to use exact measurements and quantitative analysis. It could not be governed, men began to discover, by men who thought deductively about rights and wrongs. It could be brought under human control only by the technic which had created it. Gradually, then, the more enlightened directing minds have called in experts who were trained, or had trained themselves, to make parts of this Great Society intelligible to those who manage it. These men are known by all kinds of names, as statisticians, accountants, auditors, industrial counsellors, engineers of many species, scientific managers, personnel administrators, research men, "scientists," and sometimes just as plain private secretaries. They have brought with them each a jargon of his own, as well as filing cabinets, card catalogues, graphs, loose-leaf contraptions, and above all the perfectly sound ideal of an executive who sits before a flat-top desk, one sheet of typewritten paper before him, and decides on matters of policy presented in a form ready for his rejection or approval.
Every complex community has sought help from specialized individuals—like augurs, priests, and elders. Our own democracy, although based on the idea of universal competence, turned to lawyers to run its government and assist with its industry. It was understood that these specially trained individuals had some vague connection to a broader system of truth than what naturally emerges in the minds of amateurs. However, experience has shown that the traditional skills of lawyers weren't sufficient. The Great Society expanded rapidly and to massive proportions through the use of technical knowledge. It was built by engineers who learned to use precise measurements and quantitative analysis. People began to realize that it couldn’t be governed by those who only thought deductively about right and wrong. It could only be brought under control by the techniques that created it. Over time, more enlightened leaders have brought in experts who either trained specifically or educated themselves to help make parts of this Great Society understandable to those in charge. These experts go by many titles: statisticians, accountants, auditors, industrial counselors, various types of engineers, scientific managers, personnel administrators, researchers, "scientists," and sometimes just plain private secretaries. Each of them has introduced their own jargon, along with filing cabinets, card catalogs, graphs, loose-leaf binders, and above all, the sound ideal of an executive sitting at a flat-top desk, with one sheet of typewritten paper in front of them, deciding on policy matters presented in a format ready for approval or rejection.
This whole development has been the work, not so much of a spontaneous creative evolution, as of blind natural selection. The statesman, the executive, the party leader, the head of a voluntary association, found that if he had to discuss two dozen different subjects in the course of the day, somebody would have to coach him. He began to clamor for memoranda. He found he could not read his mail. He demanded somebody who would blue-pencil the interesting sentences in the important letters. He found he could not digest the great stacks of type-written reports that grew mellow on his desk. He demanded summaries. He found he could not read an unending series of figures. He embraced the man who made colored pictures of them. He found that he really did not know one machine from another. He hired engineers to pick them, and tell him how much they cost and what they could do. He peeled off one burden after another, as a man will take off first his hat, then his coat, then his collar, when he is struggling to move an unwieldy load.
This whole situation hasn't come from a natural creative evolution, but rather from blind natural selection. The politician, the executive, the party leader, the head of a voluntary organization realized that if he had to talk about two dozen different topics in a day, he would need someone to guide him. He started asking for notes. He found he couldn't read his emails. He wanted someone to highlight the key sentences in the important letters. He realized he couldn't handle the huge piles of typed reports that piled up on his desk. He asked for summaries. He discovered he was unable to read an endless series of numbers. He turned to the person who could visualize them in color. He found he really didn't understand one machine from another. He hired engineers to choose them, and explain their costs and capabilities. He removed one burden after another, just like a man will first take off his hat, then his coat, then his collar, when he’s struggling to carry something heavy.
3
3
Yet curiously enough, though he knew that he needed help, he was slow to call in the social scientist. The chemist, the physicist, the geologist, had a much earlier and more friendly reception. Laboratories were set up for them, inducements offered, for there was quick appreciation of the victories over nature. But the scientist who has human nature as his problem is in a different case. There are many reasons for this: the chief one, that he has so few victories to exhibit. He has so few, because unless he deals with the historic past, he cannot prove his theories before offering them to the public. The physical scientist can make an hypothesis, test it, revise the hypothesis hundreds of times, and, if after all that, he is wrong, no one else has to pay the price. But the social scientist cannot begin to offer the assurance of a laboratory test, and if his advice is followed, and he is wrong, the consequences may be incalculable. He is in the nature of things far more responsible, and far less certain.
Yet, interestingly enough, even though he recognized that he needed help, he was slow to bring in the social scientist. The chemist, the physicist, and the geologist received a much quicker and warmer welcome. Laboratories were established for them, and incentives were offered because there was a quick understanding of their victories over nature. But the scientist who focuses on human nature faces a different situation. There are many reasons for this, the main one being that he has so few successes to showcase. He has few because unless he engages with historical data, he can’t prove his theories before presenting them to the public. The physical scientist can create a hypothesis, test it, revise the hypothesis hundreds of times, and if he’s ultimately wrong, no one else has to suffer the consequences. But the social scientist cannot provide the reassurance of laboratory results, and if his advice is followed and he’s mistaken, the outcomes can be unpredictable. He is, by nature, far more responsible and much less certain.
But more than that. In the laboratory sciences the student has conquered the dilemma of thought and action. He brings a sample of the action to a quiet place, where it can be repeated at will, and examined at leisure. But the social scientist is constantly being impaled on a dilemma. If he stays in his library, where he has the leisure to think, he has to rely upon the exceedingly casual and meager printed record that comes to him through official reports, newspapers, and interviews. If he goes out into "the world" where things are happening, he has to serve a long, often wasteful, apprenticeship, before he is admitted to the sanctum where they are being decided. What he cannot do is to dip into action and out again whenever it suits him. There are no privileged listeners. The man of affairs, observing that the social scientist knows only from the outside what he knows, in part at least, from the inside, recognizing that the social scientist's hypothesis is not in the nature of things susceptible of laboratory proof, and that verification is possible only in the "real" world, has developed a rather low opinion of social scientists who do not share his views of public policy.
But more than that. In the lab sciences, students have solved the problem of thought and action. They can take a sample of an action to a quiet space, where they can repeat it at will and examine it at their own pace. However, the social scientist is constantly caught in a dilemma. If he stays in the library, where he can think freely, he has to rely on the sparse and often unreliable printed records from official reports, newspapers, and interviews. If he ventures out into "the world," where real events are happening, he has to go through a long and often wasteful apprenticeship before gaining access to the places where decisions are made. What he can't do is jump into action and back out whenever it suits him. There are no privileged observers. The decision-maker, noticing that the social scientist knows only from an external perspective what he partially knows from an internal one, realizes that the social scientist's hypotheses can't be tested like things can in a lab, and that verification is only possible in the "real" world. This has led them to have a rather low opinion of social scientists who disagree with their views on public policy.
In his heart of hearts the social scientist shares this estimate of himself. He has little inner certainty about his own work. He only half believes in it, and being sure of nothing, he can find no compelling reason for insisting on his own freedom of thought. What can he actually claim for it, in the light of his own conscience? [Footnote: Cf. Charles E. Merriam, The Present State of the Study of Politics, American Political Science Review, Vol. XV. No. 2, May, 1921.] His data are uncertain, his means of verification lacking. The very best qualities in him are a source of frustration. For if he is really critical and saturated in the scientific spirit, he cannot be doctrinaire, and go to Armageddon against the trustees and the students and the Civic Federation and the conservative press for a theory of which he is not sure. If you are going to Armageddon, you have to battle for the Lord, but the political scientist is always a little doubtful whether the Lord called him.
In his heart of hearts, the social scientist sees himself this way. He lacks confidence in his own work. He only partly believes in it, and since he’s sure of nothing, he can’t find a strong reason to defend his own freedom of thought. What can he honestly claim for it, given his own conscience? [Footnote: Cf. Charles E. Merriam, The Present State of the Study of Politics, American Political Science Review, Vol. XV. No. 2, May, 1921.] His data is unreliable, and he has no solid way to verify it. His best qualities often lead to frustration. If he is truly critical and embodies the scientific spirit, he can’t be dogmatic and go to battle against the trustees, students, the Civic Federation, and the conservative press for a theory he doubts. If you’re going into battle, you have to fight for a cause, but the political scientist always feels a little unsure if that cause has called him.
Consequently if so much of social science is apologetic rather than constructive, the explanation lies in the opportunities of social science, not in "capitalism." The physical scientists achieved their freedom from clericalism by working out a method that produced conclusions of a sort that could not be suppressed or ignored. They convinced themselves and acquired dignity, and knew what they were fighting for. The social scientist will acquire his dignity and his strength when he has worked out his method. He will do that by turning into opportunity the need among directing men of the Great Society for instruments of analysis by which an invisible and made intelligible.
As a result, if much of social science leans more towards being apologetic than constructive, the issue lies within the realm of social science, not in "capitalism." Physical scientists gained their freedom from clerical influences by developing a method that produced conclusions that couldn't be suppressed or ignored. They built confidence, gained respect, and knew what they were fighting for. Social scientists will gain their respect and strength once they establish their own methods. They can achieve this by transforming the need for analytical tools among the leaders of the Great Society into opportunities, making the invisible understandable.
But as things go now, the social scientist assembles his data out of a mass of unrelated material. Social processes are recorded spasmodically, quite often as accidents of administration. A report to Congress, a debate, an investigation, legal briefs, a census, a tariff, a tax schedule; the material, like the skull of the Piltdown man, has to be put together by ingenious inference before the student obtains any sort of picture of the event he is studying. Though it deals with the conscious life of his fellow citizens, it is all too often distressingly opaque, because the man who is trying to generalize has practically no supervision of the way his data are collected. Imagine medical research conducted by students who could rarely go into a hospital, were deprived of animal experiment, and compelled to draw conclusions from the stories of people who had been ill, the reports of nurses, each of whom had her own system of diagnosis, and the statistics compiled by the Bureau of Internal Revenue on the excess profits of druggists. The social scientist has usually to make what he can out of categories that were uncritically in the mind of an official who administered some part of a law, or who was out to justify, to persuade, to claim, or to prove. The student knows this, and, as a protection against it, has developed that branch of scholarship which is an elaborated suspicion about where to discount his information.
But nowadays, the social scientist gathers data from a jumble of unrelated materials. Social processes are recorded inconsistently, often as random results of administrative actions. A report to Congress, a debate, an investigation, legal briefs, a census, a tariff, a tax schedule; the data has to be pieced together through clever reasoning before the student can get any clear picture of the event they’re studying. Even though it relates to the conscious lives of their fellow citizens, it’s often frustratingly unclear, because the individual trying to draw conclusions has almost no control over how their data is collected. Imagine medical research done by students who rarely had access to a hospital, were banned from animal experiments, and were forced to draw conclusions based on accounts from people who had been ill, reports from nurses—each with their own diagnosis system—and statistics compiled by the Bureau of Internal Revenue on the extra profits of pharmacies. The social scientist often has to work with categories that were accepted without question by an official who was administering some aspect of a law, or who was trying to justify, persuade, claim, or prove something. The student understands this, and as a safeguard, has developed a field of scholarship characterized by a heightened skepticism toward their sources of information.
That is a virtue, but it becomes a very thin virtue when it is merely a corrective for the unwholesome position of social science. For the scholar is condemned to guess as shrewdly as he can why in a situation not clearly understood something or other may have happened. But the expert who is employed as the mediator among representatives, and as the mirror and measure of administration, has a very different control of the facts. Instead of being the man who generalizes from the facts dropped to him by the men of action, he becomes the man who prepares the facts for the men of action. This is a profound change in his strategic position. He no longer stands outside, chewing the cud provided by busy men of affairs, but he takes his place in front of decision instead of behind it. To-day the sequence is that the man of affairs finds his facts, and decides on the basis of them; then, some time later, the social scientist deduces excellent reasons why he did or did not decide wisely. This ex post facto relationship is academic in the bad sense of that fine word. The real sequence should be one where the disinterested expert first finds and formulates the facts for the man of action, and later makes what wisdom he can out of comparison between the decision, which he understands, and the facts, which he organized.
That is a merit, but it becomes a very weak merit when it's just a fix for the unhealthy state of social science. The scholar is forced to speculate as intelligently as possible about why something may have occurred in a situation that isn't clearly understood. However, the expert who acts as the mediator among representatives, and as the reflection and measure of administration, has a much different grasp on the facts. Instead of being the person who draws general conclusions from the information given to him by active individuals, he becomes the person who prepares the facts for those in action. This is a significant shift in his strategic role. He no longer stands outside, pondering the insights provided by busy individuals, but he positions himself in front of the decision rather than behind it. Nowadays, the pattern is that the decision-maker gathers his facts and makes choices based on them; then, some time later, the social scientist deduces strong arguments for why he did or did not make a wise decision. This retrospective relationship is academic in the undesirable sense of that once-respectable term. The ideal sequence should be one where the impartial expert first uncovers and formulates the facts for the decision-maker, and then later assesses the decision, which he understands, against the facts he organized.
4
4
For the physical sciences this change in strategic position began slowly, and then accelerated rapidly. There was a time when the inventor and the engineer were romantic half-starved outsiders, treated as cranks. The business man and the artisan knew all the mysteries of their craft. Then the mysteries grew more mysterious, and at last industry began to depend upon physical laws and chemical combinations that no eye could see, and only a trained mind could conceive. The scientist moved from his noble garret in the Latin Quarter into office buildings and laboratories. For he alone could construct a working image of the reality on which industry rested. From the new relationship he took as much as he gave, perhaps more: pure science developed faster than applied, though it drew its economic support, a great deal of its inspiration, and even more of its relevancy, from constant contact with practical decision. But physical science still labored under the enormous limitation that the men who made decisions had only their commonsense to guide them. They administered without scientific aid a world complicated by scientists. Again they had to deal with facts they could not apprehend, and as once they had to call in engineers, they now have to call in statisticians, accountants, experts of all sorts.
For the physical sciences, this shift in strategic position started slowly and then picked up speed rapidly. There was a time when inventors and engineers were seen as romantic, underappreciated outsiders, often regarded as oddballs. Businesspeople and artisans knew all the secrets of their trades. Then these secrets became more complex, and eventually, industry began to rely on physical laws and chemical combinations that were invisible to the naked eye, only understandable to those with specialized knowledge. Scientists moved from their humble attics in the Latin Quarter into office buildings and laboratories. They were the only ones who could create a practical understanding of the reality that industry depended on. From this new dynamic, they took as much as they contributed, perhaps even more: pure science advanced more quickly than applied science, even though it drew its financial backing, a lot of its inspiration, and most of its relevance from ongoing interaction with practical decision-making. However, physical science still faced the significant limitation that the individuals making decisions relied solely on their common sense. They managed a world made complex by scientists without any scientific support. Once they had to call in engineers, now they needed to bring in statisticians, accountants, and all kinds of experts.
These practical students are the true pioneers of a new social science. They are "in mesh with the driving wheels" [Footnote: Cf. The Address of the President of the American Philosophical Association, Mr. Ralph Barton Perry, Dec. 28, 1920. Published in the Proceedings of the Twentieth Annual Meeting.] and from this practical engagement of science and action, both will benefit radically: action by the clarification of its beliefs; beliefs by a continuing test in action. We are in the earliest beginnings. But if it is conceded that all large forms of human association must, because of sheer practical difficulty, contain men who will come to see the need for an expert reporting of their particular environment, then the imagination has a premise on which to work. In the exchange of technic and result among expert staffs, one can see, I think, the beginning of experimental method in social science. When each school district and budget, and health department, and factory, and tariff schedule, is the material of knowledge for every other, the number of comparable experiences begins to approach the dimensions of genuine experiment. In forty-eight states, and 2400 cities, and 277,000 school houses, 270,000 manufacturing establishments, 27,000 mines and quarries, there is a wealth of experience, if only it were recorded and available. And there is, too, opportunity for trial and error at such slight risk that any reasonable hypothesis might be given a fair test without shaking the foundations of society.
These practical students are the true pioneers of a new social science. They are "in mesh with the driving wheels" [Footnote: Cf. The Address of the President of the American Philosophical Association, Mr. Ralph Barton Perry, Dec. 28, 1920. Published in the Proceedings of the Twentieth Annual Meeting.] and through this practical involvement of science and action, both will benefit significantly: action by clarifying its beliefs; beliefs by undergoing continuous testing in action. We are just beginning. But if we accept that all large forms of human association must, due to practical challenges, include people who recognize the need for expert analysis of their specific environment, then there is a basis for imagination to work with. In the exchange of techniques and outcomes among expert teams, we can see, I believe, the start of an experimental method in social science. When each school district and budget, health department, factory, and tariff schedule becomes useful knowledge for every other, the number of comparable experiences starts to approach the scale of true experiments. In forty-eight states, 2,400 cities, 277,000 schoolhouses, 270,000 manufacturing establishments, and 27,000 mines and quarries, there is a wealth of experience, if only it were documented and accessible. Additionally, there is a chance for trial and error at such minimal risk that any reasonable hypothesis could be tested fairly without undermining the foundations of society.
The wedge has been driven, not only by some directors of industry and some statesmen who had to have help, but by the bureaus of municipal research, [Footnote: The number of these organizations in the United States is very great. Some are alive, some half dead. They are in rapid flux. Lists of them supplied to me by Dr. L. D. Upson of the Detroit Bureau of Governmental Research, Miss Rebecca B. Rankin of the Municipal Reference Library of New York City, Mr. Edward A. Fitzpatrick, Secretary of the State Board of Education (Wisconsin), Mr. Savel Zimand of the Bureau of Industrial Research (New York City), run into the hundreds.] the legislative reference libraries, the specialized lobbies of corporations and trade unions and public causes, and by voluntary organizations like the League of Women Voters, the Consumers' League, the Manufacturers' Associations: by hundreds of trade associations, and citizens' unions; by publications like the Searchlight on Congress and the Survey; and by foundations like the General Education Board. Not all by any means are disinterested. That is not the point. All of them do begin to demonstrate the need for interposing some form of expertness between the private citizen and the vast environment in which he is entangled.
The gap has been created, driven not only by some business leaders and politicians who needed support, but also by municipal research organizations, [Footnote: There are many such organizations in the United States. Some are thriving, some are barely functioning. They are rapidly changing. Lists of these organizations provided to me by Dr. L. D. Upson of the Detroit Bureau of Governmental Research, Miss Rebecca B. Rankin of the Municipal Reference Library of New York City, Mr. Edward A. Fitzpatrick, Secretary of the State Board of Education (Wisconsin), and Mr. Savel Zimand of the Bureau of Industrial Research (New York City) number in the hundreds.] legislative reference libraries, the specialized lobbying efforts of companies, trade unions, and public causes, and by voluntary groups like the League of Women Voters, the Consumers' League, and Manufacturers' Associations: by hundreds of trade associations and citizens' unions; by publications like the Searchlight on Congress and the Survey; and by foundations like the General Education Board. Not everyone is acting out of selflessness. That’s not the issue. They all underscore the need to place some form of expertise between individual citizens and the vast world they are navigating.
CHAPTER XXVI
INTELLIGENCE WORK
1
1
THE practice of democracy has been ahead of its theory. For the theory holds that the adult electors taken together make decisions out of a will that is in them. But just as there grew up governing hierarchies which were invisible in theory, so there has been a large amount of constructive adaptation, also unaccounted for in the image of democracy. Ways have been found to represent many interests and functions that are normally out of sight.
THE practice of democracy has outpaced its theory. The theory suggests that adult voters collectively make decisions based on their will. However, just as there have been governing hierarchies that aren’t visible in theory, there has also been a significant amount of constructive adjustment that isn’t reflected in the traditional image of democracy. Methods have been developed to represent various interests and functions that are typically overlooked.
We are most conscious of this in our theory of the courts, when we explain their legislative powers and their vetoes on the theory that there are interests to be guarded which might be forgotten by the elected officials. But the Census Bureau, when it counts, classifies, and correlates people, things, and changes, is also speaking for unseen factors in the environment. The Geological Survey makes mineral resources evident, the Department of Agriculture represents in the councils of the nation factors of which each farmer sees only an infinitesimal part. School authorities, the Tariff Commission, the consular service, the Bureau of Internal Revenue give representation to persons, ideas, and objects which would never automatically find themselves represented in this perspective by an election. The Children's Bureau is the spokesman of a whole complex of interests and functions not ordinarily visible to the voter, and, therefore, incapable of becoming spontaneously a part of his public opinions. Thus the printing of comparative statistics of infant mortality is often followed by a reduction of the death rate of babies. Municipal officials and voters did not have, before publication, a place in their picture of the environment for those babies. The statistics made them visible, as visible as if the babies had elected an alderman to air their grievances.
We are most aware of this in our understanding of the courts when we explain their legislative powers and their ability to veto decisions based on the idea that there are interests that might be overlooked by elected officials. However, the Census Bureau, when it counts, classifies, and analyzes people, things, and changes, also represents unseen factors in the environment. The Geological Survey highlights mineral resources, while the Department of Agriculture brings to the nation's attention factors that each farmer only sees a tiny bit of. School authorities, the Tariff Commission, the consular service, and the Bureau of Internal Revenue represent people, ideas, and objects that would never get attention through an election alone. The Children's Bureau acts on behalf of a whole range of interests and functions that are not usually visible to voters, making them unable to naturally become part of public opinion. As a result, publishing comparative statistics on infant mortality often leads to a decrease in the baby death rate. Before this information was shared, municipal officials and voters didn’t consider these babies in their view of the world. The statistics made them visible, almost as if the babies had elected someone to speak for them.
In the State Department the government maintains a Division of Far Eastern Affairs. What is it for? The Japanese and the Chinese Governments both maintain ambassadors in Washington. Are they not qualified to speak for the Far East? They are its representatives. Yet nobody would argue that the American Government could learn all that it needed to know about the Far East by consulting these ambassadors. Supposing them to be as candid as they know how to be, they are still limited channels of information. Therefore, to supplement them we maintain embassies in Tokio and Peking, and consular agents at many points. Also, I assume, some secret agents. These people are supposed to send reports which pass through the Division of Far Eastern Affairs to the Secretary of State. Now what does the Secretary expect of the Division? I know one who expected it to spend its appropriation. But there are Secretaries to whom special revelation is denied, and they turn to their divisions for help. The last thing they expect to find is a neat argument justifying the American position.
In the State Department, the government has a Division of Far Eastern Affairs. What’s it for? Both the Japanese and Chinese governments have ambassadors in Washington. Aren’t they qualified to represent the Far East? They are its representatives. Still, no one would claim that the American government could gather all the information it needs about the Far East just by consulting these ambassadors. Even if they are as straightforward as possible, they still offer limited sources of information. That's why we maintain embassies in Tokyo and Beijing, along with consular agents in various locations. I assume there are also some secret agents. These individuals are expected to send reports that go through the Division of Far Eastern Affairs to the Secretary of State. So what does the Secretary expect from the Division? I know one who expected it to use its budget wisely. But there are Secretaries who are denied special insights, and they rely on their divisions for assistance. The last thing they expect to find is a clear argument supporting the American stance.
What they demand is that the experts shall bring the Far East to the Secretary's desk, with all the elements in such relation that it is as if he were in contact with the Far East itself. The expert must translate, simplify, generalize, but the inference from the result must apply in the East, not merely on the premises of the report. If the Secretary is worth his salt, the very last thing he will tolerate in his experts is the suspicion that they have a "policy." He does not want to know from them whether they like Japanese policy in China. He wants to know what different classes of Chinese and Japanese, English, Frenchmen, Germans, and Russians, think about it, and what they are likely to do because of what they think. He wants all that represented to him as the basis of his decision. The more faithfully the Division represents what is not otherwise represented, either by the Japanese or American ambassadors, or the Senators and Congressmen from the Pacific coast, the better Secretary of State he will be. He may decide to take his policy from the Pacific Coast, but he will take his view of Japan from Japan.
What they want is for the experts to bring the Far East to the Secretary's desk, presenting all the elements in a way that makes it feel like he's directly in touch with the region. The expert needs to translate, simplify, and generalize, but the conclusions drawn must apply in the East, not just to the content of the report. If the Secretary knows his job, the last thing he'll accept from his experts is the idea that they have a "policy." He doesn't want to hear their opinions on Japanese policy in China. He wants to know what different groups of Chinese, Japanese, English, French, Germans, and Russians think about it, and what actions they might take based on those thoughts. He wants all of that presented to him as the foundation for his decisions. The better the Division represents views that aren't otherwise captured by the Japanese or American ambassadors, or by the Senators and Congressmen from the Pacific coast, the better Secretary of State he will be. He might decide to adopt his policy from the Pacific Coast, but he'll form his perspective on Japan from Japan itself.
2
2
It is no accident that the best diplomatic service in the world is the one in which the divorce between the assembling of knowledge and the control of policy is most perfect. During the war in many British Embassies and in the British Foreign Office there were nearly always men, permanent officials or else special appointees, who quite successfully discounted the prevailing war mind. They discarded the rigmarole of being pro and con, of having favorite nationalities, and pet aversions, and undelivered perorations in their bosoms. They left that to the political chiefs. But in an American Embassy I once heard an ambassador say that he never reported anything to Washington which would not cheer up the folks at home. He charmed all those who met him, helped many a stranded war worker, and was superb when he unveiled a monument.
It’s no coincidence that the best diplomatic service in the world is the one where there’s a clear separation between gathering knowledge and making policy decisions. During the war, many British Embassies and the British Foreign Office often had people, whether permanent officials or special appointees, who effectively rejected the prevailing war mentality. They ignored the back-and-forth arguments, favorite nationalities, personal dislikes, and unwritten speeches they might have held back. That was left to the political leaders. However, at an American Embassy, I once heard an ambassador say that he never reported anything to Washington that wouldn’t uplift the people back home. He captivated everyone he met, assisted numerous stranded war workers, and was outstanding when he unveiled a monument.
He did not understand that the power of the expert depends upon separating himself from those who make the decisions, upon not caring, in his expert self, what decision is made. The man who, like the ambassador, takes a line, and meddles with the decision, is soon discounted. There he is, just one more on that side of the question. For when he begins to care too much, he begins to see what he wishes to see, and by that fact ceases to see what he is there to see. He is there to represent the unseen. He represents people who are not voters, functions of voters that are not evident, events that are out of sight, mute people, unborn people, relations between things and people. He has a constituency of intangibles. And intangibles cannot be used to form a political majority, because voting is in the last analysis a test of strength, a sublimated battle, and the expert represents no strength available in the immediate. But he can exercise force by disturbing the line up of the forces. By making the invisible visible, he confronts the people who exercise material force with a new environment, sets ideas and feelings at work in them, throws them out of position, and so, in the profoundest way, affects the decision.
He didn’t realize that an expert’s power comes from distancing himself from those making the decisions and not getting emotionally invested in what choice is made. A person like the ambassador, who gets involved and tries to influence the decision, quickly becomes irrelevant. He’s just another voice on that side of the issue. When he starts to care too much, he begins to see only what he wants to see, and in doing so, stops seeing what he’s supposed to observe. His role is to represent the unseen. He speaks for people who can’t vote, for the impacts of voters that aren’t obvious, for events hidden from view, for voiceless individuals, and for future generations. His constituency consists of intangible elements. Intangibles can’t be rallied into a political majority because, at its core, voting is a measure of power, a refined conflict, and the expert doesn’t embody any immediate strength. However, he can exert influence by shifting the balance of forces. By making the invisible visible, he challenges those who wield physical power with a new context, triggering ideas and emotions within them, throwing them off balance, and thereby significantly impacting the decision-making process.
Men cannot long act in a way that they know is a contradiction of the environment as they conceive it. If they are bent on acting in a certain way they have to reconceive the environment, they have to censor out, to rationalize. But if in their presence, there is an insistent fact which is so obtrusive that they cannot explain it away, one of three courses is open. They can perversely ignore it, though they will cripple themselves in the process, will overact their part and come to grief. They can take it into account but refuse to act. They pay in internal discomfort and frustration. Or, and I believe this to be the most frequent case, they adjust their whole behavior to the enlarged environment.
Men can't keep acting in a way that contradicts how they view their environment for long. If they're determined to behave a certain way, they need to rethink their understanding of the environment; they have to ignore certain facts or rationalize their actions. But if there’s an undeniable fact in front of them that they can't dismiss, they have three options. They can stubbornly ignore it, but that will only hold them back and lead to failure. They can acknowledge it but choose not to act, resulting in inner discomfort and frustration. Or, and I think this happens most often, they can adjust their entire behavior to fit this broader understanding of their environment.
The idea that the expert is an ineffectual person because he lets others make the decisions is quite contrary to experience. The more subtle the elements that enter into the decision, the more irresponsible power the expert wields. He is certain, moreover, to exercise more power in the future than ever he did before, because increasingly the relevant facts will elude the voter and the administrator. All governing agencies will tend to organize bodies of research and information, which will throw out tentacles and expand, as have the intelligence departments of all the armies in the world. But the experts will remain human beings. They will enjoy power, and their temptation will be to appoint themselves censors, and so absorb the real function of decision. Unless their function is correctly defined they will tend to pass on the facts they think appropriate, and to pass down the decisions they approve. They will tend, in short, to become a bureaucracy.
The notion that an expert is ineffective because they allow others to make decisions is completely at odds with reality. The more complex the factors involved in decision-making, the more unchecked power the expert possesses. Furthermore, they are likely to wield even more power in the future than they ever did before, as the relevant facts increasingly evade the voter and the administrator. All governing bodies will likely create research and information units that will spread out and grow, similar to the intelligence agencies of the world’s military forces. However, experts will still be human. They will relish power, and their temptation will be to appoint themselves as gatekeepers, thereby taking over the actual decision-making role. If their responsibilities aren’t clearly defined, they will tend to share only the facts they deem suitable and enforce the decisions they support. In short, they are likely to become a bureaucracy.
The only institutional safeguard is to separate as absolutely as it is possible to do so the staff which executes from the staff which investigates. The two should be parallel but quite distinct bodies of men, recruited differently, paid if possible from separate funds, responsible to different heads, intrinsically uninterested in each other's personal success. In industry, the auditors, accountants, and inspectors should be independent of the manager, the superintendents, foremen, and in time, I believe, we shall come to see that in order to bring industry under social control the machinery of record will have to be independent of the boards of directors and the shareholders.
The only way to ensure accountability is to completely separate the staff that carries out tasks from the staff that investigates those tasks. These two groups should operate side by side but remain distinct, hired through different processes, funded separately if possible, reporting to different leaders, and having no personal interest in each other's success. In business, auditors, accountants, and inspectors should be independent of managers, superintendents, and foremen. Eventually, I believe we will realize that to bring business under social control, the record-keeping system will need to operate independently from the boards of directors and shareholders.
3
3
But in building the intelligence sections of industry and politics, we do not start on cleared ground. And, apart from insisting on this basic separation of function, it would be cumbersome to insist too precisely on the form which in any particular instance the principle shall take. There are men who believe in intelligence work, and will adopt it; there are men who do not understand it, but cannot do their work without it; there are men who will resist. But provided the principle has a foothold somewhere in every social agency it will make progress, and the way to begin is to begin. In the federal government, for example, it is not necessary to straighten out the administrative tangle and the illogical duplications of a century's growth in order to find a neat place for the intelligence bureaus which Washington so badly needs. Before election you can promise to rush bravely into the breach. But when you arrive there all out of breath, you find that each absurdity is invested with habits, strong interests, and chummy Congressmen. Attack all along the line and you engage every force of reaction. You go forth to battle, as the poet said, and you always fall. You can lop off an antiquated bureau here, a covey of clerks there, you can combine two bureaus. And by that time you are busy with the tariff and the railroads, and the era of reform is over. Besides, in order to effect a truly logical reorganization of the government, such as all candidates always promise, you would have to disturb more passions than you have time to quell. And any new scheme, supposing you had one ready, would require officials to man it. Say what one will about officeholders, even Soviet Russia was glad to get many of the old ones back; and these old officials, if they are too ruthlessly treated, will sabotage Utopia itself.
But when it comes to building the intelligence sectors in industry and politics, we’re not starting from scratch. Besides insisting on this fundamental separation of functions, it would be impractical to demand too much precision about how that principle should be applied in specific cases. Some people genuinely believe in intelligence work and will embrace it; others may not fully understand it but need it to do their jobs; and then there are those who will resist it. However, as long as the principle has a presence in every social sector, it will make progress, and the key to getting started is simply to start. In the federal government, for instance, you don’t need to untangle the administrative mess and the illogical overlaps that have developed over a century just to find a proper role for the intelligence offices that Washington desperately needs. You can promise to boldly tackle the issues before an election, but when you finally get there, exhausted, you’ll find that every ridiculous situation has its own established habits, strong interests, and friendly Congress members. When you attack everything at once, you awaken every force of opposition. You set out for battle, as the poet said, only to always stumble. You can cut down an outdated bureau here, trim a group of clerks there, or merge two bureaus. By the time that’s done, you’re caught up in tariffs and railroads, and the reform era is over. Plus, to achieve a genuinely logical reorganization of the government, like all candidates always promise, you would need to disrupt more emotions than you have time to control. Any new plan, assuming you had one ready, would also need officials to implement it. No matter what anyone says about government workers, even Soviet Russia welcomed back many of the old ones; and if you handle these longtime officials too harshly, they could sabotage even the best plans.
No administrative scheme is workable without good will, and good will about strange practices is impossible without education. The better way is to introduce into the existing machinery, wherever you can find an opening, agencies that will hold up a mirror week by week, month by month. You can hope, then, to make the machine visible to those who work it, as well as to the chiefs who are responsible, and to the public outside. When the office-holders begin to see themselves,—or rather when the outsiders, the chiefs, and the subordinates all begin to see the same facts, the same damning facts if you like, the obstruction will diminish. The reformer's opinion that a certain bureau is inefficient is just his opinion, not so good an opinion in the eyes of the bureau, as its own. But let the work of that bureau be analysed and recorded, and then compared with other bureaus and with private corporations, and the argument moves to another plane.
No administrative system can function well without good will, and understanding unfamiliar practices is impossible without education. A better approach is to introduce into the existing system, whenever possible, resources that will provide regular feedback week by week, month by month. This way, you'll help those who operate the system, as well as the leaders in charge, and the public outside, to see how it works. When those in the office start to see themselves—really, when outsiders, leaders, and subordinates all start to recognize the same issues, the same serious issues if you will, the pushback will lessen. A reformer's belief that a certain department is inefficient is just that—his belief—not necessarily as convincing to the department as its own perspective. But when the performance of that department is analyzed and documented, and then compared with other departments and private companies, the discussion shifts to a different level.
There are ten departments at Washington represented in the Cabinet. Suppose, then, there was a permanent intelligence section for each. What would be some of the conditions of effectiveness? Beyond all others that the intelligence officials should be independent both of the Congressional Committees dealing with that department, and of the Secretary at the head of it; that they should not be entangled either in decision or in action. Independence, then, would turn mainly on three points on funds, tenure, and access to the facts. For clearly if a particular Congress or departmental official can deprive them of money, dismiss them, or close the files, the staff becomes its creature.
There are ten departments at Washington represented in the Cabinet. Now, imagine there was a permanent intelligence section for each one. What would be some of the conditions for effectiveness? Above all, the intelligence officials need to be independent from both the Congressional Committees related to that department and the Secretary who leads it; they shouldn’t be involved in decision-making or action. Independence would mainly hinge on three factors: funding, job security, and access to information. Because clearly, if a specific Congress or departmental official can cut off their funding, fire them, or restrict access to files, the staff ends up being under their control.
4
4
The question of funds is both important and difficult. No agency of research can be really free if it depends upon annual doles from what may be a jealous or a parsimonious congress. Yet the ultimate control of funds cannot be removed from the legislature. The financial arrangement should insure the staff against left-handed, joker and rider attack, against sly destruction, and should at the same time provide for growth. The staff should be so well entrenched that an attack on its existence would have to be made in the open. It might, perhaps, work behind a federal charter creating a trust fund, and a sliding scale over a period of years based on the appropriation for the department to which the intelligence bureau belonged. No great sums of money are involved anyway. The trust fund might cover the overhead and capital charges for a certain minimum staff, the sliding scale might cover the enlargements. At any rate the appropriation should be put beyond accident, like the payment of any long term obligation. This is a much less serious way of "tying the hands of Congress" than is the passage of a Constitutional amendment or the issuance of government bonds. Congress could repeal the charter. But it would have to repeal it, not throw monkey wrenches into it.
The issue of funding is both crucial and complicated. No research agency can truly operate freely if it relies on yearly allocations from a potentially jealous or stingy Congress. However, ultimate control over funds must remain with the legislature. The financial setup should protect the staff from unexpected attacks, sabotage, and any underhanded tactics while also allowing for growth. The staff should be solid enough that any assault on its existence would have to be made openly. It could potentially operate under a federal charter that creates a trust fund, with a gradual increase over several years based on the budget for the department to which the intelligence bureau belongs. In any case, the budget should be secured against unforeseen events, similar to fulfilling any long-term commitment. This approach is a much less drastic way of "restricting Congress" than passing a Constitutional amendment or issuing government bonds. Congress could revoke the charter, but it would need to do so officially rather than through backdoor maneuvers.
Tenure should be for life, with provision for retirement on a liberal pension, with sabbatical years set aside for advanced study and training, and with dismissal only after a trial by professional colleagues. The conditions which apply to any non-profit-making intellectual career should apply here. If the work is to be salient, the men who do it must have dignity, security, and, in the upper ranks at least, that freedom of mind which you find only where men are not too immediately concerned in practical decision.
Tenure should last for life, with options for retirement on a generous pension, sabbatical years allocated for advanced study and training, and dismissal only after an evaluation by professional peers. The same conditions that apply to any non-profit intellectual career should be in place here. For the work to be significant, the individuals doing it must have dignity, security, and, at least in the higher positions, the kind of freedom of thought that comes only when people aren’t too directly involved in practical decisions.
Access to the materials should be established in the organic act. The bureau should have the right to examine all papers, and to question any official or any outsider. Continuous investigation of this sort would not at all resemble the sensational legislative inquiry and the spasmodic fishing expedition which are now a common feature of our government. The bureau should have the right to propose accounting methods to the department, and if the proposal is rejected, or violated after it has been accepted, to appeal under its charter to Congress.
Access to the materials should be defined in the organic act. The bureau should have the authority to review all documents and to question any official or outsider. Ongoing investigations like this would be very different from the sensational legislative inquiries and haphazard fishing expeditions that are currently typical in our government. The bureau should have the right to suggest accounting methods to the department, and if the proposal is rejected or not followed after being accepted, it should be able to appeal to Congress under its charter.
In the first instance each intelligence bureau would be the connecting link between Congress and the Department, a better link, in my judgment, than the appearance of cabinet officers on the floor of both House and Senate, though the one proposal in no way excludes the other. The bureau would be the Congressional eye on the execution of its policy. It would be the departmental answer to Congressional criticism. And then, since operation of the Department would be permanently visible, perhaps Congress would cease to feel the need of that minute legislation born of distrust and a false doctrine of the separation of powers, which does so much to make efficient administration difficult.
In the beginning, each intelligence bureau would serve as a link between Congress and the Department, which I believe would be a better connection than having cabinet officers appear on the floor of both the House and Senate, although one option does not rule out the other. The bureau would be Congress's way of overseeing the execution of its policies. It would provide a departmental response to Congressional criticism. And since the Department's operations would be permanently visible, Congress might stop feeling the need for overly detailed legislation that stems from distrust and a mistaken belief in the separation of powers, which complicates efficient administration.
5
5
But, of course, each of the ten bureaus could not work in a watertight compartment. In their relation one to another lies the best chance for that "coordination" of which so much is heard and so little seen. Clearly the various staffs would need to adopt, wherever possible, standards of measurement that were comparable. They would exchange their records. Then if the War Department and the Post Office both buy lumber, hire carpenters, or construct brick walls they need not necessarily do them through the same agency, for that might mean cumbersome over-centralization; but they would be able to use the same measure for the same things, be conscious of the comparisons, and be treated as competitors. And the more competition of this sort the better.
But, of course, each of the ten departments couldn’t operate in isolation. The best opportunity for that "coordination" we hear so much about but see so little of lies in how they relate to each other. Clearly, the different teams would need to adopt comparable measurement standards wherever possible. They would share their records. So, if the War Department and the Post Office both buy lumber, hire carpenters, or build brick walls, they don’t have to do it through the same agency, as that could lead to clunky over-centralization; but they would be able to use the same measures for the same items, be aware of the comparisons, and act as competitors. And the more competition of this kind, the better.
For the value of competition is determined by the value of the standards used to measure it. Instead, then, of asking ourselves whether we believe in competition, we should ask ourselves whether we believe in that for which the competitors compete. No one in his senses expects to "abolish competition," for when the last vestige of emulation had disappeared, social effort would consist in mechanical obedience to a routine, tempered in a minority by native inspiration. Yet no one expects to work out competition to its logical conclusion in a murderous struggle of each against all. The problem is to select the goals of competition and the rules of the game. Almost always the most visible and obvious standard of measurement will determine the rules of the game: such as money, power, popularity, applause, or Mr. Veblen's "conspicuous waste." What other standards of measurement does our civilization normally provide? How does it measure efficiency, productivity, service, for which we are always clamoring?
The value of competition is defined by the standards we use to measure it. Instead of asking ourselves if we believe in competition, we should ask if we believe in what the competitors are competing for. No one in their right mind thinks we can "abolish competition," because if we eliminated the last traces of rivalry, social effort would just become mechanical compliance with a routine, influenced only in a few cases by natural inspiration. Yet, no one thinks we can take competition to its extreme, leading to a brutal fight of everyone against everyone. The issue is choosing the goals of competition and the rules of the game. Typically, the most visible and obvious measurement standards dictate the rules, like money, power, popularity, applause, or Mr. Veblen's "conspicuous waste." What other measurement standards does our society usually offer? How do we evaluate efficiency, productivity, and service, which we are always demanding?
By and large there are no measures, and there is, therefore, not so much competition to achieve these ideals. For the difference between the higher and the lower motives is not, as men often assert, a difference between altruism and selfishness. [Footnote: Cf. Ch. XII] It is a difference between acting for easily understood aims, and for aims that are obscure and vague. Exhort a man to make more profit than his neighbor, and he knows at what to aim. Exhort him to render more social service, and how is he to be certain what service is social? What is the test, what is the measure? A subjective feeling, somebody's opinion. Tell a man in time of peace that he ought to serve his country and you have uttered a pious platitude, Tell him in time of war, and the word service has a meaning; it is a number of concrete acts, enlistment, or buying bonds, or saving food, or working for a dollar a year, and each one of these services he sees definitely as part of a concrete purpose to put at the front an army larger and better armed, than the enemy's.
Overall, there aren’t clear standards, so there’s not much competition to reach these ideals. The difference between higher and lower motives isn’t, as people often say, a distinction between altruism and selfishness. [Footnote: Cf. Ch. XII] It’s a difference between acting for goals that are easy to understand and those that are unclear and vague. Tell someone to make more profit than their neighbor, and they know what they’re aiming for. Tell them to provide more social service, and how can they be sure what that means? What’s the standard, what’s the measure? It comes down to a personal feeling or someone’s opinion. Tell someone during peacetime that they should serve their country, and it sounds like a nice idea. But during wartime, the word service takes on real meaning; it involves specific actions—enlisting, buying bonds, saving food, or working for a dollar a year. Each of these actions is clearly tied to a concrete goal: building a larger and better-equipped army than the enemy's.
So the more you are able to analyze administration and work out elements that can be compared, the more you invent quantitative measures for the qualities you wish to promote, the more you can turn competition to ideal ends. If you can contrive the right index numbers [Footnote: I am not using the term index numbers in its purely technical meaning, but to cover any device for the comparative measurement of social phenomena.] you can set up a competition between individual workers in a shop; between shops; between factories; between schools; [Footnote: See, for example, An Index Number for State School Systems by Leonard P. Ayres, Russell Sage Foundation, 1920. The principle of the quota was very successfully applied in the Liberty Loan Campaigns, and under very much more difficult circumstances by the Allied Maritime Transport Council.] between government departments; between regiments; between divisions; between ships; between states; counties; cities; and the better your index numbers the more useful the competition.
The more you analyze administration and identify comparable elements, and the more you create quantitative measures for the qualities you want to promote, the more you can direct competition towards ideal goals. If you can come up with the right index numbers [Footnote: I am not using the term index numbers in its purely technical sense, but to refer to any tool for comparing social phenomena.] you can establish competition among individual workers in a shop; between shops; between factories; between schools; [Footnote: See, for example, An Index Number for State School Systems by Leonard P. Ayres, Russell Sage Foundation, 1920. The principle of the quota was very successfully applied in the Liberty Loan Campaigns, and under much more challenging circumstances by the Allied Maritime Transport Council.] between government departments; between regiments; between divisions; between ships; between states; counties; cities; and the better your index numbers, the more beneficial the competition will be.
6
6
The possibilities that lie in the exchange of material are evident. Each department of government is all the time asking for information that may already have been obtained by another department, though perhaps in a somewhat different form. The State Department needs to know, let us say, the extent of the Mexican oil reserves, their relation to the rest of the world's supply, the present ownership of Mexican oil lands, the importance of oil to warships now under construction or planned, the comparative costs in different fields. How does it secure such information to-day? The information is probably scattered through the Departments of Interior, Justice, Commerce, Labor and Navy. Either a clerk in the State Department looks up Mexican oil in a book of reference, which may or may not be accurate, or somebody's private secretary telephones somebody else's private secretary, asks for a memorandum, and in the course of time a darkey messenger arrives with an armful of unintelligible reports. The Department should be able to call on its own intelligence bureau to assemble the facts in a way suited to the diplomatic problem up for decision. And these facts the diplomatic intelligence bureau would obtain from the central clearing house. [Footnote: There has been a vast development of such services among the trade associations. The possibilities of a perverted use were revealed by the New York Building Trades investigation of 1921.]
The potential in sharing information is clear. Each government department constantly requests data that might already exist in another department, albeit in a slightly different format. For example, the State Department needs to know the extent of Mexican oil reserves, how they relate to the global supply, the current ownership of Mexican oil land, the significance of oil for warships that are being built or planned, and the comparative costs across various fields. How does it gather this information today? It's likely scattered across the Departments of Interior, Justice, Commerce, Labor, and Navy. Either a clerk in the State Department researches Mexican oil in some reference book, which may or may not be reliable, or someone's administrative assistant calls another assistant, requests a memo, and, eventually, a messenger delivers a pile of confusing reports. Instead, the Department should rely on its own intelligence bureau to compile the relevant facts in a manner that addresses the diplomatic issue at hand. The diplomatic intelligence bureau would obtain these facts from a central clearing house. [Footnote: There has been a vast development of such services among the trade associations. The potential for misuse was highlighted by the New York Building Trades investigation of 1921.]
This establishment would pretty soon become a focus of information of the most extraordinary kind. And the men in it would be made aware of what the problems of government really are. They would deal with problems of definition, of terminology, of statistical technic, of logic; they would traverse concretely the whole gamut of the social sciences. It is difficult to see why all this material, except a few diplomatic and military secrets, should not be open to the scholars of the country. It is there that the political scientist would find the real nuts to crack and the real researches for his students to make. The work need not all be done in Washington, but it could be done in reference to Washington. The central agency would, thus, have in it the makings of a national university. The staff could be recruited there for the bureaus from among college graduates. They would be working on theses selected after consultation between the curators of the national university and teachers scattered over the country. If the association was as flexible as it ought to be, there would be, as a supplement to the permanent staff, a steady turnover of temporary and specialist appointments from the universities, and exchange lecturers called out from Washington. Thus the training and the recruiting of the staff would go together. A part of the research itself would be done by students, and political science in the universities would be associated with politics in America.
This place would soon become a hub for truly extraordinary information. The people working here would understand the real issues of government. They would tackle challenges related to definitions, terminology, statistics, and logic; they would comprehensively explore the entire range of social sciences. It’s hard to understand why all this information, aside from a few diplomatic and military secrets, shouldn’t be accessible to the nation’s scholars. This is where political scientists would find the real issues to explore and the research opportunities for their students. The work doesn’t all have to happen in Washington, but it could relate to Washington. The central agency could essentially become a national university. The staff could be recruited for the bureaus from among college graduates. They would be working on projects chosen through discussions between the university curators and educators across the country. If the association were as adaptable as it should be, there would be a consistent rotation of temporary and specialist appointments from universities, along with guest lecturers coming in from Washington. This way, training and staff recruitment would go hand in hand. Some of the research itself would involve students, and political science at universities would be linked with politics in America.
7
7
In its main outlines the principle is equally applicable to state governments, to cities, and to rural counties. The work of comparison and interchange could take place by federations of state and city and county bureaus. And within those federations any desirable regional combination could be organized. So long as the accounting systems were comparable, a great deal of duplication would be avoided. Regional coordination is especially desirable. For legal frontiers often do not coincide with the effective environments. Yet they have a certain basis in custom that it would be costly to disturb. By coordinating their information several administrative areas could reconcile autonomy of decision with cooperation. New York City, for example, is already an unwieldy unit for good government from the City Hall. Yet for many purposes, such as health and transportation, the metropolitan district is the true unit of administration. In that district, however, there are large cities, like Yonkers, Jersey City, Paterson, Elizabeth, Hoboken, Bayonne. They could not all be managed from one center, and yet they should act together for many functions. Ultimately perhaps some such flexible scheme of local government as Sidney and Beatrice Webb have suggested may be the proper solution. [Footnote: "The Reorganization of Local Government" (Ch. IV), in A Constitution for the Socialist Commonwealth of Great Britain.] But the first step would be a coordination, not of decision and action, but of information and research. Let the officials of the various municipalities see their common problems in the light of the same facts.
In general, this principle can apply to state governments, cities, and rural counties. The work of comparing and exchanging information could happen through federations of state, city, and county agencies. Within those federations, any useful regional combination could be set up. As long as the accounting systems are compatible, a lot of redundancy could be eliminated. Regional coordination is particularly important because legal boundaries often don't match up with the actual environments. However, these boundaries have a customary basis that would be difficult and costly to change. By sharing information, several administrative areas could balance independent decision-making with collaboration. For instance, New York City is already too large for effective governance from City Hall. Yet for many purposes, like health and transportation, the metropolitan area is the appropriate unit of administration. Within that area, there are significant cities like Yonkers, Jersey City, Paterson, Elizabeth, Hoboken, and Bayonne. They couldn't all be managed from a single center, but they should cooperate on many functions. Ultimately, a flexible local government structure, like what Sidney and Beatrice Webb have proposed, might be a suitable solution. [Footnote: "The Reorganization of Local Government" (Ch. IV), in A Constitution for the Socialist Commonwealth of Great Britain.] However, the first step would be to coordinate not decisions and actions, but information and research. Officials from the different municipalities should view their common issues through the lens of the same facts.
8
8
It would be idle to deny that such a net work of intelligence bureaus in politics and industry might become a dead weight and a perpetual irritation. One can easily imagine its attraction for men in search of soft jobs, for pedants, for meddlers. One can see red tape, mountains of papers, questionnaires ad nauseam, seven copies of every document, endorsements, delays, lost papers, the use of form 136 instead of form 2gb, the return of the document because pencil was used instead of ink, or black ink instead of red ink. The work could be done very badly. There are no fool-proof institutions.
It would be pointless to deny that such a network of intelligence agencies in politics and industry could become a burden and a constant annoyance. One can easily picture its appeal for people looking for easy jobs, for know-it-alls, for busybodies. You can imagine all the bureaucracy, stacks of paperwork, endless questionnaires, seven copies of every document, approvals, delays, misplaced papers, using form 136 instead of form 2gb, sending back documents because a pencil was used instead of ink, or black ink instead of red ink. The work could be done very poorly. There are no foolproof institutions.
But if one could assume that there was circulation through the whole system between government departments, factories, offices, and the universities; a circulation of men, a circulation of data and of criticism, the risks of dry rot would not be so great. Nor would it be true to say that these intelligence bureaus will complicate life. They will tend, on the contrary, to simplify, by revealing a complexity now so great as to be humanly unmanageable. The present fundamentally invisible system of government is so intricate that most people have given up trying to follow it, and because they do not try, they are tempted to think it comparatively simple. It is, on the contrary, elusive, concealed, opaque. The employment of an intelligence system would mean a reduction of personnel per unit of result, because by making available to all the experience of each, it would reduce the amount of trial and error; and because by making the social process visible, it would assist the personnel to self-criticism. It does not involve a great additional band of officials, if you take into account the time now spent vainly by special investigating committees, grand juries, district attorneys, reform organizations, and bewildered office holders, in trying to find their way through a dark muddle.
But if we could assume that there was a flow of information and people between government departments, factories, offices, and universities—a flow of personnel, data, and feedback—the risks of stagnation wouldn’t be as significant. It wouldn’t be accurate to say that these intelligence agencies will complicate things. On the contrary, they would simplify them by exposing a complexity that has become too overwhelming to manage. The current system of government is so complex that most people have stopped trying to understand it, and because they don’t try, they mistakenly think it’s relatively straightforward. In reality, it’s elusive, hidden, and confusing. Implementing an intelligence system would lead to fewer staff needed for each outcome because sharing everyone’s experience would minimize trial and error; plus, making the social process clear would promote self-criticism among staff. It doesn’t mean adding a large number of new officials, especially when you consider the time currently wasted by special committees, grand juries, district attorneys, reform groups, and confused officeholders who are struggling to navigate the confusion.
If the analysis of public opinion and of the democratic theories in relation to the modern environment is sound in principle, then I do not see how one can escape the conclusion that such intelligence work is the clue to betterment. I am not referring to the few suggestions contained in this chapter. They are merely illustrations. The task of working out the technic is in the hands of men trained to do it, and not even they can to-day completely foresee the form, much less the details. The number of social phenomena which are now recorded is small, the instruments of analysis are very crude, the concepts often vague and uncriticized. But enough has been done to demonstrate, I think, that unseen environments can be reported effectively, that they can be reported to divergent groups of people in a way which is neutral to their prejudice, and capable of overcoming their subjectivism.
If the analysis of public opinion and democratic theories in relation to today's environment is fundamentally sound, then I don't see how we can avoid the conclusion that this kind of intelligence work is key to improvement. I’m not just talking about the few suggestions found in this chapter; those are just examples. The job of figuring out the techniques is up to professionals trained for it, and even they can't fully predict how it will shape up right now, let alone the specifics. The range of social phenomena recorded is quite limited, the analysis tools are pretty basic, and the concepts are often unclear and unexamined. However, enough progress has been made to show, I believe, that unseen environments can be effectively reported, and that this information can be shared with diverse groups in a way that is neutral to their biases and can overcome their subjectivity.
If that is true, then in working out the intelligence principle men will find the way to overcome the central difficulty of self-government, the difficulty of dealing with an unseen reality. Because of that difficulty, it has been impossible for any self-governing community to reconcile its need for isolation with the necessity for wide contact, to reconcile the dignity and individuality of local decision with security and wide coordination, to secure effective leaders without sacrificing responsibility, to have useful public opinions without attempting universal public opinions on all subjects. As long as there was no way of establishing common versions of unseen events, common measures for separate actions, the only image of democracy that would work, even in theory, was one based on an isolated community of people whose political faculties were limited, according to Aristotle's famous maxim, by the range of their vision.
If that's true, then by figuring out the principle of intelligence, people will find a way to tackle the main challenge of self-governance: dealing with an unseen reality. Because of this challenge, it's been impossible for any self-governing community to balance its need for isolation with the need for extensive interaction, to align the dignity and individuality of local decisions with the need for security and broad coordination, to ensure effective leadership without losing accountability, and to foster useful public opinions without trying to have universal opinions on every topic. As long as there was no way to establish common understandings of unseen events or common measures for separate actions, the only version of democracy that would work, even theoretically, was one based on an isolated community of people whose political understanding was limited, as Aristotle famously said, by the scope of their vision.
But now there is a way out, a long one to be sure, but a way. It is fundamentally the same way as that which has enabled a citizen of Chicago, with no better eyes or ears than an Athenian, to see and hear over great distances. It is possible to-day, it will become more possible when more labor has gone into it, to reduce the discrepancies between the conceived environment and the effective environment. As that is done, federalism will work more and more by consent, less and less by coercion. For while federalism is the only possible method of union among self-governing groups, [Footnote: Cf. H. J. Laski, The Foundations of Sovereignty, and other Essays, particularly the Essay of this name, as well as the Problems of Administrative Areas, The Theory of Popular Sovereignty, and The Pluralistic State.] federalism swings either towards imperial centralization or towards parochial anarchy wherever the union is not based on correct and commonly accepted ideas of federal matters. These ideas do not arise spontaneously. They have to be pieced together by generalization based on analysis, and the instruments for that analysis have to be invented and tested by research.
But now there's a way out, a long one for sure, but a way. It's basically the same method that lets a Chicago citizen, with no better eyes or ears than someone from Athens, see and hear over great distances. It's possible today, and it will become even more possible as more work is put into it, to narrow the gap between the imagined environment and the actual environment. As this happens, federalism will operate more through consent and less through coercion. While federalism is the only viable method for uniting self-governing groups, it tends to swing towards either imperial centralization or parochial anarchy when the union isn't founded on accurate and commonly accepted notions of federal issues. These ideas don't just appear out of nowhere. They need to be constructed through generalization based on analysis, and the tools for that analysis must be created and refined through research.
No electoral device, no manipulation of areas, no change in the system of property, goes to the root of the matter. You cannot take more political wisdom out of human beings than there is in them. And no reform, however sensational, is truly radical, which does not consciously provide a way of overcoming the subjectivism of human opinion based on the limitation of individual experience. There are systems of government, of voting, and representation which extract more than others. But in the end knowledge must come not from the conscience but from the environment with which that conscience deals. When men act on the principle of intelligence they go out to find the facts and to make their wisdom. When they ignore it, they go inside themselves and find only what is there. They elaborate their prejudice, instead of increasing their knowledge.
No voting system, no manipulation of districts, no change in property laws gets to the heart of the issue. You can't expect more political insight from people than they already possess. And no reform, no matter how dramatic, is truly fundamental unless it intentionally addresses how to move beyond the subjectivity of human opinions shaped by individual experiences. Some governing systems, voting methods, and representation models can draw out more wisdom than others. Ultimately, knowledge must arise not from personal reflection but from the environment that informs that reflection. When people apply intelligence, they seek out facts to build their understanding. When they don't, they look inward and only discover what's already there. They just end up reinforcing their biases instead of expanding their knowledge.
CHAPTER XXVII
THE APPEAL TO THE PUBLIC
1
1
IN real life no one acts on the theory that he can have a public opinion on every public question, though this fact is often concealed where a person thinks there is no public question because he has no public opinion. But in the theory of our politics we continue to think more literally than Lord Bryce intended, that "the action of Opinion is continuous," [Footnote: Modern Democracies, Vol. I, p. 159.] even though "its action… deals with broad principles only." [Footnote: Id., footnote, p. 158.] And then because we try to think of ourselves having continuous opinions, without being altogether certain what a broad principle is, we quite naturally greet with an anguished yawn an argument that seems to involve the reading of more government reports, more statistics, more curves and more graphs. For all these are in the first instance just as confusing as partisan rhetoric, and much less entertaining.
In real life, no one truly believes they can have an opinion on every public issue, even if this is often overlooked by someone who feels there’s no public issue because they lack an opinion. However, in our political theory, we still interpret more literally than Lord Bryce meant when he said that "the action of Opinion is continuous," [Footnote: Modern Democracies, Vol. I, p. 159.] even though "its action… deals with broad principles only." [Footnote: Id., footnote, p. 158.] Consequently, as we try to maintain continuous opinions without being completely sure of what a broad principle entails, we naturally respond with an exasperated yawn to arguments that seem to require us to read more government reports, more statistics, and more charts and graphs. All of these are initially just as confusing as partisan rhetoric and much less entertaining.
The amount of attention available is far too small for any scheme in which it was assumed that all the citizens of the nation would, after devoting themselves to the publications of all the intelligence bureaus, become alert, informed, and eager on the multitude of real questions that never do fit very well into any broad principle. I am not making that assumption. Primarily, the intelligence bureau is an instrument of the man of action, of the representative charged with decision, of the worker at his work, and if it does not help them, it will help nobody in the end. But in so far as it helps them to understand the environment in which they are working, it makes what they do visible. And by that much they become more responsible to the general public.
The amount of attention available is far too limited for any plan that assumes all citizens of the nation will, after engaging with the publications from every intelligence bureau, become alert, informed, and enthusiastic about the many real issues that don’t really fit into any overarching principle. I’m not making that assumption. Primarily, the intelligence bureau is a tool for the decision-makers, for the representatives tasked with making choices, and for the workers doing their jobs. If it doesn’t assist them, it won’t ultimately help anyone. However, to the extent that it helps them understand the environment they’re working in, it makes their actions more visible. As a result, they become more accountable to the general public.
The purpose, then, is not to burden every citizen with expert opinions on all questions, but to push that burden away from him towards the responsible administrator. An intelligence system has value, of course, as a source of general information, and as a check on the daily press. But that is secondary. Its real use is as an aid to representative government and administration both in politics and industry. The demand for the assistance of expert reporters in the shape of accountants, statisticians, secretariats, and the like, comes not from the public, but from men doing public business, who can no longer do it by rule of thumb. It is in origin and in ideal an instrument for doing public business better, rather than an instrument for knowing better how badly public business is done.
The goal, then, is not to overwhelm every citizen with expert opinions on every issue, but to shift that responsibility to qualified administrators. An intelligence system is valuable, of course, as a source of general information and as a counterbalance to the daily news. But that’s secondary. Its main purpose is to support representative government and management in both politics and industry. The need for expert input from accountants, statisticians, secretaries, and similar professionals doesn't come from the public; it comes from those involved in public affairs who can no longer rely on guesswork. At its core and in its ideal form, it's a tool for improving public operations, not just a way to understand how poorly public affairs are managed.
2
2
As a private citizen, as a sovereign voter, no one could attempt to digest these documents. But as one party to a dispute, as a committeeman in a legislature, as an officer in government, business, or a trade union, as a member of an industrial council, reports on the specific matter at issue will be increasingly welcome. The private citizen interested in some cause would belong, as he does now, to voluntary societies which employed a staff to study the documents, and make reports that served as a check on officialdom. There would be some study of this material by newspaper men, and a good deal by experts and by political scientists. But the outsider, and every one of us is an outsider to all but a few aspects of modern life, has neither time, nor attention, nor interest, nor the equipment for specific judgment. It is on the men inside, working under conditions that are sound, that the daily administrations of society must rest.
As a private citizen and a sovereign voter, it's impossible for anyone to fully process these documents. However, in the context of a dispute, as part of a legislative committee, a government official, a business leader, or a trade union member, reports on the specific issue at hand will be increasingly valuable. A private citizen interested in a cause will still, as they do now, belong to voluntary organizations that hire a staff to analyze the documents and create reports that act as a check on official power. Journalists will study this material to some extent, as will experts and political scientists. But the average person, and we are all average in most aspects of modern life, lacks the time, attention, interest, or the tools needed for specific judgments. The daily operations of society should rely on the people inside working under sound conditions.
The general public outside can arrive at judgments about whether these conditions are sound only on the result after the event, and on the procedure before the event. The broad principles on which the action of public opinion can be continuous are essentially principles of procedure. The outsider can ask experts to tell him whether the relevant facts were duly considered; he cannot in most cases decide for himself what is relevant or what is due consideration. The outsider can perhaps judge whether the groups interested in the decision were properly heard, whether the ballot, if there was one, was honestly taken, and perhaps whether the result was honestly accepted. He can watch the procedure when the news indicates that there is something to watch. He can raise a question as to whether the procedure itself is right, if its normal results conflict with his ideal of a good life. [Footnote: Cf. Chapter XX. ] But if he tries in every case to substitute himself for the procedure, to bring in Public Opinion like a providential uncle in the crisis of a play, he will confound his own confusion. He will not follow any train of thought consecutively.
The general public outside can only judge whether these conditions are sound based on the outcome after the event and the process leading up to it. The basic principles that allow public opinion to remain relevant are primarily procedural. The outsider can ask experts to confirm whether the relevant facts were properly considered; however, they often cannot decide for themselves what is relevant or what constitutes proper consideration. The outsider might be able to assess whether the groups affected by the decision were appropriately heard, whether the vote, if there was one, was conducted honestly, and perhaps whether the outcome was genuinely accepted. They can observe the process when the news suggests there’s something noteworthy happening. They can question whether the process itself is correct if its usual outcomes clash with their vision of a good life. [Footnote: Cf. Chapter XX.] However, if they try to replace the process in every instance, bringing in Public Opinion like a benevolent uncle in a dramatic crisis, they will only complicate their own confusion. They will struggle to follow a clear line of thought.
For the practice of appealing to the public on all sorts of intricate matters means almost always a desire to escape criticism from those who know by enlisting a large majority which has had no chance to know. The verdict is made to depend on who has the loudest or the most entrancing voice, the most skilful or the most brazen publicity man, the best access to the most space in the newspapers. For even when the editor is scrupulously fair to "the other side," fairness is not enough. There may be several other sides, unmentioned by any of the organized, financed and active partisans.
The practice of appealing to the public on all sorts of complex issues usually comes from a desire to avoid criticism from those who actually understand, by rallying a large majority that doesn't have the same knowledge. The outcome often depends on who has the loudest or most captivating voice, the most skilled or bold publicist, or the best access to media coverage. Even when the editor tries to be fair to "the other side," that fairness often falls short. There could be several other perspectives that aren't represented by any of the organized, funded, and active supporters.
The private citizen, beset by partisan appeals for the loan of his Public Opinion, will soon see, perhaps, that these appeals are not a compliment to his intelligence, but an imposition on his good nature and an insult to his sense of evidence. As his civic education takes account of the complexity of his environment, he will concern himself about the equity and the sanity of procedure, and even this he will in most cases expect his elected representative to watch for him. He will refuse himself to accept the burden of these decisions, and will turn down his thumbs in most cases on those who, in their hurry to win, rush from the conference table with the first dope for the reporters.
The average person, overwhelmed by biased requests for their Public Opinion, will soon realize that these requests aren't a sign of respect for their intelligence but rather a burden on their kindness and an affront to their reasoning. As they become more aware of the complexities around them, they will start to care about fairness and rationality in the process, and they will typically expect their elected officials to oversee this on their behalf. They will choose not to take on the weight of these decisions and will often reject those who, eager to gain an advantage, dash away from discussions with the first scoop for the press.
Only by insisting that problems shall not come up to him until they have passed through a procedure, can the busy citizen of a modern state hope to deal with them in a form that is intelligible. For issues, as they are stated by a partisan, almost always consist of an intricate series of facts, as he has observed them, surrounded by a large fatty mass of stereotyped phrases charged with his emotion. According to the fashion of the day, he will emerge from the conference room insisting that what he wants is some soulfilling idea like Justice, Welfare, Americanism, Socialism. On such issues the citizen outside can sometimes be provoked to fear or admiration, but to judgment never. Before he can do anything with the argument, the fat has to be boiled out of it for him.
Only by insisting that problems don't reach him until they have gone through a process can the busy citizen of a modern state hope to deal with them in a way that makes sense. Issues, as presented by a biased person, almost always consist of a complicated set of facts as they see them, wrapped in a lot of clichés loaded with their emotions. According to current trends, they will come out of the meeting insisting that what they want is some fulfilling idea like Justice, Welfare, Americanism, or Socialism. On such topics, the citizen outside can sometimes be stirred to fear or admiration, but not to judgment. Before he can make sense of the argument, the fluff must be stripped away for him.
3
3
That can be done by having the representative inside carry on discussion in the presence of some one, chairman or mediator, who forces the discussion to deal with the analyses supplied by experts. This is the essential organization of any representative body dealing with distant matters. The partisan voices should be there, but the partisans should find themselves confronted with men, not personally involved, who control enough facts and have the dialectical skill to sort out what is real perception from what is stereotype, pattern and elaboration. It is the Socratic dialogue, with all of Socrates's energy for breaking through words to meanings, and something more than that, because the dialectic in modern life must be done by men who have explored the environment as well as the human mind.
That can be achieved by having the representative inside engage in discussions in front of someone, like a chairperson or mediator, who directs the conversation to focus on the analyses provided by experts. This is the key organization for any representative body dealing with distant issues. The partisan perspectives should be present, but the partisans should face individuals who are not personally involved and who have enough knowledge and the ability to differentiate real insights from stereotypes, patterns, and embellishments. It’s the Socratic dialogue, infused with all of Socrates's drive to uncover meanings beyond just words, and something even more because modern dialectic needs to be carried out by people who have examined both the environment and the human mind.
There is, for example, a grave dispute in the steel industry. Each side issues a manifesto full of the highest ideals. The only public opinion that is worth respect at this stage is the opinion which insists that a conference be organized. For the side which says its cause is too just to be contaminated by conference there can be little sympathy, since there is no such cause anywhere among mortal men. Perhaps those who object to conference do not say quite that. Perhaps they say that the other side is too wicked; they cannot shake hands with traitors. All that public opinion can do then is to organize a hearing by public officials to hear the proof of wickedness. It cannot take the partisans' word for it. But suppose a conference is agreed to, and suppose there is a neutral chairman who has at his beck and call the consulting experts of the corporation, the union, and, let us say, the Department of Labor.
There’s a serious conflict in the steel industry, for instance. Each side puts out a manifesto filled with lofty ideals. At this point, the only public opinion that truly matters is the one calling for a conference. There's little sympathy for those who claim their cause is too righteous to be sullied by a conference, since no such cause exists among human beings. Maybe those opposed to the conference don’t put it quite that way. Perhaps they argue that the other side is too evil; they just can’t shake hands with traitors. So all public opinion can do is set up a hearing with public officials to hear evidence of that wickedness. It can’t just take the partisans' word for it. But suppose a conference does happen, and suppose there's a neutral chairperson who has ready access to the expert consultants from the corporation, the union, and, let’s say, the Department of Labor.
Judge Gary states with perfect sincerity that his men are well paid and not overworked, and then proceeds to sketch the history of Russia from the time of Peter the Great to the murder of the Czar. Mr. Foster rises, states with equal sincerity that the men are exploited, and then proceeds to outline the history of human emancipation from Jesus of Nazareth to Abraham Lincoln. At this point the chairman calls upon the intelligence men for wage tables in order to substitute for the words "well paid" and "exploited" a table showing what the different classes are paid. Does Judge Gary think they are all well paid? He does. Does Mr. Foster think they are all exploited? No, he thinks that groups C, M, and X are exploited. What does he mean by exploited? He means they are not paid a living wage. They are, says Judge Gary. What can a man buy on that wage, asks the chairman. Nothing, says Mr. Foster. Everything he needs, says Judge Gary. The chairman consults the budgets and price statistics of the government. [Footnote: See an article on "The Cost of Living and Wage Cuts," in the New Republic, July 27, 1921, by Dr. Leo Wolman, for a brilliant discussion of the naive use of such figures and "pseudo-principles." The warning is of particular importance because it comes from an economist and statistician who has himself done so much to improve the technic of industrial disputes.] He rules that X can meet an average budget, but that C and M cannot. Judge Gary serves notice that he does not regard the official statistics as sound. The budgets are too high, and prices have come down. Mr. Foster also serves notice of exception. The budget is too low, prices have gone up. The chairman rules that this point is not within the jurisdiction of the conference, that the official figures stand, and that Judge Gary's experts and Mr. Foster's should carry their appeals to the standing committee of the federated intelligence bureaus.
Judge Gary sincerely claims that his workers are well paid and not overworked, and then he outlines Russia’s history from Peter the Great up to the Czar’s assassination. Mr. Foster responds with equal sincerity, saying that the workers are being exploited, and proceeds to summarize the history of human freedom from Jesus of Nazareth to Abraham Lincoln. At this point, the chairman asks the intelligence representatives for wage tables to replace the terms "well paid" and "exploited" with actual figures showing what different classes are paid. Does Judge Gary believe they’re all well paid? Yes, he does. Does Mr. Foster believe they’re all exploited? No, he thinks that groups C, M, and X are exploited. What does he mean by exploited? He means they aren’t paid a living wage. Judge Gary disagrees, saying they are. The chairman asks what a person can buy with that wage, and Mr. Foster replies, nothing. Judge Gary insists that they can buy everything they need. The chairman reviews the government’s budgets and price statistics. [Footnote: See an article on "The Cost of Living and Wage Cuts," in the New Republic, July 27, 1921, by Dr. Leo Wolman, for a brilliant discussion of the naive use of such figures and "pseudo-principles." The warning is of particular importance because it comes from an economist and statistician who has himself done so much to improve the techniques of industrial disputes.] He determines that X can manage an average budget, but C and M cannot. Judge Gary states that he doesn’t believe the official statistics are reliable. He argues that the budgets are too high and prices have dropped. Mr. Foster also expresses disagreement, stating that the budget is too low and prices have risen. The chairman rules that this issue isn’t within the scope of the conference, that the official figures are accepted, and that Judge Gary’s experts and Mr. Foster’s should take their concerns to the standing committee of the federated intelligence bureaus.
Nevertheless, says Judge Gary, we shall be ruined if we change these wage scales. What do you mean by ruined, asks the chairman, produce your books. I can't, they are private, says Judge Gary. What is private does not interest us, says the chairman, and, therefore, issues a statement to the public announcing that the wages of workers in groups C and M are so-and-so much below the official minimum living wage, and that Judge Gary declines to increase them for reasons that he refuses to state. After a procedure of that sort, a public opinion in the eulogistic sense of the term [Footnote: As used by Mr. Lowell in his Public Opinion and Popular Government.] can exist.
Still, Judge Gary says we'll be ruined if we change these wage scales. "What do you mean by ruined?" the chairman asks. "Show us your records." "I can't, they're private," replies Judge Gary. "What’s private doesn’t concern us," says the chairman, and then issues a public statement announcing that the wages for workers in groups C and M are significantly below the official minimum living wage, and that Judge Gary refuses to raise them for reasons he won't explain. After such a procedure, a favorable public opinion can emerge.
The value of expert mediation is not that it sets up opinion to coerce the partisans, but that it disintegrates partisanship. Judge Gary and Mr. Foster may remain as little convinced as when they started, though even they would have to talk in a different strain. But almost everyone else who was not personally entangled would save himself from being entangled. For the entangling stereotypes and slogans to which his reflexes are so ready to respond are by this kind of dialectic untangled.
The value of expert mediation isn't about forcing opinions on the parties involved; it’s about breaking down partisanship. Judge Gary and Mr. Foster might still feel just as unconvinced as when they began, but even they would have to communicate in a different way. However, almost everyone else who isn’t personally involved would avoid becoming entangled. The stereotypes and slogans that usually trigger their reactions are unraveled through this type of dialogue.
4
4
On many subjects of great public importance, and in varying degree among different people for more personal matters, the threads of memory and emotion are in a snarl. The same word will connote any number of different ideas: emotions are displaced from the images to which they belong to names which resemble the names of these images. In the uncriticized parts of the mind there is a vast amount of association by mere clang, contact, and succession. There are stray emotional attachments, there are words that were names and are masks. In dreams, reveries, and panic, we uncover some of the disorder, enough to see how the naive mind is composed, and how it behaves when not disciplined by wakeful effort and external resistance. We see that there is no more natural order than in a dusty old attic. There is often the same incongruity between fact, idea, and emotion as there might be in an opera house, if all the wardrobes were dumped in a heap and all the scores mixed up, so that Madame Butterfly in a Valkyr's dress waited lyrically for the return of Faust. "At Christmas-tide" says an editorial, "old memories soften the heart. Holy teachings are remembered afresh as thoughts run back to childhood. The world does not seem so bad when seen through the mist of half-happy, half-sad recollections of loved ones now with God. No heart is untouched by the mysterious influence…. The country is honeycombed with red propaganda—but there is a good supply of ropes, muscles and lampposts… while this world moves the spirit of liberty will burn in the breast of man."
On many issues of significant public interest, and to varying extents among different individuals regarding more personal matters, the threads of memory and emotion are tangled. The same word can mean a variety of different ideas: feelings are disconnected from the images they belong to and attached to names that sound similar. In the unexamined parts of the mind, there’s a huge amount of association based on mere sound, contact, and sequence. There are random emotional connections, words that were names now acting as masks. In dreams, daydreams, and moments of panic, we reveal some of the chaos, enough to understand how the naive mind is structured and how it acts when it's not guided by conscious effort or external pressure. We realize that there’s no more natural order than in a dusty old attic. There's often the same mismatch between fact, idea, and emotion as there could be in an opera house if all the costumes were tossed together and all the music scores were mixed up, so that Madame Butterfly in a Valkyrie’s dress waits sentimentally for the return of Faust. "At Christmas time," reads an editorial, "old memories warm the heart. Religious teachings are recalled as thoughts drift back to childhood. The world doesn't seem so bad when viewed through the haze of half-happy, half-sad memories of loved ones now with God. No heart is left untouched by the mysterious influence... The country is filled with red propaganda—but there are plenty of ropes, muscles, and lampposts... as long as this world exists, the spirit of liberty will burn in the heart of man."
The man who found these phrases in his mind needs help. He needs a Socrates who will separate the words, cross-examine him until he has defined them, and made words the names of ideas. Made them mean a particular object and nothing else. For these tense syllables have got themselves connected in his mind by primitive association, and are bundled together by his memories of Christmas, his indignation as a conservative, and his thrills as the heir to a revolutionary tradition. Sometimes the snarl is too huge and ancient for quick unravelling. Sometimes, as in modern psychotherapy, there are layers upon layers of memory reaching back to infancy, which have to be separated and named.
The man who has these phrases stuck in his head needs help. He needs a Socrates to break down the words, question him until he defines them, and turn words into the names of ideas. He needs them to refer to a specific object and nothing else. These tense syllables are tangled together in his mind through basic associations and are intertwined with his memories of Christmas, his anger as a conservative, and his excitement as someone who inherits a revolutionary legacy. Sometimes the confusion is too vast and old to sort out quickly. Other times, like in modern therapy, there are layers of memories going back to childhood that must be sorted and identified.
The effect of naming, the effect, that is, of saying that the labor groups C and M, but not X, are underpaid, instead of saying that Labor is Exploited, is incisive. Perceptions recover their identity, and the emotion they arouse is specific, since it is no longer reinforced by large and accidental connections with everything from Christmas to Moscow. The disentangled idea with a name of its own, and an emotion that has been scrutinized, is ever so much more open to correction by new data in the problem. It had been imbedded in the whole personality, had affiliations of some sort with the whole ego: a challenge would reverberate through the whole soul. After it has been thoroughly criticized, the idea is no longer me but that. It is objectified, it is at arm's length. Its fate is not bound up with my fate, but with the fate of the outer world upon which I am acting.
The impact of naming—specifically stating that labor groups C and M are underpaid, but not X, rather than just saying that Labor is Exploited—is significant. Perceptions regain their specific identity, and the emotions they evoke are clearer since they're no longer mixed up with unrelated concepts from Christmas to Moscow. The clarified idea, now with its own name and a carefully examined emotion, is much more receptive to being adjusted by new information. It used to be deeply ingrained in a person's identity, linked to their entire sense of self; a challenge to it would resonate throughout their entire being. Once it has been thoroughly analyzed, the idea shifts from being part of me to being that. It becomes objectified and distanced. Its outcome is no longer tied to my fate but to the fate of the external world I am engaged with.
5
5
Re-education of this kind will help to bring our public opinions into grip with the environment. That is the way the enormous censoring, stereotyping, and dramatizing apparatus can be liquidated. Where there is no difficulty in knowing what the relevant environment is, the critic, the teacher, the physician, can unravel the mind. But where the environment is as obscure to the analyst as to his pupil, no analytic technic is sufficient. Intelligence work is required. In political and industrial problems the critic as such can do something, but unless he can count upon receiving from expert reporters a valid picture of the environment, his dialectic cannot go far.
Re-education like this will help align our public opinions with the environment. This is how we can dismantle the huge systems of censorship, stereotyping, and dramatization. When it's easy to understand the relevant environment, critics, teachers, and doctors can clarify the mind. But when the environment is just as unclear to the analyst as it is to their student, no analytical technique will be enough. It requires intelligence work. In political and industrial issues, a critic can contribute, but if they can't rely on accurate information from expert reporters about the environment, their arguments won't get very far.
Therefore, though here, as in most other matters, "education" is the supreme remedy, the value of this education will depend upon the evolution of knowledge. And our knowledge of human institutions is still extraordinarily meager and impressionistic. The gathering of social knowledge is, on the whole, still haphazard; not, as it will have to become, the normal accompaniment of action. And yet the collection of information will not be made, one may be sure, for the sake of its ultimate use. It will be made because modern decision requires it to be made. But as it is being made, there will accumulate a body of data which political science can turn into generalization, and build up for the schools into a conceptual picture of the world. When that picture takes form, civic education can become a preparation for dealing with an unseen environment.
Therefore, even though "education" is the ultimate solution in most cases, its effectiveness will depend on how our understanding evolves. Our grasp of human institutions is still quite limited and often vague. The way we gather social knowledge is generally still random; it needs to become a regular part of our actions. Nevertheless, this collection of information will happen not just for its future use, but because modern decision-making demands it. As this information is gathered, it will build a trove of data that political science can use to create generalizations, forming a conceptual picture of the world for schools. Once that picture is created, civic education can prepare us to navigate the unknown.
As a working model of the social system becomes available to the teacher, he can use it to make the pupil acutely aware of how his mind works on unfamiliar facts. Until he has such a model, the teacher cannot hope to prepare men fully for the world they will find. What he can do is to prepare them to deal with that world with a great deal more sophistication about their own minds. He can, by the use of the case method, teach the pupil the habit of examining the sources of his information. He can teach him, for example, to look in his newspaper for the place where the dispatch was filed, for the name of the correspondent, the name of the press service, the authority given for the statement, the circumstances under which the statement was secured. He can teach the pupil to ask himself whether the reporter saw what he describes, and to remember how that reporter described other events in the past. He can teach him the character of censorship, of the idea of privacy, and furnish him with knowledge of past propaganda. He can, by the proper use of history, make him aware of the stereotype, and can educate a habit of introspection about the imagery evoked by printed words. He can, by courses in comparative history and anthropology, produce a life-long realization of the way codes impose a special pattern upon the imagination. He can teach men to catch themselves making allegories, dramatizing relations, and personifying abstractions. He can show the pupil how he identifies himself with these allegories, how he becomes interested, and how he selects the attitude, heroic, romantic, economic which he adopts while holding a particular opinion. The study of error is not only in the highest degree prophylactic, but it serves as a stimulating introduction to the study of truth. As our minds become more deeply aware of their own subjectivism, we find a zest in objective method that is not otherwise there. We see vividly, as normally we should not, the enormous mischief and casual cruelty of our prejudices. And the destruction of a prejudice, though painful at first, because of its connection with our self-respect, gives an immense relief and a fine pride when it is successfully done. There is a radical enlargement of the range of attention. As the current categories dissolve, a hard, simple version of the world breaks up. The scene turns vivid and full. There follows an emotional incentive to hearty appreciation of scientific method, which otherwise it is not easy to arouse, and is impossible to sustain. Prejudices are so much easier and more interesting. For if you teach the principles of science as if they had always been accepted, their chief virtue as a discipline, which is objectivity, will make them dull. But teach them at first as victories over the superstitions of the mind, and the exhilaration of the chase and of the conquest may carry the pupil over that hard transition from his own self-bound experience to the phase where his curiosity has matured, and his reason has acquired passion.
Once a working model of the social system is available to the teacher, they can use it to help students understand how their minds function when faced with new information. Without such a model, teachers can't fully prepare students for the world they'll encounter. What they can do is equip them to navigate that world with greater awareness of their own thinking processes. Through the case method, the teacher can instill the habit of investigating the sources of information. For instance, they can encourage students to check their newspapers for details like where a dispatch originated, the correspondent's name, the press service, the authority behind the statement, and the context in which the statement was made. They can prompt students to consider whether the reporter actually witnessed the events they described and to recall how that same reporter reported on past events. The teacher can explain the nature of censorship, the concept of privacy, and provide insights into historical propaganda. By effectively using history, they can highlight stereotypes and foster a habit of reflecting on the imagery that printed words evoke. Through courses in comparative history and anthropology, they can instill a lifelong awareness of how codes shape the imagination in specific ways. They can guide students to recognize when they create allegories, dramatize relationships, and personify abstract ideas. They can demonstrate how students identify with these allegories, become engaged, and choose an attitude—whether heroic, romantic, or economic—while holding a certain opinion. Studying errors not only prevents future mistakes but also acts as an exciting introduction to understanding truth. As we become more aware of our own biases, we find a genuine interest in objective methods that we wouldn’t normally have. We see the significant harm and casual cruelty our prejudices can cause. Overcoming a prejudice can be painful initially due to its link to our self-esteem, but successfully doing so brings immense relief and pride. Our focus expands dramatically. As outdated categories fade away, a more complex and dynamic understanding of the world emerges. This change creates a strong emotional drive to appreciate scientific methods, which is often hard to evoke and maintain otherwise. Prejudices are much easier and more compelling. If you present scientific principles as if they’ve always been accepted, their greatest strength—objectivity—can come off as dull. However, if you start by showcasing them as triumphs over mental superstitions, the excitement of the pursuit and victory can help students transition from their limited experiences to a state where their curiosity has matured and their reasoning has gained passion.
CHAPTER XXVIII
THE APPEAL TO REASON
1
1
I HAVE written, and then thrown away, several endings to this book. Over all of them there hung that fatality of last chapters, in which every idea seems to find its place, and all the mysteries, that the writer has not forgotten, are unravelled. In politics the hero does not live happily ever after, or end his life perfectly. There is no concluding chapter, because the hero in politics has more future before him than there is recorded history behind him. The last chapter is merely a place where the writer imagines that the polite reader has begun to look furtively at his watch.
I’ve written and then discarded several endings to this book. Over all of them loomed that inevitability of final chapters, where every idea seems to fit, and all the mysteries the writer hasn’t overlooked are resolved. In politics, the hero doesn’t get a happy ending or a perfect conclusion. There’s no final chapter, because the political hero has more future ahead than there is recorded history behind them. The last chapter is just where the writer imagines the polite reader has started to glance at their watch.
2
2
When Plato came to the point where it was fitting that he should sum up, his assurance turned into stage-fright as he thought how absurd it would sound to say what was in him about the place of reason in politics. Those sentences in book five of the Republic were hard even for Plato to speak; they are so sheer and so stark that men can neither forget them nor live by them. So he makes Socrates say to Glaucon that he will be broken and drowned in laughter for telling "what is the least change which will enable a state to pass into the truer form," [Footnote: Republic, Bk. V, 473. Jowett transl.] because the thought he "would fain have uttered if it had not seemed too extravagant" was that "until philosophers are kings, or the kings and princes of this world have the spirit and power of philosophy, and political greatness and wisdom meet in one… cities will never cease from ill,—no, nor the human race…"
When Plato felt it was time to wrap things up, his confidence turned into anxiety as he considered how ridiculous it would sound to express his views on the role of reason in politics. Those lines in book five of the Republic were difficult for Plato to say; they are so clear and so harsh that people can neither forget them nor live by them. So, he has Socrates tell Glaucon that he would be laughed at for saying "what is the least change which will enable a state to pass into the truer form," [Footnote: Republic, Bk. V, 473. Jowett transl.] because the thought he "really wanted to express if it hadn’t seemed too far-fetched" was that "until philosophers are kings, or the kings and princes of this world have the spirit and power of philosophy, and political greatness and wisdom come together… cities will never stop suffering, nor the human race..."
Hardly had he said these awful words, when he realized they were a counsel of perfection, and felt embarrassed at the unapproachable grandeur of his idea. So he hastens to add that, of course, "the true pilot" will be called "a prater, a star-gazer, a good-for-nothing." [Footnote: 2 Bk. VI, 488-489.] But this wistful admission, though it protects him against whatever was the Greek equivalent for the charge that he lacked a sense of humor, furnished a humiliating tailpiece to a solemn thought. He becomes defiant and warns Adeimantus that he must "attribute the uselessness" of philosophers "to the fault of those who will not use them, and not to themselves. The pilot should not humbly beg the sailors to be commanded by him—that is not the order of nature." And with this haughty gesture, he hurriedly picked up the tools of reason, and disappeared into the Academy, leaving the world to Machiavelli.
Hardly had he said these awful words when he realized they were an unattainable ideal and felt embarrassed by the lofty nature of his idea. So he quickly adds that, of course, "the true pilot" will be seen as "a prater, a star-gazer, a good-for-nothing." [Footnote: 2 Bk. VI, 488-489.] But this wistful admission, while protecting him from whatever the Greek equivalent was for lacking a sense of humor, provided a humiliating ending to a serious thought. He becomes defiant and warns Adeimantus that he must "attribute the uselessness" of philosophers "to the fault of those who will not use them, and not to themselves. The pilot should not humbly beg the sailors to be commanded by him—that is not the order of nature." And with this arrogant gesture, he quickly picked up the tools of reason and disappeared into the Academy, leaving the world to Machiavelli.
Thus, in the first great encounter between reason and politics, the strategy of reason was to retire in anger. But meanwhile, as Plato tells us, the ship is at sea. There have been many ships on the sea, since Plato wrote, and to-day, whether we are wise or foolish in our belief, we could no longer call a man a true pilot, simply because he knows how to "pay attention to the year and seasons and sky and stars and winds, and whatever else belongs to his art." [Footnote: Bk. VI, 488-489.] He can dismiss nothing which is necessary to make that ship sail prosperously. Because there are mutineers aboard, he cannot say: so much the worse for us all… it is not in the order of nature that I should handle a mutiny… it is not in the order of philosophy that I should consider mutiny… I know how to navigate… I do not know how to navigate a ship full of sailors… and if they do not see that I am the man to steer, I cannot help it. We shall all go on the rocks, they to be punished for their sins; I, with the assurance that I knew better….
Thus, in the first major clash between reason and politics, reason's strategy was to step back in anger. But meanwhile, as Plato tells us, the ship is at sea. Many ships have been at sea since Plato's time, and today, whether we are wise or foolish in our beliefs, we can no longer call a man a true pilot just because he knows how to “pay attention to the year and seasons and sky and stars and winds, and whatever else belongs to his art.” [Footnote: Bk. VI, 488-489.] He can't ignore anything necessary to make that ship sail successfully. Because there are mutineers on board, he can’t just say: too bad for all of us… it’s not natural for me to handle a mutiny… it’s not philosophical for me to deal with mutiny… I know how to navigate… I don’t know how to steer a ship full of unruly sailors… and if they don’t see that I’m the right person to steer, I can't do anything about it. We’ll all end up wrecked, them being punished for their wrongs; I’ll just have the comfort of knowing I knew better….
3
3
Whenever we make an appeal to reason in politics, the difficulty in this parable recurs. For there is an inherent difficulty about using the method of reason to deal with an unreasoning world. Even if you assume with Plato that the true pilot knows what is best for the ship, you have to recall that he is not so easy to recognize, and that this uncertainty leaves a large part of the crew unconvinced. By definition the crew does not know what he knows, and the pilot, fascinated by the stars and winds, does not know how to make the crew realize the importance of what he knows. There is no time during mutiny at sea to make each sailor an expert judge of experts. There is no time for the pilot to consult his crew and find out whether he is really as wise as he thinks he is. For education is a matter of years, the emergency a matter of hours. It would be altogether academic, then, to tell the pilot that the true remedy is, for example, an education that will endow sailors with a better sense of evidence. You can tell that only to shipmasters on dry land. In the crisis, the only advice is to use a gun, or make a speech, utter a stirring slogan, offer a compromise, employ any quick means available to quell the mutiny, the sense of evidence being what it is. It is only on shore where men plan for many voyages, that they can afford to, and must for their own salvation, deal with those causes that take a long time to remove. They will be dealing in years and generations, not in emergencies alone. And nothing will put a greater strain upon their wisdom than the necessity of distinguishing false crises from real ones. For when there is panic in the air, with one crisis tripping over the heels of another, actual dangers mixed with imaginary scares, there is no chance at all for the constructive use of reason, and any order soon seems preferable to any disorder.
Whenever we try to appeal to reason in politics, we face the same challenges as illustrated in this parable. There’s a natural struggle when using reason in a world that often lacks it. Even if you agree with Plato that the true captain knows what’s best for the ship, you have to remember that he’s hard to identify, and this uncertainty leaves many crew members skeptical. By nature, the crew doesn’t know what he knows, and the captain, preoccupied with the stars and winds, doesn’t know how to make the crew understand the importance of his knowledge. During a mutiny at sea, there’s no time to train every sailor to be a knowledgeable judge of experts. The captain can’t pause to consult the crew and find out if he’s as wise as he believes. Education takes years, but emergencies only take hours. It would be entirely theoretical to tell the captain that the real solution is to educate sailors to have a better understanding of evidence. That’s advice you can only give to shipmasters on solid ground. In a crisis, the only options are to use force, make a speech, shout a rallying cry, propose a compromise, or use any quick method available to control the mutiny, regardless of the quality of evidence. It’s only on land, where people plan for multiple voyages, that they can afford to address deep-rooted issues that take a long time to resolve. They will be focusing on years and generations, not just emergencies. Nothing will test their wisdom more than the need to tell apart false crises from genuine ones. When panic fills the air, with one crisis leading into another, real dangers mixing with imagined fears, there’s no opportunity for constructive reasoning, and any form of order quickly seems more preferable than chaos.
It is only on the premise of a certain stability over a long run of time that men can hope to follow the method of reason. This is not because mankind is inept, or because the appeal to reason is visionary, but because the evolution of reason on political subjects is only in its beginnings. Our rational ideas in politics are still large, thin generalities, much too abstract and unrefined for practical guidance, except where the aggregates are large enough to cancel out individual peculiarity and exhibit large uniformities. Reason in politics is especially immature in predicting the behavior of individual men, because in human conduct the smallest initial variation often works out into the most elaborate differences. That, perhaps, is why when we try to insist solely upon an appeal to reason in dealing with sudden situations, we are broken and drowned in laughter.
It's only based on a certain stability over a long period that people can expect to rely on reason. This isn't because humanity is incompetent or because relying on reason is unrealistic, but because the development of reason in political matters is still in its early stages. Our rational political ideas are still broad, vague generalities—too abstract and unrefined for practical use, except in situations where there are enough people to balance out individual differences and show clear patterns. Reason in politics is particularly underdeveloped when it comes to predicting how individual people will act, because even the smallest initial changes in behavior can lead to significant differences later on. That might be why when we insist on only using reason to approach unexpected situations, we often end up met with laughter.
4
4
For the rate at which reason, as we possess it, can advance itself is slower than the rate at which action has to be taken. In the present state of political science there is, therefore, a tendency for one situation to change into another, before the first is clearly understood, and so to make much political criticism hindsight and little else. Both in the discovery of what is unknown, and in the propagation of that which has been proved, there is a time-differential, which ought to, in a much greater degree than it ever has, occupy the political philosopher. We have begun, chiefly under the inspiration of Mr. Graham Wallas, to examine the effect of an invisible environment upon our opinions. We do not, as yet, understand, except a little by rule of thumb, the element of time in politics, though it bears most directly upon the practicability of any constructive proposal. [Footnote: Cf. H. G. Wells in the opening chapters of Mankind in the Making.] We can see, for example, that somehow the relevancy of any plan depends upon the length of time the operation requires. Because on the length of time it will depend whether the data which the plan assumes as given, will in truth remain the same. [Footnote: The better the current analysis in the intelligence work of any institution, the less likely, of course, that men will deal with tomorrow's problems in the light of yesterday's facts.] There is a factor here which realistic and experienced men do take into account, and it helps to mark them off somehow from the opportunist, the visionary, the philistine and the pedant. [Footnote: Not all, but some of the differences between reactionaries, conservatives, liberals, and radicals are due, I think, to a different intuitive estimate of the rate of change in social affairs.] But just how the calculation of time enters into politics we do not know at present in any systematic way.
The speed at which our reasoning can improve is slower than the speed at which we need to act. In today’s political science, we often see situations change before we fully understand the first one, leading to much political criticism being retrospective and little else. In both discovering the unknown and spreading what has already been proven, there is a time lag that should, to a much greater extent than it has, concern political philosophers. We've started to explore, mainly inspired by Mr. Graham Wallas, how an invisible environment affects our opinions. We still don’t fully grasp the role of time in politics, except a bit through trial and error, even though it directly impacts the feasibility of any constructive proposals. [Footnote: Cf. H. G. Wells in the opening chapters of Mankind in the Making.] For example, the relevance of any plan somehow relies on how long the operation will take. This time frame will determine if the data that the plan assumes will remain constant. [Footnote: The better the current analysis in the intelligence work of any institution, the less likely it is that people will address tomorrow's issues based on yesterday's facts.] There’s a factor that practical and experienced people consider, which helps differentiate them from opportunists, visionaries, philistines, and pedants. [Footnote: Not all, but some differences between reactionaries, conservatives, liberals, and radicals arise, I believe, from varying intuitive assessments of the rate of change in social matters.] However, we currently don’t have a systematic understanding of how time calculations influence politics.
Until we understand these matters more clearly, we can at least remember that there is a problem of the utmost theoretical difficulty and practical consequence. It will help us to cherish Plato's ideal, without sharing his hasty conclusion about the perversity of those who do not listen to reason. It is hard to obey reason in politics, because you are trying to make two processes march together, which have as yet a different gait and a different pace. Until reason is subtle and particular, the immediate struggle of politics will continue to require an amount of native wit, force, and unprovable faith, that reason can neither provide nor control, because the facts of life are too undifferentiated for its powers of understanding. The methods of social science are so little perfected that in many of the serious decisions and most of the casual ones, there is as yet no choice but to gamble with fate as intuition prompts.
Until we understand these issues more clearly, we can at least remember that there's a problem of immense theoretical complexity and practical significance. It helps us value Plato's ideal without agreeing with his quick judgment about the flaws of those who ignore reason. It's difficult to follow reason in politics because you're trying to make two processes move together, which currently have different speeds and rhythms. Until reason becomes more nuanced and specific, the immediate struggle in politics will still require a level of natural intelligence, strength, and unprovable belief that reason can't provide or control, because the realities of life are too vague for its understanding. The methods of social science are still so underdeveloped that for many serious decisions, as well as most everyday ones, we have no choice but to take risks based on what our intuition suggests.
But we can make a belief in reason one of those intuitions. We can use our wit and our force to make footholds for reason. Behind our pictures of the world, we can try to see the vista of a longer duration of events, and wherever it is possible to escape from the urgent present, allow this longer time to control our decisions. And yet, even when there is this will to let the future count, we find again and again that we do not know for certain how to act according to the dictates of reason. The number of human problems on which reason is prepared to dictate is small.
But we can turn our belief in reason into one of those instincts. We can use our intelligence and strength to create opportunities for reason. Behind our views of the world, we can try to see the broader timeline of events, and whenever possible, step away from the pressing present and let this longer perspective guide our choices. Yet, even when we are determined to let the future influence us, we repeatedly find that we aren't sure how to act based on reason. The range of human issues that reason can address is limited.
5
5
There is, however, a noble counterfeit in that charity which comes from self-knowledge and an unarguable belief that no one of our gregarious species is alone in his longing for a friendlier world. So many of the grimaces men make at each other go with a flutter of their pulse, that they are not all of them important. And where so much is uncertain, where so many actions have to be carried out on guesses, the demand upon the reserves of mere decency is enormous, and it is necessary to live as if good will would work. We cannot prove in every instance that it will, nor why hatred, intolerance, suspicion, bigotry, secrecy, fear, and lying are the seven deadly sins against public opinion. We can only insist that they have no place in the appeal to reason, that in the longer run they are a poison; and taking our stand upon a view of the world which outlasts our own predicaments, and our own lives, we can cherish a hearty prejudice against them.
There is, however, a noble imitation in the kindness that comes from self-awareness and an undeniable belief that none of us, as social beings, is alone in wanting a friendlier world. Many of the expressions people make at one another are mixed with a quickening pulse, which means not all of them are significant. And where so much is uncertain, where so many actions are based on assumptions, the demand on our basic decency is huge, and we need to act as if goodwill will make a difference. We can’t prove that it will in every case, nor can we explain why hatred, intolerance, suspicion, bigotry, secrecy, fear, and lying are the seven deadly sins against public opinion. We can only assert that they don’t belong in a rational argument, that in the long run they are toxic; and by adopting a perspective that transcends our own situations and lives, we can hold a strong bias against them.
We can do this all the better if we do not allow frightfulness and fanaticism to impress us so deeply that we throw up our hands peevishly, and lose interest in the longer run of time because we have lost faith in the future of man. There is no ground for this despair, because all the ifs on which, as James said, our destiny hangs, are as pregnant as they ever were. What we have seen of brutality, we have seen, and because it was strange, it was not conclusive. It was only Berlin, Moscow, Versailles in 1914 to 1919, not Armageddon, as we rhetorically said. The more realistically men have faced out the brutality and the hysteria, the more they have earned the right to say that it is not foolish for men to believe, because another great war took place, that intelligence, courage and effort cannot ever contrive a good life for all men.
We can do this even better if we don’t let fear and fanaticism affect us so deeply that we throw up our hands in frustration and lose sight of the long-term future because we’ve lost faith in humanity. There’s no reason for this despair because all the ifs on which, as James said, our destiny hangs are just as significant as ever. What we’ve witnessed in terms of brutality has happened, and because it was unusual, it doesn’t define everything. It was just Berlin, Moscow, and Versailles from 1914 to 1919, not the end of the world, as we often claimed. The more realistically people confront the brutality and hysteria, the more they earn the right to believe that it’s not silly for people to think that, despite the occurrence of another great war, intelligence, courage, and effort can create a good life for everyone.
Great as was the horror, it was not universal. There were corrupt, and there were incorruptible. There was muddle and there were miracles. There was huge lying. There were men with the will to uncover it. It is no judgment, but only a mood, when men deny that what some men have been, more men, and ultimately enough men, might be. You can despair of what has never been. You can despair of ever having three heads, though Mr. Shaw has declined to despair even of that. But you cannot despair of the possibilities that could exist by virtue of any human quality which a human being has exhibited. And if amidst all the evils of this decade, you have not seen men and women, known moments that you would like to multiply, the Lord himself cannot help you.
As terrible as it was, the horror wasn't universal. There were corrupt people, and there were those who couldn’t be corrupted. There was confusion and there were miracles. There were massive lies, and there were people determined to expose them. It’s not really a judgment, just a feeling, when people deny that while some men have been a certain way, more men, and ultimately enough men, can also be that way. You can lose hope for what has never existed. You can lose hope about ever having three heads, even though Mr. Shaw refuses to lose hope about that. But you can’t lose hope about the possibilities that could arise from any human trait that someone has shown. And if, amid all the troubles of this decade, you haven’t seen men and women or experienced moments you’d want to relive, even the Lord himself can’t help you.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!